From c0e962c3787102df1a14bc09596534bdf05f7e70 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Fabien Le Mentec Date: Sun, 16 Oct 2011 10:54:03 -0500 Subject: [PATCH] [add] libstm32l_discovery from ST packages. build directory contains the necessary to build --- example/libstm32l_discovery/build/Makefile | 51 + example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/base/stdint.h | 16 + .../inc/core_support/core_cm3.c | 784 +++ .../inc/core_support/core_cm3.h | 1818 ++++++ .../inc/device_support/stm32l1xx.h | 5140 +++++++++++++++++ .../inc/device_support/system_stm32l1xx.h | 98 + example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/misc.h | 196 + .../libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_adc.h | 606 ++ .../libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_comp.h | 180 + .../libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_crc.h | 77 + .../libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_dac.h | 299 + .../inc/stm32l1xx_dbgmcu.h | 98 + .../libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_dma.h | 363 ++ .../libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_exti.h | 190 + .../libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_flash.h | 354 ++ .../libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_gpio.h | 364 ++ .../libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_i2c.h | 688 +++ .../libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_iwdg.h | 128 + .../libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_lcd.h | 446 ++ .../libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_pwr.h | 207 + .../libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_rcc.h | 468 ++ .../libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_rtc.h | 611 ++ .../libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_spi.h | 379 ++ .../inc/stm32l1xx_syscfg.h | 387 ++ .../libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_tim.h | 907 +++ .../libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_usart.h | 403 ++ .../libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_wwdg.h | 104 + example/libstm32l_discovery/src/misc.c | 249 + .../libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_adc.c | 1803 ++++++ .../libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_comp.c | 356 ++ .../libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_crc.c | 127 + .../libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_dac.c | 690 +++ .../src/stm32l1xx_dbgmcu.c | 170 + .../libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_dma.c | 752 +++ .../libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_exti.c | 313 + .../libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_flash.c | 1335 +++++ .../src/stm32l1xx_flash_ramfunc.c | 385 ++ .../libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_gpio.c | 546 ++ .../libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_i2c.c | 1333 +++++ .../libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_iwdg.c | 263 + .../libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_lcd.c | 637 ++ .../libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_pwr.c | 829 +++ .../libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_rcc.c | 1575 +++++ .../libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_rtc.c | 2138 +++++++ .../libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_spi.c | 884 +++ .../src/stm32l1xx_syscfg.c | 561 ++ .../libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_tim.c | 2832 +++++++++ .../libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_usart.c | 1432 +++++ .../libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_wwdg.c | 307 + 49 files changed, 34879 insertions(+) create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/build/Makefile create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/base/stdint.h create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/core_support/core_cm3.c create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/core_support/core_cm3.h create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/device_support/stm32l1xx.h create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/device_support/system_stm32l1xx.h create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/misc.h create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_adc.h create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_comp.h create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_crc.h create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_dac.h create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_dbgmcu.h create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_dma.h create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_exti.h create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_flash.h create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_gpio.h create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_i2c.h create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_iwdg.h create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_lcd.h create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_pwr.h create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_rcc.h create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_rtc.h create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_spi.h create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_syscfg.h create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_tim.h create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_usart.h create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_wwdg.h create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/src/misc.c create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_adc.c create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_comp.c create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_crc.c create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_dac.c create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_dbgmcu.c create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_dma.c create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_exti.c create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_flash.c create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_flash_ramfunc.c create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_gpio.c create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_i2c.c create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_iwdg.c create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_lcd.c create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_pwr.c create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_rcc.c create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_rtc.c create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_spi.c create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_syscfg.c create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_tim.c create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_usart.c create mode 100644 example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_wwdg.c diff --git a/example/libstm32l_discovery/build/Makefile b/example/libstm32l_discovery/build/Makefile new file mode 100644 index 0000000..09d3b71 --- /dev/null +++ b/example/libstm32l_discovery/build/Makefile @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +LIB = libstm32l_discovery.a + +CC = arm-none-eabi-gcc +AR = arm-none-eabi-ar +RANLIB = arm-none-eabi-ranlib + +CFLAGS = -Wall -O2 -mlittle-endian -mthumb +CFLAGS += -mcpu=cortex-m3 -ffreestanding -nostdlib -nostdinc +CFLAGS += -I../inc -I../inc/device_support -I../inc/core_support -I../inc/base + +SRCS = \ +../src/misc.c \ +../src/stm32l1xx_adc.c \ +../src/stm32l1xx_comp.c \ +../src/stm32l1xx_crc.c \ +../src/stm32l1xx_dac.c \ +../src/stm32l1xx_dbgmcu.c \ +../src/stm32l1xx_dma.c \ +../src/stm32l1xx_exti.c \ +../src/stm32l1xx_flash.c \ +../src/stm32l1xx_flash_ramfunc.c \ +../src/stm32l1xx_gpio.c \ +../src/stm32l1xx_i2c.c \ +../src/stm32l1xx_iwdg.c \ +../src/stm32l1xx_lcd.c \ +../src/stm32l1xx_pwr.c \ +../src/stm32l1xx_rcc.c \ +../src/stm32l1xx_rtc.c \ +../src/stm32l1xx_spi.c \ +../src/stm32l1xx_syscfg.c \ +../src/stm32l1xx_tim.c \ +../src/stm32l1xx_usart.c \ +../src/stm32l1xx_wwdg.c \ +../inc/core_support/core_cm3.c + +OBJS = $(SRCS:.c=.o) + +all: $(LIB) + +$(LIB): $(OBJS) + $(AR) -r $(LIB) $(OBJS) + $(RANLIB) $(LIB) + +%.o : %.c + $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -c -o $@ $^ + +clean: + -rm -f $(OBJS) + -rm -f $(LIB) + +.PHONY: all clean diff --git a/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/base/stdint.h b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/base/stdint.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..00d4aaf --- /dev/null +++ b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/base/stdint.h @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +#ifndef STDINT_H_INCLUDED +# define STDINT_H_INCLUDED + + +typedef char int8_t; +typedef short int16_t; +typedef int int32_t; +typedef long long int64_t; + +typedef unsigned char uint8_t; +typedef unsigned short uint16_t; +typedef unsigned int uint32_t; +typedef unsigned long long uint64_t; + + +#endif /* ! STDINT_H_INCLUDED */ diff --git a/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/core_support/core_cm3.c b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/core_support/core_cm3.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..56fddc5 --- /dev/null +++ b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/core_support/core_cm3.c @@ -0,0 +1,784 @@ +/**************************************************************************//** + * @file core_cm3.c + * @brief CMSIS Cortex-M3 Core Peripheral Access Layer Source File + * @version V1.30 + * @date 30. October 2009 + * + * @note + * Copyright (C) 2009 ARM Limited. All rights reserved. + * + * @par + * ARM Limited (ARM) is supplying this software for use with Cortex-M + * processor based microcontrollers. This file can be freely distributed + * within development tools that are supporting such ARM based processors. + * + * @par + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS". NO WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED + * OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE APPLY TO THIS SOFTWARE. + * ARM SHALL NOT, IN ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR + * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER. + * + ******************************************************************************/ + +#include + +/* define compiler specific symbols */ +#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) + #define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for ARM Compiler */ + #define __INLINE __inline /*!< inline keyword for ARM Compiler */ + +#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ ) + #define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for IAR Compiler */ + #define __INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for IAR Compiler. Only avaiable in High optimization mode! */ + +#elif defined ( __GNUC__ ) + #define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for GNU Compiler */ + #define __INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for GNU Compiler */ + +#elif defined ( __TASKING__ ) + #define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for TASKING Compiler */ + #define __INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for TASKING Compiler */ + +#endif + + +/* ################### Compiler specific Intrinsics ########################### */ + +#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) /*------------------RealView Compiler -----------------*/ +/* ARM armcc specific functions */ + +/** + * @brief Return the Process Stack Pointer + * + * @return ProcessStackPointer + * + * Return the actual process stack pointer + */ +__ASM uint32_t __get_PSP(void) +{ + mrs r0, psp + bx lr +} + +/** + * @brief Set the Process Stack Pointer + * + * @param topOfProcStack Process Stack Pointer + * + * Assign the value ProcessStackPointer to the MSP + * (process stack pointer) Cortex processor register + */ +__ASM void __set_PSP(uint32_t topOfProcStack) +{ + msr psp, r0 + bx lr +} + +/** + * @brief Return the Main Stack Pointer + * + * @return Main Stack Pointer + * + * Return the current value of the MSP (main stack pointer) + * Cortex processor register + */ +__ASM uint32_t __get_MSP(void) +{ + mrs r0, msp + bx lr +} + +/** + * @brief Set the Main Stack Pointer + * + * @param topOfMainStack Main Stack Pointer + * + * Assign the value mainStackPointer to the MSP + * (main stack pointer) Cortex processor register + */ +__ASM void __set_MSP(uint32_t mainStackPointer) +{ + msr msp, r0 + bx lr +} + +/** + * @brief Reverse byte order in unsigned short value + * + * @param value value to reverse + * @return reversed value + * + * Reverse byte order in unsigned short value + */ +__ASM uint32_t __REV16(uint16_t value) +{ + rev16 r0, r0 + bx lr +} + +/** + * @brief Reverse byte order in signed short value with sign extension to integer + * + * @param value value to reverse + * @return reversed value + * + * Reverse byte order in signed short value with sign extension to integer + */ +__ASM int32_t __REVSH(int16_t value) +{ + revsh r0, r0 + bx lr +} + + +#if (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400000) + +/** + * @brief Remove the exclusive lock created by ldrex + * + * Removes the exclusive lock which is created by ldrex. + */ +__ASM void __CLREX(void) +{ + clrex +} + +/** + * @brief Return the Base Priority value + * + * @return BasePriority + * + * Return the content of the base priority register + */ +__ASM uint32_t __get_BASEPRI(void) +{ + mrs r0, basepri + bx lr +} + +/** + * @brief Set the Base Priority value + * + * @param basePri BasePriority + * + * Set the base priority register + */ +__ASM void __set_BASEPRI(uint32_t basePri) +{ + msr basepri, r0 + bx lr +} + +/** + * @brief Return the Priority Mask value + * + * @return PriMask + * + * Return state of the priority mask bit from the priority mask register + */ +__ASM uint32_t __get_PRIMASK(void) +{ + mrs r0, primask + bx lr +} + +/** + * @brief Set the Priority Mask value + * + * @param priMask PriMask + * + * Set the priority mask bit in the priority mask register + */ +__ASM void __set_PRIMASK(uint32_t priMask) +{ + msr primask, r0 + bx lr +} + +/** + * @brief Return the Fault Mask value + * + * @return FaultMask + * + * Return the content of the fault mask register + */ +__ASM uint32_t __get_FAULTMASK(void) +{ + mrs r0, faultmask + bx lr +} + +/** + * @brief Set the Fault Mask value + * + * @param faultMask faultMask value + * + * Set the fault mask register + */ +__ASM void __set_FAULTMASK(uint32_t faultMask) +{ + msr faultmask, r0 + bx lr +} + +/** + * @brief Return the Control Register value + * + * @return Control value + * + * Return the content of the control register + */ +__ASM uint32_t __get_CONTROL(void) +{ + mrs r0, control + bx lr +} + +/** + * @brief Set the Control Register value + * + * @param control Control value + * + * Set the control register + */ +__ASM void __set_CONTROL(uint32_t control) +{ + msr control, r0 + bx lr +} + +#endif /* __ARMCC_VERSION */ + + + +#elif (defined (__ICCARM__)) /*------------------ ICC Compiler -------------------*/ +/* IAR iccarm specific functions */ +#pragma diag_suppress=Pe940 + +/** + * @brief Return the Process Stack Pointer + * + * @return ProcessStackPointer + * + * Return the actual process stack pointer + */ +uint32_t __get_PSP(void) +{ + __ASM("mrs r0, psp"); + __ASM("bx lr"); +} + +/** + * @brief Set the Process Stack Pointer + * + * @param topOfProcStack Process Stack Pointer + * + * Assign the value ProcessStackPointer to the MSP + * (process stack pointer) Cortex processor register + */ +void __set_PSP(uint32_t topOfProcStack) +{ + __ASM("msr psp, r0"); + __ASM("bx lr"); +} + +/** + * @brief Return the Main Stack Pointer + * + * @return Main Stack Pointer + * + * Return the current value of the MSP (main stack pointer) + * Cortex processor register + */ +uint32_t __get_MSP(void) +{ + __ASM("mrs r0, msp"); + __ASM("bx lr"); +} + +/** + * @brief Set the Main Stack Pointer + * + * @param topOfMainStack Main Stack Pointer + * + * Assign the value mainStackPointer to the MSP + * (main stack pointer) Cortex processor register + */ +void __set_MSP(uint32_t topOfMainStack) +{ + __ASM("msr msp, r0"); + __ASM("bx lr"); +} + +/** + * @brief Reverse byte order in unsigned short value + * + * @param value value to reverse + * @return reversed value + * + * Reverse byte order in unsigned short value + */ +uint32_t __REV16(uint16_t value) +{ + __ASM("rev16 r0, r0"); + __ASM("bx lr"); +} + +/** + * @brief Reverse bit order of value + * + * @param value value to reverse + * @return reversed value + * + * Reverse bit order of value + */ +uint32_t __RBIT(uint32_t value) +{ + __ASM("rbit r0, r0"); + __ASM("bx lr"); +} + +/** + * @brief LDR Exclusive (8 bit) + * + * @param *addr address pointer + * @return value of (*address) + * + * Exclusive LDR command for 8 bit values) + */ +uint8_t __LDREXB(uint8_t *addr) +{ + __ASM("ldrexb r0, [r0]"); + __ASM("bx lr"); +} + +/** + * @brief LDR Exclusive (16 bit) + * + * @param *addr address pointer + * @return value of (*address) + * + * Exclusive LDR command for 16 bit values + */ +uint16_t __LDREXH(uint16_t *addr) +{ + __ASM("ldrexh r0, [r0]"); + __ASM("bx lr"); +} + +/** + * @brief LDR Exclusive (32 bit) + * + * @param *addr address pointer + * @return value of (*address) + * + * Exclusive LDR command for 32 bit values + */ +uint32_t __LDREXW(uint32_t *addr) +{ + __ASM("ldrex r0, [r0]"); + __ASM("bx lr"); +} + +/** + * @brief STR Exclusive (8 bit) + * + * @param value value to store + * @param *addr address pointer + * @return successful / failed + * + * Exclusive STR command for 8 bit values + */ +uint32_t __STREXB(uint8_t value, uint8_t *addr) +{ + __ASM("strexb r0, r0, [r1]"); + __ASM("bx lr"); +} + +/** + * @brief STR Exclusive (16 bit) + * + * @param value value to store + * @param *addr address pointer + * @return successful / failed + * + * Exclusive STR command for 16 bit values + */ +uint32_t __STREXH(uint16_t value, uint16_t *addr) +{ + __ASM("strexh r0, r0, [r1]"); + __ASM("bx lr"); +} + +/** + * @brief STR Exclusive (32 bit) + * + * @param value value to store + * @param *addr address pointer + * @return successful / failed + * + * Exclusive STR command for 32 bit values + */ +uint32_t __STREXW(uint32_t value, uint32_t *addr) +{ + __ASM("strex r0, r0, [r1]"); + __ASM("bx lr"); +} + +#pragma diag_default=Pe940 + + +#elif (defined (__GNUC__)) /*------------------ GNU Compiler ---------------------*/ +/* GNU gcc specific functions */ + +/** + * @brief Return the Process Stack Pointer + * + * @return ProcessStackPointer + * + * Return the actual process stack pointer + */ +uint32_t __get_PSP(void) __attribute__( ( naked ) ); +uint32_t __get_PSP(void) +{ + uint32_t result=0; + + __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, psp\n\t" + "MOV r0, %0 \n\t" + "BX lr \n\t" : "=r" (result) ); + return(result); +} + +/** + * @brief Set the Process Stack Pointer + * + * @param topOfProcStack Process Stack Pointer + * + * Assign the value ProcessStackPointer to the MSP + * (process stack pointer) Cortex processor register + */ +void __set_PSP(uint32_t topOfProcStack) __attribute__( ( naked ) ); +void __set_PSP(uint32_t topOfProcStack) +{ + __ASM volatile ("MSR psp, %0\n\t" + "BX lr \n\t" : : "r" (topOfProcStack) ); +} + +/** + * @brief Return the Main Stack Pointer + * + * @return Main Stack Pointer + * + * Return the current value of the MSP (main stack pointer) + * Cortex processor register + */ +uint32_t __get_MSP(void) __attribute__( ( naked ) ); +uint32_t __get_MSP(void) +{ + uint32_t result=0; + + __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, msp\n\t" + "MOV r0, %0 \n\t" + "BX lr \n\t" : "=r" (result) ); + return(result); +} + +/** + * @brief Set the Main Stack Pointer + * + * @param topOfMainStack Main Stack Pointer + * + * Assign the value mainStackPointer to the MSP + * (main stack pointer) Cortex processor register + */ +void __set_MSP(uint32_t topOfMainStack) __attribute__( ( naked ) ); +void __set_MSP(uint32_t topOfMainStack) +{ + __ASM volatile ("MSR msp, %0\n\t" + "BX lr \n\t" : : "r" (topOfMainStack) ); +} + +/** + * @brief Return the Base Priority value + * + * @return BasePriority + * + * Return the content of the base priority register + */ +uint32_t __get_BASEPRI(void) +{ + uint32_t result=0; + + __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, basepri_max" : "=r" (result) ); + return(result); +} + +/** + * @brief Set the Base Priority value + * + * @param basePri BasePriority + * + * Set the base priority register + */ +void __set_BASEPRI(uint32_t value) +{ + __ASM volatile ("MSR basepri, %0" : : "r" (value) ); +} + +/** + * @brief Return the Priority Mask value + * + * @return PriMask + * + * Return state of the priority mask bit from the priority mask register + */ +uint32_t __get_PRIMASK(void) +{ + uint32_t result=0; + + __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, primask" : "=r" (result) ); + return(result); +} + +/** + * @brief Set the Priority Mask value + * + * @param priMask PriMask + * + * Set the priority mask bit in the priority mask register + */ +void __set_PRIMASK(uint32_t priMask) +{ + __ASM volatile ("MSR primask, %0" : : "r" (priMask) ); +} + +/** + * @brief Return the Fault Mask value + * + * @return FaultMask + * + * Return the content of the fault mask register + */ +uint32_t __get_FAULTMASK(void) +{ + uint32_t result=0; + + __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, faultmask" : "=r" (result) ); + return(result); +} + +/** + * @brief Set the Fault Mask value + * + * @param faultMask faultMask value + * + * Set the fault mask register + */ +void __set_FAULTMASK(uint32_t faultMask) +{ + __ASM volatile ("MSR faultmask, %0" : : "r" (faultMask) ); +} + +/** + * @brief Return the Control Register value +* +* @return Control value + * + * Return the content of the control register + */ +uint32_t __get_CONTROL(void) +{ + uint32_t result=0; + + __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, control" : "=r" (result) ); + return(result); +} + +/** + * @brief Set the Control Register value + * + * @param control Control value + * + * Set the control register + */ +void __set_CONTROL(uint32_t control) +{ + __ASM volatile ("MSR control, %0" : : "r" (control) ); +} + + +/** + * @brief Reverse byte order in integer value + * + * @param value value to reverse + * @return reversed value + * + * Reverse byte order in integer value + */ +uint32_t __REV(uint32_t value) +{ + uint32_t result=0; + + __ASM volatile ("rev %0, %1" : "=r" (result) : "r" (value) ); + return(result); +} + +/** + * @brief Reverse byte order in unsigned short value + * + * @param value value to reverse + * @return reversed value + * + * Reverse byte order in unsigned short value + */ +uint32_t __REV16(uint16_t value) +{ + uint32_t result=0; + + __ASM volatile ("rev16 %0, %1" : "=r" (result) : "r" (value) ); + return(result); +} + +/** + * @brief Reverse byte order in signed short value with sign extension to integer + * + * @param value value to reverse + * @return reversed value + * + * Reverse byte order in signed short value with sign extension to integer + */ +int32_t __REVSH(int16_t value) +{ + uint32_t result=0; + + __ASM volatile ("revsh %0, %1" : "=r" (result) : "r" (value) ); + return(result); +} + +/** + * @brief Reverse bit order of value + * + * @param value value to reverse + * @return reversed value + * + * Reverse bit order of value + */ +uint32_t __RBIT(uint32_t value) +{ + uint32_t result=0; + + __ASM volatile ("rbit %0, %1" : "=r" (result) : "r" (value) ); + return(result); +} + +/** + * @brief LDR Exclusive (8 bit) + * + * @param *addr address pointer + * @return value of (*address) + * + * Exclusive LDR command for 8 bit value + */ +uint8_t __LDREXB(uint8_t *addr) +{ + uint8_t result=0; + + __ASM volatile ("ldrexb %0, [%1]" : "=r" (result) : "r" (addr) ); + return(result); +} + +/** + * @brief LDR Exclusive (16 bit) + * + * @param *addr address pointer + * @return value of (*address) + * + * Exclusive LDR command for 16 bit values + */ +uint16_t __LDREXH(uint16_t *addr) +{ + uint16_t result=0; + + __ASM volatile ("ldrexh %0, [%1]" : "=r" (result) : "r" (addr) ); + return(result); +} + +/** + * @brief LDR Exclusive (32 bit) + * + * @param *addr address pointer + * @return value of (*address) + * + * Exclusive LDR command for 32 bit values + */ +uint32_t __LDREXW(uint32_t *addr) +{ + uint32_t result=0; + + __ASM volatile ("ldrex %0, [%1]" : "=r" (result) : "r" (addr) ); + return(result); +} + +/** + * @brief STR Exclusive (8 bit) + * + * @param value value to store + * @param *addr address pointer + * @return successful / failed + * + * Exclusive STR command for 8 bit values + */ +uint32_t __STREXB(uint8_t value, uint8_t *addr) +{ + uint32_t result=0; + + __ASM volatile ("strexb %0, %2, [%1]" : "=r" (result) : "r" (addr), "r" (value) ); + return(result); +} + +/** + * @brief STR Exclusive (16 bit) + * + * @param value value to store + * @param *addr address pointer + * @return successful / failed + * + * Exclusive STR command for 16 bit values + */ +uint32_t __STREXH(uint16_t value, uint16_t *addr) +{ + uint32_t result=0; + + __ASM volatile ("strexh %0, %2, [%1]" : "=r" (result) : "r" (addr), "r" (value) ); + return(result); +} + +/** + * @brief STR Exclusive (32 bit) + * + * @param value value to store + * @param *addr address pointer + * @return successful / failed + * + * Exclusive STR command for 32 bit values + */ +uint32_t __STREXW(uint32_t value, uint32_t *addr) +{ + uint32_t result=0; + + __ASM volatile ("strex %0, %2, [%1]" : "=r" (result) : "r" (addr), "r" (value) ); + return(result); +} + + +#elif (defined (__TASKING__)) /*------------------ TASKING Compiler ---------------------*/ +/* TASKING carm specific functions */ + +/* + * The CMSIS functions have been implemented as intrinsics in the compiler. + * Please use "carm -?i" to get an up to date list of all instrinsics, + * Including the CMSIS ones. + */ + +#endif diff --git a/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/core_support/core_cm3.h b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/core_support/core_cm3.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2b6b51a --- /dev/null +++ b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/core_support/core_cm3.h @@ -0,0 +1,1818 @@ +/**************************************************************************//** + * @file core_cm3.h + * @brief CMSIS Cortex-M3 Core Peripheral Access Layer Header File + * @version V1.30 + * @date 30. October 2009 + * + * @note + * Copyright (C) 2009 ARM Limited. All rights reserved. + * + * @par + * ARM Limited (ARM) is supplying this software for use with Cortex-M + * processor based microcontrollers. This file can be freely distributed + * within development tools that are supporting such ARM based processors. + * + * @par + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS". NO WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED + * OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE APPLY TO THIS SOFTWARE. + * ARM SHALL NOT, IN ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR + * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER. + * + ******************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef __CM3_CORE_H__ +#define __CM3_CORE_H__ + +/** @addtogroup CMSIS_CM3_core_LintCinfiguration CMSIS CM3 Core Lint Configuration + * + * List of Lint messages which will be suppressed and not shown: + * - Error 10: \n + * register uint32_t __regBasePri __asm("basepri"); \n + * Error 10: Expecting ';' + * . + * - Error 530: \n + * return(__regBasePri); \n + * Warning 530: Symbol '__regBasePri' (line 264) not initialized + * . + * - Error 550: \n + * __regBasePri = (basePri & 0x1ff); \n + * Warning 550: Symbol '__regBasePri' (line 271) not accessed + * . + * - Error 754: \n + * uint32_t RESERVED0[24]; \n + * Info 754: local structure member '' (line 109, file ./cm3_core.h) not referenced + * . + * - Error 750: \n + * #define __CM3_CORE_H__ \n + * Info 750: local macro '__CM3_CORE_H__' (line 43, file./cm3_core.h) not referenced + * . + * - Error 528: \n + * static __INLINE void NVIC_DisableIRQ(uint32_t IRQn) \n + * Warning 528: Symbol 'NVIC_DisableIRQ(unsigned int)' (line 419, file ./cm3_core.h) not referenced + * . + * - Error 751: \n + * } InterruptType_Type; \n + * Info 751: local typedef 'InterruptType_Type' (line 170, file ./cm3_core.h) not referenced + * . + * Note: To re-enable a Message, insert a space before 'lint' * + * + */ + +/*lint -save */ +/*lint -e10 */ +/*lint -e530 */ +/*lint -e550 */ +/*lint -e754 */ +/*lint -e750 */ +/*lint -e528 */ +/*lint -e751 */ + + +/** @addtogroup CMSIS_CM3_core_definitions CM3 Core Definitions + This file defines all structures and symbols for CMSIS core: + - CMSIS version number + - Cortex-M core registers and bitfields + - Cortex-M core peripheral base address + @{ + */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +#define __CM3_CMSIS_VERSION_MAIN (0x01) /*!< [31:16] CMSIS HAL main version */ +#define __CM3_CMSIS_VERSION_SUB (0x30) /*!< [15:0] CMSIS HAL sub version */ +#define __CM3_CMSIS_VERSION ((__CM3_CMSIS_VERSION_MAIN << 16) | __CM3_CMSIS_VERSION_SUB) /*!< CMSIS HAL version number */ + +#define __CORTEX_M (0x03) /*!< Cortex core */ + +#include /* Include standard types */ + +#if defined (__ICCARM__) + #include /* IAR Intrinsics */ +#endif + + +#ifndef __NVIC_PRIO_BITS + #define __NVIC_PRIO_BITS 4 /*!< standard definition for NVIC Priority Bits */ +#endif + + + + +/** + * IO definitions + * + * define access restrictions to peripheral registers + */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus + #define __I volatile /*!< defines 'read only' permissions */ +#else + #define __I volatile const /*!< defines 'read only' permissions */ +#endif +#define __O volatile /*!< defines 'write only' permissions */ +#define __IO volatile /*!< defines 'read / write' permissions */ + + + +/******************************************************************************* + * Register Abstraction + ******************************************************************************/ +/** @addtogroup CMSIS_CM3_core_register CMSIS CM3 Core Register + @{ +*/ + + +/** @addtogroup CMSIS_CM3_NVIC CMSIS CM3 NVIC + memory mapped structure for Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC) + @{ + */ +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t ISER[8]; /*!< Offset: 0x000 Interrupt Set Enable Register */ + uint32_t RESERVED0[24]; + __IO uint32_t ICER[8]; /*!< Offset: 0x080 Interrupt Clear Enable Register */ + uint32_t RSERVED1[24]; + __IO uint32_t ISPR[8]; /*!< Offset: 0x100 Interrupt Set Pending Register */ + uint32_t RESERVED2[24]; + __IO uint32_t ICPR[8]; /*!< Offset: 0x180 Interrupt Clear Pending Register */ + uint32_t RESERVED3[24]; + __IO uint32_t IABR[8]; /*!< Offset: 0x200 Interrupt Active bit Register */ + uint32_t RESERVED4[56]; + __IO uint8_t IP[240]; /*!< Offset: 0x300 Interrupt Priority Register (8Bit wide) */ + uint32_t RESERVED5[644]; + __O uint32_t STIR; /*!< Offset: 0xE00 Software Trigger Interrupt Register */ +} NVIC_Type; +/*@}*/ /* end of group CMSIS_CM3_NVIC */ + + +/** @addtogroup CMSIS_CM3_SCB CMSIS CM3 SCB + memory mapped structure for System Control Block (SCB) + @{ + */ +typedef struct +{ + __I uint32_t CPUID; /*!< Offset: 0x00 CPU ID Base Register */ + __IO uint32_t ICSR; /*!< Offset: 0x04 Interrupt Control State Register */ + __IO uint32_t VTOR; /*!< Offset: 0x08 Vector Table Offset Register */ + __IO uint32_t AIRCR; /*!< Offset: 0x0C Application Interrupt / Reset Control Register */ + __IO uint32_t SCR; /*!< Offset: 0x10 System Control Register */ + __IO uint32_t CCR; /*!< Offset: 0x14 Configuration Control Register */ + __IO uint8_t SHP[12]; /*!< Offset: 0x18 System Handlers Priority Registers (4-7, 8-11, 12-15) */ + __IO uint32_t SHCSR; /*!< Offset: 0x24 System Handler Control and State Register */ + __IO uint32_t CFSR; /*!< Offset: 0x28 Configurable Fault Status Register */ + __IO uint32_t HFSR; /*!< Offset: 0x2C Hard Fault Status Register */ + __IO uint32_t DFSR; /*!< Offset: 0x30 Debug Fault Status Register */ + __IO uint32_t MMFAR; /*!< Offset: 0x34 Mem Manage Address Register */ + __IO uint32_t BFAR; /*!< Offset: 0x38 Bus Fault Address Register */ + __IO uint32_t AFSR; /*!< Offset: 0x3C Auxiliary Fault Status Register */ + __I uint32_t PFR[2]; /*!< Offset: 0x40 Processor Feature Register */ + __I uint32_t DFR; /*!< Offset: 0x48 Debug Feature Register */ + __I uint32_t ADR; /*!< Offset: 0x4C Auxiliary Feature Register */ + __I uint32_t MMFR[4]; /*!< Offset: 0x50 Memory Model Feature Register */ + __I uint32_t ISAR[5]; /*!< Offset: 0x60 ISA Feature Register */ +} SCB_Type; + +/* SCB CPUID Register Definitions */ +#define SCB_CPUID_IMPLEMENTER_Pos 24 /*!< SCB CPUID: IMPLEMENTER Position */ +#define SCB_CPUID_IMPLEMENTER_Msk (0xFFul << SCB_CPUID_IMPLEMENTER_Pos) /*!< SCB CPUID: IMPLEMENTER Mask */ + +#define SCB_CPUID_VARIANT_Pos 20 /*!< SCB CPUID: VARIANT Position */ +#define SCB_CPUID_VARIANT_Msk (0xFul << SCB_CPUID_VARIANT_Pos) /*!< SCB CPUID: VARIANT Mask */ + +#define SCB_CPUID_PARTNO_Pos 4 /*!< SCB CPUID: PARTNO Position */ +#define SCB_CPUID_PARTNO_Msk (0xFFFul << SCB_CPUID_PARTNO_Pos) /*!< SCB CPUID: PARTNO Mask */ + +#define SCB_CPUID_REVISION_Pos 0 /*!< SCB CPUID: REVISION Position */ +#define SCB_CPUID_REVISION_Msk (0xFul << SCB_CPUID_REVISION_Pos) /*!< SCB CPUID: REVISION Mask */ + +/* SCB Interrupt Control State Register Definitions */ +#define SCB_ICSR_NMIPENDSET_Pos 31 /*!< SCB ICSR: NMIPENDSET Position */ +#define SCB_ICSR_NMIPENDSET_Msk (1ul << SCB_ICSR_NMIPENDSET_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: NMIPENDSET Mask */ + +#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSVSET_Pos 28 /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSVSET Position */ +#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSVSET_Msk (1ul << SCB_ICSR_PENDSVSET_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSVSET Mask */ + +#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSVCLR_Pos 27 /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSVCLR Position */ +#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSVCLR_Msk (1ul << SCB_ICSR_PENDSVCLR_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSVCLR Mask */ + +#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSTSET_Pos 26 /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSTSET Position */ +#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSTSET_Msk (1ul << SCB_ICSR_PENDSTSET_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSTSET Mask */ + +#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSTCLR_Pos 25 /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSTCLR Position */ +#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSTCLR_Msk (1ul << SCB_ICSR_PENDSTCLR_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSTCLR Mask */ + +#define SCB_ICSR_ISRPREEMPT_Pos 23 /*!< SCB ICSR: ISRPREEMPT Position */ +#define SCB_ICSR_ISRPREEMPT_Msk (1ul << SCB_ICSR_ISRPREEMPT_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: ISRPREEMPT Mask */ + +#define SCB_ICSR_ISRPENDING_Pos 22 /*!< SCB ICSR: ISRPENDING Position */ +#define SCB_ICSR_ISRPENDING_Msk (1ul << SCB_ICSR_ISRPENDING_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: ISRPENDING Mask */ + +#define SCB_ICSR_VECTPENDING_Pos 12 /*!< SCB ICSR: VECTPENDING Position */ +#define SCB_ICSR_VECTPENDING_Msk (0x1FFul << SCB_ICSR_VECTPENDING_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: VECTPENDING Mask */ + +#define SCB_ICSR_RETTOBASE_Pos 11 /*!< SCB ICSR: RETTOBASE Position */ +#define SCB_ICSR_RETTOBASE_Msk (1ul << SCB_ICSR_RETTOBASE_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: RETTOBASE Mask */ + +#define SCB_ICSR_VECTACTIVE_Pos 0 /*!< SCB ICSR: VECTACTIVE Position */ +#define SCB_ICSR_VECTACTIVE_Msk (0x1FFul << SCB_ICSR_VECTACTIVE_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: VECTACTIVE Mask */ + +/* SCB Interrupt Control State Register Definitions */ +#define SCB_VTOR_TBLBASE_Pos 29 /*!< SCB VTOR: TBLBASE Position */ +#define SCB_VTOR_TBLBASE_Msk (0x1FFul << SCB_VTOR_TBLBASE_Pos) /*!< SCB VTOR: TBLBASE Mask */ + +#define SCB_VTOR_TBLOFF_Pos 7 /*!< SCB VTOR: TBLOFF Position */ +#define SCB_VTOR_TBLOFF_Msk (0x3FFFFFul << SCB_VTOR_TBLOFF_Pos) /*!< SCB VTOR: TBLOFF Mask */ + +/* SCB Application Interrupt and Reset Control Register Definitions */ +#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Pos 16 /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTKEY Position */ +#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Msk (0xFFFFul << SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTKEY Mask */ + +#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEYSTAT_Pos 16 /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTKEYSTAT Position */ +#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEYSTAT_Msk (0xFFFFul << SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEYSTAT_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTKEYSTAT Mask */ + +#define SCB_AIRCR_ENDIANESS_Pos 15 /*!< SCB AIRCR: ENDIANESS Position */ +#define SCB_AIRCR_ENDIANESS_Msk (1ul << SCB_AIRCR_ENDIANESS_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: ENDIANESS Mask */ + +#define SCB_AIRCR_PRIGROUP_Pos 8 /*!< SCB AIRCR: PRIGROUP Position */ +#define SCB_AIRCR_PRIGROUP_Msk (7ul << SCB_AIRCR_PRIGROUP_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: PRIGROUP Mask */ + +#define SCB_AIRCR_SYSRESETREQ_Pos 2 /*!< SCB AIRCR: SYSRESETREQ Position */ +#define SCB_AIRCR_SYSRESETREQ_Msk (1ul << SCB_AIRCR_SYSRESETREQ_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: SYSRESETREQ Mask */ + +#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTCLRACTIVE_Pos 1 /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTCLRACTIVE Position */ +#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTCLRACTIVE_Msk (1ul << SCB_AIRCR_VECTCLRACTIVE_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTCLRACTIVE Mask */ + +#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTRESET_Pos 0 /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTRESET Position */ +#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTRESET_Msk (1ul << SCB_AIRCR_VECTRESET_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTRESET Mask */ + +/* SCB System Control Register Definitions */ +#define SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Pos 4 /*!< SCB SCR: SEVONPEND Position */ +#define SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk (1ul << SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Pos) /*!< SCB SCR: SEVONPEND Mask */ + +#define SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Pos 2 /*!< SCB SCR: SLEEPDEEP Position */ +#define SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk (1ul << SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Pos) /*!< SCB SCR: SLEEPDEEP Mask */ + +#define SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Pos 1 /*!< SCB SCR: SLEEPONEXIT Position */ +#define SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk (1ul << SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Pos) /*!< SCB SCR: SLEEPONEXIT Mask */ + +/* SCB Configuration Control Register Definitions */ +#define SCB_CCR_STKALIGN_Pos 9 /*!< SCB CCR: STKALIGN Position */ +#define SCB_CCR_STKALIGN_Msk (1ul << SCB_CCR_STKALIGN_Pos) /*!< SCB CCR: STKALIGN Mask */ + +#define SCB_CCR_BFHFNMIGN_Pos 8 /*!< SCB CCR: BFHFNMIGN Position */ +#define SCB_CCR_BFHFNMIGN_Msk (1ul << SCB_CCR_BFHFNMIGN_Pos) /*!< SCB CCR: BFHFNMIGN Mask */ + +#define SCB_CCR_DIV_0_TRP_Pos 4 /*!< SCB CCR: DIV_0_TRP Position */ +#define SCB_CCR_DIV_0_TRP_Msk (1ul << SCB_CCR_DIV_0_TRP_Pos) /*!< SCB CCR: DIV_0_TRP Mask */ + +#define SCB_CCR_UNALIGN_TRP_Pos 3 /*!< SCB CCR: UNALIGN_TRP Position */ +#define SCB_CCR_UNALIGN_TRP_Msk (1ul << SCB_CCR_UNALIGN_TRP_Pos) /*!< SCB CCR: UNALIGN_TRP Mask */ + +#define SCB_CCR_USERSETMPEND_Pos 1 /*!< SCB CCR: USERSETMPEND Position */ +#define SCB_CCR_USERSETMPEND_Msk (1ul << SCB_CCR_USERSETMPEND_Pos) /*!< SCB CCR: USERSETMPEND Mask */ + +#define SCB_CCR_NONBASETHRDENA_Pos 0 /*!< SCB CCR: NONBASETHRDENA Position */ +#define SCB_CCR_NONBASETHRDENA_Msk (1ul << SCB_CCR_NONBASETHRDENA_Pos) /*!< SCB CCR: NONBASETHRDENA Mask */ + +/* SCB System Handler Control and State Register Definitions */ +#define SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTENA_Pos 18 /*!< SCB SHCSR: USGFAULTENA Position */ +#define SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTENA_Msk (1ul << SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTENA_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: USGFAULTENA Mask */ + +#define SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTENA_Pos 17 /*!< SCB SHCSR: BUSFAULTENA Position */ +#define SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTENA_Msk (1ul << SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTENA_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: BUSFAULTENA Mask */ + +#define SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Pos 16 /*!< SCB SHCSR: MEMFAULTENA Position */ +#define SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Msk (1ul << SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: MEMFAULTENA Mask */ + +#define SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLPENDED_Pos 15 /*!< SCB SHCSR: SVCALLPENDED Position */ +#define SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLPENDED_Msk (1ul << SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLPENDED_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: SVCALLPENDED Mask */ + +#define SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTPENDED_Pos 14 /*!< SCB SHCSR: BUSFAULTPENDED Position */ +#define SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTPENDED_Msk (1ul << SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTPENDED_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: BUSFAULTPENDED Mask */ + +#define SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTPENDED_Pos 13 /*!< SCB SHCSR: MEMFAULTPENDED Position */ +#define SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTPENDED_Msk (1ul << SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTPENDED_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: MEMFAULTPENDED Mask */ + +#define SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTPENDED_Pos 12 /*!< SCB SHCSR: USGFAULTPENDED Position */ +#define SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTPENDED_Msk (1ul << SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTPENDED_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: USGFAULTPENDED Mask */ + +#define SCB_SHCSR_SYSTICKACT_Pos 11 /*!< SCB SHCSR: SYSTICKACT Position */ +#define SCB_SHCSR_SYSTICKACT_Msk (1ul << SCB_SHCSR_SYSTICKACT_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: SYSTICKACT Mask */ + +#define SCB_SHCSR_PENDSVACT_Pos 10 /*!< SCB SHCSR: PENDSVACT Position */ +#define SCB_SHCSR_PENDSVACT_Msk (1ul << SCB_SHCSR_PENDSVACT_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: PENDSVACT Mask */ + +#define SCB_SHCSR_MONITORACT_Pos 8 /*!< SCB SHCSR: MONITORACT Position */ +#define SCB_SHCSR_MONITORACT_Msk (1ul << SCB_SHCSR_MONITORACT_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: MONITORACT Mask */ + +#define SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLACT_Pos 7 /*!< SCB SHCSR: SVCALLACT Position */ +#define SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLACT_Msk (1ul << SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLACT_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: SVCALLACT Mask */ + +#define SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTACT_Pos 3 /*!< SCB SHCSR: USGFAULTACT Position */ +#define SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTACT_Msk (1ul << SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTACT_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: USGFAULTACT Mask */ + +#define SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTACT_Pos 1 /*!< SCB SHCSR: BUSFAULTACT Position */ +#define SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTACT_Msk (1ul << SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTACT_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: BUSFAULTACT Mask */ + +#define SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTACT_Pos 0 /*!< SCB SHCSR: MEMFAULTACT Position */ +#define SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTACT_Msk (1ul << SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTACT_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: MEMFAULTACT Mask */ + +/* SCB Configurable Fault Status Registers Definitions */ +#define SCB_CFSR_USGFAULTSR_Pos 16 /*!< SCB CFSR: Usage Fault Status Register Position */ +#define SCB_CFSR_USGFAULTSR_Msk (0xFFFFul << SCB_CFSR_USGFAULTSR_Pos) /*!< SCB CFSR: Usage Fault Status Register Mask */ + +#define SCB_CFSR_BUSFAULTSR_Pos 8 /*!< SCB CFSR: Bus Fault Status Register Position */ +#define SCB_CFSR_BUSFAULTSR_Msk (0xFFul << SCB_CFSR_BUSFAULTSR_Pos) /*!< SCB CFSR: Bus Fault Status Register Mask */ + +#define SCB_CFSR_MEMFAULTSR_Pos 0 /*!< SCB CFSR: Memory Manage Fault Status Register Position */ +#define SCB_CFSR_MEMFAULTSR_Msk (0xFFul << SCB_CFSR_MEMFAULTSR_Pos) /*!< SCB CFSR: Memory Manage Fault Status Register Mask */ + +/* SCB Hard Fault Status Registers Definitions */ +#define SCB_HFSR_DEBUGEVT_Pos 31 /*!< SCB HFSR: DEBUGEVT Position */ +#define SCB_HFSR_DEBUGEVT_Msk (1ul << SCB_HFSR_DEBUGEVT_Pos) /*!< SCB HFSR: DEBUGEVT Mask */ + +#define SCB_HFSR_FORCED_Pos 30 /*!< SCB HFSR: FORCED Position */ +#define SCB_HFSR_FORCED_Msk (1ul << SCB_HFSR_FORCED_Pos) /*!< SCB HFSR: FORCED Mask */ + +#define SCB_HFSR_VECTTBL_Pos 1 /*!< SCB HFSR: VECTTBL Position */ +#define SCB_HFSR_VECTTBL_Msk (1ul << SCB_HFSR_VECTTBL_Pos) /*!< SCB HFSR: VECTTBL Mask */ + +/* SCB Debug Fault Status Register Definitions */ +#define SCB_DFSR_EXTERNAL_Pos 4 /*!< SCB DFSR: EXTERNAL Position */ +#define SCB_DFSR_EXTERNAL_Msk (1ul << SCB_DFSR_EXTERNAL_Pos) /*!< SCB DFSR: EXTERNAL Mask */ + +#define SCB_DFSR_VCATCH_Pos 3 /*!< SCB DFSR: VCATCH Position */ +#define SCB_DFSR_VCATCH_Msk (1ul << SCB_DFSR_VCATCH_Pos) /*!< SCB DFSR: VCATCH Mask */ + +#define SCB_DFSR_DWTTRAP_Pos 2 /*!< SCB DFSR: DWTTRAP Position */ +#define SCB_DFSR_DWTTRAP_Msk (1ul << SCB_DFSR_DWTTRAP_Pos) /*!< SCB DFSR: DWTTRAP Mask */ + +#define SCB_DFSR_BKPT_Pos 1 /*!< SCB DFSR: BKPT Position */ +#define SCB_DFSR_BKPT_Msk (1ul << SCB_DFSR_BKPT_Pos) /*!< SCB DFSR: BKPT Mask */ + +#define SCB_DFSR_HALTED_Pos 0 /*!< SCB DFSR: HALTED Position */ +#define SCB_DFSR_HALTED_Msk (1ul << SCB_DFSR_HALTED_Pos) /*!< SCB DFSR: HALTED Mask */ +/*@}*/ /* end of group CMSIS_CM3_SCB */ + + +/** @addtogroup CMSIS_CM3_SysTick CMSIS CM3 SysTick + memory mapped structure for SysTick + @{ + */ +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t CTRL; /*!< Offset: 0x00 SysTick Control and Status Register */ + __IO uint32_t LOAD; /*!< Offset: 0x04 SysTick Reload Value Register */ + __IO uint32_t VAL; /*!< Offset: 0x08 SysTick Current Value Register */ + __I uint32_t CALIB; /*!< Offset: 0x0C SysTick Calibration Register */ +} SysTick_Type; + +/* SysTick Control / Status Register Definitions */ +#define SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG_Pos 16 /*!< SysTick CTRL: COUNTFLAG Position */ +#define SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG_Msk (1ul << SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG_Pos) /*!< SysTick CTRL: COUNTFLAG Mask */ + +#define SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Pos 2 /*!< SysTick CTRL: CLKSOURCE Position */ +#define SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Msk (1ul << SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Pos) /*!< SysTick CTRL: CLKSOURCE Mask */ + +#define SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Pos 1 /*!< SysTick CTRL: TICKINT Position */ +#define SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk (1ul << SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Pos) /*!< SysTick CTRL: TICKINT Mask */ + +#define SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Pos 0 /*!< SysTick CTRL: ENABLE Position */ +#define SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk (1ul << SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Pos) /*!< SysTick CTRL: ENABLE Mask */ + +/* SysTick Reload Register Definitions */ +#define SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Pos 0 /*!< SysTick LOAD: RELOAD Position */ +#define SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Msk (0xFFFFFFul << SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Pos) /*!< SysTick LOAD: RELOAD Mask */ + +/* SysTick Current Register Definitions */ +#define SysTick_VAL_CURRENT_Pos 0 /*!< SysTick VAL: CURRENT Position */ +#define SysTick_VAL_CURRENT_Msk (0xFFFFFFul << SysTick_VAL_CURRENT_Pos) /*!< SysTick VAL: CURRENT Mask */ + +/* SysTick Calibration Register Definitions */ +#define SysTick_CALIB_NOREF_Pos 31 /*!< SysTick CALIB: NOREF Position */ +#define SysTick_CALIB_NOREF_Msk (1ul << SysTick_CALIB_NOREF_Pos) /*!< SysTick CALIB: NOREF Mask */ + +#define SysTick_CALIB_SKEW_Pos 30 /*!< SysTick CALIB: SKEW Position */ +#define SysTick_CALIB_SKEW_Msk (1ul << SysTick_CALIB_SKEW_Pos) /*!< SysTick CALIB: SKEW Mask */ + +#define SysTick_CALIB_TENMS_Pos 0 /*!< SysTick CALIB: TENMS Position */ +#define SysTick_CALIB_TENMS_Msk (0xFFFFFFul << SysTick_VAL_CURRENT_Pos) /*!< SysTick CALIB: TENMS Mask */ +/*@}*/ /* end of group CMSIS_CM3_SysTick */ + + +/** @addtogroup CMSIS_CM3_ITM CMSIS CM3 ITM + memory mapped structure for Instrumentation Trace Macrocell (ITM) + @{ + */ +typedef struct +{ + __O union + { + __O uint8_t u8; /*!< Offset: ITM Stimulus Port 8-bit */ + __O uint16_t u16; /*!< Offset: ITM Stimulus Port 16-bit */ + __O uint32_t u32; /*!< Offset: ITM Stimulus Port 32-bit */ + } PORT [32]; /*!< Offset: 0x00 ITM Stimulus Port Registers */ + uint32_t RESERVED0[864]; + __IO uint32_t TER; /*!< Offset: ITM Trace Enable Register */ + uint32_t RESERVED1[15]; + __IO uint32_t TPR; /*!< Offset: ITM Trace Privilege Register */ + uint32_t RESERVED2[15]; + __IO uint32_t TCR; /*!< Offset: ITM Trace Control Register */ + uint32_t RESERVED3[29]; + __IO uint32_t IWR; /*!< Offset: ITM Integration Write Register */ + __IO uint32_t IRR; /*!< Offset: ITM Integration Read Register */ + __IO uint32_t IMCR; /*!< Offset: ITM Integration Mode Control Register */ + uint32_t RESERVED4[43]; + __IO uint32_t LAR; /*!< Offset: ITM Lock Access Register */ + __IO uint32_t LSR; /*!< Offset: ITM Lock Status Register */ + uint32_t RESERVED5[6]; + __I uint32_t PID4; /*!< Offset: ITM Peripheral Identification Register #4 */ + __I uint32_t PID5; /*!< Offset: ITM Peripheral Identification Register #5 */ + __I uint32_t PID6; /*!< Offset: ITM Peripheral Identification Register #6 */ + __I uint32_t PID7; /*!< Offset: ITM Peripheral Identification Register #7 */ + __I uint32_t PID0; /*!< Offset: ITM Peripheral Identification Register #0 */ + __I uint32_t PID1; /*!< Offset: ITM Peripheral Identification Register #1 */ + __I uint32_t PID2; /*!< Offset: ITM Peripheral Identification Register #2 */ + __I uint32_t PID3; /*!< Offset: ITM Peripheral Identification Register #3 */ + __I uint32_t CID0; /*!< Offset: ITM Component Identification Register #0 */ + __I uint32_t CID1; /*!< Offset: ITM Component Identification Register #1 */ + __I uint32_t CID2; /*!< Offset: ITM Component Identification Register #2 */ + __I uint32_t CID3; /*!< Offset: ITM Component Identification Register #3 */ +} ITM_Type; + +/* ITM Trace Privilege Register Definitions */ +#define ITM_TPR_PRIVMASK_Pos 0 /*!< ITM TPR: PRIVMASK Position */ +#define ITM_TPR_PRIVMASK_Msk (0xFul << ITM_TPR_PRIVMASK_Pos) /*!< ITM TPR: PRIVMASK Mask */ + +/* ITM Trace Control Register Definitions */ +#define ITM_TCR_BUSY_Pos 23 /*!< ITM TCR: BUSY Position */ +#define ITM_TCR_BUSY_Msk (1ul << ITM_TCR_BUSY_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: BUSY Mask */ + +#define ITM_TCR_ATBID_Pos 16 /*!< ITM TCR: ATBID Position */ +#define ITM_TCR_ATBID_Msk (0x7Ful << ITM_TCR_ATBID_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: ATBID Mask */ + +#define ITM_TCR_TSPrescale_Pos 8 /*!< ITM TCR: TSPrescale Position */ +#define ITM_TCR_TSPrescale_Msk (3ul << ITM_TCR_TSPrescale_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: TSPrescale Mask */ + +#define ITM_TCR_SWOENA_Pos 4 /*!< ITM TCR: SWOENA Position */ +#define ITM_TCR_SWOENA_Msk (1ul << ITM_TCR_SWOENA_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: SWOENA Mask */ + +#define ITM_TCR_DWTENA_Pos 3 /*!< ITM TCR: DWTENA Position */ +#define ITM_TCR_DWTENA_Msk (1ul << ITM_TCR_DWTENA_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: DWTENA Mask */ + +#define ITM_TCR_SYNCENA_Pos 2 /*!< ITM TCR: SYNCENA Position */ +#define ITM_TCR_SYNCENA_Msk (1ul << ITM_TCR_SYNCENA_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: SYNCENA Mask */ + +#define ITM_TCR_TSENA_Pos 1 /*!< ITM TCR: TSENA Position */ +#define ITM_TCR_TSENA_Msk (1ul << ITM_TCR_TSENA_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: TSENA Mask */ + +#define ITM_TCR_ITMENA_Pos 0 /*!< ITM TCR: ITM Enable bit Position */ +#define ITM_TCR_ITMENA_Msk (1ul << ITM_TCR_ITMENA_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: ITM Enable bit Mask */ + +/* ITM Integration Write Register Definitions */ +#define ITM_IWR_ATVALIDM_Pos 0 /*!< ITM IWR: ATVALIDM Position */ +#define ITM_IWR_ATVALIDM_Msk (1ul << ITM_IWR_ATVALIDM_Pos) /*!< ITM IWR: ATVALIDM Mask */ + +/* ITM Integration Read Register Definitions */ +#define ITM_IRR_ATREADYM_Pos 0 /*!< ITM IRR: ATREADYM Position */ +#define ITM_IRR_ATREADYM_Msk (1ul << ITM_IRR_ATREADYM_Pos) /*!< ITM IRR: ATREADYM Mask */ + +/* ITM Integration Mode Control Register Definitions */ +#define ITM_IMCR_INTEGRATION_Pos 0 /*!< ITM IMCR: INTEGRATION Position */ +#define ITM_IMCR_INTEGRATION_Msk (1ul << ITM_IMCR_INTEGRATION_Pos) /*!< ITM IMCR: INTEGRATION Mask */ + +/* ITM Lock Status Register Definitions */ +#define ITM_LSR_ByteAcc_Pos 2 /*!< ITM LSR: ByteAcc Position */ +#define ITM_LSR_ByteAcc_Msk (1ul << ITM_LSR_ByteAcc_Pos) /*!< ITM LSR: ByteAcc Mask */ + +#define ITM_LSR_Access_Pos 1 /*!< ITM LSR: Access Position */ +#define ITM_LSR_Access_Msk (1ul << ITM_LSR_Access_Pos) /*!< ITM LSR: Access Mask */ + +#define ITM_LSR_Present_Pos 0 /*!< ITM LSR: Present Position */ +#define ITM_LSR_Present_Msk (1ul << ITM_LSR_Present_Pos) /*!< ITM LSR: Present Mask */ +/*@}*/ /* end of group CMSIS_CM3_ITM */ + + +/** @addtogroup CMSIS_CM3_InterruptType CMSIS CM3 Interrupt Type + memory mapped structure for Interrupt Type + @{ + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t RESERVED0; + __I uint32_t ICTR; /*!< Offset: 0x04 Interrupt Control Type Register */ +#if ((defined __CM3_REV) && (__CM3_REV >= 0x200)) + __IO uint32_t ACTLR; /*!< Offset: 0x08 Auxiliary Control Register */ +#else + uint32_t RESERVED1; +#endif +} InterruptType_Type; + +/* Interrupt Controller Type Register Definitions */ +#define InterruptType_ICTR_INTLINESNUM_Pos 0 /*!< InterruptType ICTR: INTLINESNUM Position */ +#define InterruptType_ICTR_INTLINESNUM_Msk (0x1Ful << InterruptType_ICTR_INTLINESNUM_Pos) /*!< InterruptType ICTR: INTLINESNUM Mask */ + +/* Auxiliary Control Register Definitions */ +#define InterruptType_ACTLR_DISFOLD_Pos 2 /*!< InterruptType ACTLR: DISFOLD Position */ +#define InterruptType_ACTLR_DISFOLD_Msk (1ul << InterruptType_ACTLR_DISFOLD_Pos) /*!< InterruptType ACTLR: DISFOLD Mask */ + +#define InterruptType_ACTLR_DISDEFWBUF_Pos 1 /*!< InterruptType ACTLR: DISDEFWBUF Position */ +#define InterruptType_ACTLR_DISDEFWBUF_Msk (1ul << InterruptType_ACTLR_DISDEFWBUF_Pos) /*!< InterruptType ACTLR: DISDEFWBUF Mask */ + +#define InterruptType_ACTLR_DISMCYCINT_Pos 0 /*!< InterruptType ACTLR: DISMCYCINT Position */ +#define InterruptType_ACTLR_DISMCYCINT_Msk (1ul << InterruptType_ACTLR_DISMCYCINT_Pos) /*!< InterruptType ACTLR: DISMCYCINT Mask */ +/*@}*/ /* end of group CMSIS_CM3_InterruptType */ + + +#if defined (__MPU_PRESENT) && (__MPU_PRESENT == 1) +/** @addtogroup CMSIS_CM3_MPU CMSIS CM3 MPU + memory mapped structure for Memory Protection Unit (MPU) + @{ + */ +typedef struct +{ + __I uint32_t TYPE; /*!< Offset: 0x00 MPU Type Register */ + __IO uint32_t CTRL; /*!< Offset: 0x04 MPU Control Register */ + __IO uint32_t RNR; /*!< Offset: 0x08 MPU Region RNRber Register */ + __IO uint32_t RBAR; /*!< Offset: 0x0C MPU Region Base Address Register */ + __IO uint32_t RASR; /*!< Offset: 0x10 MPU Region Attribute and Size Register */ + __IO uint32_t RBAR_A1; /*!< Offset: 0x14 MPU Alias 1 Region Base Address Register */ + __IO uint32_t RASR_A1; /*!< Offset: 0x18 MPU Alias 1 Region Attribute and Size Register */ + __IO uint32_t RBAR_A2; /*!< Offset: 0x1C MPU Alias 2 Region Base Address Register */ + __IO uint32_t RASR_A2; /*!< Offset: 0x20 MPU Alias 2 Region Attribute and Size Register */ + __IO uint32_t RBAR_A3; /*!< Offset: 0x24 MPU Alias 3 Region Base Address Register */ + __IO uint32_t RASR_A3; /*!< Offset: 0x28 MPU Alias 3 Region Attribute and Size Register */ +} MPU_Type; + +/* MPU Type Register */ +#define MPU_TYPE_IREGION_Pos 16 /*!< MPU TYPE: IREGION Position */ +#define MPU_TYPE_IREGION_Msk (0xFFul << MPU_TYPE_IREGION_Pos) /*!< MPU TYPE: IREGION Mask */ + +#define MPU_TYPE_DREGION_Pos 8 /*!< MPU TYPE: DREGION Position */ +#define MPU_TYPE_DREGION_Msk (0xFFul << MPU_TYPE_DREGION_Pos) /*!< MPU TYPE: DREGION Mask */ + +#define MPU_TYPE_SEPARATE_Pos 0 /*!< MPU TYPE: SEPARATE Position */ +#define MPU_TYPE_SEPARATE_Msk (1ul << MPU_TYPE_SEPARATE_Pos) /*!< MPU TYPE: SEPARATE Mask */ + +/* MPU Control Register */ +#define MPU_CTRL_PRIVDEFENA_Pos 2 /*!< MPU CTRL: PRIVDEFENA Position */ +#define MPU_CTRL_PRIVDEFENA_Msk (1ul << MPU_CTRL_PRIVDEFENA_Pos) /*!< MPU CTRL: PRIVDEFENA Mask */ + +#define MPU_CTRL_HFNMIENA_Pos 1 /*!< MPU CTRL: HFNMIENA Position */ +#define MPU_CTRL_HFNMIENA_Msk (1ul << MPU_CTRL_HFNMIENA_Pos) /*!< MPU CTRL: HFNMIENA Mask */ + +#define MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Pos 0 /*!< MPU CTRL: ENABLE Position */ +#define MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk (1ul << MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Pos) /*!< MPU CTRL: ENABLE Mask */ + +/* MPU Region Number Register */ +#define MPU_RNR_REGION_Pos 0 /*!< MPU RNR: REGION Position */ +#define MPU_RNR_REGION_Msk (0xFFul << MPU_RNR_REGION_Pos) /*!< MPU RNR: REGION Mask */ + +/* MPU Region Base Address Register */ +#define MPU_RBAR_ADDR_Pos 5 /*!< MPU RBAR: ADDR Position */ +#define MPU_RBAR_ADDR_Msk (0x7FFFFFFul << MPU_RBAR_ADDR_Pos) /*!< MPU RBAR: ADDR Mask */ + +#define MPU_RBAR_VALID_Pos 4 /*!< MPU RBAR: VALID Position */ +#define MPU_RBAR_VALID_Msk (1ul << MPU_RBAR_VALID_Pos) /*!< MPU RBAR: VALID Mask */ + +#define MPU_RBAR_REGION_Pos 0 /*!< MPU RBAR: REGION Position */ +#define MPU_RBAR_REGION_Msk (0xFul << MPU_RBAR_REGION_Pos) /*!< MPU RBAR: REGION Mask */ + +/* MPU Region Attribute and Size Register */ +#define MPU_RASR_XN_Pos 28 /*!< MPU RASR: XN Position */ +#define MPU_RASR_XN_Msk (1ul << MPU_RASR_XN_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: XN Mask */ + +#define MPU_RASR_AP_Pos 24 /*!< MPU RASR: AP Position */ +#define MPU_RASR_AP_Msk (7ul << MPU_RASR_AP_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: AP Mask */ + +#define MPU_RASR_TEX_Pos 19 /*!< MPU RASR: TEX Position */ +#define MPU_RASR_TEX_Msk (7ul << MPU_RASR_TEX_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: TEX Mask */ + +#define MPU_RASR_S_Pos 18 /*!< MPU RASR: Shareable bit Position */ +#define MPU_RASR_S_Msk (1ul << MPU_RASR_S_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: Shareable bit Mask */ + +#define MPU_RASR_C_Pos 17 /*!< MPU RASR: Cacheable bit Position */ +#define MPU_RASR_C_Msk (1ul << MPU_RASR_C_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: Cacheable bit Mask */ + +#define MPU_RASR_B_Pos 16 /*!< MPU RASR: Bufferable bit Position */ +#define MPU_RASR_B_Msk (1ul << MPU_RASR_B_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: Bufferable bit Mask */ + +#define MPU_RASR_SRD_Pos 8 /*!< MPU RASR: Sub-Region Disable Position */ +#define MPU_RASR_SRD_Msk (0xFFul << MPU_RASR_SRD_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: Sub-Region Disable Mask */ + +#define MPU_RASR_SIZE_Pos 1 /*!< MPU RASR: Region Size Field Position */ +#define MPU_RASR_SIZE_Msk (0x1Ful << MPU_RASR_SIZE_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: Region Size Field Mask */ + +#define MPU_RASR_ENA_Pos 0 /*!< MPU RASR: Region enable bit Position */ +#define MPU_RASR_ENA_Msk (0x1Ful << MPU_RASR_ENA_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: Region enable bit Disable Mask */ + +/*@}*/ /* end of group CMSIS_CM3_MPU */ +#endif + + +/** @addtogroup CMSIS_CM3_CoreDebug CMSIS CM3 Core Debug + memory mapped structure for Core Debug Register + @{ + */ +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t DHCSR; /*!< Offset: 0x00 Debug Halting Control and Status Register */ + __O uint32_t DCRSR; /*!< Offset: 0x04 Debug Core Register Selector Register */ + __IO uint32_t DCRDR; /*!< Offset: 0x08 Debug Core Register Data Register */ + __IO uint32_t DEMCR; /*!< Offset: 0x0C Debug Exception and Monitor Control Register */ +} CoreDebug_Type; + +/* Debug Halting Control and Status Register */ +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_DBGKEY_Pos 16 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: DBGKEY Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_DBGKEY_Msk (0xFFFFul << CoreDebug_DHCSR_DBGKEY_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: DBGKEY Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_RESET_ST_Pos 25 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_RESET_ST Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_RESET_ST_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_RESET_ST_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_RESET_ST Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_RETIRE_ST_Pos 24 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_RETIRE_ST Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_RETIRE_ST_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_RETIRE_ST_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_RETIRE_ST Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_LOCKUP_Pos 19 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_LOCKUP Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_LOCKUP_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_LOCKUP_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_LOCKUP Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_SLEEP_Pos 18 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_SLEEP Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_SLEEP_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_SLEEP_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_SLEEP Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_HALT_Pos 17 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_HALT Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_HALT_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_HALT_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_HALT Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_REGRDY_Pos 16 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_REGRDY Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_REGRDY_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_REGRDY_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_REGRDY Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_SNAPSTALL_Pos 5 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_SNAPSTALL Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_SNAPSTALL_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_SNAPSTALL_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_SNAPSTALL Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_MASKINTS_Pos 3 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_MASKINTS Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_MASKINTS_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_MASKINTS_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_MASKINTS Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_STEP_Pos 2 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_STEP Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_STEP_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_STEP_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_STEP Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_HALT_Pos 1 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_HALT Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_HALT_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_HALT_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_HALT Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_DEBUGEN_Pos 0 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_DEBUGEN Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_DEBUGEN_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_DEBUGEN_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_DEBUGEN Mask */ + +/* Debug Core Register Selector Register */ +#define CoreDebug_DCRSR_REGWnR_Pos 16 /*!< CoreDebug DCRSR: REGWnR Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DCRSR_REGWnR_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DCRSR_REGWnR_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DCRSR: REGWnR Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DCRSR_REGSEL_Pos 0 /*!< CoreDebug DCRSR: REGSEL Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DCRSR_REGSEL_Msk (0x1Ful << CoreDebug_DCRSR_REGSEL_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DCRSR: REGSEL Mask */ + +/* Debug Exception and Monitor Control Register */ +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_TRCENA_Pos 24 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: TRCENA Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_TRCENA_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DEMCR_TRCENA_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: TRCENA Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_REQ_Pos 19 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: MON_REQ Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_REQ_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_REQ_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: MON_REQ Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_STEP_Pos 18 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: MON_STEP Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_STEP_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_STEP_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: MON_STEP Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_PEND_Pos 17 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: MON_PEND Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_PEND_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_PEND_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: MON_PEND Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_EN_Pos 16 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: MON_EN Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_EN_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_EN_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: MON_EN Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_HARDERR_Pos 10 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_HARDERR Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_HARDERR_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_HARDERR_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_HARDERR Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_INTERR_Pos 9 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_INTERR Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_INTERR_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_INTERR_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_INTERR Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_BUSERR_Pos 8 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_BUSERR Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_BUSERR_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_BUSERR_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_BUSERR Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_STATERR_Pos 7 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_STATERR Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_STATERR_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_STATERR_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_STATERR Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_CHKERR_Pos 6 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_CHKERR Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_CHKERR_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_CHKERR_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_CHKERR Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_NOCPERR_Pos 5 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_NOCPERR Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_NOCPERR_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_NOCPERR_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_NOCPERR Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_MMERR_Pos 4 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_MMERR Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_MMERR_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_MMERR_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_MMERR Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_CORERESET_Pos 0 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_CORERESET Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_CORERESET_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_CORERESET_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_CORERESET Mask */ +/*@}*/ /* end of group CMSIS_CM3_CoreDebug */ + + +/* Memory mapping of Cortex-M3 Hardware */ +#define SCS_BASE (0xE000E000) /*!< System Control Space Base Address */ +#define ITM_BASE (0xE0000000) /*!< ITM Base Address */ +#define CoreDebug_BASE (0xE000EDF0) /*!< Core Debug Base Address */ +#define SysTick_BASE (SCS_BASE + 0x0010) /*!< SysTick Base Address */ +#define NVIC_BASE (SCS_BASE + 0x0100) /*!< NVIC Base Address */ +#define SCB_BASE (SCS_BASE + 0x0D00) /*!< System Control Block Base Address */ + +#define InterruptType ((InterruptType_Type *) SCS_BASE) /*!< Interrupt Type Register */ +#define SCB ((SCB_Type *) SCB_BASE) /*!< SCB configuration struct */ +#define SysTick ((SysTick_Type *) SysTick_BASE) /*!< SysTick configuration struct */ +#define NVIC ((NVIC_Type *) NVIC_BASE) /*!< NVIC configuration struct */ +#define ITM ((ITM_Type *) ITM_BASE) /*!< ITM configuration struct */ +#define CoreDebug ((CoreDebug_Type *) CoreDebug_BASE) /*!< Core Debug configuration struct */ + +#if defined (__MPU_PRESENT) && (__MPU_PRESENT == 1) + #define MPU_BASE (SCS_BASE + 0x0D90) /*!< Memory Protection Unit */ + #define MPU ((MPU_Type*) MPU_BASE) /*!< Memory Protection Unit */ +#endif + +/*@}*/ /* end of group CMSIS_CM3_core_register */ + + +/******************************************************************************* + * Hardware Abstraction Layer + ******************************************************************************/ + +#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) + #define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for ARM Compiler */ + #define __INLINE __inline /*!< inline keyword for ARM Compiler */ + +#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ ) + #define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for IAR Compiler */ + #define __INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for IAR Compiler. Only avaiable in High optimization mode! */ + +#elif defined ( __GNUC__ ) + #define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for GNU Compiler */ + #define __INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for GNU Compiler */ + +#elif defined ( __TASKING__ ) + #define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for TASKING Compiler */ + #define __INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for TASKING Compiler */ + +#endif + + +/* ################### Compiler specific Intrinsics ########################### */ + +#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) /*------------------RealView Compiler -----------------*/ +/* ARM armcc specific functions */ + +#define __enable_fault_irq __enable_fiq +#define __disable_fault_irq __disable_fiq + +#define __NOP __nop +#define __WFI __wfi +#define __WFE __wfe +#define __SEV __sev +#define __ISB() __isb(0) +#define __DSB() __dsb(0) +#define __DMB() __dmb(0) +#define __REV __rev +#define __RBIT __rbit +#define __LDREXB(ptr) ((unsigned char ) __ldrex(ptr)) +#define __LDREXH(ptr) ((unsigned short) __ldrex(ptr)) +#define __LDREXW(ptr) ((unsigned int ) __ldrex(ptr)) +#define __STREXB(value, ptr) __strex(value, ptr) +#define __STREXH(value, ptr) __strex(value, ptr) +#define __STREXW(value, ptr) __strex(value, ptr) + + +/* intrinsic unsigned long long __ldrexd(volatile void *ptr) */ +/* intrinsic int __strexd(unsigned long long val, volatile void *ptr) */ +/* intrinsic void __enable_irq(); */ +/* intrinsic void __disable_irq(); */ + + +/** + * @brief Return the Process Stack Pointer + * + * @return ProcessStackPointer + * + * Return the actual process stack pointer + */ +extern uint32_t __get_PSP(void); + +/** + * @brief Set the Process Stack Pointer + * + * @param topOfProcStack Process Stack Pointer + * + * Assign the value ProcessStackPointer to the MSP + * (process stack pointer) Cortex processor register + */ +extern void __set_PSP(uint32_t topOfProcStack); + +/** + * @brief Return the Main Stack Pointer + * + * @return Main Stack Pointer + * + * Return the current value of the MSP (main stack pointer) + * Cortex processor register + */ +extern uint32_t __get_MSP(void); + +/** + * @brief Set the Main Stack Pointer + * + * @param topOfMainStack Main Stack Pointer + * + * Assign the value mainStackPointer to the MSP + * (main stack pointer) Cortex processor register + */ +extern void __set_MSP(uint32_t topOfMainStack); + +/** + * @brief Reverse byte order in unsigned short value + * + * @param value value to reverse + * @return reversed value + * + * Reverse byte order in unsigned short value + */ +extern uint32_t __REV16(uint16_t value); + +/** + * @brief Reverse byte order in signed short value with sign extension to integer + * + * @param value value to reverse + * @return reversed value + * + * Reverse byte order in signed short value with sign extension to integer + */ +extern int32_t __REVSH(int16_t value); + + +#if (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400000) + +/** + * @brief Remove the exclusive lock created by ldrex + * + * Removes the exclusive lock which is created by ldrex. + */ +extern void __CLREX(void); + +/** + * @brief Return the Base Priority value + * + * @return BasePriority + * + * Return the content of the base priority register + */ +extern uint32_t __get_BASEPRI(void); + +/** + * @brief Set the Base Priority value + * + * @param basePri BasePriority + * + * Set the base priority register + */ +extern void __set_BASEPRI(uint32_t basePri); + +/** + * @brief Return the Priority Mask value + * + * @return PriMask + * + * Return state of the priority mask bit from the priority mask register + */ +extern uint32_t __get_PRIMASK(void); + +/** + * @brief Set the Priority Mask value + * + * @param priMask PriMask + * + * Set the priority mask bit in the priority mask register + */ +extern void __set_PRIMASK(uint32_t priMask); + +/** + * @brief Return the Fault Mask value + * + * @return FaultMask + * + * Return the content of the fault mask register + */ +extern uint32_t __get_FAULTMASK(void); + +/** + * @brief Set the Fault Mask value + * + * @param faultMask faultMask value + * + * Set the fault mask register + */ +extern void __set_FAULTMASK(uint32_t faultMask); + +/** + * @brief Return the Control Register value + * + * @return Control value + * + * Return the content of the control register + */ +extern uint32_t __get_CONTROL(void); + +/** + * @brief Set the Control Register value + * + * @param control Control value + * + * Set the control register + */ +extern void __set_CONTROL(uint32_t control); + +#else /* (__ARMCC_VERSION >= 400000) */ + +/** + * @brief Remove the exclusive lock created by ldrex + * + * Removes the exclusive lock which is created by ldrex. + */ +#define __CLREX __clrex + +/** + * @brief Return the Base Priority value + * + * @return BasePriority + * + * Return the content of the base priority register + */ +static __INLINE uint32_t __get_BASEPRI(void) +{ + register uint32_t __regBasePri __ASM("basepri"); + return(__regBasePri); +} + +/** + * @brief Set the Base Priority value + * + * @param basePri BasePriority + * + * Set the base priority register + */ +static __INLINE void __set_BASEPRI(uint32_t basePri) +{ + register uint32_t __regBasePri __ASM("basepri"); + __regBasePri = (basePri & 0xff); +} + +/** + * @brief Return the Priority Mask value + * + * @return PriMask + * + * Return state of the priority mask bit from the priority mask register + */ +static __INLINE uint32_t __get_PRIMASK(void) +{ + register uint32_t __regPriMask __ASM("primask"); + return(__regPriMask); +} + +/** + * @brief Set the Priority Mask value + * + * @param priMask PriMask + * + * Set the priority mask bit in the priority mask register + */ +static __INLINE void __set_PRIMASK(uint32_t priMask) +{ + register uint32_t __regPriMask __ASM("primask"); + __regPriMask = (priMask); +} + +/** + * @brief Return the Fault Mask value + * + * @return FaultMask + * + * Return the content of the fault mask register + */ +static __INLINE uint32_t __get_FAULTMASK(void) +{ + register uint32_t __regFaultMask __ASM("faultmask"); + return(__regFaultMask); +} + +/** + * @brief Set the Fault Mask value + * + * @param faultMask faultMask value + * + * Set the fault mask register + */ +static __INLINE void __set_FAULTMASK(uint32_t faultMask) +{ + register uint32_t __regFaultMask __ASM("faultmask"); + __regFaultMask = (faultMask & 1); +} + +/** + * @brief Return the Control Register value + * + * @return Control value + * + * Return the content of the control register + */ +static __INLINE uint32_t __get_CONTROL(void) +{ + register uint32_t __regControl __ASM("control"); + return(__regControl); +} + +/** + * @brief Set the Control Register value + * + * @param control Control value + * + * Set the control register + */ +static __INLINE void __set_CONTROL(uint32_t control) +{ + register uint32_t __regControl __ASM("control"); + __regControl = control; +} + +#endif /* __ARMCC_VERSION */ + + + +#elif (defined (__ICCARM__)) /*------------------ ICC Compiler -------------------*/ +/* IAR iccarm specific functions */ + +#define __enable_irq __enable_interrupt /*!< global Interrupt enable */ +#define __disable_irq __disable_interrupt /*!< global Interrupt disable */ + +static __INLINE void __enable_fault_irq() { __ASM ("cpsie f"); } +static __INLINE void __disable_fault_irq() { __ASM ("cpsid f"); } + +#define __NOP __no_operation /*!< no operation intrinsic in IAR Compiler */ +static __INLINE void __WFI() { __ASM ("wfi"); } +static __INLINE void __WFE() { __ASM ("wfe"); } +static __INLINE void __SEV() { __ASM ("sev"); } +static __INLINE void __CLREX() { __ASM ("clrex"); } + +/* intrinsic void __ISB(void) */ +/* intrinsic void __DSB(void) */ +/* intrinsic void __DMB(void) */ +/* intrinsic void __set_PRIMASK(); */ +/* intrinsic void __get_PRIMASK(); */ +/* intrinsic void __set_FAULTMASK(); */ +/* intrinsic void __get_FAULTMASK(); */ +/* intrinsic uint32_t __REV(uint32_t value); */ +/* intrinsic uint32_t __REVSH(uint32_t value); */ +/* intrinsic unsigned long __STREX(unsigned long, unsigned long); */ +/* intrinsic unsigned long __LDREX(unsigned long *); */ + + +/** + * @brief Return the Process Stack Pointer + * + * @return ProcessStackPointer + * + * Return the actual process stack pointer + */ +extern uint32_t __get_PSP(void); + +/** + * @brief Set the Process Stack Pointer + * + * @param topOfProcStack Process Stack Pointer + * + * Assign the value ProcessStackPointer to the MSP + * (process stack pointer) Cortex processor register + */ +extern void __set_PSP(uint32_t topOfProcStack); + +/** + * @brief Return the Main Stack Pointer + * + * @return Main Stack Pointer + * + * Return the current value of the MSP (main stack pointer) + * Cortex processor register + */ +extern uint32_t __get_MSP(void); + +/** + * @brief Set the Main Stack Pointer + * + * @param topOfMainStack Main Stack Pointer + * + * Assign the value mainStackPointer to the MSP + * (main stack pointer) Cortex processor register + */ +extern void __set_MSP(uint32_t topOfMainStack); + +/** + * @brief Reverse byte order in unsigned short value + * + * @param value value to reverse + * @return reversed value + * + * Reverse byte order in unsigned short value + */ +extern uint32_t __REV16(uint16_t value); + +/** + * @brief Reverse bit order of value + * + * @param value value to reverse + * @return reversed value + * + * Reverse bit order of value + */ +extern uint32_t __RBIT(uint32_t value); + +/** + * @brief LDR Exclusive (8 bit) + * + * @param *addr address pointer + * @return value of (*address) + * + * Exclusive LDR command for 8 bit values) + */ +extern uint8_t __LDREXB(uint8_t *addr); + +/** + * @brief LDR Exclusive (16 bit) + * + * @param *addr address pointer + * @return value of (*address) + * + * Exclusive LDR command for 16 bit values + */ +extern uint16_t __LDREXH(uint16_t *addr); + +/** + * @brief LDR Exclusive (32 bit) + * + * @param *addr address pointer + * @return value of (*address) + * + * Exclusive LDR command for 32 bit values + */ +extern uint32_t __LDREXW(uint32_t *addr); + +/** + * @brief STR Exclusive (8 bit) + * + * @param value value to store + * @param *addr address pointer + * @return successful / failed + * + * Exclusive STR command for 8 bit values + */ +extern uint32_t __STREXB(uint8_t value, uint8_t *addr); + +/** + * @brief STR Exclusive (16 bit) + * + * @param value value to store + * @param *addr address pointer + * @return successful / failed + * + * Exclusive STR command for 16 bit values + */ +extern uint32_t __STREXH(uint16_t value, uint16_t *addr); + +/** + * @brief STR Exclusive (32 bit) + * + * @param value value to store + * @param *addr address pointer + * @return successful / failed + * + * Exclusive STR command for 32 bit values + */ +extern uint32_t __STREXW(uint32_t value, uint32_t *addr); + + + +#elif (defined (__GNUC__)) /*------------------ GNU Compiler ---------------------*/ +/* GNU gcc specific functions */ + +static __INLINE void __enable_irq() { __ASM volatile ("cpsie i"); } +static __INLINE void __disable_irq() { __ASM volatile ("cpsid i"); } + +static __INLINE void __enable_fault_irq() { __ASM volatile ("cpsie f"); } +static __INLINE void __disable_fault_irq() { __ASM volatile ("cpsid f"); } + +static __INLINE void __NOP() { __ASM volatile ("nop"); } +static __INLINE void __WFI() { __ASM volatile ("wfi"); } +static __INLINE void __WFE() { __ASM volatile ("wfe"); } +static __INLINE void __SEV() { __ASM volatile ("sev"); } +static __INLINE void __ISB() { __ASM volatile ("isb"); } +static __INLINE void __DSB() { __ASM volatile ("dsb"); } +static __INLINE void __DMB() { __ASM volatile ("dmb"); } +static __INLINE void __CLREX() { __ASM volatile ("clrex"); } + + +/** + * @brief Return the Process Stack Pointer + * + * @return ProcessStackPointer + * + * Return the actual process stack pointer + */ +extern uint32_t __get_PSP(void); + +/** + * @brief Set the Process Stack Pointer + * + * @param topOfProcStack Process Stack Pointer + * + * Assign the value ProcessStackPointer to the MSP + * (process stack pointer) Cortex processor register + */ +extern void __set_PSP(uint32_t topOfProcStack); + +/** + * @brief Return the Main Stack Pointer + * + * @return Main Stack Pointer + * + * Return the current value of the MSP (main stack pointer) + * Cortex processor register + */ +extern uint32_t __get_MSP(void); + +/** + * @brief Set the Main Stack Pointer + * + * @param topOfMainStack Main Stack Pointer + * + * Assign the value mainStackPointer to the MSP + * (main stack pointer) Cortex processor register + */ +extern void __set_MSP(uint32_t topOfMainStack); + +/** + * @brief Return the Base Priority value + * + * @return BasePriority + * + * Return the content of the base priority register + */ +extern uint32_t __get_BASEPRI(void); + +/** + * @brief Set the Base Priority value + * + * @param basePri BasePriority + * + * Set the base priority register + */ +extern void __set_BASEPRI(uint32_t basePri); + +/** + * @brief Return the Priority Mask value + * + * @return PriMask + * + * Return state of the priority mask bit from the priority mask register + */ +extern uint32_t __get_PRIMASK(void); + +/** + * @brief Set the Priority Mask value + * + * @param priMask PriMask + * + * Set the priority mask bit in the priority mask register + */ +extern void __set_PRIMASK(uint32_t priMask); + +/** + * @brief Return the Fault Mask value + * + * @return FaultMask + * + * Return the content of the fault mask register + */ +extern uint32_t __get_FAULTMASK(void); + +/** + * @brief Set the Fault Mask value + * + * @param faultMask faultMask value + * + * Set the fault mask register + */ +extern void __set_FAULTMASK(uint32_t faultMask); + +/** + * @brief Return the Control Register value +* +* @return Control value + * + * Return the content of the control register + */ +extern uint32_t __get_CONTROL(void); + +/** + * @brief Set the Control Register value + * + * @param control Control value + * + * Set the control register + */ +extern void __set_CONTROL(uint32_t control); + +/** + * @brief Reverse byte order in integer value + * + * @param value value to reverse + * @return reversed value + * + * Reverse byte order in integer value + */ +extern uint32_t __REV(uint32_t value); + +/** + * @brief Reverse byte order in unsigned short value + * + * @param value value to reverse + * @return reversed value + * + * Reverse byte order in unsigned short value + */ +extern uint32_t __REV16(uint16_t value); + +/** + * @brief Reverse byte order in signed short value with sign extension to integer + * + * @param value value to reverse + * @return reversed value + * + * Reverse byte order in signed short value with sign extension to integer + */ +extern int32_t __REVSH(int16_t value); + +/** + * @brief Reverse bit order of value + * + * @param value value to reverse + * @return reversed value + * + * Reverse bit order of value + */ +extern uint32_t __RBIT(uint32_t value); + +/** + * @brief LDR Exclusive (8 bit) + * + * @param *addr address pointer + * @return value of (*address) + * + * Exclusive LDR command for 8 bit value + */ +extern uint8_t __LDREXB(uint8_t *addr); + +/** + * @brief LDR Exclusive (16 bit) + * + * @param *addr address pointer + * @return value of (*address) + * + * Exclusive LDR command for 16 bit values + */ +extern uint16_t __LDREXH(uint16_t *addr); + +/** + * @brief LDR Exclusive (32 bit) + * + * @param *addr address pointer + * @return value of (*address) + * + * Exclusive LDR command for 32 bit values + */ +extern uint32_t __LDREXW(uint32_t *addr); + +/** + * @brief STR Exclusive (8 bit) + * + * @param value value to store + * @param *addr address pointer + * @return successful / failed + * + * Exclusive STR command for 8 bit values + */ +extern uint32_t __STREXB(uint8_t value, uint8_t *addr); + +/** + * @brief STR Exclusive (16 bit) + * + * @param value value to store + * @param *addr address pointer + * @return successful / failed + * + * Exclusive STR command for 16 bit values + */ +extern uint32_t __STREXH(uint16_t value, uint16_t *addr); + +/** + * @brief STR Exclusive (32 bit) + * + * @param value value to store + * @param *addr address pointer + * @return successful / failed + * + * Exclusive STR command for 32 bit values + */ +extern uint32_t __STREXW(uint32_t value, uint32_t *addr); + + +#elif (defined (__TASKING__)) /*------------------ TASKING Compiler ---------------------*/ +/* TASKING carm specific functions */ + +/* + * The CMSIS functions have been implemented as intrinsics in the compiler. + * Please use "carm -?i" to get an up to date list of all instrinsics, + * Including the CMSIS ones. + */ + +#endif + + +/** @addtogroup CMSIS_CM3_Core_FunctionInterface CMSIS CM3 Core Function Interface + Core Function Interface containing: + - Core NVIC Functions + - Core SysTick Functions + - Core Reset Functions +*/ +/*@{*/ + +/* ########################## NVIC functions #################################### */ + +/** + * @brief Set the Priority Grouping in NVIC Interrupt Controller + * + * @param PriorityGroup is priority grouping field + * + * Set the priority grouping field using the required unlock sequence. + * The parameter priority_grouping is assigned to the field + * SCB->AIRCR [10:8] PRIGROUP field. Only values from 0..7 are used. + * In case of a conflict between priority grouping and available + * priority bits (__NVIC_PRIO_BITS) the smallest possible priority group is set. + */ +static __INLINE void NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(uint32_t PriorityGroup) +{ + uint32_t reg_value; + uint32_t PriorityGroupTmp = (PriorityGroup & 0x07); /* only values 0..7 are used */ + + reg_value = SCB->AIRCR; /* read old register configuration */ + reg_value &= ~(SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Msk | SCB_AIRCR_PRIGROUP_Msk); /* clear bits to change */ + reg_value = (reg_value | + (0x5FA << SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Pos) | + (PriorityGroupTmp << 8)); /* Insert write key and priorty group */ + SCB->AIRCR = reg_value; +} + +/** + * @brief Get the Priority Grouping from NVIC Interrupt Controller + * + * @return priority grouping field + * + * Get the priority grouping from NVIC Interrupt Controller. + * priority grouping is SCB->AIRCR [10:8] PRIGROUP field. + */ +static __INLINE uint32_t NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(void) +{ + return ((SCB->AIRCR & SCB_AIRCR_PRIGROUP_Msk) >> SCB_AIRCR_PRIGROUP_Pos); /* read priority grouping field */ +} + +/** + * @brief Enable Interrupt in NVIC Interrupt Controller + * + * @param IRQn The positive number of the external interrupt to enable + * + * Enable a device specific interupt in the NVIC interrupt controller. + * The interrupt number cannot be a negative value. + */ +static __INLINE void NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + NVIC->ISER[((uint32_t)(IRQn) >> 5)] = (1 << ((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0x1F)); /* enable interrupt */ +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the interrupt line for external interrupt specified + * + * @param IRQn The positive number of the external interrupt to disable + * + * Disable a device specific interupt in the NVIC interrupt controller. + * The interrupt number cannot be a negative value. + */ +static __INLINE void NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + NVIC->ICER[((uint32_t)(IRQn) >> 5)] = (1 << ((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0x1F)); /* disable interrupt */ +} + +/** + * @brief Read the interrupt pending bit for a device specific interrupt source + * + * @param IRQn The number of the device specifc interrupt + * @return 1 = interrupt pending, 0 = interrupt not pending + * + * Read the pending register in NVIC and return 1 if its status is pending, + * otherwise it returns 0 + */ +static __INLINE uint32_t NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + return((uint32_t) ((NVIC->ISPR[(uint32_t)(IRQn) >> 5] & (1 << ((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0x1F)))?1:0)); /* Return 1 if pending else 0 */ +} + +/** + * @brief Set the pending bit for an external interrupt + * + * @param IRQn The number of the interrupt for set pending + * + * Set the pending bit for the specified interrupt. + * The interrupt number cannot be a negative value. + */ +static __INLINE void NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + NVIC->ISPR[((uint32_t)(IRQn) >> 5)] = (1 << ((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0x1F)); /* set interrupt pending */ +} + +/** + * @brief Clear the pending bit for an external interrupt + * + * @param IRQn The number of the interrupt for clear pending + * + * Clear the pending bit for the specified interrupt. + * The interrupt number cannot be a negative value. + */ +static __INLINE void NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + NVIC->ICPR[((uint32_t)(IRQn) >> 5)] = (1 << ((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0x1F)); /* Clear pending interrupt */ +} + +/** + * @brief Read the active bit for an external interrupt + * + * @param IRQn The number of the interrupt for read active bit + * @return 1 = interrupt active, 0 = interrupt not active + * + * Read the active register in NVIC and returns 1 if its status is active, + * otherwise it returns 0. + */ +static __INLINE uint32_t NVIC_GetActive(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + return((uint32_t)((NVIC->IABR[(uint32_t)(IRQn) >> 5] & (1 << ((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0x1F)))?1:0)); /* Return 1 if active else 0 */ +} + +/** + * @brief Set the priority for an interrupt + * + * @param IRQn The number of the interrupt for set priority + * @param priority The priority to set + * + * Set the priority for the specified interrupt. The interrupt + * number can be positive to specify an external (device specific) + * interrupt, or negative to specify an internal (core) interrupt. + * + * Note: The priority cannot be set for every core interrupt. + */ +static __INLINE void NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t priority) +{ + if(IRQn < 0) { + SCB->SHP[((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0xF)-4] = ((priority << (8 - __NVIC_PRIO_BITS)) & 0xff); } /* set Priority for Cortex-M3 System Interrupts */ + else { + NVIC->IP[(uint32_t)(IRQn)] = ((priority << (8 - __NVIC_PRIO_BITS)) & 0xff); } /* set Priority for device specific Interrupts */ +} + +/** + * @brief Read the priority for an interrupt + * + * @param IRQn The number of the interrupt for get priority + * @return The priority for the interrupt + * + * Read the priority for the specified interrupt. The interrupt + * number can be positive to specify an external (device specific) + * interrupt, or negative to specify an internal (core) interrupt. + * + * The returned priority value is automatically aligned to the implemented + * priority bits of the microcontroller. + * + * Note: The priority cannot be set for every core interrupt. + */ +static __INLINE uint32_t NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + + if(IRQn < 0) { + return((uint32_t)(SCB->SHP[((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0xF)-4] >> (8 - __NVIC_PRIO_BITS))); } /* get priority for Cortex-M3 system interrupts */ + else { + return((uint32_t)(NVIC->IP[(uint32_t)(IRQn)] >> (8 - __NVIC_PRIO_BITS))); } /* get priority for device specific interrupts */ +} + + +/** + * @brief Encode the priority for an interrupt + * + * @param PriorityGroup The used priority group + * @param PreemptPriority The preemptive priority value (starting from 0) + * @param SubPriority The sub priority value (starting from 0) + * @return The encoded priority for the interrupt + * + * Encode the priority for an interrupt with the given priority group, + * preemptive priority value and sub priority value. + * In case of a conflict between priority grouping and available + * priority bits (__NVIC_PRIO_BITS) the samllest possible priority group is set. + * + * The returned priority value can be used for NVIC_SetPriority(...) function + */ +static __INLINE uint32_t NVIC_EncodePriority (uint32_t PriorityGroup, uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority) +{ + uint32_t PriorityGroupTmp = (PriorityGroup & 0x07); /* only values 0..7 are used */ + uint32_t PreemptPriorityBits; + uint32_t SubPriorityBits; + + PreemptPriorityBits = ((7 - PriorityGroupTmp) > __NVIC_PRIO_BITS) ? __NVIC_PRIO_BITS : 7 - PriorityGroupTmp; + SubPriorityBits = ((PriorityGroupTmp + __NVIC_PRIO_BITS) < 7) ? 0 : PriorityGroupTmp - 7 + __NVIC_PRIO_BITS; + + return ( + ((PreemptPriority & ((1 << (PreemptPriorityBits)) - 1)) << SubPriorityBits) | + ((SubPriority & ((1 << (SubPriorityBits )) - 1))) + ); +} + + +/** + * @brief Decode the priority of an interrupt + * + * @param Priority The priority for the interrupt + * @param PriorityGroup The used priority group + * @param pPreemptPriority The preemptive priority value (starting from 0) + * @param pSubPriority The sub priority value (starting from 0) + * + * Decode an interrupt priority value with the given priority group to + * preemptive priority value and sub priority value. + * In case of a conflict between priority grouping and available + * priority bits (__NVIC_PRIO_BITS) the samllest possible priority group is set. + * + * The priority value can be retrieved with NVIC_GetPriority(...) function + */ +static __INLINE void NVIC_DecodePriority (uint32_t Priority, uint32_t PriorityGroup, uint32_t* pPreemptPriority, uint32_t* pSubPriority) +{ + uint32_t PriorityGroupTmp = (PriorityGroup & 0x07); /* only values 0..7 are used */ + uint32_t PreemptPriorityBits; + uint32_t SubPriorityBits; + + PreemptPriorityBits = ((7 - PriorityGroupTmp) > __NVIC_PRIO_BITS) ? __NVIC_PRIO_BITS : 7 - PriorityGroupTmp; + SubPriorityBits = ((PriorityGroupTmp + __NVIC_PRIO_BITS) < 7) ? 0 : PriorityGroupTmp - 7 + __NVIC_PRIO_BITS; + + *pPreemptPriority = (Priority >> SubPriorityBits) & ((1 << (PreemptPriorityBits)) - 1); + *pSubPriority = (Priority ) & ((1 << (SubPriorityBits )) - 1); +} + + + +/* ################################## SysTick function ############################################ */ + +#if (!defined (__Vendor_SysTickConfig)) || (__Vendor_SysTickConfig == 0) + +/** + * @brief Initialize and start the SysTick counter and its interrupt. + * + * @param ticks number of ticks between two interrupts + * @return 1 = failed, 0 = successful + * + * Initialise the system tick timer and its interrupt and start the + * system tick timer / counter in free running mode to generate + * periodical interrupts. + */ +static __INLINE uint32_t SysTick_Config(uint32_t ticks) +{ + if (ticks > SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Msk) return (1); /* Reload value impossible */ + + SysTick->LOAD = (ticks & SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Msk) - 1; /* set reload register */ + NVIC_SetPriority (SysTick_IRQn, (1<<__NVIC_PRIO_BITS) - 1); /* set Priority for Cortex-M0 System Interrupts */ + SysTick->VAL = 0; /* Load the SysTick Counter Value */ + SysTick->CTRL = SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Msk | + SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk | + SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk; /* Enable SysTick IRQ and SysTick Timer */ + return (0); /* Function successful */ +} + +#endif + + + + +/* ################################## Reset function ############################################ */ + +/** + * @brief Initiate a system reset request. + * + * Initiate a system reset request to reset the MCU + */ +static __INLINE void NVIC_SystemReset(void) +{ + SCB->AIRCR = ((0x5FA << SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Pos) | + (SCB->AIRCR & SCB_AIRCR_PRIGROUP_Msk) | + SCB_AIRCR_SYSRESETREQ_Msk); /* Keep priority group unchanged */ + __DSB(); /* Ensure completion of memory access */ + while(1); /* wait until reset */ +} + +/*@}*/ /* end of group CMSIS_CM3_Core_FunctionInterface */ + + + +/* ##################################### Debug In/Output function ########################################### */ + +/** @addtogroup CMSIS_CM3_CoreDebugInterface CMSIS CM3 Core Debug Interface + Core Debug Interface containing: + - Core Debug Receive / Transmit Functions + - Core Debug Defines + - Core Debug Variables +*/ +/*@{*/ + +extern volatile int ITM_RxBuffer; /*!< variable to receive characters */ +#define ITM_RXBUFFER_EMPTY 0x5AA55AA5 /*!< value identifying ITM_RxBuffer is ready for next character */ + + +/** + * @brief Outputs a character via the ITM channel 0 + * + * @param ch character to output + * @return character to output + * + * The function outputs a character via the ITM channel 0. + * The function returns when no debugger is connected that has booked the output. + * It is blocking when a debugger is connected, but the previous character send is not transmitted. + */ +static __INLINE uint32_t ITM_SendChar (uint32_t ch) +{ + if ((CoreDebug->DEMCR & CoreDebug_DEMCR_TRCENA_Msk) && /* Trace enabled */ + (ITM->TCR & ITM_TCR_ITMENA_Msk) && /* ITM enabled */ + (ITM->TER & (1ul << 0) ) ) /* ITM Port #0 enabled */ + { + while (ITM->PORT[0].u32 == 0); + ITM->PORT[0].u8 = (uint8_t) ch; + } + return (ch); +} + + +/** + * @brief Inputs a character via variable ITM_RxBuffer + * + * @return received character, -1 = no character received + * + * The function inputs a character via variable ITM_RxBuffer. + * The function returns when no debugger is connected that has booked the output. + * It is blocking when a debugger is connected, but the previous character send is not transmitted. + */ +static __INLINE int ITM_ReceiveChar (void) { + int ch = -1; /* no character available */ + + if (ITM_RxBuffer != ITM_RXBUFFER_EMPTY) { + ch = ITM_RxBuffer; + ITM_RxBuffer = ITM_RXBUFFER_EMPTY; /* ready for next character */ + } + + return (ch); +} + + +/** + * @brief Check if a character via variable ITM_RxBuffer is available + * + * @return 1 = character available, 0 = no character available + * + * The function checks variable ITM_RxBuffer whether a character is available or not. + * The function returns '1' if a character is available and '0' if no character is available. + */ +static __INLINE int ITM_CheckChar (void) { + + if (ITM_RxBuffer == ITM_RXBUFFER_EMPTY) { + return (0); /* no character available */ + } else { + return (1); /* character available */ + } +} + +/*@}*/ /* end of group CMSIS_CM3_core_DebugInterface */ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +/*@}*/ /* end of group CMSIS_CM3_core_definitions */ + +#endif /* __CM3_CORE_H__ */ + +/*lint -restore */ diff --git a/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/device_support/stm32l1xx.h b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/device_support/stm32l1xx.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..715b18b --- /dev/null +++ b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/device_support/stm32l1xx.h @@ -0,0 +1,5140 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l1xx.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 31-December-2010 + * @brief CMSIS Cortex-M3 Device Peripheral Access Layer Header File. + * This file contains all the peripheral register's definitions, bits + * definitions and memory mapping for STM32L1xx devices. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/** @addtogroup CMSIS + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup stm32l1xx + * @{ + */ + +#ifndef __STM32L1XX_H +#define __STM32L1XX_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +#define assert_param(__p) + +/** @addtogroup Library_configuration_section + * @{ + */ + +/* Uncomment the line below according to the target STM32L device used in your + application + */ + +#if !defined (STM32L1XX_MD) + #define STM32L1XX_MD /*!< STM32L1XX_MD: STM32L Ultra Low Power Medium-density devices */ +#endif +/* Tip: To avoid modifying this file each time you need to switch between these + devices, you can define the device in your toolchain compiler preprocessor. + + - Ultra Low Power Medium-density devices are STM32L151xx and STM32L152xx + microcontrollers where the Flash memory density ranges between 64 and 128 Kbytes. + + */ + +#if !defined (STM32L1XX_MD) + #error "Please select first the target STM32L1xx device used in your application (in stm32l1xx.h file)" +#endif + +#if !defined USE_STDPERIPH_DRIVER +/** + * @brief Comment the line below if you will not use the peripherals drivers. + In this case, these drivers will not be included and the application code will + be based on direct access to peripherals registers + */ + /*#define USE_STDPERIPH_DRIVER*/ +#endif + +/** + * @brief In the following line adjust the value of External High Speed oscillator (HSE) + used in your application + + Tip: To avoid modifying this file each time you need to use different HSE, you + can define the HSE value in your toolchain compiler preprocessor. + */ +#define HSE_VALUE ((uint32_t)8000000) /*!< Value of the External oscillator in Hz*/ + +/** + * @brief In the following line adjust the External High Speed oscillator (HSE) Startup + Timeout value + */ +#define HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT ((uint16_t)0x0500) /*!< Time out for HSE start up */ + +/** + * @brief In the following line adjust the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) Startup + Timeout value + */ +#define HSI_STARTUP_TIMEOUT ((uint16_t)0x0500) /*!< Time out for HSI start up */ + +#define HSI_VALUE ((uint32_t)16000000) /*!< Value of the Internal High Speed oscillator in Hz. + The real value may vary depending on the variations + in voltage and temperature. */ +#define LSI_VALUE ((uint32_t)37000) /*!< Value of the Internal Low Speed oscillator in Hz + The real value may vary depending on the variations + in voltage and temperature. */ +#define LSE_VALUE ((uint32_t)32768) /*!< Value of the External Low Speed oscillator in Hz */ + +/** + * @brief STM32L1xx Standard Peripheral Library version number + */ +#define __STM32L1XX_STDPERIPH_VERSION_MAIN (0x01) /*!< [31:24] main version */ +#define __STM32L1XX_STDPERIPH_VERSION_SUB1 (0x00) /*!< [23:16] sub1 version */ +#define __STM32L1XX_STDPERIPH_VERSION_SUB2 (0x00) /*!< [15:8] sub2 version */ +#define __STM32L1XX_STDPERIPH_VERSION_RC (0x00) /*!< [7:0] release candidate */ +#define __STM32L1XX_STDPERIPH_VERSION ( (__STM32L1XX_STDPERIPH_VERSION_MAIN << 24)\ + |(__STM32L1XX_STDPERIPH_VERSION_SUB1 << 16)\ + |(__STM32L1XX_STDPERIPH_VERSION_SUB2 << 8)\ + |(__STM32L1XX_STDPERIPH_VERSION_RC)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup Configuration_section_for_CMSIS + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief STM32L1xx Interrupt Number Definition, according to the selected device + * in @ref Library_configuration_section + */ +#define __MPU_PRESENT 1 /*!< STM32L provides MPU */ +#define __NVIC_PRIO_BITS 4 /*!< STM32 uses 4 Bits for the Priority Levels */ +#define __Vendor_SysTickConfig 0 /*!< Set to 1 if different SysTick Config is used */ + +/*!< Interrupt Number Definition */ +typedef enum IRQn +{ +/****** Cortex-M3 Processor Exceptions Numbers ******************************************************/ + NonMaskableInt_IRQn = -14, /*!< 2 Non Maskable Interrupt */ + MemoryManagement_IRQn = -12, /*!< 4 Cortex-M3 Memory Management Interrupt */ + BusFault_IRQn = -11, /*!< 5 Cortex-M3 Bus Fault Interrupt */ + UsageFault_IRQn = -10, /*!< 6 Cortex-M3 Usage Fault Interrupt */ + SVCall_IRQn = -5, /*!< 11 Cortex-M3 SV Call Interrupt */ + DebugMonitor_IRQn = -4, /*!< 12 Cortex-M3 Debug Monitor Interrupt */ + PendSV_IRQn = -2, /*!< 14 Cortex-M3 Pend SV Interrupt */ + SysTick_IRQn = -1, /*!< 15 Cortex-M3 System Tick Interrupt */ + +/****** STM32L specific Interrupt Numbers ***********************************************************/ + WWDG_IRQn = 0, /*!< Window WatchDog Interrupt */ + PVD_IRQn = 1, /*!< PVD through EXTI Line detection Interrupt */ + TAMPER_STAMP_IRQn = 2, /*!< Tamper and Time Stamp through EXTI Line Interrupts */ + RTC_WKUP_IRQn = 3, /*!< RTC Wakeup Timer through EXTI Line Interrupt */ + FLASH_IRQn = 4, /*!< FLASH global Interrupt */ + RCC_IRQn = 5, /*!< RCC global Interrupt */ + EXTI0_IRQn = 6, /*!< EXTI Line0 Interrupt */ + EXTI1_IRQn = 7, /*!< EXTI Line1 Interrupt */ + EXTI2_IRQn = 8, /*!< EXTI Line2 Interrupt */ + EXTI3_IRQn = 9, /*!< EXTI Line3 Interrupt */ + EXTI4_IRQn = 10, /*!< EXTI Line4 Interrupt */ + DMA1_Channel1_IRQn = 11, /*!< DMA1 Channel 1 global Interrupt */ + DMA1_Channel2_IRQn = 12, /*!< DMA1 Channel 2 global Interrupt */ + DMA1_Channel3_IRQn = 13, /*!< DMA1 Channel 3 global Interrupt */ + DMA1_Channel4_IRQn = 14, /*!< DMA1 Channel 4 global Interrupt */ + DMA1_Channel5_IRQn = 15, /*!< DMA1 Channel 5 global Interrupt */ + DMA1_Channel6_IRQn = 16, /*!< DMA1 Channel 6 global Interrupt */ + DMA1_Channel7_IRQn = 17, /*!< DMA1 Channel 7 global Interrupt */ + ADC1_IRQn = 18, /*!< ADC1 global Interrupt */ + USB_HP_IRQn = 19, /*!< USB High Priority Interrupt */ + USB_LP_IRQn = 20, /*!< USB Low Priority Interrupt */ + DAC_IRQn = 21, /*!< DAC Interrupt */ + COMP_IRQn = 22, /*!< Comparator through EXTI Line Interrupt */ + EXTI9_5_IRQn = 23, /*!< External Line[9:5] Interrupts */ + LCD_IRQn = 24, /*!< LCD Interrupt */ + TIM9_IRQn = 25, /*!< TIM9 global Interrupt */ + TIM10_IRQn = 26, /*!< TIM10 global Interrupt */ + TIM11_IRQn = 27, /*!< TIM11 global Interrupt */ + TIM2_IRQn = 28, /*!< TIM2 global Interrupt */ + TIM3_IRQn = 29, /*!< TIM3 global Interrupt */ + TIM4_IRQn = 30, /*!< TIM4 global Interrupt */ + I2C1_EV_IRQn = 31, /*!< I2C1 Event Interrupt */ + I2C1_ER_IRQn = 32, /*!< I2C1 Error Interrupt */ + I2C2_EV_IRQn = 33, /*!< I2C2 Event Interrupt */ + I2C2_ER_IRQn = 34, /*!< I2C2 Error Interrupt */ + SPI1_IRQn = 35, /*!< SPI1 global Interrupt */ + SPI2_IRQn = 36, /*!< SPI2 global Interrupt */ + USART1_IRQn = 37, /*!< USART1 global Interrupt */ + USART2_IRQn = 38, /*!< USART2 global Interrupt */ + USART3_IRQn = 39, /*!< USART3 global Interrupt */ + EXTI15_10_IRQn = 40, /*!< External Line[15:10] Interrupts */ + RTC_Alarm_IRQn = 41, /*!< RTC Alarm through EXTI Line Interrupt */ + USB_FS_WKUP_IRQn = 42, /*!< USB FS WakeUp from suspend through EXTI Line Interrupt */ + TIM6_IRQn = 43, /*!< TIM6 global Interrupt */ + TIM7_IRQn = 44 /*!< TIM7 global Interrupt */ +} IRQn_Type; + +/** + * @} + */ + +#include "core_cm3.h" +#include "system_stm32l1xx.h" +#include + +/** @addtogroup Exported_types + * @{ + */ + +typedef enum {RESET = 0, SET = !RESET} FlagStatus, ITStatus; + +typedef enum {DISABLE = 0, ENABLE = !DISABLE} FunctionalState; +#define IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DISABLE) || ((STATE) == ENABLE)) + +typedef enum {ERROR = 0, SUCCESS = !ERROR} ErrorStatus; + +/** + * @brief __RAM_FUNC definition + */ +#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) +/* ARM Compiler + ------------ + RAM functions are defined using the toolchain options. + Functions that are executed in RAM should reside in a separate source + module. Using the 'Options for File' dialog you can simply change the + 'Code / Const' area of a module to a memory space in physical RAM. + Available memory areas are declared in the 'Target' tab of the + 'Options for Target' dialog. +*/ + #define __RAM_FUNC FLASH_Status + +#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ ) +/* ICCARM Compiler + --------------- + RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain keyword "__ramfunc". +*/ + #define __RAM_FUNC __ramfunc FLASH_Status + +#elif defined ( __GNUC__ ) +/* GNU Compiler + ------------ + RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain attribute + "__attribute__((section(".data")))". +*/ + #define __RAM_FUNC FLASH_Status __attribute__((section(".data"))) + +#elif defined ( __TASKING__ ) +/* TASKING Compiler + ---------------- + RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain pragma. This pragma is + defined in the stm32l1xx_flash_ramfunc.c +*/ + #define __RAM_FUNC FLASH_Status + +#endif + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup Peripheral_registers_structures + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Analog to Digital Converter + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t SR; + __IO uint32_t CR1; + __IO uint32_t CR2; + __IO uint32_t SMPR1; + __IO uint32_t SMPR2; + __IO uint32_t SMPR3; + __IO uint32_t JOFR1; + __IO uint32_t JOFR2; + __IO uint32_t JOFR3; + __IO uint32_t JOFR4; + __IO uint32_t HTR; + __IO uint32_t LTR; + __IO uint32_t SQR1; + __IO uint32_t SQR2; + __IO uint32_t SQR3; + __IO uint32_t SQR4; + __IO uint32_t SQR5; + __IO uint32_t JSQR; + __IO uint32_t JDR1; + __IO uint32_t JDR2; + __IO uint32_t JDR3; + __IO uint32_t JDR4; + __IO uint32_t DR; +} ADC_TypeDef; + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t CSR; + __IO uint32_t CCR; +} ADC_Common_TypeDef; + + +/** + * @brief Comparator + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t CSR; +} COMP_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief CRC calculation unit + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t DR; + __IO uint8_t IDR; + uint8_t RESERVED0; + uint16_t RESERVED1; + __IO uint32_t CR; +} CRC_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Digital to Analog Converter + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t CR; + __IO uint32_t SWTRIGR; + __IO uint32_t DHR12R1; + __IO uint32_t DHR12L1; + __IO uint32_t DHR8R1; + __IO uint32_t DHR12R2; + __IO uint32_t DHR12L2; + __IO uint32_t DHR8R2; + __IO uint32_t DHR12RD; + __IO uint32_t DHR12LD; + __IO uint32_t DHR8RD; + __IO uint32_t DOR1; + __IO uint32_t DOR2; + __IO uint32_t SR; +} DAC_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Debug MCU + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t IDCODE; + __IO uint32_t CR; + __IO uint32_t APB1FZ; + __IO uint32_t APB2FZ; +}DBGMCU_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief DMA Controller + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t CCR; + __IO uint32_t CNDTR; + __IO uint32_t CPAR; + __IO uint32_t CMAR; +} DMA_Channel_TypeDef; + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t ISR; + __IO uint32_t IFCR; +} DMA_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief External Interrupt/Event Controller + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t IMR; + __IO uint32_t EMR; + __IO uint32_t RTSR; + __IO uint32_t FTSR; + __IO uint32_t SWIER; + __IO uint32_t PR; +} EXTI_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief FLASH Registers + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t ACR; + __IO uint32_t PECR; + __IO uint32_t PDKEYR; + __IO uint32_t PEKEYR; + __IO uint32_t PRGKEYR; + __IO uint32_t OPTKEYR; + __IO uint32_t SR; + __IO uint32_t OBR; + __IO uint32_t WRPR; +} FLASH_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Option Bytes Registers + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t RDP; + __IO uint32_t USER; + __IO uint32_t WRP01; + __IO uint32_t WRP23; +} OB_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief General Purpose IO + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t MODER; + __IO uint16_t OTYPER; + uint16_t RESERVED0; + __IO uint32_t OSPEEDR; + __IO uint32_t PUPDR; + __IO uint16_t IDR; + uint16_t RESERVED1; + __IO uint16_t ODR; + uint16_t RESERVED2; + __IO uint16_t BSRRL; /* BSRR register is split to 2 * 16-bit fields BSRRL */ + __IO uint16_t BSRRH; /* BSRR register is split to 2 * 16-bit fields BSRRH */ + __IO uint32_t LCKR; + __IO uint32_t AFR[2]; +} GPIO_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief SysTem Configuration + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t MEMRMP; + __IO uint32_t PMC; + __IO uint32_t EXTICR[4]; +} SYSCFG_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Inter-integrated Circuit Interface + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint16_t CR1; + uint16_t RESERVED0; + __IO uint16_t CR2; + uint16_t RESERVED1; + __IO uint16_t OAR1; + uint16_t RESERVED2; + __IO uint16_t OAR2; + uint16_t RESERVED3; + __IO uint16_t DR; + uint16_t RESERVED4; + __IO uint16_t SR1; + uint16_t RESERVED5; + __IO uint16_t SR2; + uint16_t RESERVED6; + __IO uint16_t CCR; + uint16_t RESERVED7; + __IO uint16_t TRISE; + uint16_t RESERVED8; +} I2C_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Independent WATCHDOG + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t KR; + __IO uint32_t PR; + __IO uint32_t RLR; + __IO uint32_t SR; +} IWDG_TypeDef; + + +/** + * @brief LCD + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t CR; + __IO uint32_t FCR; + __IO uint32_t SR; + __IO uint32_t CLR; + uint32_t RESERVED; + __IO uint32_t RAM[16]; +} LCD_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Power Control + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t CR; + __IO uint32_t CSR; +} PWR_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Reset and Clock Control + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t CR; + __IO uint32_t ICSCR; + __IO uint32_t CFGR; + __IO uint32_t CIR; + __IO uint32_t AHBRSTR; + __IO uint32_t APB2RSTR; + __IO uint32_t APB1RSTR; + __IO uint32_t AHBENR; + __IO uint32_t APB2ENR; + __IO uint32_t APB1ENR; + __IO uint32_t AHBLPENR; + __IO uint32_t APB2LPENR; + __IO uint32_t APB1LPENR; + __IO uint32_t CSR; +} RCC_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Routing Interface + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t ICR; + __IO uint32_t ASCR1; + __IO uint32_t ASCR2; + __IO uint32_t HYSCR1; + __IO uint32_t HYSCR2; + __IO uint32_t HYSCR3; +} RI_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Real-Time Clock + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t TR; + __IO uint32_t DR; + __IO uint32_t CR; + __IO uint32_t ISR; + __IO uint32_t PRER; + __IO uint32_t WUTR; + __IO uint32_t CALIBR; + __IO uint32_t ALRMAR; + __IO uint32_t ALRMBR; + __IO uint32_t WPR; + uint32_t RESERVED1; + uint32_t RESERVED2; + __IO uint32_t TSTR; + __IO uint32_t TSDR; + uint32_t RESERVED3; + uint32_t RESERVED4; + __IO uint32_t TAFCR; + uint32_t RESERVED5; + uint32_t RESERVED6; + uint32_t RESERVED7; + __IO uint32_t BKP0R; + __IO uint32_t BKP1R; + __IO uint32_t BKP2R; + __IO uint32_t BKP3R; + __IO uint32_t BKP4R; + __IO uint32_t BKP5R; + __IO uint32_t BKP6R; + __IO uint32_t BKP7R; + __IO uint32_t BKP8R; + __IO uint32_t BKP9R; + __IO uint32_t BKP10R; + __IO uint32_t BKP11R; + __IO uint32_t BKP12R; + __IO uint32_t BKP13R; + __IO uint32_t BKP14R; + __IO uint32_t BKP15R; + __IO uint32_t BKP16R; + __IO uint32_t BKP17R; + __IO uint32_t BKP18R; + __IO uint32_t BKP19R; +} RTC_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Serial Peripheral Interface + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint16_t CR1; + uint16_t RESERVED0; + __IO uint16_t CR2; + uint16_t RESERVED1; + __IO uint16_t SR; + uint16_t RESERVED2; + __IO uint16_t DR; + uint16_t RESERVED3; + __IO uint16_t CRCPR; + uint16_t RESERVED4; + __IO uint16_t RXCRCR; + uint16_t RESERVED5; + __IO uint16_t TXCRCR; + uint16_t RESERVED6; +} SPI_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief TIM + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint16_t CR1; + uint16_t RESERVED0; + __IO uint16_t CR2; + uint16_t RESERVED1; + __IO uint16_t SMCR; + uint16_t RESERVED2; + __IO uint16_t DIER; + uint16_t RESERVED3; + __IO uint16_t SR; + uint16_t RESERVED4; + __IO uint16_t EGR; + uint16_t RESERVED5; + __IO uint16_t CCMR1; + uint16_t RESERVED6; + __IO uint16_t CCMR2; + uint16_t RESERVED7; + __IO uint16_t CCER; + uint16_t RESERVED8; + __IO uint16_t CNT; + uint16_t RESERVED9; + __IO uint16_t PSC; + uint16_t RESERVED10; + __IO uint16_t ARR; + uint16_t RESERVED11; + uint32_t RESERVED12; + __IO uint16_t CCR1; + uint16_t RESERVED13; + __IO uint16_t CCR2; + uint16_t RESERVED14; + __IO uint16_t CCR3; + uint16_t RESERVED15; + __IO uint16_t CCR4; + uint16_t RESERVED16; + uint32_t RESERVED17; + __IO uint16_t DCR; + uint16_t RESERVED18; + __IO uint16_t DMAR; + uint16_t RESERVED19; + __IO uint16_t OR; + uint16_t RESERVED20; +} TIM_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint16_t SR; + uint16_t RESERVED0; + __IO uint16_t DR; + uint16_t RESERVED1; + __IO uint16_t BRR; + uint16_t RESERVED2; + __IO uint16_t CR1; + uint16_t RESERVED3; + __IO uint16_t CR2; + uint16_t RESERVED4; + __IO uint16_t CR3; + uint16_t RESERVED5; + __IO uint16_t GTPR; + uint16_t RESERVED6; +} USART_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Window WATCHDOG + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t CR; + __IO uint32_t CFR; + __IO uint32_t SR; +} WWDG_TypeDef; + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup Peripheral_memory_map + * @{ + */ + +#define FLASH_BASE ((uint32_t)0x08000000) /*!< FLASH base address in the alias region */ +#define SRAM_BASE ((uint32_t)0x20000000) /*!< SRAM base address in the alias region */ +#define PERIPH_BASE ((uint32_t)0x40000000) /*!< Peripheral base address in the alias region */ + +#define SRAM_BB_BASE ((uint32_t)0x22000000) /*!< SRAM base address in the bit-band region */ +#define PERIPH_BB_BASE ((uint32_t)0x42000000) /*!< Peripheral base address in the bit-band region */ + +/*!< Peripheral memory map */ +#define APB1PERIPH_BASE PERIPH_BASE +#define APB2PERIPH_BASE (PERIPH_BASE + 0x10000) +#define AHBPERIPH_BASE (PERIPH_BASE + 0x20000) + +#define TIM2_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x0000) +#define TIM3_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x0400) +#define TIM4_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x0800) +#define TIM6_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x1000) +#define TIM7_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x1400) +#define LCD_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x2400) +#define RTC_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x2800) +#define WWDG_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x2C00) +#define IWDG_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x3000) +#define SPI2_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x3800) +#define USART2_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x4400) +#define USART3_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x4800) +#define I2C1_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x5400) +#define I2C2_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x5800) +#define PWR_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x7000) +#define DAC_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x7400) +#define COMP_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x7C00) +#define RI_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x7C04) + +#define SYSCFG_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x0000) +#define EXTI_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x0400) +#define TIM9_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x0800) +#define TIM10_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x0C00) +#define TIM11_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x1000) +#define ADC1_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x2400) +#define ADC_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x2700) +#define SPI1_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x3000) +#define USART1_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x3800) + +#define GPIOA_BASE (AHBPERIPH_BASE + 0x0000) +#define GPIOB_BASE (AHBPERIPH_BASE + 0x0400) +#define GPIOC_BASE (AHBPERIPH_BASE + 0x0800) +#define GPIOD_BASE (AHBPERIPH_BASE + 0x0C00) +#define GPIOE_BASE (AHBPERIPH_BASE + 0x1000) +#define GPIOH_BASE (AHBPERIPH_BASE + 0x1400) +#define CRC_BASE (AHBPERIPH_BASE + 0x3000) +#define RCC_BASE (AHBPERIPH_BASE + 0x3800) + + +#define FLASH_R_BASE (AHBPERIPH_BASE + 0x3C00) /*!< FLASH registers base address */ +#define OB_BASE ((uint32_t)0x1FF80000) /*!< FLASH Option Bytes base address */ + +#define DMA1_BASE (AHBPERIPH_BASE + 0x6000) +#define DMA1_Channel1_BASE (DMA1_BASE + 0x0008) +#define DMA1_Channel2_BASE (DMA1_BASE + 0x001C) +#define DMA1_Channel3_BASE (DMA1_BASE + 0x0030) +#define DMA1_Channel4_BASE (DMA1_BASE + 0x0044) +#define DMA1_Channel5_BASE (DMA1_BASE + 0x0058) +#define DMA1_Channel6_BASE (DMA1_BASE + 0x006C) +#define DMA1_Channel7_BASE (DMA1_BASE + 0x0080) + + +#define DBGMCU_BASE ((uint32_t)0xE0042000) /*!< Debug MCU registers base address */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup Peripheral_declaration + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM2 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM2_BASE) +#define TIM3 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM3_BASE) +#define TIM4 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM4_BASE) +#define TIM6 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM6_BASE) +#define TIM7 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM7_BASE) +#define LCD ((LCD_TypeDef *) LCD_BASE) +#define RTC ((RTC_TypeDef *) RTC_BASE) +#define WWDG ((WWDG_TypeDef *) WWDG_BASE) +#define IWDG ((IWDG_TypeDef *) IWDG_BASE) +#define SPI2 ((SPI_TypeDef *) SPI2_BASE) +#define USART2 ((USART_TypeDef *) USART2_BASE) +#define USART3 ((USART_TypeDef *) USART3_BASE) +#define I2C1 ((I2C_TypeDef *) I2C1_BASE) +#define I2C2 ((I2C_TypeDef *) I2C2_BASE) +#define PWR ((PWR_TypeDef *) PWR_BASE) +#define DAC ((DAC_TypeDef *) DAC_BASE) +#define COMP ((COMP_TypeDef *) COMP_BASE) +#define RI ((RI_TypeDef *) RI_BASE) +#define SYSCFG ((SYSCFG_TypeDef *) SYSCFG_BASE) +#define EXTI ((EXTI_TypeDef *) EXTI_BASE) + +#define ADC1 ((ADC_TypeDef *) ADC1_BASE) +#define ADC ((ADC_Common_TypeDef *) ADC_BASE) +#define TIM9 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM9_BASE) +#define TIM10 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM10_BASE) +#define TIM11 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM11_BASE) +#define SPI1 ((SPI_TypeDef *) SPI1_BASE) +#define USART1 ((USART_TypeDef *) USART1_BASE) +#define DMA1 ((DMA_TypeDef *) DMA1_BASE) +#define DMA1_Channel1 ((DMA_Channel_TypeDef *) DMA1_Channel1_BASE) +#define DMA1_Channel2 ((DMA_Channel_TypeDef *) DMA1_Channel2_BASE) +#define DMA1_Channel3 ((DMA_Channel_TypeDef *) DMA1_Channel3_BASE) +#define DMA1_Channel4 ((DMA_Channel_TypeDef *) DMA1_Channel4_BASE) +#define DMA1_Channel5 ((DMA_Channel_TypeDef *) DMA1_Channel5_BASE) +#define DMA1_Channel6 ((DMA_Channel_TypeDef *) DMA1_Channel6_BASE) +#define DMA1_Channel7 ((DMA_Channel_TypeDef *) DMA1_Channel7_BASE) +#define RCC ((RCC_TypeDef *) RCC_BASE) +#define CRC ((CRC_TypeDef *) CRC_BASE) + +#define GPIOA ((GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOA_BASE) +#define GPIOB ((GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOB_BASE) +#define GPIOC ((GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOC_BASE) +#define GPIOD ((GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOD_BASE) +#define GPIOE ((GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOE_BASE) +#define GPIOH ((GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOH_BASE) + +#define FLASH ((FLASH_TypeDef *) FLASH_R_BASE) +#define OB ((OB_TypeDef *) OB_BASE) + +#define DBGMCU ((DBGMCU_TypeDef *) DBGMCU_BASE) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup Exported_constants + * @{ + */ + + /** @addtogroup Peripheral_Registers_Bits_Definition + * @{ + */ + +/******************************************************************************/ +/* Peripheral Registers Bits Definition */ +/******************************************************************************/ +/******************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* Analog to Digital Converter (ADC) */ +/* */ +/******************************************************************************/ + +/******************** Bit definition for ADC_SR register ********************/ +#define ADC_SR_AWD ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< Analog watchdog flag */ +#define ADC_SR_EOC ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< End of conversion */ +#define ADC_SR_JEOC ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< Injected channel end of conversion */ +#define ADC_SR_JSTRT ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< Injected channel Start flag */ +#define ADC_SR_STRT ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< Regular channel Start flag */ +#define ADC_SR_OVR ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< Overrun flag */ +#define ADC_SR_ADONS ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< ADC ON status */ +#define ADC_SR_RCNR ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Regular channel not ready flag */ +#define ADC_SR_JCNR ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Injected channel not ready flag */ + +/******************* Bit definition for ADC_CR1 register ********************/ +#define ADC_CR1_AWDCH ((uint32_t)0x0000001F) /*!< AWDCH[4:0] bits (Analog watchdog channel select bits) */ +#define ADC_CR1_AWDCH_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_CR1_AWDCH_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_CR1_AWDCH_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< Bit 2 */ +#define ADC_CR1_AWDCH_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< Bit 3 */ +#define ADC_CR1_AWDCH_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< Bit 4 */ + +#define ADC_CR1_EOCIE ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< Interrupt enable for EOC */ +#define ADC_CR1_AWDIE ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< Analog Watchdog interrupt enable */ +#define ADC_CR1_JEOCIE ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< Interrupt enable for injected channels */ +#define ADC_CR1_SCAN ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Scan mode */ +#define ADC_CR1_AWDSGL ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Enable the watchdog on a single channel in scan mode */ +#define ADC_CR1_JAUTO ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Automatic injected group conversion */ +#define ADC_CR1_DISCEN ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Discontinuous mode on regular channels */ +#define ADC_CR1_JDISCEN ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< Discontinuous mode on injected channels */ + +#define ADC_CR1_DISCNUM ((uint32_t)0x0000E000) /*!< DISCNUM[2:0] bits (Discontinuous mode channel count) */ +#define ADC_CR1_DISCNUM_0 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_CR1_DISCNUM_1 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_CR1_DISCNUM_2 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< Bit 2 */ + +#define ADC_CR1_PDD ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< Power Down during Delay phase */ +#define ADC_CR1_PDI ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< Power Down during Idle phase */ + +#define ADC_CR1_JAWDEN ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /*!< Analog watchdog enable on injected channels */ +#define ADC_CR1_AWDEN ((uint32_t)0x00800000) /*!< Analog watchdog enable on regular channels */ + +#define ADC_CR1_RES ((uint32_t)0x03000000) /*!< RES[1:0] bits (Resolution) */ +#define ADC_CR1_RES_0 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_CR1_RES_1 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) /*!< Bit 1 */ + +#define ADC_CR1_OVRIE ((uint32_t)0x04000000) /*!< Overrun interrupt enable */ + +/******************* Bit definition for ADC_CR2 register ********************/ +#define ADC_CR2_ADON ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< A/D Converter ON / OFF */ +#define ADC_CR2_CONT ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< Continuous Conversion */ + +#define ADC_CR2_DELS ((uint32_t)0x00000070) /*!< DELS[2:0] bits (Delay selection) */ +#define ADC_CR2_DELS_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_CR2_DELS_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_CR2_DELS_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< Bit 2 */ + +#define ADC_CR2_DMA ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Direct Memory access mode */ +#define ADC_CR2_DDS ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< DMA disable selection (Single ADC) */ +#define ADC_CR2_EOCS ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< End of conversion selection */ +#define ADC_CR2_ALIGN ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Data Alignment */ + +#define ADC_CR2_JEXTSEL ((uint32_t)0x000F0000) /*!< JEXTSEL[3:0] bits (External event select for injected group) */ +#define ADC_CR2_JEXTSEL_0 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_CR2_JEXTSEL_1 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_CR2_JEXTSEL_2 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) /*!< Bit 2 */ +#define ADC_CR2_JEXTSEL_3 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) /*!< Bit 3 */ + +#define ADC_CR2_JEXTEN ((uint32_t)0x00300000) /*!< JEXTEN[1:0] bits (External Trigger Conversion mode for injected channels) */ +#define ADC_CR2_JEXTEN_0 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_CR2_JEXTEN_1 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /*!< Bit 1 */ + +#define ADC_CR2_JSWSTART ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /*!< Start Conversion of injected channels */ + +#define ADC_CR2_EXTSEL ((uint32_t)0x0F000000) /*!< EXTSEL[3:0] bits (External Event Select for regular group) */ +#define ADC_CR2_EXTSEL_0 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_CR2_EXTSEL_1 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_CR2_EXTSEL_2 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) /*!< Bit 2 */ +#define ADC_CR2_EXTSEL_3 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) /*!< Bit 3 */ + +#define ADC_CR2_EXTEN ((uint32_t)0x30000000) /*!< EXTEN[1:0] bits (External Trigger Conversion mode for regular channels) */ +#define ADC_CR2_EXTEN_0 ((uint32_t)0x10000000) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_CR2_EXTEN_1 ((uint32_t)0x20000000) /*!< Bit 1 */ + +#define ADC_CR2_SWSTART ((uint32_t)0x40000000) /*!< Start Conversion of regular channels */ + +/****************** Bit definition for ADC_SMPR1 register *******************/ +#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP20 ((uint32_t)0x00000007) /*!< SMP20[2:0] bits (Channel 20 Sample time selection) */ +#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP20_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP20_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP20_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< Bit 2 */ + +#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP21 ((uint32_t)0x00000038) /*!< SMP21[2:0] bits (Channel 21 Sample time selection) */ +#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP21_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP21_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP21_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< Bit 2 */ + +#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP22 ((uint32_t)0x000001C0) /*!< SMP22[2:0] bits (Channel 22 Sample time selection) */ +#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP22_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP22_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP22_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Bit 2 */ + +#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP23 ((uint32_t)0x00000E00) /*!< SMP23[2:0] bits (Channel 23 Sample time selection) */ +#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP23_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP23_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP23_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Bit 2 */ + +#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP24 ((uint32_t)0x00007000) /*!< SMP24[2:0] bits (Channel 24 Sample time selection) */ +#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP24_0 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP24_1 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP24_2 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< Bit 2 */ + +#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP25 ((uint32_t)0x00038000) /*!< SMP25[2:0] bits (Channel 25 Sample time selection) */ +#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP25_0 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP25_1 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SMPR1_SMP25_2 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< Bit 2 */ + +/****************** Bit definition for ADC_SMPR2 register *******************/ +#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP10 ((uint32_t)0x00000007) /*!< SMP10[2:0] bits (Channel 10 Sample time selection) */ +#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP10_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP10_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP10_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< Bit 2 */ + +#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP11 ((uint32_t)0x00000038) /*!< SMP11[2:0] bits (Channel 11 Sample time selection) */ +#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP11_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP11_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP11_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< Bit 2 */ + +#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP12 ((uint32_t)0x000001C0) /*!< SMP12[2:0] bits (Channel 12 Sample time selection) */ +#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP12_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP12_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP12_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Bit 2 */ + +#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP13 ((uint32_t)0x00000E00) /*!< SMP13[2:0] bits (Channel 13 Sample time selection) */ +#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP13_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP13_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP13_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Bit 2 */ + +#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP14 ((uint32_t)0x00007000) /*!< SMP14[2:0] bits (Channel 14 Sample time selection) */ +#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP14_0 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP14_1 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP14_2 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< Bit 2 */ + +#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP15 ((uint32_t)0x00038000) /*!< SMP15[2:0] bits (Channel 5 Sample time selection) */ +#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP15_0 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP15_1 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP15_2 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< Bit 2 */ + +#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP16 ((uint32_t)0x001C0000) /*!< SMP16[2:0] bits (Channel 16 Sample time selection) */ +#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP16_0 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP16_1 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP16_2 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) /*!< Bit 2 */ + +#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP17 ((uint32_t)0x00E00000) /*!< SMP17[2:0] bits (Channel 17 Sample time selection) */ +#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP17_0 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP17_1 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP17_2 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) /*!< Bit 2 */ + +#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP18 ((uint32_t)0x07000000) /*!< SMP18[2:0] bits (Channel 18 Sample time selection) */ +#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP18_0 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP18_1 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP18_2 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) /*!< Bit 2 */ + +#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP19 ((uint32_t)0x38000000) /*!< SMP19[2:0] bits (Channel 19 Sample time selection) */ +#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP19_0 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP19_1 ((uint32_t)0x10000000) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SMPR2_SMP19_2 ((uint32_t)0x20000000) /*!< Bit 2 */ + +/****************** Bit definition for ADC_SMPR3 register *******************/ +#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP0 ((uint32_t)0x00000007) /*!< SMP0[2:0] bits (Channel 0 Sample time selection) */ +#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP0_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP0_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP0_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< Bit 2 */ + +#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP1 ((uint32_t)0x00000038) /*!< SMP1[2:0] bits (Channel 1 Sample time selection) */ +#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP1_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP1_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP1_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< Bit 2 */ + +#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP2 ((uint32_t)0x000001C0) /*!< SMP2[2:0] bits (Channel 2 Sample time selection) */ +#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP2_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP2_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP2_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Bit 2 */ + +#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP3 ((uint32_t)0x00000E00) /*!< SMP3[2:0] bits (Channel 3 Sample time selection) */ +#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP3_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP3_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP3_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Bit 2 */ + +#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP4 ((uint32_t)0x00007000) /*!< SMP4[2:0] bits (Channel 4 Sample time selection) */ +#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP4_0 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP4_1 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP4_2 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< Bit 2 */ + +#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP5 ((uint32_t)0x00038000) /*!< SMP5[2:0] bits (Channel 5 Sample time selection) */ +#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP5_0 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP5_1 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP5_2 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< Bit 2 */ + +#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP6 ((uint32_t)0x001C0000) /*!< SMP6[2:0] bits (Channel 6 Sample time selection) */ +#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP6_0 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP6_1 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP6_2 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) /*!< Bit 2 */ + +#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP7 ((uint32_t)0x00E00000) /*!< SMP7[2:0] bits (Channel 7 Sample time selection) */ +#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP7_0 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP7_1 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP7_2 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) /*!< Bit 2 */ + +#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP8 ((uint32_t)0x07000000) /*!< SMP8[2:0] bits (Channel 8 Sample time selection) */ +#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP8_0 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP8_1 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP8_2 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) /*!< Bit 2 */ + +#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP9 ((uint32_t)0x38000000) /*!< SMP9[2:0] bits (Channel 9 Sample time selection) */ +#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP9_0 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP9_1 ((uint32_t)0x10000000) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SMPR3_SMP9_2 ((uint32_t)0x20000000) /*!< Bit 2 */ + + +/****************** Bit definition for ADC_JOFR1 register *******************/ +#define ADC_JOFR1_JOFFSET1 ((uint32_t)0x00000FFF) /*!< Data offset for injected channel 1 */ + +/****************** Bit definition for ADC_JOFR2 register *******************/ +#define ADC_JOFR2_JOFFSET2 ((uint32_t)0x00000FFF) /*!< Data offset for injected channel 2 */ + +/****************** Bit definition for ADC_JOFR3 register *******************/ +#define ADC_JOFR3_JOFFSET3 ((uint32_t)0x00000FFF) /*!< Data offset for injected channel 3 */ + +/****************** Bit definition for ADC_JOFR4 register *******************/ +#define ADC_JOFR4_JOFFSET4 ((uint32_t)0x00000FFF) /*!< Data offset for injected channel 4 */ + +/******************* Bit definition for ADC_HTR register ********************/ +#define ADC_HTR_HT ((uint32_t)0x00000FFF) /*!< Analog watchdog high threshold */ + +/******************* Bit definition for ADC_LTR register ********************/ +#define ADC_LTR_LT ((uint32_t)0x00000FFF) /*!< Analog watchdog low threshold */ + +/******************* Bit definition for ADC_SQR1 register *******************/ +#define ADC_SQR1_SQ25 ((uint32_t)0x0000001F) /*!< SQ25[4:0] bits (25th conversion in regular sequence) */ +#define ADC_SQR1_SQ25_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SQR1_SQ25_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SQR1_SQ25_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< Bit 2 */ +#define ADC_SQR1_SQ25_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< Bit 3 */ +#define ADC_SQR1_SQ25_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< Bit 4 */ + +#define ADC_SQR1_SQ26 ((uint32_t)0x000003E0) /*!< SQ26[4:0] bits (26th conversion in regular sequence) */ +#define ADC_SQR1_SQ26_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SQR1_SQ26_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SQR1_SQ26_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< Bit 2 */ +#define ADC_SQR1_SQ26_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Bit 3 */ +#define ADC_SQR1_SQ26_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Bit 4 */ + +#define ADC_SQR1_SQ27 ((uint32_t)0x00007C00) /*!< SQ27[4:0] bits (27th conversion in regular sequence) */ +#define ADC_SQR1_SQ27_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SQR1_SQ27_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SQR1_SQ27_2 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< Bit 2 */ +#define ADC_SQR1_SQ27_3 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< Bit 3 */ +#define ADC_SQR1_SQ27_4 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< Bit 4 */ + +#define ADC_SQR1_L ((uint32_t)0x00F00000) /*!< L[3:0] bits (Regular channel sequence length) */ +#define ADC_SQR1_L_0 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SQR1_L_1 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SQR1_L_2 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /*!< Bit 2 */ +#define ADC_SQR1_L_3 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) /*!< Bit 3 */ + +/******************* Bit definition for ADC_SQR2 register *******************/ +#define ADC_SQR2_SQ19 ((uint32_t)0x0000001F) /*!< SQ19[4:0] bits (19th conversion in regular sequence) */ +#define ADC_SQR2_SQ19_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SQR2_SQ19_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SQR2_SQ19_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< Bit 2 */ +#define ADC_SQR2_SQ19_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< Bit 3 */ +#define ADC_SQR2_SQ19_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< Bit 4 */ + +#define ADC_SQR2_SQ20 ((uint32_t)0x000003E0) /*!< SQ20[4:0] bits (20th conversion in regular sequence) */ +#define ADC_SQR2_SQ20_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SQR2_SQ20_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SQR2_SQ20_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< Bit 2 */ +#define ADC_SQR2_SQ20_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Bit 3 */ +#define ADC_SQR2_SQ20_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Bit 4 */ + +#define ADC_SQR2_SQ21 ((uint32_t)0x00007C00) /*!< SQ21[4:0] bits (21th conversion in regular sequence) */ +#define ADC_SQR2_SQ21_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SQR2_SQ21_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SQR2_SQ21_2 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< Bit 2 */ +#define ADC_SQR2_SQ21_3 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< Bit 3 */ +#define ADC_SQR2_SQ21_4 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< Bit 4 */ + +#define ADC_SQR2_SQ22 ((uint32_t)0x000F8000) /*!< SQ22[4:0] bits (22th conversion in regular sequence) */ +#define ADC_SQR2_SQ22_0 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SQR2_SQ22_1 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SQR2_SQ22_2 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< Bit 2 */ +#define ADC_SQR2_SQ22_3 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) /*!< Bit 3 */ +#define ADC_SQR2_SQ22_4 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) /*!< Bit 4 */ + +#define ADC_SQR2_SQ23 ((uint32_t)0x01F00000) /*!< SQ23[4:0] bits (23th conversion in regular sequence) */ +#define ADC_SQR2_SQ23_0 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SQR2_SQ23_1 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SQR2_SQ23_2 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /*!< Bit 2 */ +#define ADC_SQR2_SQ23_3 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) /*!< Bit 3 */ +#define ADC_SQR2_SQ23_4 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) /*!< Bit 4 */ + +#define ADC_SQR2_SQ24 ((uint32_t)0x3E000000) /*!< SQ24[4:0] bits (24th conversion in regular sequence) */ +#define ADC_SQR2_SQ24_0 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SQR2_SQ24_1 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SQR2_SQ24_2 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) /*!< Bit 2 */ +#define ADC_SQR2_SQ24_3 ((uint32_t)0x10000000) /*!< Bit 3 */ +#define ADC_SQR2_SQ24_4 ((uint32_t)0x20000000) /*!< Bit 4 */ + +/******************* Bit definition for ADC_SQR3 register *******************/ +#define ADC_SQR3_SQ13 ((uint32_t)0x0000001F) /*!< SQ13[4:0] bits (13th conversion in regular sequence) */ +#define ADC_SQR3_SQ13_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SQR3_SQ13_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SQR3_SQ13_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< Bit 2 */ +#define ADC_SQR3_SQ13_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< Bit 3 */ +#define ADC_SQR3_SQ13_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< Bit 4 */ + +#define ADC_SQR3_SQ14 ((uint32_t)0x000003E0) /*!< SQ14[4:0] bits (14th conversion in regular sequence) */ +#define ADC_SQR3_SQ14_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SQR3_SQ14_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SQR3_SQ14_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< Bit 2 */ +#define ADC_SQR3_SQ14_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Bit 3 */ +#define ADC_SQR3_SQ14_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Bit 4 */ + +#define ADC_SQR3_SQ15 ((uint32_t)0x00007C00) /*!< SQ15[4:0] bits (15th conversion in regular sequence) */ +#define ADC_SQR3_SQ15_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SQR3_SQ15_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SQR3_SQ15_2 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< Bit 2 */ +#define ADC_SQR3_SQ15_3 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< Bit 3 */ +#define ADC_SQR3_SQ15_4 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< Bit 4 */ + +#define ADC_SQR3_SQ16 ((uint32_t)0x000F8000) /*!< SQ16[4:0] bits (16th conversion in regular sequence) */ +#define ADC_SQR3_SQ16_0 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SQR3_SQ16_1 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SQR3_SQ16_2 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< Bit 2 */ +#define ADC_SQR3_SQ16_3 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) /*!< Bit 3 */ +#define ADC_SQR3_SQ16_4 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) /*!< Bit 4 */ + +#define ADC_SQR3_SQ17 ((uint32_t)0x01F00000) /*!< SQ17[4:0] bits (17th conversion in regular sequence) */ +#define ADC_SQR3_SQ17_0 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SQR3_SQ17_1 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SQR3_SQ17_2 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /*!< Bit 2 */ +#define ADC_SQR3_SQ17_3 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) /*!< Bit 3 */ +#define ADC_SQR3_SQ17_4 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) /*!< Bit 4 */ + +#define ADC_SQR3_SQ18 ((uint32_t)0x3E000000) /*!< SQ18[4:0] bits (18th conversion in regular sequence) */ +#define ADC_SQR3_SQ18_0 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SQR3_SQ18_1 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SQR3_SQ18_2 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) /*!< Bit 2 */ +#define ADC_SQR3_SQ18_3 ((uint32_t)0x10000000) /*!< Bit 3 */ +#define ADC_SQR3_SQ18_4 ((uint32_t)0x20000000) /*!< Bit 4 */ + +/******************* Bit definition for ADC_SQR4 register *******************/ +#define ADC_SQR4_SQ7 ((uint32_t)0x0000001F) /*!< SQ7[4:0] bits (7th conversion in regular sequence) */ +#define ADC_SQR4_SQ7_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SQR4_SQ7_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SQR4_SQ7_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< Bit 2 */ +#define ADC_SQR4_SQ7_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< Bit 3 */ +#define ADC_SQR4_SQ7_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< Bit 4 */ + +#define ADC_SQR4_SQ8 ((uint32_t)0x000003E0) /*!< SQ8[4:0] bits (8th conversion in regular sequence) */ +#define ADC_SQR4_SQ8_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SQR4_SQ8_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SQR4_SQ8_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< Bit 2 */ +#define ADC_SQR4_SQ8_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Bit 3 */ +#define ADC_SQR4_SQ8_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Bit 4 */ + +#define ADC_SQR4_SQ9 ((uint32_t)0x00007C00) /*!< SQ9[4:0] bits (9th conversion in regular sequence) */ +#define ADC_SQR4_SQ9_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SQR4_SQ9_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SQR4_SQ9_2 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< Bit 2 */ +#define ADC_SQR4_SQ9_3 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< Bit 3 */ +#define ADC_SQR4_SQ9_4 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< Bit 4 */ + +#define ADC_SQR4_SQ10 ((uint32_t)0x000F8000) /*!< SQ10[4:0] bits (10th conversion in regular sequence) */ +#define ADC_SQR4_SQ10_0 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SQR4_SQ10_1 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SQR4_SQ10_2 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< Bit 2 */ +#define ADC_SQR4_SQ10_3 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) /*!< Bit 3 */ +#define ADC_SQR4_SQ10_4 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) /*!< Bit 4 */ + +#define ADC_SQR4_SQ11 ((uint32_t)0x01F00000) /*!< SQ11[4:0] bits (11th conversion in regular sequence) */ +#define ADC_SQR4_SQ11_0 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SQR4_SQ11_1 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SQR4_SQ11_2 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /*!< Bit 2 */ +#define ADC_SQR4_SQ11_3 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) /*!< Bit 3 */ +#define ADC_SQR4_SQ11_4 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) /*!< Bit 4 */ + +#define ADC_SQR4_SQ12 ((uint32_t)0x3E000000) /*!< SQ12[4:0] bits (12th conversion in regular sequence) */ +#define ADC_SQR4_SQ12_0 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SQR4_SQ12_1 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SQR4_SQ12_2 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) /*!< Bit 2 */ +#define ADC_SQR4_SQ12_3 ((uint32_t)0x10000000) /*!< Bit 3 */ +#define ADC_SQR4_SQ12_4 ((uint32_t)0x20000000) /*!< Bit 4 */ + +/******************* Bit definition for ADC_SQR5 register *******************/ +#define ADC_SQR5_SQ1 ((uint32_t)0x0000001F) /*!< SQ1[4:0] bits (1st conversion in regular sequence) */ +#define ADC_SQR5_SQ1_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SQR5_SQ1_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SQR5_SQ1_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< Bit 2 */ +#define ADC_SQR5_SQ1_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< Bit 3 */ +#define ADC_SQR5_SQ1_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< Bit 4 */ + +#define ADC_SQR5_SQ2 ((uint32_t)0x000003E0) /*!< SQ2[4:0] bits (2nd conversion in regular sequence) */ +#define ADC_SQR5_SQ2_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SQR5_SQ2_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SQR5_SQ2_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< Bit 2 */ +#define ADC_SQR5_SQ2_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Bit 3 */ +#define ADC_SQR5_SQ2_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Bit 4 */ + +#define ADC_SQR5_SQ3 ((uint32_t)0x00007C00) /*!< SQ3[4:0] bits (3rd conversion in regular sequence) */ +#define ADC_SQR5_SQ3_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SQR5_SQ3_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SQR5_SQ3_2 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< Bit 2 */ +#define ADC_SQR5_SQ3_3 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< Bit 3 */ +#define ADC_SQR5_SQ3_4 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< Bit 4 */ + +#define ADC_SQR5_SQ4 ((uint32_t)0x000F8000) /*!< SQ4[4:0] bits (4th conversion in regular sequence) */ +#define ADC_SQR5_SQ4_0 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SQR5_SQ4_1 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SQR5_SQ4_2 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< Bit 2 */ +#define ADC_SQR5_SQ4_3 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) /*!< Bit 3 */ +#define ADC_SQR5_SQ4_4 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) /*!< Bit 4 */ + +#define ADC_SQR5_SQ5 ((uint32_t)0x01F00000) /*!< SQ5[4:0] bits (5th conversion in regular sequence) */ +#define ADC_SQR5_SQ5_0 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SQR5_SQ5_1 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SQR5_SQ5_2 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /*!< Bit 2 */ +#define ADC_SQR5_SQ5_3 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) /*!< Bit 3 */ +#define ADC_SQR5_SQ5_4 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) /*!< Bit 4 */ + +#define ADC_SQR5_SQ6 ((uint32_t)0x3E000000) /*!< SQ6[4:0] bits (6th conversion in regular sequence) */ +#define ADC_SQR5_SQ6_0 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_SQR5_SQ6_1 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_SQR5_SQ6_2 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) /*!< Bit 2 */ +#define ADC_SQR5_SQ6_3 ((uint32_t)0x10000000) /*!< Bit 3 */ +#define ADC_SQR5_SQ6_4 ((uint32_t)0x20000000) /*!< Bit 4 */ + + +/******************* Bit definition for ADC_JSQR register *******************/ +#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ1 ((uint32_t)0x0000001F) /*!< JSQ1[4:0] bits (1st conversion in injected sequence) */ +#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ1_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ1_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ1_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< Bit 2 */ +#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ1_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< Bit 3 */ +#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ1_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< Bit 4 */ + +#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ2 ((uint32_t)0x000003E0) /*!< JSQ2[4:0] bits (2nd conversion in injected sequence) */ +#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ2_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ2_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ2_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< Bit 2 */ +#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ2_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Bit 3 */ +#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ2_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Bit 4 */ + +#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ3 ((uint32_t)0x00007C00) /*!< JSQ3[4:0] bits (3rd conversion in injected sequence) */ +#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ3_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ3_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ3_2 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< Bit 2 */ +#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ3_3 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< Bit 3 */ +#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ3_4 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< Bit 4 */ + +#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ4 ((uint32_t)0x000F8000) /*!< JSQ4[4:0] bits (4th conversion in injected sequence) */ +#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ4_0 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ4_1 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ4_2 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< Bit 2 */ +#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ4_3 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) /*!< Bit 3 */ +#define ADC_JSQR_JSQ4_4 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) /*!< Bit 4 */ + +#define ADC_JSQR_JL ((uint32_t)0x00300000) /*!< JL[1:0] bits (Injected Sequence length) */ +#define ADC_JSQR_JL_0 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_JSQR_JL_1 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /*!< Bit 1 */ + +/******************* Bit definition for ADC_JDR1 register *******************/ +#define ADC_JDR1_JDATA ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF) /*!< Injected data */ + +/******************* Bit definition for ADC_JDR2 register *******************/ +#define ADC_JDR2_JDATA ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF) /*!< Injected data */ + +/******************* Bit definition for ADC_JDR3 register *******************/ +#define ADC_JDR3_JDATA ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF) /*!< Injected data */ + +/******************* Bit definition for ADC_JDR4 register *******************/ +#define ADC_JDR4_JDATA ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF) /*!< Injected data */ + +/******************** Bit definition for ADC_DR register ********************/ +#define ADC_DR_DATA ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF) /*!< Regular data */ + + +/******************* Bit definition for ADC_CSR register ********************/ +#define ADC_CSR_AWD1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< ADC1 Analog watchdog flag */ +#define ADC_CSR_EOC1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< ADC1 End of conversion */ +#define ADC_CSR_JEOC1 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< ADC1 Injected channel end of conversion */ +#define ADC_CSR_JSTRT1 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< ADC1 Injected channel Start flag */ +#define ADC_CSR_STRT1 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< ADC1 Regular channel Start flag */ +#define ADC_CSR_OVR1 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< ADC1 overrun flag */ +#define ADC_CSR_ADONS1 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< ADON status of ADC1 */ + +/******************* Bit definition for ADC_CCR register ********************/ +#define ADC_CCR_ADCPRE ((uint32_t)0x00030000) /*!< ADC prescaler*/ +#define ADC_CCR_ADCPRE_0 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define ADC_CCR_ADCPRE_1 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define ADC_CCR_TSVREFE ((uint32_t)0x00800000) /*!< Temperature Sensor and VREFINT Enable */ + +/******************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* Analog Comparators (COMP) */ +/* */ +/******************************************************************************/ + +/****************** Bit definition for COMP_CSR register ********************/ +#define COMP_CSR_10KPU ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< 10K pull-up resistor */ +#define COMP_CSR_400KPU ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< 400K pull-up resistor */ +#define COMP_CSR_10KPD ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< 10K pull-down resistor */ +#define COMP_CSR_400KPD ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< 400K pull-down resistor */ + +#define COMP_CSR_CMP1EN ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< Comparator 1 enable */ +#define COMP_CSR_CMP1OUT ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< Comparator 1 output */ + +#define COMP_CSR_SPEED ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< Comparator 2 speed */ +#define COMP_CSR_CMP2OUT ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< Comparator 2 ouput */ + +#define COMP_CSR_VREFOUTEN ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< Comparator Vref Enable */ +#define COMP_CSR_WNDWE ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< Window mode enable */ + +#define COMP_CSR_INSEL ((uint32_t)0x001C0000) /*!< INSEL[2:0] Inversion input Selection */ +#define COMP_CSR_INSEL_0 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define COMP_CSR_INSEL_1 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define COMP_CSR_INSEL_2 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) /*!< Bit 2 */ + +#define COMP_CSR_OUTSEL ((uint32_t)0x00E00000) /*!< OUTSEL[2:0] comparator 2 output redirection */ +#define COMP_CSR_OUTSEL_0 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /*!< Bit 0 */ +#define COMP_CSR_OUTSEL_1 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /*!< Bit 1 */ +#define COMP_CSR_OUTSEL_2 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) /*!< Bit 2 */ + +/******************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* CRC calculation unit (CRC) */ +/* */ +/******************************************************************************/ + +/******************* Bit definition for CRC_DR register *********************/ +#define CRC_DR_DR ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFF) /*!< Data register bits */ + +/******************* Bit definition for CRC_IDR register ********************/ +#define CRC_IDR_IDR ((uint8_t)0xFF) /*!< General-purpose 8-bit data register bits */ + +/******************** Bit definition for CRC_CR register ********************/ +#define CRC_CR_RESET ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< RESET bit */ + +/******************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* Digital to Analog Converter (DAC) */ +/* */ +/******************************************************************************/ + +/******************** Bit definition for DAC_CR register ********************/ +#define DAC_CR_EN1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!
© COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics
+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/** @addtogroup CMSIS + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup stm32l1xx_system + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Define to prevent recursive inclusion + */ +#ifndef __SYSTEM_STM32L1XX_H +#define __SYSTEM_STM32L1XX_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_System_Includes + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_System_Exported_types + * @{ + */ + +extern uint32_t SystemCoreClock; /*!< System Clock Frequency (Core Clock) */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_System_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_System_Exported_Macros + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_System_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +extern void SystemInit(void); +extern void SystemCoreClockUpdate(void); +/** + * @} + */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__SYSTEM_STM32L1XX_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/misc.h b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/misc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cc55190 --- /dev/null +++ b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/misc.h @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file misc.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 31-December-2010 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the miscellaneous + * firmware library functions (add-on to CMSIS functions). + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __MISC_H +#define __MISC_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l1xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup MISC + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief NVIC Init Structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint8_t NVIC_IRQChannel; /*!< Specifies the IRQ channel to be enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be a value of @ref IRQn_Type + (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please + refer to stm32l1xx.h file) */ + + uint8_t NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority; /*!< Specifies the pre-emption priority for the IRQ channel + specified in NVIC_IRQChannel. This parameter can be a value + between 0 and 15 as described in the table @ref NVIC_Priority_Table */ + + uint8_t NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority; /*!< Specifies the subpriority level for the IRQ channel specified + in NVIC_IRQChannel. This parameter can be a value + between 0 and 15 as described in the table @ref NVIC_Priority_Table */ + + FunctionalState NVIC_IRQChannelCmd; /*!< Specifies whether the IRQ channel defined in NVIC_IRQChannel + will be enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE */ +} NVIC_InitTypeDef; + +/** + * +@verbatim + The table below gives the allowed values of the pre-emption priority and subpriority according + to the Priority Grouping configuration performed by NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig function + ============================================================================================================================ + NVIC_PriorityGroup | NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority | NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority | Description + ============================================================================================================================ + NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 | 0 | 0-15 | 0 bits for pre-emption priority + | | | 4 bits for subpriority + ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + NVIC_PriorityGroup_1 | 0-1 | 0-7 | 1 bits for pre-emption priority + | | | 3 bits for subpriority + ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + NVIC_PriorityGroup_2 | 0-3 | 0-3 | 2 bits for pre-emption priority + | | | 2 bits for subpriority + ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + NVIC_PriorityGroup_3 | 0-7 | 0-1 | 3 bits for pre-emption priority + | | | 1 bits for subpriority + ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + NVIC_PriorityGroup_4 | 0-15 | 0 | 4 bits for pre-emption priority + | | | 0 bits for subpriority + ============================================================================================================================ +@endverbatim +*/ + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup MISC_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup Vector_Table_Base + * @{ + */ + +#define NVIC_VectTab_RAM ((uint32_t)0x20000000) +#define NVIC_VectTab_FLASH ((uint32_t)0x08000000) +#define IS_NVIC_VECTTAB(VECTTAB) (((VECTTAB) == NVIC_VectTab_RAM) || \ + ((VECTTAB) == NVIC_VectTab_FLASH)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup System_Low_Power + * @{ + */ + +#define NVIC_LP_SEVONPEND ((uint8_t)0x10) +#define NVIC_LP_SLEEPDEEP ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define NVIC_LP_SLEEPONEXIT ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define IS_NVIC_LP(LP) (((LP) == NVIC_LP_SEVONPEND) || \ + ((LP) == NVIC_LP_SLEEPDEEP) || \ + ((LP) == NVIC_LP_SLEEPONEXIT)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup Preemption_Priority_Group + * @{ + */ + +#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 ((uint32_t)0x700) /*!< 0 bits for pre-emption priority + 4 bits for subpriority */ +#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_1 ((uint32_t)0x600) /*!< 1 bits for pre-emption priority + 3 bits for subpriority */ +#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_2 ((uint32_t)0x500) /*!< 2 bits for pre-emption priority + 2 bits for subpriority */ +#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_3 ((uint32_t)0x400) /*!< 3 bits for pre-emption priority + 1 bits for subpriority */ +#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_4 ((uint32_t)0x300) /*!< 4 bits for pre-emption priority + 0 bits for subpriority */ + +#define IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(GROUP) (((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_0) || \ + ((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_1) || \ + ((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_2) || \ + ((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_3) || \ + ((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_4)) + +#define IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PRIORITY) ((PRIORITY) < 0x10) + +#define IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(PRIORITY) ((PRIORITY) < 0x10) + +#define IS_NVIC_OFFSET(OFFSET) ((OFFSET) < 0x0001FFFF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SysTick_clock_source + * @{ + */ + +#define SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK_Div8 ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFB) +#define SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK) || \ + ((SOURCE) == SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK_Div8)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +void NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig(uint32_t NVIC_PriorityGroup); +void NVIC_Init(NVIC_InitTypeDef* NVIC_InitStruct); +void NVIC_SetVectorTable(uint32_t NVIC_VectTab, uint32_t Offset); +void NVIC_SystemLPConfig(uint8_t LowPowerMode, FunctionalState NewState); +void SysTick_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t SysTick_CLKSource); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __MISC_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_adc.h b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_adc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a7b882d --- /dev/null +++ b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_adc.h @@ -0,0 +1,606 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l1xx_adc.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 31-December-2010 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the ADC firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32L1xx_ADC_H +#define __STM32L1xx_ADC_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l1xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup ADC + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief ADC Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t ADC_Resolution; /*!< Selects the resolution of the conversion. + This parameter can be a value of @ref ADC_Resolution */ + + FunctionalState ADC_ScanConvMode; /*!< Specifies whether the conversion is performed in + Scan (multichannel) or Single (one channel) mode. + This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE */ + + FunctionalState ADC_ContinuousConvMode; /*!< Specifies whether the conversion is performed in + Continuous or Single mode. + This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE. */ + + uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge; /*!< Selects the external trigger Edge and enables the + trigger of a regular group. This parameter can be a value + of @ref ADC_external_trigger_edge_for_regular_channels_conversion */ + + uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigConv; /*!< Defines the external trigger used to start the analog + to digital conversion of regular channels. This parameter + can be a value of @ref ADC_external_trigger_sources_for_regular_channels_conversion */ + + uint32_t ADC_DataAlign; /*!< Specifies whether the ADC data alignment is left or right. + This parameter can be a value of @ref ADC_data_align */ + + uint8_t ADC_NbrOfConversion; /*!< Specifies the number of ADC conversions that will be done + using the sequencer for regular channel group. + This parameter must range from 1 to 27. */ +}ADC_InitTypeDef; + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t ADC_Prescaler; /*!< Selects the ADC prescaler. + This parameter can be a value + of @ref ADC_Prescaler */ +}ADC_CommonInitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ +#define IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((PERIPH) == ADC1) +#define IS_ADC_DMA_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((PERIPH) == ADC1) + +/** @defgroup ADC_Power_down_during_Idle_and_or_Delay_phase + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_PowerDown_Delay ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define ADC_PowerDown_Idle ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define ADC_PowerDown_Idle_Delay ((uint32_t)0x00030000) + +#define IS_ADC_POWER_DOWN(DWON) (((DWON) == ADC_PowerDown_Delay) || \ + ((DWON) == ADC_PowerDown_Idle) || \ + ((DWON) == ADC_PowerDown_Idle_Delay)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_Prescaler + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_Prescaler_Div1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define ADC_Prescaler_Div2 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define ADC_Prescaler_Div4 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) + +#define IS_ADC_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == ADC_Prescaler_Div1) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == ADC_Prescaler_Div2) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == ADC_Prescaler_Div4)) +/** + * @} + */ + + + +/** @defgroup ADC_resolution + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_Resolution_12b ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define ADC_Resolution_10b ((uint32_t)0x01000000) +#define ADC_Resolution_8b ((uint32_t)0x02000000) +#define ADC_Resolution_6b ((uint32_t)0x03000000) + +#define IS_ADC_RESOLUTION(RESOLUTION) (((RESOLUTION) == ADC_Resolution_12b) || \ + ((RESOLUTION) == ADC_Resolution_10b) || \ + ((RESOLUTION) == ADC_Resolution_8b) || \ + ((RESOLUTION) == ADC_Resolution_6b)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_external_trigger_edge_for_regular_channels_conversion + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_Rising ((uint32_t)0x10000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_Falling ((uint32_t)0x20000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_RisingFalling ((uint32_t)0x30000000) + +#define IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG_EDGE(EDGE) (((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_None) || \ + ((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_Rising) || \ + ((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_Falling) || \ + ((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_RisingFalling)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_external_trigger_sources_for_regular_channels_conversion + * @{ + */ + +/* TIM2 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_CC3 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_CC2 ((uint32_t)0x03000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x06000000) + +/* TIM3 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T3_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x07000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T3_CC3 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T3_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x04000000) + +/* TIM4 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T4_CC4 ((uint32_t)0x05000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T4_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x09000000) + +/* TIM6 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T6_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x0A000000) + +/* TIM9 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T9_CC2 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T9_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x01000000) + +/* EXTI */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_Ext_IT11 ((uint32_t)0x0F000000) + +#define IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG(REGTRIG) (((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T9_CC2) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T9_TRGO) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_CC3) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_CC2) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T3_TRGO) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T4_CC4) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_TRGO) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T3_CC1) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T3_CC3) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T4_TRGO) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T6_TRGO) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_Ext_IT11)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_data_align + * @{ + */ + +#define ADC_DataAlign_Right ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define ADC_DataAlign_Left ((uint32_t)0x00000800) + +#define IS_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(ALIGN) (((ALIGN) == ADC_DataAlign_Right) || \ + ((ALIGN) == ADC_DataAlign_Left)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_channels + * @{ + */ + +#define ADC_Channel_0 ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define ADC_Channel_1 ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define ADC_Channel_2 ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define ADC_Channel_3 ((uint8_t)0x03) +#define ADC_Channel_4 ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define ADC_Channel_5 ((uint8_t)0x05) +#define ADC_Channel_6 ((uint8_t)0x06) +#define ADC_Channel_7 ((uint8_t)0x07) +#define ADC_Channel_8 ((uint8_t)0x08) +#define ADC_Channel_9 ((uint8_t)0x09) +#define ADC_Channel_10 ((uint8_t)0x0A) +#define ADC_Channel_11 ((uint8_t)0x0B) +#define ADC_Channel_12 ((uint8_t)0x0C) +#define ADC_Channel_13 ((uint8_t)0x0D) +#define ADC_Channel_14 ((uint8_t)0x0E) +#define ADC_Channel_15 ((uint8_t)0x0F) +#define ADC_Channel_16 ((uint8_t)0x10) +#define ADC_Channel_17 ((uint8_t)0x11) +#define ADC_Channel_18 ((uint8_t)0x12) +#define ADC_Channel_19 ((uint8_t)0x13) +#define ADC_Channel_20 ((uint8_t)0x14) +#define ADC_Channel_21 ((uint8_t)0x15) +#define ADC_Channel_22 ((uint8_t)0x16) +#define ADC_Channel_23 ((uint8_t)0x17) +#define ADC_Channel_24 ((uint8_t)0x18) +#define ADC_Channel_25 ((uint8_t)0x19) + +#define ADC_Channel_TempSensor ((uint8_t)ADC_Channel_16) +#define ADC_Channel_Vrefint ((uint8_t)ADC_Channel_17) + + + +#define IS_ADC_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_0) || ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_2) || ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_3) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_4) || ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_5) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_6) || ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_7) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_8) || ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_9) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_10) || ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_11) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_12) || ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_13) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_14) || ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_15) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_16) || ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_17) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_18) || ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_19) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_20) || ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_21) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_22) || ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_23) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_24) || ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_25) ) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_sampling_times + * @{ + */ + +#define ADC_SampleTime_4Cycles ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define ADC_SampleTime_9Cycles ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define ADC_SampleTime_16Cycles ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define ADC_SampleTime_24Cycles ((uint8_t)0x03) +#define ADC_SampleTime_48Cycles ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define ADC_SampleTime_96Cycles ((uint8_t)0x05) +#define ADC_SampleTime_192Cycles ((uint8_t)0x06) +#define ADC_SampleTime_384Cycles ((uint8_t)0x07) + +#define IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(TIME) (((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_4Cycles) || \ + ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_9Cycles) || \ + ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_16Cycles) || \ + ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_24Cycles) || \ + ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_48Cycles) || \ + ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_96Cycles) || \ + ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_192Cycles) || \ + ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_384Cycles)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Delay_length + * @{ + */ + +#define ADC_DelayLength_None ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define ADC_DelayLength_Freeze ((uint8_t)0x10) +#define ADC_DelayLength_7Cycles ((uint8_t)0x20) +#define ADC_DelayLength_15Cycles ((uint8_t)0x30) +#define ADC_DelayLength_31Cycles ((uint8_t)0x40) +#define ADC_DelayLength_63Cycles ((uint8_t)0x50) +#define ADC_DelayLength_127Cycles ((uint8_t)0x60) +#define ADC_DelayLength_255Cycles ((uint8_t)0x70) + +#define IS_ADC_DELAY_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) == ADC_DelayLength_None) || \ + ((LENGTH) == ADC_DelayLength_Freeze) || \ + ((LENGTH) == ADC_DelayLength_7Cycles) || \ + ((LENGTH) == ADC_DelayLength_15Cycles) || \ + ((LENGTH) == ADC_DelayLength_31Cycles) || \ + ((LENGTH) == ADC_DelayLength_63Cycles) || \ + ((LENGTH) == ADC_DelayLength_127Cycles) || \ + ((LENGTH) == ADC_DelayLength_255Cycles)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_external_trigger_edge_for_injected_channels_conversion + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_Rising ((uint32_t)0x00100000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_Falling ((uint32_t)0x00200000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_RisingFalling ((uint32_t)0x00300000) + +#define IS_ADC_EXT_INJEC_TRIG_EDGE(EDGE) (((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_None) || \ + ((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_Rising) || \ + ((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_Falling) || \ + ((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_RisingFalling)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_external_trigger_sources_for_injected_channels_conversion + * @{ + */ + + +/* TIM2 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x00030000) + +/* TIM3 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T3_CC4 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) + +/* TIM4 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00050000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x00060000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC2 ((uint32_t)0x00070000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC3 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) + +/* TIM7 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T7_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x000A0000) + +/* TIM9 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T9_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T9_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00010000) + +/* TIM10 */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T10_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x00090000) + +/* EXTI */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_Ext_IT15 ((uint32_t)0x000F0000) + +#define IS_ADC_EXT_INJEC_TRIG(INJTRIG) (((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T9_CC1) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T9_TRGO) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_TRGO) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_CC1) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T3_CC4) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_TRGO) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC1) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC2) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC3) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T10_CC1) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T7_TRGO) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_Ext_IT15)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_injected_channel_selection + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_InjectedChannel_1 ((uint8_t)0x18) +#define ADC_InjectedChannel_2 ((uint8_t)0x1C) +#define ADC_InjectedChannel_3 ((uint8_t)0x20) +#define ADC_InjectedChannel_4 ((uint8_t)0x24) + +#define IS_ADC_INJECTED_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_2) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_3) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_4)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_analog_watchdog_selection + * @{ + */ + +#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegEnable ((uint32_t)0x00800200) +#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleInjecEnable ((uint32_t)0x00400200) +#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegOrInjecEnable ((uint32_t)0x00C00200) +#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegEnable ((uint32_t)0x00800000) +#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllInjecEnable ((uint32_t)0x00400000) +#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegAllInjecEnable ((uint32_t)0x00C00000) +#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) + +#define IS_ADC_ANALOG_WATCHDOG(WATCHDOG) (((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegEnable) || \ + ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleInjecEnable) || \ + ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegOrInjecEnable) || \ + ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegEnable) || \ + ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllInjecEnable) || \ + ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegAllInjecEnable) || \ + ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_None)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_interrupts_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define ADC_IT_AWD ((uint16_t)0x0106) +#define ADC_IT_EOC ((uint16_t)0x0205) +#define ADC_IT_JEOC ((uint16_t)0x0407) +#define ADC_IT_OVR ((uint16_t)0x201A) + +#define IS_ADC_IT(IT) (((IT) == ADC_IT_AWD) || ((IT) == ADC_IT_EOC) || \ + ((IT) == ADC_IT_JEOC)|| ((IT) == ADC_IT_OVR)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_flags_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define ADC_FLAG_AWD ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define ADC_FLAG_EOC ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define ADC_FLAG_JEOC ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define ADC_FLAG_JSTRT ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define ADC_FLAG_STRT ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define ADC_FLAG_OVR ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define ADC_FLAG_ADONS ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define ADC_FLAG_RCNR ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define ADC_FLAG_JCNR ((uint16_t)0x0200) + +#define IS_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint16_t)0xFFC0) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != 0x00)) + +#define IS_ADC_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_AWD) || ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_EOC) || \ + ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_JEOC) || ((FLAG)== ADC_FLAG_JSTRT) || \ + ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_STRT) || ((FLAG)== ADC_FLAG_OVR) || \ + ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_ADONS) || ((FLAG)== ADC_FLAG_RCNR) || \ + ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_JCNR)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_thresholds + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_ADC_THRESHOLD(THRESHOLD) ((THRESHOLD) <= 0xFFF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_injected_offset + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_ADC_OFFSET(OFFSET) ((OFFSET) <= 0xFFF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_injected_length + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_ADC_INJECTED_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) >= 0x1) && ((LENGTH) <= 0x4)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_injected_rank + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_ADC_INJECTED_RANK(RANK) (((RANK) >= 0x1) && ((RANK) <= 0x4)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_regular_length + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_ADC_REGULAR_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) >= 1) && ((LENGTH) <= 27)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_regular_rank + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_ADC_REGULAR_RANK(RANK) (((RANK) >= 0x1) && ((RANK) <= 0x1B)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_regular_discontinuous_mode_number + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_ADC_REGULAR_DISC_NUMBER(NUMBER) (((NUMBER) >= 0x1) && ((NUMBER) <= 0x8)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Function used to set the ADC configuration to the default reset state *****/ +void ADC_DeInit(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void ADC_Init(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, ADC_InitTypeDef* ADC_InitStruct); +void ADC_StructInit(ADC_InitTypeDef* ADC_InitStruct); +void ADC_CommonInit(ADC_CommonInitTypeDef* ADC_CommonInitStruct); +void ADC_CommonStructInit(ADC_CommonInitTypeDef* ADC_CommonInitStruct); +void ADC_Cmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Power saving functions *****************************************************/ +void ADC_PowerDownCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_PowerDown, FunctionalState NewState); +void ADC_DelaySelectionConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_DelayLength); + +/* Analog Watchdog configuration functions ************************************/ +void ADC_AnalogWatchdogCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_AnalogWatchdog); +void ADC_AnalogWatchdogThresholdsConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t HighThreshold,uint16_t LowThreshold); +void ADC_AnalogWatchdogSingleChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel); + +/* Temperature Sensor & Vrefint (Voltage Reference internal) management function */ +void ADC_TempSensorVrefintCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Regular Channels Configuration functions ***********************************/ +void ADC_RegularChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint8_t Rank, uint8_t ADC_SampleTime); +void ADC_SoftwareStartConv(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); +FlagStatus ADC_GetSoftwareStartConvStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); +void ADC_EOCOnEachRegularChannelCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +void ADC_ContinuousModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +void ADC_DiscModeChannelCountConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t Number); +void ADC_DiscModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +uint16_t ADC_GetConversionValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); + +/* Regular Channels DMA Configuration functions *******************************/ +void ADC_DMACmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +void ADC_DMARequestAfterLastTransferCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Injected channels Configuration functions **********************************/ +void ADC_InjectedChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint8_t Rank, uint8_t ADC_SampleTime); +void ADC_InjectedSequencerLengthConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t Length); +void ADC_SetInjectedOffset(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_InjectedChannel, uint16_t Offset); +void ADC_ExternalTrigInjectedConvConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv); +void ADC_ExternalTrigInjectedConvEdgeConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge); +void ADC_SoftwareStartInjectedConv(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); +FlagStatus ADC_GetSoftwareStartInjectedConvCmdStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); +void ADC_AutoInjectedConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +void ADC_InjectedDiscModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +uint16_t ADC_GetInjectedConversionValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_InjectedChannel); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void ADC_ITConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus ADC_GetFlagStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_FLAG); +void ADC_ClearFlag(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_FLAG); +ITStatus ADC_GetITStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT); +void ADC_ClearITPendingBit(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32L1xx_ADC_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_comp.h b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_comp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1fcc9f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_comp.h @@ -0,0 +1,180 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l1xx_comp.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 31-December-2010 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the COMP firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32L1xx_COMP_H +#define __STM32L1xx_COMP_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l1xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup COMP + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief COMP Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t COMP_Speed; /*!< Defines the speed of comparator 2. + This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_Speed */ + uint32_t COMP_InvertingInput; /*!< Selects the inverting input of the comparator 2. + This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_InvertingInput */ + uint32_t COMP_OutputSelect; /*!< Selects the output redirection of the comparator 2. + This parameter can be a value of @ref COMP_OutputSelect */ + +}COMP_InitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup COMP_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +#define COMP_OutputLevel_High ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define COMP_OutputLevel_Low ((uint32_t)0x00000000) + +/** @defgroup COMP_Selection + * @{ + */ + +#define COMP_Selection_COMP1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define COMP_Selection_COMP2 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) + +#define IS_COMP_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == COMP_Selection_COMP1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == COMP_Selection_COMP2)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP_InvertingInput + * @{ + */ + +#define COMP_InvertingInput_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /* COMP2 is disabled when this parameter is selected */ +#define COMP_InvertingInput_IO ((uint32_t)0x00040000) +#define COMP_InvertingInput_VREFINT ((uint32_t)0x00080000) +#define COMP_InvertingInput_3_4VREFINT ((uint32_t)0x000C0000) +#define COMP_InvertingInput_1_2VREFINT ((uint32_t)0x00100000) +#define COMP_InvertingInput_1_4VREFINT ((uint32_t)0x00140000) +#define COMP_InvertingInput_DAC1 ((uint32_t)0x00180000) +#define COMP_InvertingInput_DAC2 ((uint32_t)0x001C0000) + +#define IS_COMP_INVERTING_INPUT(INPUT) (((INPUT) == COMP_InvertingInput_None) || \ + ((INPUT) == COMP_InvertingInput_IO) || \ + ((INPUT) == COMP_InvertingInput_VREFINT) || \ + ((INPUT) == COMP_InvertingInput_3_4VREFINT) || \ + ((INPUT) == COMP_InvertingInput_1_2VREFINT) || \ + ((INPUT) == COMP_InvertingInput_1_4VREFINT) || \ + ((INPUT) == COMP_InvertingInput_DAC1) || \ + ((INPUT) == COMP_InvertingInput_DAC2)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP_OutputSelect + * @{ + */ + +#define COMP_OutputSelect_TIM2IC4 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define COMP_OutputSelect_TIM2OCREFCLR ((uint32_t)0x00200000) +#define COMP_OutputSelect_TIM3IC4 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) +#define COMP_OutputSelect_TIM3OCREFCLR ((uint32_t)0x00600000) +#define COMP_OutputSelect_TIM4IC4 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) +#define COMP_OutputSelect_TIM4OCREFCLR ((uint32_t)0x00A00000) +#define COMP_OutputSelect_TIM10IC1 ((uint32_t)0x00C00000) +#define COMP_OutputSelect_None ((uint32_t)0x00E00000) + +#define IS_COMP_OUTPUT(OUTPUT) (((OUTPUT) == COMP_OutputSelect_TIM2IC4) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_OutputSelect_TIM2OCREFCLR) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_OutputSelect_TIM3IC4) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_OutputSelect_TIM3OCREFCLR) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_OutputSelect_TIM4IC4) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_OutputSelect_TIM4OCREFCLR) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_OutputSelect_TIM10IC1) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == COMP_OutputSelect_None)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP_Speed + * @{ + */ + +#define COMP_Speed_Slow ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define COMP_Speed_Fast ((uint32_t)0x00001000) + +#define IS_COMP_SPEED(SPEED) (((SPEED) == COMP_Speed_Slow) || \ + ((SPEED) == COMP_Speed_Fast)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Function used to set the COMP configuration to the default reset state ****/ +void COMP_DeInit(void); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void COMP_Init(COMP_InitTypeDef* COMP_InitStruct); +void COMP_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState); +uint8_t COMP_GetOutputLevel(uint32_t COMP_Selection); + +/* Window mode control function ***********************************************/ +void COMP_WindowCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Internal Reference Voltage (VREFINT) output function ***********************/ +void COMP_VrefintOutputCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32L1xx_COMP_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_crc.h b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_crc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6c999fa --- /dev/null +++ b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_crc.h @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l1xx_crc.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 31-December-2010 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the CRC firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32L1xx_CRC_H +#define __STM32L1xx_CRC_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l1xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup CRC + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +void CRC_ResetDR(void); +uint32_t CRC_CalcCRC(uint32_t Data); +uint32_t CRC_CalcBlockCRC(uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength); +uint32_t CRC_GetCRC(void); +void CRC_SetIDRegister(uint8_t IDValue); +uint8_t CRC_GetIDRegister(void); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32L1xx_CRC_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_dac.h b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_dac.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2ebe5e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_dac.h @@ -0,0 +1,299 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l1xx_dac.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 31-December-2010 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the DAC firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32L1xx_DAC_H +#define __STM32L1xx_DAC_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l1xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup DAC + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief DAC Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t DAC_Trigger; /*!< Specifies the external trigger for the selected DAC channel. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DAC_trigger_selection */ + + uint32_t DAC_WaveGeneration; /*!< Specifies whether DAC channel noise waves or triangle waves + are generated, or whether no wave is generated. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DAC_wave_generation */ + + uint32_t DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude; /*!< Specifies the LFSR mask for noise wave generation or + the maximum amplitude triangle generation for the DAC channel. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DAC_lfsrunmask_triangleamplitude */ + + uint32_t DAC_OutputBuffer; /*!< Specifies whether the DAC channel output buffer is enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DAC_output_buffer */ +}DAC_InitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_trigger_selection + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_Trigger_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Conversion is automatic once the DAC1_DHRxxxx register + has been loaded, and not by external trigger */ +#define DAC_Trigger_T6_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< TIM6 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */ +#define DAC_Trigger_T7_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00000014) /*!< TIM7 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */ +#define DAC_Trigger_T9_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x0000001C) /*!< TIM9 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */ +#define DAC_Trigger_T2_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00000024) /*!< TIM2 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */ +#define DAC_Trigger_T4_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x0000002C) /*!< TIM4 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */ +#define DAC_Trigger_Ext_IT9 ((uint32_t)0x00000034) /*!< EXTI Line9 event selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */ +#define DAC_Trigger_Software ((uint32_t)0x0000003C) /*!< Conversion started by software trigger for DAC channel */ + +#define IS_DAC_TRIGGER(TRIGGER) (((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_None) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T6_TRGO) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T7_TRGO) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T9_TRGO) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T2_TRGO) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T4_TRGO) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_Ext_IT9) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_Software)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_wave_generation + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_WaveGeneration_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DAC_WaveGeneration_Noise ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define DAC_WaveGeneration_Triangle ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define IS_DAC_GENERATE_WAVE(WAVE) (((WAVE) == DAC_WaveGeneration_None) || \ + ((WAVE) == DAC_WaveGeneration_Noise) || \ + ((WAVE) == DAC_WaveGeneration_Triangle)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_lfsrunmask_triangleamplitude + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bit0 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit0 for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits1_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[1:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits2_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[2:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits3_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000300) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[3:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits4_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[4:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits5_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000500) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[5:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits6_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000600) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[6:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits7_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000700) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[7:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits8_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[8:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits9_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000900) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[9:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits10_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000A00) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[10:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits11_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000B00) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[11:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 1 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 3 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_7 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 7 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_15 ((uint32_t)0x00000300) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 15 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_31 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 31 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_63 ((uint32_t)0x00000500) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 63 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_127 ((uint32_t)0x00000600) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 127 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_255 ((uint32_t)0x00000700) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 255 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_511 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 511 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_1023 ((uint32_t)0x00000900) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 1023 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_2047 ((uint32_t)0x00000A00) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 2047 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_4095 ((uint32_t)0x00000B00) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 4095 */ + +#define IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(VALUE) (((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bit0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits1_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits2_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits3_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits4_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits5_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits6_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits7_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits8_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits9_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits10_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits11_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_1) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_3) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_7) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_15) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_31) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_63) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_127) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_255) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_511) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_1023) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_2047) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_4095)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_output_buffer + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_OutputBuffer_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DAC_OutputBuffer_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define IS_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DAC_OutputBuffer_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == DAC_OutputBuffer_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Channel_selection + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_Channel_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DAC_Channel_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define IS_DAC_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == DAC_Channel_1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DAC_Channel_2)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_data_alignment + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_Align_12b_R ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DAC_Align_12b_L ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define DAC_Align_8b_R ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define IS_DAC_ALIGN(ALIGN) (((ALIGN) == DAC_Align_12b_R) || \ + ((ALIGN) == DAC_Align_12b_L) || \ + ((ALIGN) == DAC_Align_8b_R)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_wave_generation + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_Wave_Noise ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define DAC_Wave_Triangle ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define IS_DAC_WAVE(WAVE) (((WAVE) == DAC_Wave_Noise) || \ + ((WAVE) == DAC_Wave_Triangle)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_data + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_DAC_DATA(DATA) ((DATA) <= 0xFFF0) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_interrupts_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_IT_DMAUDR ((uint32_t)0x00002000) +#define IS_DAC_IT(IT) (((IT) == DAC_IT_DMAUDR)) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DAC_flags_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR ((uint32_t)0x00002000) + +#define IS_DAC_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Function used to set the DAC configuration to the default reset state *****/ +void DAC_DeInit(void); + +/* DAC channels configuration: trigger, output buffer, data format functions */ +void DAC_Init(uint32_t DAC_Channel, DAC_InitTypeDef* DAC_InitStruct); +void DAC_StructInit(DAC_InitTypeDef* DAC_InitStruct); +void DAC_Cmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState); +void DAC_SoftwareTriggerCmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState); +void DAC_DualSoftwareTriggerCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void DAC_WaveGenerationCmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_Wave, FunctionalState NewState); +void DAC_SetChannel1Data(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data); +void DAC_SetChannel2Data(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data); +void DAC_SetDualChannelData(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data2, uint16_t Data1); +uint16_t DAC_GetDataOutputValue(uint32_t DAC_Channel); + +/* DMA management functions ***************************************************/ +void DAC_DMACmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void DAC_ITConfig(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus DAC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_FLAG); +void DAC_ClearFlag(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_FLAG); +ITStatus DAC_GetITStatus(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT); +void DAC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32L1xx_DAC_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_dbgmcu.h b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_dbgmcu.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8b8aed1 --- /dev/null +++ b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_dbgmcu.h @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l1xx_dbgmcu.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 31-December-2010 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the DBGMCU + * firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32L1xx_DBGMCU_H +#define __STM32L1xx_DBGMCU_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l1xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup DBGMCU + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup DBGMCU_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +#define DBGMCU_SLEEP ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define DBGMCU_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define DBGMCU_STANDBY ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define IS_DBGMCU_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFFFFFFF8) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) + +#define DBGMCU_TIM2_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define DBGMCU_TIM3_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define DBGMCU_TIM4_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define DBGMCU_TIM6_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define DBGMCU_TIM7_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000020) +#define DBGMCU_RTC_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000400) +#define DBGMCU_WWDG_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000800) +#define DBGMCU_IWDG_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00001000) +#define DBGMCU_I2C1_SMBUS_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00200000) +#define DBGMCU_I2C2_SMBUS_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00400000) +#define IS_DBGMCU_APB1PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFF9FE3C8) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) + +#define DBGMCU_TIM9_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define DBGMCU_TIM10_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define DBGMCU_TIM11_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define IS_DBGMCU_APB2PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFFFFFFE3) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +uint32_t DBGMCU_GetREVID(void); +uint32_t DBGMCU_GetDEVID(void); +void DBGMCU_Config(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState); +void DBGMCU_APB1PeriphConfig(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState); +void DBGMCU_APB2PeriphConfig(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32L1xx_DBGMCU_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_dma.h b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_dma.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4925c92 --- /dev/null +++ b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_dma.h @@ -0,0 +1,363 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l1xx_dma.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 31-December-2010 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the DMA firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32L1xx_DMA_H +#define __STM32L1xx_DMA_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l1xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup DMA + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief DMA Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr; /*!< Specifies the peripheral base address for DMAy Channelx. */ + + uint32_t DMA_MemoryBaseAddr; /*!< Specifies the memory base address for DMAy Channelx. */ + + uint32_t DMA_DIR; /*!< Specifies if the peripheral is the source or destination. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_data_transfer_direction */ + + uint32_t DMA_BufferSize; /*!< Specifies the buffer size, in data unit, of the specified Channel. + The data unit is equal to the configuration set in DMA_PeripheralDataSize + or DMA_MemoryDataSize members depending in the transfer direction. */ + + uint32_t DMA_PeripheralInc; /*!< Specifies whether the Peripheral address register is incremented or not. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_peripheral_incremented_mode */ + + uint32_t DMA_MemoryInc; /*!< Specifies whether the memory address register is incremented or not. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_memory_incremented_mode */ + + uint32_t DMA_PeripheralDataSize; /*!< Specifies the Peripheral data width. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_peripheral_data_size */ + + uint32_t DMA_MemoryDataSize; /*!< Specifies the Memory data width. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_memory_data_size */ + + uint32_t DMA_Mode; /*!< Specifies the operation mode of the DMAy Channelx. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_circular_normal_mode. + @note: The circular buffer mode cannot be used if the memory-to-memory + data transfer is configured on the selected Channel */ + + uint32_t DMA_Priority; /*!< Specifies the software priority for the DMAy Channelx. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_priority_level */ + + uint32_t DMA_M2M; /*!< Specifies if the DMAy Channelx will be used in memory-to-memory transfer. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_memory_to_memory */ +}DMA_InitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == DMA1_Channel1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Channel2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Channel3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Channel4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Channel5) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Channel6) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Channel7)) + +/** @defgroup DMA_data_transfer_direction + * @{ + */ + +#define DMA_DIR_PeripheralDST ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define DMA_DIR_PeripheralSRC ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define IS_DMA_DIR(DIR) (((DIR) == DMA_DIR_PeripheralDST) || \ + ((DIR) == DMA_DIR_PeripheralSRC)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_peripheral_incremented_mode + * @{ + */ + +#define DMA_PeripheralInc_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define DMA_PeripheralInc_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DMA_PeripheralInc_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == DMA_PeripheralInc_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_memory_incremented_mode + * @{ + */ + +#define DMA_MemoryInc_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define DMA_MemoryInc_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DMA_MemoryInc_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == DMA_MemoryInc_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_peripheral_data_size + * @{ + */ + +#define DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Byte ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DMA_PeripheralDataSize_HalfWord ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +#define DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Word ((uint32_t)0x00000200) +#define IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Byte) || \ + ((SIZE) == DMA_PeripheralDataSize_HalfWord) || \ + ((SIZE) == DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Word)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_memory_data_size + * @{ + */ + +#define DMA_MemoryDataSize_Byte ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DMA_MemoryDataSize_HalfWord ((uint32_t)0x00000400) +#define DMA_MemoryDataSize_Word ((uint32_t)0x00000800) +#define IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == DMA_MemoryDataSize_Byte) || \ + ((SIZE) == DMA_MemoryDataSize_HalfWord) || \ + ((SIZE) == DMA_MemoryDataSize_Word)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_circular_normal_mode + * @{ + */ + +#define DMA_Mode_Circular ((uint32_t)0x00000020) +#define DMA_Mode_Normal ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define IS_DMA_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == DMA_Mode_Circular) || ((MODE) == DMA_Mode_Normal)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_priority_level + * @{ + */ + +#define DMA_Priority_VeryHigh ((uint32_t)0x00003000) +#define DMA_Priority_High ((uint32_t)0x00002000) +#define DMA_Priority_Medium ((uint32_t)0x00001000) +#define DMA_Priority_Low ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define IS_DMA_PRIORITY(PRIORITY) (((PRIORITY) == DMA_Priority_VeryHigh) || \ + ((PRIORITY) == DMA_Priority_High) || \ + ((PRIORITY) == DMA_Priority_Medium) || \ + ((PRIORITY) == DMA_Priority_Low)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_memory_to_memory + * @{ + */ + +#define DMA_M2M_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00004000) +#define DMA_M2M_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define IS_DMA_M2M_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DMA_M2M_Enable) || ((STATE) == DMA_M2M_Disable)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_interrupts_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define DMA_IT_TC ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define DMA_IT_HT ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define DMA_IT_TE ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define IS_DMA_CONFIG_IT(IT) ((((IT) & 0xFFFFFFF1) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00)) + +#define DMA1_IT_GL1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define DMA1_IT_TC1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define DMA1_IT_HT1 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define DMA1_IT_TE1 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define DMA1_IT_GL2 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define DMA1_IT_TC2 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) +#define DMA1_IT_HT2 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define DMA1_IT_TE2 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define DMA1_IT_GL3 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +#define DMA1_IT_TC3 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) +#define DMA1_IT_HT3 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) +#define DMA1_IT_TE3 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) +#define DMA1_IT_GL4 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) +#define DMA1_IT_TC4 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) +#define DMA1_IT_HT4 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) +#define DMA1_IT_TE4 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) +#define DMA1_IT_GL5 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define DMA1_IT_TC5 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define DMA1_IT_HT5 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) +#define DMA1_IT_TE5 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) +#define DMA1_IT_GL6 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) +#define DMA1_IT_TC6 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) +#define DMA1_IT_HT6 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) +#define DMA1_IT_TE6 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) +#define DMA1_IT_GL7 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) +#define DMA1_IT_TC7 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) +#define DMA1_IT_HT7 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) +#define DMA1_IT_TE7 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) + +#define IS_DMA_CLEAR_IT(IT) ((((IT) & 0xF0000000) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00)) + +#define IS_DMA_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == DMA1_IT_GL1) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TC1) || \ + ((IT) == DMA1_IT_HT1) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TE1) || \ + ((IT) == DMA1_IT_GL2) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TC2) || \ + ((IT) == DMA1_IT_HT2) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TE2) || \ + ((IT) == DMA1_IT_GL3) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TC3) || \ + ((IT) == DMA1_IT_HT3) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TE3) || \ + ((IT) == DMA1_IT_GL4) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TC4) || \ + ((IT) == DMA1_IT_HT4) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TE4) || \ + ((IT) == DMA1_IT_GL5) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TC5) || \ + ((IT) == DMA1_IT_HT5) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TE5) || \ + ((IT) == DMA1_IT_GL6) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TC6) || \ + ((IT) == DMA1_IT_HT6) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TE6) || \ + ((IT) == DMA1_IT_GL7) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TC7) || \ + ((IT) == DMA1_IT_HT7) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TE7)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_flags_definition + * @{ + */ +#define DMA1_FLAG_GL1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define DMA1_FLAG_TC1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define DMA1_FLAG_HT1 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define DMA1_FLAG_TE1 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define DMA1_FLAG_GL2 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define DMA1_FLAG_TC2 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) +#define DMA1_FLAG_HT2 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define DMA1_FLAG_TE2 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define DMA1_FLAG_GL3 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +#define DMA1_FLAG_TC3 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) +#define DMA1_FLAG_HT3 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) +#define DMA1_FLAG_TE3 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) +#define DMA1_FLAG_GL4 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) +#define DMA1_FLAG_TC4 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) +#define DMA1_FLAG_HT4 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) +#define DMA1_FLAG_TE4 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) +#define DMA1_FLAG_GL5 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define DMA1_FLAG_TC5 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define DMA1_FLAG_HT5 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) +#define DMA1_FLAG_TE5 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) +#define DMA1_FLAG_GL6 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) +#define DMA1_FLAG_TC6 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) +#define DMA1_FLAG_HT6 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) +#define DMA1_FLAG_TE6 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) +#define DMA1_FLAG_GL7 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) +#define DMA1_FLAG_TC7 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) +#define DMA1_FLAG_HT7 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) +#define DMA1_FLAG_TE7 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) + +#define IS_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & 0xF0000000) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != 0x00)) + +#define IS_DMA_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_GL1) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TC1) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_HT1) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TE1) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_GL2) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TC2) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_HT2) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TE2) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_GL3) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TC3) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_HT3) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TE3) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_GL4) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TC4) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_HT4) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TE4) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_GL5) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TC5) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_HT5) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TE5) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_GL6) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TC6) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_HT6) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TE6) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_GL7) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TC7) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_HT7) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TE7)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_Buffer_Size + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) >= 0x1) && ((SIZE) < 0x10000)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Function used to set the DMA configuration to the default reset state *****/ +void DMA_DeInit(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void DMA_Init(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, DMA_InitTypeDef* DMA_InitStruct); +void DMA_StructInit(DMA_InitTypeDef* DMA_InitStruct); +void DMA_Cmd(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Data Counter functions *****************************************************/ +void DMA_SetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, uint16_t DataNumber); +uint16_t DMA_GetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void DMA_ITConfig(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, uint32_t DMA_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus DMA_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t DMA_FLAG); +void DMA_ClearFlag(uint32_t DMA_FLAG); +ITStatus DMA_GetITStatus(uint32_t DMA_IT); +void DMA_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t DMA_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32L1xx_DMA_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_exti.h b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_exti.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1c2b6f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_exti.h @@ -0,0 +1,190 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l1xx_exti.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 31-December-2010 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the EXTI firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32L1xx_EXTI_H +#define __STM32L1xx_EXTI_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l1xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup EXTI + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief EXTI mode enumeration + */ + +typedef enum +{ + EXTI_Mode_Interrupt = 0x00, + EXTI_Mode_Event = 0x04 +}EXTIMode_TypeDef; + +#define IS_EXTI_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == EXTI_Mode_Interrupt) || ((MODE) == EXTI_Mode_Event)) + +/** + * @brief EXTI Trigger enumeration + */ + +typedef enum +{ + EXTI_Trigger_Rising = 0x08, + EXTI_Trigger_Falling = 0x0C, + EXTI_Trigger_Rising_Falling = 0x10 +}EXTITrigger_TypeDef; + +#define IS_EXTI_TRIGGER(TRIGGER) (((TRIGGER) == EXTI_Trigger_Rising) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == EXTI_Trigger_Falling) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == EXTI_Trigger_Rising_Falling)) +/** + * @brief EXTI Init Structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t EXTI_Line; /*!< Specifies the EXTI lines to be enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be any combination of @ref EXTI_Lines */ + + EXTIMode_TypeDef EXTI_Mode; /*!< Specifies the mode for the EXTI lines. + This parameter can be a value of @ref EXTIMode_TypeDef */ + + EXTITrigger_TypeDef EXTI_Trigger; /*!< Specifies the trigger signal active edge for the EXTI lines. + This parameter can be a value of @ref EXTIMode_TypeDef */ + + FunctionalState EXTI_LineCmd; /*!< Specifies the new state of the selected EXTI lines. + This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE */ +}EXTI_InitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup EXTI_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup EXTI_Lines + * @{ + */ + +#define EXTI_Line0 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< External interrupt line 0 */ +#define EXTI_Line1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< External interrupt line 1 */ +#define EXTI_Line2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< External interrupt line 2 */ +#define EXTI_Line3 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< External interrupt line 3 */ +#define EXTI_Line4 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< External interrupt line 4 */ +#define EXTI_Line5 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< External interrupt line 5 */ +#define EXTI_Line6 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< External interrupt line 6 */ +#define EXTI_Line7 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< External interrupt line 7 */ +#define EXTI_Line8 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< External interrupt line 8 */ +#define EXTI_Line9 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< External interrupt line 9 */ +#define EXTI_Line10 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< External interrupt line 10 */ +#define EXTI_Line11 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< External interrupt line 11 */ +#define EXTI_Line12 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< External interrupt line 12 */ +#define EXTI_Line13 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< External interrupt line 13 */ +#define EXTI_Line14 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< External interrupt line 14 */ +#define EXTI_Line15 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< External interrupt line 15 */ +#define EXTI_Line16 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< External interrupt line 16 + Connected to the PVD Output */ +#define EXTI_Line17 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< External interrupt line 17 + Connected to the RTC Alarm + event */ +#define EXTI_Line18 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) /*!< External interrupt line 18 + Connected to the USB Device + FS Wakeup from suspend event */ +#define EXTI_Line19 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) /*!< External interrupt line 19 + Connected to the RTC Tamper + and Time Stamp events */ +#define EXTI_Line20 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) /*!< External interrupt line 20 + Connected to the RTC Wakeup + event */ +#define EXTI_Line21 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /*!< External interrupt line 21 + Connected to the Comparator 1 + event */ + +#define EXTI_Line22 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /*!< External interrupt line 22 + Connected to the Comparator 2 + event */ + +#define IS_EXTI_LINE(LINE) ((((LINE) & (uint32_t)0xFF800000) == 0x00) && ((LINE) != (uint16_t)0x00)) + +#define IS_GET_EXTI_LINE(LINE) (((LINE) == EXTI_Line0) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line1) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line2) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line3) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line4) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line5) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line6) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line7) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line8) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line9) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line10) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line11) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line12) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line13) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line14) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line15) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line16) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line17) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line18) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line19) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line20) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line21) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line22)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* Function used to set the EXTI configuration to the default reset state *****/ +void EXTI_DeInit(void); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void EXTI_Init(EXTI_InitTypeDef* EXTI_InitStruct); +void EXTI_StructInit(EXTI_InitTypeDef* EXTI_InitStruct); +void EXTI_GenerateSWInterrupt(uint32_t EXTI_Line); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +FlagStatus EXTI_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t EXTI_Line); +void EXTI_ClearFlag(uint32_t EXTI_Line); +ITStatus EXTI_GetITStatus(uint32_t EXTI_Line); +void EXTI_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t EXTI_Line); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32L1xx_EXTI_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_flash.h b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_flash.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0e0a6c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_flash.h @@ -0,0 +1,354 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l1xx_flash.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 31-December-2010 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the FLASH + * firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32L1xx_FLASH_H +#define __STM32L1xx_FLASH_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l1xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup FLASH + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief FLASH Status + */ +typedef enum +{ + FLASH_BUSY = 1, + FLASH_ERROR_WRP, + FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, + FLASH_COMPLETE, + FLASH_TIMEOUT +}FLASH_Status; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Latency + * @{ + */ +#define FLASH_Latency_0 ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< FLASH Zero Latency cycle */ +#define FLASH_Latency_1 ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< FLASH One Latency cycle */ + +#define IS_FLASH_LATENCY(LATENCY) (((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_0) || \ + ((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_1)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Interrupts + * @{ + */ + +#define FLASH_IT_EOP FLASH_PECR_EOPIE /*!< End of programming interrupt source */ +#define FLASH_IT_ERR FLASH_PECR_ERRIE /*!< Error interrupt source */ +#define IS_FLASH_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFFFCFFFF) == 0x00000000) && (((IT) != 0x00000000))) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Address + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_FLASH_DATA_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) (((ADDRESS) >= 0x08080000) && ((ADDRESS) <= 0x08080FFF)) +#define IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) (((ADDRESS) >= 0x08000000) && ((ADDRESS) <= 0x0801FFFF)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup Option_Bytes_Write_Protection + * @{ + */ + + +#define OB_WRP_Pages0to15 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /* Write protection of Sector0 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages16to31 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /* Write protection of Sector1 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages32to47 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /* Write protection of Sector2 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages48to63 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /* Write protection of Sector3 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages64to79 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /* Write protection of Sector4 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages80to95 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /* Write protection of Sector5 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages96to111 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /* Write protection of Sector6 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages112to127 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /* Write protection of Sector7 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages128to143 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /* Write protection of Sector8 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages144to159 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /* Write protection of Sector9 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages160to175 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /* Write protection of Sector10 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages176to191 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /* Write protection of Sector11 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages192to207 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /* Write protection of Sector12 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages208to223 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /* Write protection of Sector13 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages224to239 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /* Write protection of Sector14 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages240to255 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /* Write protection of Sector15 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages256to271 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /* Write protection of Sector16 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages272to287 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /* Write protection of Sector17 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages288to303 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) /* Write protection of Sector18 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages304to319 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) /* Write protection of Sector19 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages320to335 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) /* Write protection of Sector20 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages336to351 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /* Write protection of Sector21 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages352to367 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /* Write protection of Sector22 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages368to383 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) /* Write protection of Sector23 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages384to399 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) /* Write protection of Sector24 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages400to415 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) /* Write protection of Sector25 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages416to431 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) /* Write protection of Sector26 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages432to447 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) /* Write protection of Sector27 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages448to463 ((uint32_t)0x10000000) /* Write protection of Sector28 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages464to479 ((uint32_t)0x20000000) /* Write protection of Sector29 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages480to495 ((uint32_t)0x40000000) /* Write protection of Sector30 */ +#define OB_WRP_Pages496to511 ((uint32_t)0x80000000) /* Write protection of Sector31 */ + +#define OB_WRP_AllPages ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFF) /*!< Write protection of all Sectors */ + +#define IS_OB_WRP(PAGE) (((PAGE) != 0x0000000)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup Option_Bytes_Read_Protection + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Read Protection Level + */ +#define OB_RDP_Level_0 ((uint8_t)0xAA) +#define OB_RDP_Level_1 ((uint8_t)0xBB) +/*#define OB_RDP_Level_2 ((uint8_t)0xCC)*/ /* Warning: When enabling read protection level 2 + it's no more possible to go back to level 1 or 0 */ + +#define IS_OB_RDP(LEVEL) (((LEVEL) == OB_RDP_Level_0)||\ + ((LEVEL) == OB_RDP_Level_1))/*||\ + ((LEVEL) == OB_RDP_Level_2))*/ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup Option_Bytes_IWatchdog + * @{ + */ + +#define OB_IWDG_SW ((uint8_t)0x10) /*!< Software WDG selected */ +#define OB_IWDG_HW ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Hardware WDG selected */ +#define IS_OB_IWDG_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == OB_IWDG_SW) || ((SOURCE) == OB_IWDG_HW)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup Option_Bytes_nRST_STOP + * @{ + */ + +#define OB_STOP_NoRST ((uint8_t)0x20) /*!< No reset generated when entering in STOP */ +#define OB_STOP_RST ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Reset generated when entering in STOP */ +#define IS_OB_STOP_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == OB_STOP_NoRST) || ((SOURCE) == OB_STOP_RST)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup Option_Bytes_nRST_STDBY + * @{ + */ + +#define OB_STDBY_NoRST ((uint8_t)0x40) /*!< No reset generated when entering in STANDBY */ +#define OB_STDBY_RST ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Reset generated when entering in STANDBY */ +#define IS_OB_STDBY_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == OB_STDBY_NoRST) || ((SOURCE) == OB_STDBY_RST)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup Option_Bytes_BOR_Level + * @{ + */ + +#define OB_BOR_OFF ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< BOR is disabled at power down, the reset is asserted when the VDD + power supply reaches the PDR(Power Down Reset) threshold (1.5V) */ +#define OB_BOR_LEVEL1 ((uint8_t)0x08) /*!< BOR Reset threshold levels for 1.7V - 1.8V VDD power supply */ +#define OB_BOR_LEVEL2 ((uint8_t)0x09) /*!< BOR Reset threshold levels for 1.9V - 2.0V VDD power supply */ +#define OB_BOR_LEVEL3 ((uint8_t)0x0A) /*!< BOR Reset threshold levels for 2.3V - 2.4V VDD power supply */ +#define OB_BOR_LEVEL4 ((uint8_t)0x0B) /*!< BOR Reset threshold levels for 2.55V - 2.65V VDD power supply */ +#define OB_BOR_LEVEL5 ((uint8_t)0x0C) /*!< BOR Reset threshold levels for 2.8V - 2.9V VDD power supply */ + +#define IS_OB_BOR_LEVEL(LEVEL) (((LEVEL) == OB_BOR_OFF) || \ + ((LEVEL) == OB_BOR_LEVEL1) || \ + ((LEVEL) == OB_BOR_LEVEL2) || \ + ((LEVEL) == OB_BOR_LEVEL3) || \ + ((LEVEL) == OB_BOR_LEVEL4) || \ + ((LEVEL) == OB_BOR_LEVEL5)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Flags + * @{ + */ + +#define FLASH_FLAG_BSY FLASH_SR_BSY /*!< FLASH Busy flag */ +#define FLASH_FLAG_EOP FLASH_SR_EOP /*!< FLASH End of Programming flag */ +#define FLASH_FLAG_ENDHV FLASH_SR_ENHV /*!< FLASH End of High Voltage flag */ +#define FLASH_FLAG_READY FLASH_SR_READY /*!< FLASH Ready flag after low power mode */ +#define FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR FLASH_SR_WRPERR /*!< FLASH Write protected error flag */ +#define FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR FLASH_SR_PGAERR /*!< FLASH Programming Alignment error flag */ +#define FLASH_FLAG_SIZERR FLASH_SR_SIZERR /*!< FLASH Size error flag */ +#define FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR FLASH_SR_OPTVERR /*!< FLASH Option Validity error flag */ + +#define IS_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFF0FD) == 0x00000000) && ((FLAG) != 0x00000000)) + +#define IS_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_BSY) || ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_EOP) || \ + ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_ENDHV) || ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_READY ) || \ + ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) || ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR ) || \ + ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_SIZERR) || ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Keys + * @{ + */ + +#define FLASH_PDKEY1 ((uint32_t)0x04152637) /*!< Flash power down key1 */ +#define FLASH_PDKEY2 ((uint32_t)0xFAFBFCFD) /*!< Flash power down key2: used with FLASH_PDKEY1 + to unlock the RUN_PD bit in FLASH_ACR */ + +#define FLASH_PEKEY1 ((uint32_t)0x89ABCDEF) /*!< Flash program erase key1 */ +#define FLASH_PEKEY2 ((uint32_t)0x02030405) /*!< Flash program erase key: used with FLASH_PEKEY2 + to unlock the write access to the FLASH_PECR register and + data EEPROM */ + +#define FLASH_PRGKEY1 ((uint32_t)0x8C9DAEBF) /*!< Flash program memory key1 */ +#define FLASH_PRGKEY2 ((uint32_t)0x13141516) /*!< Flash program memory key2: used with FLASH_PRGKEY2 + to unlock the program memory */ + +#define FLASH_OPTKEY1 ((uint32_t)0xFBEAD9C8) /*!< Flash option key1 */ +#define FLASH_OPTKEY2 ((uint32_t)0x24252627) /*!< Flash option key2: used with FLASH_OPTKEY1 to + unlock the write access to the option byte block */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup Timeout_definition + * @{ + */ +#define FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x8000) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/** + * @brief FLASH memory functions that can be executed from FLASH. + */ +/* FLASH Interface configuration functions ************************************/ +void FLASH_SetLatency(uint32_t FLASH_Latency); +void FLASH_PrefetchBufferCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void FLASH_ReadAccess64Cmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void FLASH_SLEEPPowerDownCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* FLASH Memory Programming functions *****************************************/ +void FLASH_Unlock(void); +void FLASH_Lock(void); +FLASH_Status FLASH_ErasePage(uint32_t Page_Address); +FLASH_Status FLASH_FastProgramWord(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data); + +/* DATA EEPROM Programming functions ******************************************/ +void DATA_EEPROM_Unlock(void); +void DATA_EEPROM_Lock(void); +void DATA_EEPROM_FixedTimeProgramCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_EraseWord(uint32_t Address); +FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_FastProgramByte(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data); +FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_FastProgramHalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data); +FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_FastProgramWord(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data); +FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_ProgramByte(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data); +FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_ProgramHalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data); +FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_ProgramWord(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data); + +/* Option Bytes Programming functions *****************************************/ +void FLASH_OB_Unlock(void); +void FLASH_OB_Lock(void); +void FLASH_OB_Launch(void); +FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_WRPConfig(uint32_t OB_WRP, FunctionalState NewState); +FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_RDPConfig(uint8_t OB_RDP); +FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t OB_IWDG, uint8_t OB_STOP, uint8_t OB_STDBY); +FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_BORConfig(uint8_t OB_BOR); +uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void); +uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void); +FlagStatus FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void); +uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetBOR(void); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void FLASH_ITConfig(uint32_t FLASH_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus FLASH_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t FLASH_FLAG); +void FLASH_ClearFlag(uint32_t FLASH_FLAG); +FLASH_Status FLASH_GetStatus(void); +FLASH_Status FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout); + +/** + * @brief FLASH memory functions that should be executed from internal SRAM. + * These functions are defined inside the "stm32l1xx_flash_ramfunc.c" + * file. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_RUNPowerDownCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramHalfPage(uint32_t Address, uint32_t* pBuffer); +FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_EraseDoubleWord(uint32_t Address); +FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_ProgramDoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32L1xx_FLASH_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_gpio.h b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_gpio.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6e1a1dd --- /dev/null +++ b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_gpio.h @@ -0,0 +1,364 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l1xx_gpio.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 31-December-2010 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the GPIO + * firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32L1xx_GPIO_H +#define __STM32L1xx_GPIO_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l1xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup GPIO + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == GPIOA) || \ + ((PERIPH) == GPIOB) || \ + ((PERIPH) == GPIOC) || \ + ((PERIPH) == GPIOD) || \ + ((PERIPH) == GPIOE) || \ + ((PERIPH) == GPIOH)) + +/** @defgroup Configuration_Mode_enumeration + * @{ + */ +typedef enum +{ + GPIO_Mode_IN = 0x00, /*!< GPIO Input Mode */ + GPIO_Mode_OUT = 0x01, /*!< GPIO Output Mode */ + GPIO_Mode_AF = 0x02, /*!< GPIO Alternate function Mode */ + GPIO_Mode_AN = 0x03 /*!< GPIO Analog Mode */ +}GPIOMode_TypeDef; +#define IS_GPIO_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_IN) || ((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_OUT) || \ + ((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_AF)|| ((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_AN)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup Output_type_enumeration + * @{ + */ +typedef enum +{ GPIO_OType_PP = 0x00, + GPIO_OType_OD = 0x01 +}GPIOOType_TypeDef; +#define IS_GPIO_OTYPE(OTYPE) (((OTYPE) == GPIO_OType_PP) || ((OTYPE) == GPIO_OType_OD)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup Output_Maximum_frequency_enumeration + * @{ + */ +typedef enum +{ + GPIO_Speed_400KHz = 0x00, /*!< Very Low Speed */ + GPIO_Speed_2MHz = 0x01, /*!< Low Speed */ + GPIO_Speed_10MHz = 0x02, /*!< Medium Speed */ + GPIO_Speed_40MHz = 0x03 /*!< High Speed */ +}GPIOSpeed_TypeDef; +#define IS_GPIO_SPEED(SPEED) (((SPEED) == GPIO_Speed_400KHz) || ((SPEED) == GPIO_Speed_2MHz) || \ + ((SPEED) == GPIO_Speed_10MHz)|| ((SPEED) == GPIO_Speed_40MHz)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup Configuration_Pull-Up_Pull-Down_enumeration + * @{ + */ +typedef enum +{ GPIO_PuPd_NOPULL = 0x00, + GPIO_PuPd_UP = 0x01, + GPIO_PuPd_DOWN = 0x02 +}GPIOPuPd_TypeDef; +#define IS_GPIO_PUPD(PUPD) (((PUPD) == GPIO_PuPd_NOPULL) || ((PUPD) == GPIO_PuPd_UP) || \ + ((PUPD) == GPIO_PuPd_DOWN)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup Bit_SET_and_Bit_RESET_enumeration + * @{ + */ +typedef enum +{ Bit_RESET = 0, + Bit_SET +}BitAction; +#define IS_GPIO_BIT_ACTION(ACTION) (((ACTION) == Bit_RESET) || ((ACTION) == Bit_SET)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @brief GPIO Init structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t GPIO_Pin; /*!< Specifies the GPIO pins to be configured. + This parameter can be any value of @ref GPIO_pins_define */ + + GPIOMode_TypeDef GPIO_Mode; /*!< Specifies the operating mode for the selected pins. + This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOMode_TypeDef */ + + GPIOSpeed_TypeDef GPIO_Speed; /*!< Specifies the speed for the selected pins. + This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOSpeed_TypeDef */ + + GPIOOType_TypeDef GPIO_OType; /*!< Specifies the operating output type for the selected pins. + This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOOType_TypeDef */ + + GPIOPuPd_TypeDef GPIO_PuPd; /*!< Specifies the operating Pull-up/Pull down for the selected pins. + This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOPuPd_TypeDef */ +}GPIO_InitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_pins_define + * @{ + */ +#define GPIO_Pin_0 ((uint16_t)0x0001) /*!< Pin 0 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_1 ((uint16_t)0x0002) /*!< Pin 1 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) /*!< Pin 2 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_3 ((uint16_t)0x0008) /*!< Pin 3 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_4 ((uint16_t)0x0010) /*!< Pin 4 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_5 ((uint16_t)0x0020) /*!< Pin 5 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_6 ((uint16_t)0x0040) /*!< Pin 6 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_7 ((uint16_t)0x0080) /*!< Pin 7 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_8 ((uint16_t)0x0100) /*!< Pin 8 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_9 ((uint16_t)0x0200) /*!< Pin 9 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_10 ((uint16_t)0x0400) /*!< Pin 10 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_11 ((uint16_t)0x0800) /*!< Pin 11 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_12 ((uint16_t)0x1000) /*!< Pin 12 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_13 ((uint16_t)0x2000) /*!< Pin 13 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_14 ((uint16_t)0x4000) /*!< Pin 14 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_15 ((uint16_t)0x8000) /*!< Pin 15 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_All ((uint16_t)0xFFFF) /*!< All pins selected */ + +#define IS_GPIO_PIN(PIN) ((PIN) != (uint16_t)0x00) +#define IS_GET_GPIO_PIN(PIN) (((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_0) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_1) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_2) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_3) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_4) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_5) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_6) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_7) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_8) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_9) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_10) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_11) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_12) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_13) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_14) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_15)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Pin_sources + * @{ + */ +#define GPIO_PinSource0 ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define GPIO_PinSource1 ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define GPIO_PinSource2 ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define GPIO_PinSource3 ((uint8_t)0x03) +#define GPIO_PinSource4 ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define GPIO_PinSource5 ((uint8_t)0x05) +#define GPIO_PinSource6 ((uint8_t)0x06) +#define GPIO_PinSource7 ((uint8_t)0x07) +#define GPIO_PinSource8 ((uint8_t)0x08) +#define GPIO_PinSource9 ((uint8_t)0x09) +#define GPIO_PinSource10 ((uint8_t)0x0A) +#define GPIO_PinSource11 ((uint8_t)0x0B) +#define GPIO_PinSource12 ((uint8_t)0x0C) +#define GPIO_PinSource13 ((uint8_t)0x0D) +#define GPIO_PinSource14 ((uint8_t)0x0E) +#define GPIO_PinSource15 ((uint8_t)0x0F) + +#define IS_GPIO_PIN_SOURCE(PINSOURCE) (((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource0) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource1) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource2) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource3) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource4) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource5) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource6) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource7) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource8) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource9) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource10) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource11) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource12) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource13) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource14) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource15)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Alternat_function_selection_define + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief AF 0 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_RTC_50Hz ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< RTC 50/60 Hz Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_MCO ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< MCO Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_RTC_AF1 ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< RTC_AF1 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_WKUP ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Wakeup (WKUP1, WKUP2 and WKUP3) Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_SWJ ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< SWJ (SW and JTAG) Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_TRACE ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< TRACE Alternate Function mapping */ + +/** + * @brief AF 1 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_TIM2 ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< TIM2 Alternate Function mapping */ +/** + * @brief AF 2 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_TIM3 ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< TIM3 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_TIM4 ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< TIM4 Alternate Function mapping */ +/** + * @brief AF 3 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_TIM9 ((uint8_t)0x03) /*!< TIM9 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_TIM10 ((uint8_t)0x03) /*!< TIM10 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_TIM11 ((uint8_t)0x03) /*!< TIM11 Alternate Function mapping */ +/** + * @brief AF 4 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_I2C1 ((uint8_t)0x04) /*!< I2C1 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_I2C2 ((uint8_t)0x04) /*!< I2C2 Alternate Function mapping */ +/** + * @brief AF 5 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_SPI1 ((uint8_t)0x05) /*!< SPI1 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_SPI2 ((uint8_t)0x05) /*!< SPI2 Alternate Function mapping */ +/** + * @brief AF 7 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_USART1 ((uint8_t)0x07) /*!< USART1 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_USART2 ((uint8_t)0x07) /*!< USART2 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_USART3 ((uint8_t)0x07) /*!< USART3 Alternate Function mapping */ +/** + * @brief AF 10 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_USB ((uint8_t)0xA) /*!< USB Full speed device Alternate Function mapping */ +/** + * @brief AF 11 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_LCD ((uint8_t)0x0B) /*!< LCD Alternate Function mapping */ +/** + * @brief AF 14 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_RI ((uint8_t)0x0E) /*!< RI Alternate Function mapping */ + +/** + * @brief AF 15 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_EVENTOUT ((uint8_t)0x0F) /*!< EVENTOUT Alternate Function mapping */ + +#define IS_GPIO_AF(AF) (((AF) == GPIO_AF_RTC_50Hz) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_MCO) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_RTC_AF1) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_WKUP) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SWJ) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TRACE) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM2) || ((AF)== GPIO_AF_TIM3) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM4) || ((AF)== GPIO_AF_TIM9) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM10) || ((AF)== GPIO_AF_TIM11) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_I2C1) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_I2C2) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SPI1) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SPI2) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_USART1) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_USART2) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_USART3) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_USB) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_LCD) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_RI) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_EVENTOUT)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Legacy + * @{ + */ + +#define GPIO_Mode_AIN GPIO_Mode_AN + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Function used to set the GPIO configuration to the default reset state ****/ +void GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct); +void GPIO_StructInit(GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct); +void GPIO_PinLockConfig(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin); + +/* GPIO Read and Write functions **********************************************/ +uint8_t GPIO_ReadInputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin); +uint16_t GPIO_ReadInputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx); +uint8_t GPIO_ReadOutputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin); +uint16_t GPIO_ReadOutputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx); +void GPIO_SetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin); +void GPIO_ResetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin); +void GPIO_WriteBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, BitAction BitVal); +void GPIO_Write(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t PortVal); + +/* GPIO Alternate functions configuration functions ***************************/ +void GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_PinSource, uint8_t GPIO_AF); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32L1xx_GPIO_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_i2c.h b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_i2c.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..15b5c54 --- /dev/null +++ b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_i2c.h @@ -0,0 +1,688 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l1xx_i2c.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 31-December-2010 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the I2C firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32L1xx_I2C_H +#define __STM32L1xx_I2C_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l1xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup I2C + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief I2C Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t I2C_ClockSpeed; /*!< Specifies the clock frequency. + This parameter must be set to a value lower than 400kHz */ + + uint16_t I2C_Mode; /*!< Specifies the I2C mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_mode */ + + uint16_t I2C_DutyCycle; /*!< Specifies the I2C fast mode duty cycle. + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_duty_cycle_in_fast_mode */ + + uint16_t I2C_OwnAddress1; /*!< Specifies the first device own address. + This parameter can be a 7-bit or 10-bit address. */ + + uint16_t I2C_Ack; /*!< Enables or disables the acknowledgement. + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_acknowledgement */ + + uint16_t I2C_AcknowledgedAddress; /*!< Specifies if 7-bit or 10-bit address is acknowledged. + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_acknowledged_address */ +}I2C_InitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + + +/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == I2C1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == I2C2)) +/** @defgroup I2C_mode + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_Mode_I2C ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define I2C_Mode_SMBusDevice ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define I2C_Mode_SMBusHost ((uint16_t)0x000A) +#define IS_I2C_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == I2C_Mode_I2C) || \ + ((MODE) == I2C_Mode_SMBusDevice) || \ + ((MODE) == I2C_Mode_SMBusHost)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_duty_cycle_in_fast_mode + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_DutyCycle_16_9 ((uint16_t)0x4000) /*!< I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh = 16/9 */ +#define I2C_DutyCycle_2 ((uint16_t)0xBFFF) /*!< I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh = 2 */ +#define IS_I2C_DUTY_CYCLE(CYCLE) (((CYCLE) == I2C_DutyCycle_16_9) || \ + ((CYCLE) == I2C_DutyCycle_2)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_acknowledgement + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_Ack_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0400) +#define I2C_Ack_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_I2C_ACK_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == I2C_Ack_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == I2C_Ack_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_transfer_direction + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_Direction_Transmitter ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define I2C_Direction_Receiver ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define IS_I2C_DIRECTION(DIRECTION) (((DIRECTION) == I2C_Direction_Transmitter) || \ + ((DIRECTION) == I2C_Direction_Receiver)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_acknowledged_address + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_7bit ((uint16_t)0x4000) +#define I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_10bit ((uint16_t)0xC000) +#define IS_I2C_ACKNOWLEDGE_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) (((ADDRESS) == I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_7bit) || \ + ((ADDRESS) == I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_10bit)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_registers + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_Register_CR1 ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define I2C_Register_CR2 ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define I2C_Register_OAR1 ((uint8_t)0x08) +#define I2C_Register_OAR2 ((uint8_t)0x0C) +#define I2C_Register_DR ((uint8_t)0x10) +#define I2C_Register_SR1 ((uint8_t)0x14) +#define I2C_Register_SR2 ((uint8_t)0x18) +#define I2C_Register_CCR ((uint8_t)0x1C) +#define I2C_Register_TRISE ((uint8_t)0x20) +#define IS_I2C_REGISTER(REGISTER) (((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_CR1) || \ + ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_CR2) || \ + ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_OAR1) || \ + ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_OAR2) || \ + ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_DR) || \ + ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_SR1) || \ + ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_SR2) || \ + ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_CCR) || \ + ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_TRISE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_SMBus_alert_pin_level + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_SMBusAlert_Low ((uint16_t)0x2000) +#define I2C_SMBusAlert_High ((uint16_t)0xDFFF) +#define IS_I2C_SMBUS_ALERT(ALERT) (((ALERT) == I2C_SMBusAlert_Low) || \ + ((ALERT) == I2C_SMBusAlert_High)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_PEC_position + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_PECPosition_Next ((uint16_t)0x0800) +#define I2C_PECPosition_Current ((uint16_t)0xF7FF) +#define IS_I2C_PEC_POSITION(POSITION) (((POSITION) == I2C_PECPosition_Next) || \ + ((POSITION) == I2C_PECPosition_Current)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_interrupts_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_IT_BUF ((uint16_t)0x0400) +#define I2C_IT_EVT ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define I2C_IT_ERR ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define IS_I2C_CONFIG_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint16_t)0xF8FF) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_interrupts_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_IT_SMBALERT ((uint32_t)0x01008000) +#define I2C_IT_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x01004000) +#define I2C_IT_PECERR ((uint32_t)0x01001000) +#define I2C_IT_OVR ((uint32_t)0x01000800) +#define I2C_IT_AF ((uint32_t)0x01000400) +#define I2C_IT_ARLO ((uint32_t)0x01000200) +#define I2C_IT_BERR ((uint32_t)0x01000100) +#define I2C_IT_TXE ((uint32_t)0x06000080) +#define I2C_IT_RXNE ((uint32_t)0x06000040) +#define I2C_IT_STOPF ((uint32_t)0x02000010) +#define I2C_IT_ADD10 ((uint32_t)0x02000008) +#define I2C_IT_BTF ((uint32_t)0x02000004) +#define I2C_IT_ADDR ((uint32_t)0x02000002) +#define I2C_IT_SB ((uint32_t)0x02000001) + +#define IS_I2C_CLEAR_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint16_t)0x20FF) == 0x00) && ((IT) != (uint16_t)0x00)) + +#define IS_I2C_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == I2C_IT_SMBALERT) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_TIMEOUT) || \ + ((IT) == I2C_IT_PECERR) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_OVR) || \ + ((IT) == I2C_IT_AF) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_ARLO) || \ + ((IT) == I2C_IT_BERR) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_TXE) || \ + ((IT) == I2C_IT_RXNE) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_STOPF) || \ + ((IT) == I2C_IT_ADD10) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_BTF) || \ + ((IT) == I2C_IT_ADDR) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_SB)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_flags_definition + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief SR2 register flags + */ + +#define I2C_FLAG_DUALF ((uint32_t)0x00800000) +#define I2C_FLAG_SMBHOST ((uint32_t)0x00400000) +#define I2C_FLAG_SMBDEFAULT ((uint32_t)0x00200000) +#define I2C_FLAG_GENCALL ((uint32_t)0x00100000) +#define I2C_FLAG_TRA ((uint32_t)0x00040000) +#define I2C_FLAG_BUSY ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define I2C_FLAG_MSL ((uint32_t)0x00010000) + +/** + * @brief SR1 register flags + */ + +#define I2C_FLAG_SMBALERT ((uint32_t)0x10008000) +#define I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x10004000) +#define I2C_FLAG_PECERR ((uint32_t)0x10001000) +#define I2C_FLAG_OVR ((uint32_t)0x10000800) +#define I2C_FLAG_AF ((uint32_t)0x10000400) +#define I2C_FLAG_ARLO ((uint32_t)0x10000200) +#define I2C_FLAG_BERR ((uint32_t)0x10000100) +#define I2C_FLAG_TXE ((uint32_t)0x10000080) +#define I2C_FLAG_RXNE ((uint32_t)0x10000040) +#define I2C_FLAG_STOPF ((uint32_t)0x10000010) +#define I2C_FLAG_ADD10 ((uint32_t)0x10000008) +#define I2C_FLAG_BTF ((uint32_t)0x10000004) +#define I2C_FLAG_ADDR ((uint32_t)0x10000002) +#define I2C_FLAG_SB ((uint32_t)0x10000001) + +#define IS_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint16_t)0x20FF) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != (uint16_t)0x00)) + +#define IS_I2C_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_DUALF) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_SMBHOST) || \ + ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_SMBDEFAULT) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_GENCALL) || \ + ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_TRA) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_BUSY) || \ + ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_MSL) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_SMBALERT) || \ + ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_PECERR) || \ + ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_OVR) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_AF) || \ + ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_ARLO) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_BERR) || \ + ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_TXE) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_RXNE) || \ + ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_STOPF) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_ADD10) || \ + ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_BTF) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_ADDR) || \ + ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_SB)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Events + * @{ + */ + +/** + =============================================================================== + I2C Master Events (Events grouped in order of communication) + =============================================================================== + */ + +/** + * @brief Communication start + * + * After sending the START condition (I2C_GenerateSTART() function) the master + * has to wait for this event. It means that the Start condition has been correctly + * released on the I2C bus (the bus is free, no other devices is communicating). + * + */ +/* --EV5 */ +#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_SELECT ((uint32_t)0x00030001) /* BUSY, MSL and SB flag */ + +/** + * @brief Address Acknowledge + * + * After checking on EV5 (start condition correctly released on the bus), the + * master sends the address of the slave(s) with which it will communicate + * (I2C_Send7bitAddress() function, it also determines the direction of the communication: + * Master transmitter or Receiver). Then the master has to wait that a slave acknowledges + * his address. If an acknowledge is sent on the bus, one of the following events will + * be set: + * + * 1) In case of Master Receiver (7-bit addressing): the I2C_EVENT_MASTER_RECEIVER_MODE_SELECTED + * event is set. + * + * 2) In case of Master Transmitter (7-bit addressing): the I2C_EVENT_MASTER_TRANSMITTER_MODE_SELECTED + * is set + * + * 3) In case of 10-Bit addressing mode, the master (just after generating the START + * and checking on EV5) has to send the header of 10-bit addressing mode (I2C_SendData() + * function). Then master should wait on EV9. It means that the 10-bit addressing + * header has been correctly sent on the bus. Then master should send the second part of + * the 10-bit address (LSB) using the function I2C_Send7bitAddress(). Then master + * should wait for event EV6. + * + */ + +/* --EV6 */ +#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_TRANSMITTER_MODE_SELECTED ((uint32_t)0x00070082) /* BUSY, MSL, ADDR, TXE and TRA flags */ +#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_RECEIVER_MODE_SELECTED ((uint32_t)0x00030002) /* BUSY, MSL and ADDR flags */ +/* --EV9 */ +#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_ADDRESS10 ((uint32_t)0x00030008) /* BUSY, MSL and ADD10 flags */ + +/** + * @brief Communication events + * + * If a communication is established (START condition generated and slave address + * acknowledged) then the master has to check on one of the following events for + * communication procedures: + * + * 1) Master Receiver mode: The master has to wait on the event EV7 then to read + * the data received from the slave (I2C_ReceiveData() function). + * + * 2) Master Transmitter mode: The master has to send data (I2C_SendData() + * function) then to wait on event EV8 or EV8_2. + * These two events are similar: + * - EV8 means that the data has been written in the data register and is + * being shifted out. + * - EV8_2 means that the data has been physically shifted out and output + * on the bus. + * In most cases, using EV8 is sufficient for the application. + * Using EV8_2 leads to a slower communication but ensure more reliable test. + * EV8_2 is also more suitable than EV8 for testing on the last data transmission + * (before Stop condition generation). + * + * @note In case the user software does not guarantee that this event EV7 is + * managed before the current byte end of transfer, then user may check on EV7 + * and BTF flag at the same time (ie. (I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_BTF)). + * In this case the communication may be slower. + * + */ + +/* Master RECEIVER mode -----------------------------*/ +/* --EV7 */ +#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_RECEIVED ((uint32_t)0x00030040) /* BUSY, MSL and RXNE flags */ + +/* Master TRANSMITTER mode --------------------------*/ +/* --EV8 */ +#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTING ((uint32_t)0x00070080) /* TRA, BUSY, MSL, TXE flags */ +/* --EV8_2 */ +#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTED ((uint32_t)0x00070084) /* TRA, BUSY, MSL, TXE and BTF flags */ + + +/** + =============================================================================== + I2C Slave Events (Events grouped in order of communication) + =============================================================================== + */ + + +/** + * @brief Communication start events + * + * Wait on one of these events at the start of the communication. It means that + * the I2C peripheral detected a Start condition on the bus (generated by master + * device) followed by the peripheral address. The peripheral generates an ACK + * condition on the bus (if the acknowledge feature is enabled through function + * I2C_AcknowledgeConfig()) and the events listed above are set : + * + * 1) In normal case (only one address managed by the slave), when the address + * sent by the master matches the own address of the peripheral (configured by + * I2C_OwnAddress1 field) the I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_XXX_ADDRESS_MATCHED event is set + * (where XXX could be TRANSMITTER or RECEIVER). + * + * 2) In case the address sent by the master matches the second address of the + * peripheral (configured by the function I2C_OwnAddress2Config() and enabled + * by the function I2C_DualAddressCmd()) the events I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_XXX_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED + * (where XXX could be TRANSMITTER or RECEIVER) are set. + * + * 3) In case the address sent by the master is General Call (address 0x00) and + * if the General Call is enabled for the peripheral (using function I2C_GeneralCallCmd()) + * the following event is set I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_GENERALCALLADDRESS_MATCHED. + * + */ + +/* --EV1 (all the events below are variants of EV1) */ +/* 1) Case of One Single Address managed by the slave */ +#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_ADDRESS_MATCHED ((uint32_t)0x00020002) /* BUSY and ADDR flags */ +#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_ADDRESS_MATCHED ((uint32_t)0x00060082) /* TRA, BUSY, TXE and ADDR flags */ + +/* 2) Case of Dual address managed by the slave */ +#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED ((uint32_t)0x00820000) /* DUALF and BUSY flags */ +#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED ((uint32_t)0x00860080) /* DUALF, TRA, BUSY and TXE flags */ + +/* 3) Case of General Call enabled for the slave */ +#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_GENERALCALLADDRESS_MATCHED ((uint32_t)0x00120000) /* GENCALL and BUSY flags */ + +/** + * @brief Communication events + * + * Wait on one of these events when EV1 has already been checked and: + * + * - Slave RECEIVER mode: + * - EV2: When the application is expecting a data byte to be received. + * - EV4: When the application is expecting the end of the communication: master + * sends a stop condition and data transmission is stopped. + * + * - Slave Transmitter mode: + * - EV3: When a byte has been transmitted by the slave and the application is expecting + * the end of the byte transmission. The two events I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED and + * I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTING are similar. The second one can optionally be + * used when the user software doesn't guarantee the EV3 is managed before the + * current byte end of transfer. + * - EV3_2: When the master sends a NACK in order to tell slave that data transmission + * shall end (before sending the STOP condition). In this case slave has to stop sending + * data bytes and expect a Stop condition on the bus. + * + * @note In case the user software does not guarantee that the event EV2 is + * managed before the current byte end of transfer, then user may check on EV2 + * and BTF flag at the same time (ie. (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_BTF)). + * In this case the communication may be slower. + * + */ + +/* Slave RECEIVER mode --------------------------*/ +/* --EV2 */ +#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED ((uint32_t)0x00020040) /* BUSY and RXNE flags */ +/* --EV4 */ +#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_STOP_DETECTED ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /* STOPF flag */ + +/* Slave TRANSMITTER mode -----------------------*/ +/* --EV3 */ +#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED ((uint32_t)0x00060084) /* TRA, BUSY, TXE and BTF flags */ +#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTING ((uint32_t)0x00060080) /* TRA, BUSY and TXE flags */ +/* --EV3_2 */ +#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_ACK_FAILURE ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /* AF flag */ + +/** + =============================================================================== + End of Events Description + =============================================================================== + */ + +#define IS_I2C_EVENT(EVENT) (((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_ADDRESS_MATCHED) || \ + ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_ADDRESS_MATCHED) || \ + ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED) || \ + ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED) || \ + ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_GENERALCALLADDRESS_MATCHED) || \ + ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED) || \ + ((EVENT) == (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_DUALF)) || \ + ((EVENT) == (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_GENCALL)) || \ + ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED) || \ + ((EVENT) == (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED | I2C_FLAG_DUALF)) || \ + ((EVENT) == (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED | I2C_FLAG_GENCALL)) || \ + ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_STOP_DETECTED) || \ + ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_SELECT) || \ + ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_TRANSMITTER_MODE_SELECTED) || \ + ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_RECEIVER_MODE_SELECTED) || \ + ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_RECEIVED) || \ + ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTED) || \ + ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTING) || \ + ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_ADDRESS10) || \ + ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_ACK_FAILURE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_own_address1 + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(ADDRESS1) ((ADDRESS1) <= 0x3FF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_clock_speed + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_I2C_CLOCK_SPEED(SPEED) (((SPEED) >= 0x1) && ((SPEED) <= 400000)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Function used to set the I2C configuration to the default reset state *****/ +void I2C_DeInit(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void I2C_Init(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, I2C_InitTypeDef* I2C_InitStruct); +void I2C_StructInit(I2C_InitTypeDef* I2C_InitStruct); +void I2C_Cmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_GenerateSTART(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_GenerateSTOP(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_AcknowledgeConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_OwnAddress2Config(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Address); +void I2C_DualAddressCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_GeneralCallCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_SoftwareResetCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_SMBusAlertConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_SMBusAlert); +void I2C_ARPCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_StretchClockCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_FastModeDutyCycleConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_DutyCycle); +void I2C_Send7bitAddress(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Address, uint8_t I2C_Direction); + +/* Data transfers functions ***************************************************/ +void I2C_SendData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Data); +uint8_t I2C_ReceiveData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx); + +/* PEC management functions ***************************************************/ +void I2C_TransmitPEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_PECPositionConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_PECPosition); +void I2C_CalculatePEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +uint8_t I2C_GetPEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx); + +/* DMA transfers management functions *****************************************/ +void I2C_DMACmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_DMALastTransferCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); + + +/* Interrupts, events and flags management functions **************************/ +uint16_t I2C_ReadRegister(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t I2C_Register); +void I2C_ITConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_IT, FunctionalState NewState); + +/** + * @brief + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + I2C State Monitoring Functions + =============================================================================== + This I2C driver provides three different ways for I2C state monitoring + depending on the application requirements and constraints: + + + 1. Basic state monitoring (Using I2C_CheckEvent() function) + ----------------------------------------------------------- + It compares the status registers (SR1 and SR2) content to a given event + (can be the combination of one or more flags). + It returns SUCCESS if the current status includes the given flags + and returns ERROR if one or more flags are missing in the current status. + + - When to use + - This function is suitable for most applications as well as for startup + activity since the events are fully described in the product reference + manual (RM0038). + - It is also suitable for users who need to define their own events. + + - Limitations + - If an error occurs (ie. error flags are set besides to the monitored + flags), the I2C_CheckEvent() function may return SUCCESS despite + the communication hold or corrupted real state. + In this case, it is advised to use error interrupts to monitor + the error events and handle them in the interrupt IRQ handler. + + @note + For error management, it is advised to use the following functions: + - I2C_ITConfig() to configure and enable the error interrupts (I2C_IT_ERR). + - I2Cx_ER_IRQHandler() which is called when the error interrupt occurs. + Where x is the peripheral instance (I2C1, I2C2 ...) + - I2C_GetFlagStatus() or I2C_GetITStatus() to be called into the + I2Cx_ER_IRQHandler() function in order to determine which error occurred. + - I2C_ClearFlag() or I2C_ClearITPendingBit() and/or I2C_SoftwareResetCmd() + and/or I2C_GenerateStop() in order to clear the error flag and source + and return to correct communciation status. + + + 2. Advanced state monitoring (Using the function I2C_GetLastEvent()) + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + Using the function I2C_GetLastEvent() which returns the image of both status + registers in a single word (uint32_t) (Status Register 2 value is shifted left + by 16 bits and concatenated to Status Register 1). + + - When to use + - This function is suitable for the same applications above but it + allows to overcome the mentioned limitation of I2C_GetFlagStatus() + function. + - The returned value could be compared to events already defined in + the library (stm32l1xx_i2c.h) or to custom values defined by user. + This function is suitable when multiple flags are monitored at the + same time. + - At the opposite of I2C_CheckEvent() function, this function allows + user to choose when an event is accepted (when all events flags are + set and no other flags are set or just when the needed flags are set + like I2C_CheckEvent() function. + + - Limitations + - User may need to define his own events. + - Same remark concerning the error management is applicable for this + function if user decides to check only regular communication flags + (and ignores error flags). + + + 3. Flag-based state monitoring (Using the function I2C_GetFlagStatus()) + ----------------------------------------------------------------------- + + Using the function I2C_GetFlagStatus() which simply returns the status of + one single flag (ie. I2C_FLAG_RXNE ...). + + - When to use + - This function could be used for specific applications or in debug + phase. + - It is suitable when only one flag checking is needed (most I2C + events are monitored through multiple flags). + - Limitations: + - When calling this function, the Status register is accessed. + Some flags are cleared when the status register is accessed. + So checking the status of one Flag, may clear other ones. + - Function may need to be called twice or more in order to monitor + one single event. + + For detailed description of Events, please refer to section I2C_Events in + stm32l1xx_i2c.h file. + +@endverbatim + * + */ + +/** + =============================================================================== + 1. Basic state monitoring + =============================================================================== + */ +ErrorStatus I2C_CheckEvent(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_EVENT); +/** + =============================================================================== + 2. Advanced state monitoring + =============================================================================== + */ +uint32_t I2C_GetLastEvent(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx); +/** + =============================================================================== + 3. Flag-based state monitoring + =============================================================================== + */ +FlagStatus I2C_GetFlagStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG); + + +void I2C_ClearFlag(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG); +ITStatus I2C_GetITStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT); +void I2C_ClearITPendingBit(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32L1xx_I2C_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_iwdg.h b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_iwdg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..00b768e --- /dev/null +++ b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_iwdg.h @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l1xx_iwdg.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 31-December-2010 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the IWDG + * firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32L1xx_IWDG_H +#define __STM32L1xx_IWDG_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l1xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup IWDG + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_WriteAccess + * @{ + */ + +#define IWDG_WriteAccess_Enable ((uint16_t)0x5555) +#define IWDG_WriteAccess_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_IWDG_WRITE_ACCESS(ACCESS) (((ACCESS) == IWDG_WriteAccess_Enable) || \ + ((ACCESS) == IWDG_WriteAccess_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_prescaler + * @{ + */ + +#define IWDG_Prescaler_4 ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define IWDG_Prescaler_8 ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define IWDG_Prescaler_16 ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define IWDG_Prescaler_32 ((uint8_t)0x03) +#define IWDG_Prescaler_64 ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define IWDG_Prescaler_128 ((uint8_t)0x05) +#define IWDG_Prescaler_256 ((uint8_t)0x06) +#define IS_IWDG_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_4) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_8) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_16) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_32) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_64) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_128)|| \ + ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_256)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_Flag + * @{ + */ + +#define IWDG_FLAG_PVU ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define IWDG_FLAG_RVU ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define IS_IWDG_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == IWDG_FLAG_PVU) || ((FLAG) == IWDG_FLAG_RVU)) +#define IS_IWDG_RELOAD(RELOAD) ((RELOAD) <= 0xFFF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Prescaler and Counter configuration functions ******************************/ +void IWDG_WriteAccessCmd(uint16_t IWDG_WriteAccess); +void IWDG_SetPrescaler(uint8_t IWDG_Prescaler); +void IWDG_SetReload(uint16_t Reload); +void IWDG_ReloadCounter(void); + +/* IWDG activation function ***************************************************/ +void IWDG_Enable(void); + +/* Flag management function ***************************************************/ +FlagStatus IWDG_GetFlagStatus(uint16_t IWDG_FLAG); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32L1xx_IWDG_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_lcd.h b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_lcd.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4944c83 --- /dev/null +++ b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_lcd.h @@ -0,0 +1,446 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l1xx_lcd.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 31-December-2010 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the LCD firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32L1xx_LCD_H +#define __STM32L1xx_LCD_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l1xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup LCD + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief LCD Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t LCD_Prescaler; /*!< Configures the LCD Prescaler. + This parameter can be one value of @ref LCD_Prescaler */ + uint32_t LCD_Divider; /*!< Configures the LCD Divider. + This parameter can be one value of @ref LCD_Divider */ + uint32_t LCD_Duty; /*!< Configures the LCD Duty. + This parameter can be one value of @ref LCD_Duty */ + uint32_t LCD_Bias; /*!< Configures the LCD Bias. + This parameter can be one value of @ref LCD_Bias */ + uint32_t LCD_VoltageSource; /*!< Selects the LCD Voltage source. + This parameter can be one value of @ref LCD_Voltage_Source */ +}LCD_InitTypeDef; + + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup LCD_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup LCD_Prescaler + * @{ + */ + +#define LCD_Prescaler_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< CLKPS = LCDCLK */ +#define LCD_Prescaler_2 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /*!< CLKPS = LCDCLK/2 */ +#define LCD_Prescaler_4 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) /*!< CLKPS = LCDCLK/4 */ +#define LCD_Prescaler_8 ((uint32_t)0x00C00000) /*!< CLKPS = LCDCLK/8 */ +#define LCD_Prescaler_16 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) /*!< CLKPS = LCDCLK/16 */ +#define LCD_Prescaler_32 ((uint32_t)0x01400000) /*!< CLKPS = LCDCLK/32 */ +#define LCD_Prescaler_64 ((uint32_t)0x01800000) /*!< CLKPS = LCDCLK/64 */ +#define LCD_Prescaler_128 ((uint32_t)0x01C00000) /*!< CLKPS = LCDCLK/128 */ +#define LCD_Prescaler_256 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) /*!< CLKPS = LCDCLK/256 */ +#define LCD_Prescaler_512 ((uint32_t)0x02400000) /*!< CLKPS = LCDCLK/512 */ +#define LCD_Prescaler_1024 ((uint32_t)0x02800000) /*!< CLKPS = LCDCLK/1024 */ +#define LCD_Prescaler_2048 ((uint32_t)0x02C00000) /*!< CLKPS = LCDCLK/2048 */ +#define LCD_Prescaler_4096 ((uint32_t)0x03000000) /*!< CLKPS = LCDCLK/4096 */ +#define LCD_Prescaler_8192 ((uint32_t)0x03400000) /*!< CLKPS = LCDCLK/8192 */ +#define LCD_Prescaler_16384 ((uint32_t)0x03800000) /*!< CLKPS = LCDCLK/16384 */ +#define LCD_Prescaler_32768 ((uint32_t)0x03C00000) /*!< CLKPS = LCDCLK/32768 */ + +#define IS_LCD_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == LCD_Prescaler_1) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == LCD_Prescaler_2) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == LCD_Prescaler_4) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == LCD_Prescaler_8) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == LCD_Prescaler_16) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == LCD_Prescaler_32) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == LCD_Prescaler_64) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == LCD_Prescaler_128) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == LCD_Prescaler_256) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == LCD_Prescaler_512) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == LCD_Prescaler_1024) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == LCD_Prescaler_2048) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == LCD_Prescaler_4096) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == LCD_Prescaler_8192) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == LCD_Prescaler_16384) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == LCD_Prescaler_32768)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup LCD_Divider + * @{ + */ + +#define LCD_Divider_16 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< LCD frequency = CLKPS/16 */ +#define LCD_Divider_17 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) /*!< LCD frequency = CLKPS/17 */ +#define LCD_Divider_18 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) /*!< LCD frequency = CLKPS/18 */ +#define LCD_Divider_19 ((uint32_t)0x000C0000) /*!< LCD frequency = CLKPS/19 */ +#define LCD_Divider_20 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) /*!< LCD frequency = CLKPS/20 */ +#define LCD_Divider_21 ((uint32_t)0x00140000) /*!< LCD frequency = CLKPS/21 */ +#define LCD_Divider_22 ((uint32_t)0x00180000) /*!< LCD frequency = CLKPS/22 */ +#define LCD_Divider_23 ((uint32_t)0x001C0000) /*!< LCD frequency = CLKPS/23 */ +#define LCD_Divider_24 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /*!< LCD frequency = CLKPS/24 */ +#define LCD_Divider_25 ((uint32_t)0x00240000) /*!< LCD frequency = CLKPS/25 */ +#define LCD_Divider_26 ((uint32_t)0x00280000) /*!< LCD frequency = CLKPS/26 */ +#define LCD_Divider_27 ((uint32_t)0x002C0000) /*!< LCD frequency = CLKPS/27 */ +#define LCD_Divider_28 ((uint32_t)0x00300000) /*!< LCD frequency = CLKPS/28 */ +#define LCD_Divider_29 ((uint32_t)0x00340000) /*!< LCD frequency = CLKPS/29 */ +#define LCD_Divider_30 ((uint32_t)0x00380000) /*!< LCD frequency = CLKPS/30 */ +#define LCD_Divider_31 ((uint32_t)0x003C0000) /*!< LCD frequency = CLKPS/31 */ + +#define IS_LCD_DIVIDER(DIVIDER) (((DIVIDER) == LCD_Divider_16) || \ + ((DIVIDER) == LCD_Divider_17) || \ + ((DIVIDER) == LCD_Divider_18) || \ + ((DIVIDER) == LCD_Divider_19) || \ + ((DIVIDER) == LCD_Divider_20) || \ + ((DIVIDER) == LCD_Divider_21) || \ + ((DIVIDER) == LCD_Divider_22) || \ + ((DIVIDER) == LCD_Divider_23) || \ + ((DIVIDER) == LCD_Divider_24) || \ + ((DIVIDER) == LCD_Divider_25) || \ + ((DIVIDER) == LCD_Divider_26) || \ + ((DIVIDER) == LCD_Divider_27) || \ + ((DIVIDER) == LCD_Divider_28) || \ + ((DIVIDER) == LCD_Divider_29) || \ + ((DIVIDER) == LCD_Divider_30) || \ + ((DIVIDER) == LCD_Divider_31)) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup LCD_Duty + * @{ + */ + +#define LCD_Duty_Static ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Static duty */ +#define LCD_Duty_1_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< 1/2 duty */ +#define LCD_Duty_1_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< 1/3 duty */ +#define LCD_Duty_1_4 ((uint32_t)0x0000000C) /*!< 1/4 duty */ +#define LCD_Duty_1_8 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< 1/4 duty */ + +#define IS_LCD_DUTY(DUTY) (((DUTY) == LCD_Duty_Static) || \ + ((DUTY) == LCD_Duty_1_2) || \ + ((DUTY) == LCD_Duty_1_3) || \ + ((DUTY) == LCD_Duty_1_4) || \ + ((DUTY) == LCD_Duty_1_8)) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup LCD_Bias + * @{ + */ + +#define LCD_Bias_1_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< 1/4 Bias */ +#define LCD_Bias_1_2 LCD_CR_BIAS_0 /*!< 1/2 Bias */ +#define LCD_Bias_1_3 LCD_CR_BIAS_1 /*!< 1/3 Bias */ + +#define IS_LCD_BIAS(BIAS) (((BIAS) == LCD_Bias_1_4) || \ + ((BIAS) == LCD_Bias_1_2) || \ + ((BIAS) == LCD_Bias_1_3)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup LCD_Voltage_Source + * @{ + */ + +#define LCD_VoltageSource_Internal ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Internal voltage source for the LCD */ +#define LCD_VoltageSource_External LCD_CR_VSEL /*!< External voltage source for the LCD */ + +#define IS_LCD_VOLTAGE_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == LCD_VoltageSource_Internal) || \ + ((SOURCE) == LCD_VoltageSource_External)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup LCD_Interrupts + * @{ + */ +#define LCD_IT_SOF LCD_FCR_SOFIE +#define LCD_IT_UDD LCD_FCR_UDDIE + +#define IS_LCD_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFF5) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00)) + +#define IS_LCD_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == LCD_IT_SOF) || ((IT) == LCD_IT_UDD)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup LCD_PulseOnDuration + * @{ + */ + +#define LCD_PulseOnDuration_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Pulse ON duration = 0 pulse */ +#define LCD_PulseOnDuration_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< Pulse ON duration = 1/CK_PS */ +#define LCD_PulseOnDuration_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< Pulse ON duration = 2/CK_PS */ +#define LCD_PulseOnDuration_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000030) /*!< Pulse ON duration = 3/CK_PS */ +#define LCD_PulseOnDuration_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< Pulse ON duration = 4/CK_PS */ +#define LCD_PulseOnDuration_5 ((uint32_t)0x00000050) /*!< Pulse ON duration = 5/CK_PS */ +#define LCD_PulseOnDuration_6 ((uint32_t)0x00000060) /*!< Pulse ON duration = 6/CK_PS */ +#define LCD_PulseOnDuration_7 ((uint32_t)0x00000070) /*!< Pulse ON duration = 7/CK_PS */ + +#define IS_LCD_PULSE_ON_DURATION(DURATION) (((DURATION) == LCD_PulseOnDuration_0) || \ + ((DURATION) == LCD_PulseOnDuration_1) || \ + ((DURATION) == LCD_PulseOnDuration_2) || \ + ((DURATION) == LCD_PulseOnDuration_3) || \ + ((DURATION) == LCD_PulseOnDuration_4) || \ + ((DURATION) == LCD_PulseOnDuration_5) || \ + ((DURATION) == LCD_PulseOnDuration_6) || \ + ((DURATION) == LCD_PulseOnDuration_7)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup LCD_DeadTime + * @{ + */ + +#define LCD_DeadTime_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< No dead Time */ +#define LCD_DeadTime_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< One Phase between different couple of Frame */ +#define LCD_DeadTime_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Two Phase between different couple of Frame */ +#define LCD_DeadTime_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000180) /*!< Three Phase between different couple of Frame */ +#define LCD_DeadTime_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Four Phase between different couple of Frame */ +#define LCD_DeadTime_5 ((uint32_t)0x00000280) /*!< Five Phase between different couple of Frame */ +#define LCD_DeadTime_6 ((uint32_t)0x00000300) /*!< Six Phase between different couple of Frame */ +#define LCD_DeadTime_7 ((uint32_t)0x00000380) /*!< Seven Phase between different couple of Frame */ + +#define IS_LCD_DEAD_TIME(TIME) (((TIME) == LCD_DeadTime_0) || \ + ((TIME) == LCD_DeadTime_1) || \ + ((TIME) == LCD_DeadTime_2) || \ + ((TIME) == LCD_DeadTime_3) || \ + ((TIME) == LCD_DeadTime_4) || \ + ((TIME) == LCD_DeadTime_5) || \ + ((TIME) == LCD_DeadTime_6) || \ + ((TIME) == LCD_DeadTime_7)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup LCD_BlinkMode + * @{ + */ + +#define LCD_BlinkMode_Off ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Blink disabled */ +#define LCD_BlinkMode_SEG0_COM0 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< Blink enabled on SEG[0], COM[0] (1 pixel) */ +#define LCD_BlinkMode_SEG0_AllCOM ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< Blink enabled on SEG[0], all COM (up to + 8 pixels according to the programmed duty) */ +#define LCD_BlinkMode_AllSEG_AllCOM ((uint32_t)0x00030000) /*!< Blink enabled on all SEG and all COM (all pixels) */ + +#define IS_LCD_BLINK_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == LCD_BlinkMode_Off) || \ + ((MODE) == LCD_BlinkMode_SEG0_COM0) || \ + ((MODE) == LCD_BlinkMode_SEG0_AllCOM) || \ + ((MODE) == LCD_BlinkMode_AllSEG_AllCOM)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup LCD_BlinkFrequency + * @{ + */ + +#define LCD_BlinkFrequency_Div8 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< The Blink frequency = fLCD/8 */ +#define LCD_BlinkFrequency_Div16 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< The Blink frequency = fLCD/16 */ +#define LCD_BlinkFrequency_Div32 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< The Blink frequency = fLCD/32 */ +#define LCD_BlinkFrequency_Div64 ((uint32_t)0x00006000) /*!< The Blink frequency = fLCD/64 */ +#define LCD_BlinkFrequency_Div128 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< The Blink frequency = fLCD/128 */ +#define LCD_BlinkFrequency_Div256 ((uint32_t)0x0000A000) /*!< The Blink frequency = fLCD/256 */ +#define LCD_BlinkFrequency_Div512 ((uint32_t)0x0000C000) /*!< The Blink frequency = fLCD/512 */ +#define LCD_BlinkFrequency_Div1024 ((uint32_t)0x0000E000) /*!< The Blink frequency = fLCD/1024 */ + +#define IS_LCD_BLINK_FREQUENCY(FREQUENCY) (((FREQUENCY) == LCD_BlinkFrequency_Div8) || \ + ((FREQUENCY) == LCD_BlinkFrequency_Div16) || \ + ((FREQUENCY) == LCD_BlinkFrequency_Div32) || \ + ((FREQUENCY) == LCD_BlinkFrequency_Div64) || \ + ((FREQUENCY) == LCD_BlinkFrequency_Div128) || \ + ((FREQUENCY) == LCD_BlinkFrequency_Div256) || \ + ((FREQUENCY) == LCD_BlinkFrequency_Div512) || \ + ((FREQUENCY) == LCD_BlinkFrequency_Div1024)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup LCD_Contrast + * @{ + */ + +#define LCD_Contrast_Level_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Maximum Voltage = 2.60V */ +#define LCD_Contrast_Level_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Maximum Voltage = 2.73V */ +#define LCD_Contrast_Level_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Maximum Voltage = 2.86V */ +#define LCD_Contrast_Level_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000C00) /*!< Maximum Voltage = 2.99V */ +#define LCD_Contrast_Level_4 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< Maximum Voltage = 3.12V */ +#define LCD_Contrast_Level_5 ((uint32_t)0x00001400) /*!< Maximum Voltage = 3.25V */ +#define LCD_Contrast_Level_6 ((uint32_t)0x00001800) /*!< Maximum Voltage = 3.38V */ +#define LCD_Contrast_Level_7 ((uint32_t)0x00001C00) /*!< Maximum Voltage = 3.51V */ + +#define IS_LCD_CONTRAST(CONTRAST) (((CONTRAST) == LCD_Contrast_Level_0) || \ + ((CONTRAST) == LCD_Contrast_Level_1) || \ + ((CONTRAST) == LCD_Contrast_Level_2) || \ + ((CONTRAST) == LCD_Contrast_Level_3) || \ + ((CONTRAST) == LCD_Contrast_Level_4) || \ + ((CONTRAST) == LCD_Contrast_Level_5) || \ + ((CONTRAST) == LCD_Contrast_Level_6) || \ + ((CONTRAST) == LCD_Contrast_Level_7)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup LCD_Flag + * @{ + */ + +#define LCD_FLAG_ENS LCD_SR_ENS +#define LCD_FLAG_SOF LCD_SR_SOF +#define LCD_FLAG_UDR LCD_SR_UDR +#define LCD_FLAG_UDD LCD_SR_UDD +#define LCD_FLAG_RDY LCD_SR_RDY +#define LCD_FLAG_FCRSF LCD_SR_FCRSR + +#define IS_LCD_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == LCD_FLAG_ENS) || ((FLAG) == LCD_FLAG_SOF) || \ + ((FLAG) == LCD_FLAG_UDR) || ((FLAG) == LCD_FLAG_UDD) || \ + ((FLAG) == LCD_FLAG_RDY) || ((FLAG) == LCD_FLAG_FCRSF)) + +#define IS_LCD_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFF5) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != 0x00)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup LCD_RAMRegister + * @{ + */ + +#define LCD_RAMRegister_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< LCD RAM Register 0 */ +#define LCD_RAMRegister_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< LCD RAM Register 1 */ +#define LCD_RAMRegister_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< LCD RAM Register 2 */ +#define LCD_RAMRegister_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000003) /*!< LCD RAM Register 3 */ +#define LCD_RAMRegister_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< LCD RAM Register 4 */ +#define LCD_RAMRegister_5 ((uint32_t)0x00000005) /*!< LCD RAM Register 5 */ +#define LCD_RAMRegister_6 ((uint32_t)0x00000006) /*!< LCD RAM Register 6 */ +#define LCD_RAMRegister_7 ((uint32_t)0x00000007) /*!< LCD RAM Register 7 */ +#define LCD_RAMRegister_8 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< LCD RAM Register 8 */ +#define LCD_RAMRegister_9 ((uint32_t)0x00000009) /*!< LCD RAM Register 9 */ +#define LCD_RAMRegister_10 ((uint32_t)0x0000000A) /*!< LCD RAM Register 10 */ +#define LCD_RAMRegister_11 ((uint32_t)0x0000000B) /*!< LCD RAM Register 11 */ +#define LCD_RAMRegister_12 ((uint32_t)0x0000000C) /*!< LCD RAM Register 12 */ +#define LCD_RAMRegister_13 ((uint32_t)0x0000000D) /*!< LCD RAM Register 13 */ +#define LCD_RAMRegister_14 ((uint32_t)0x0000000E) /*!< LCD RAM Register 14 */ +#define LCD_RAMRegister_15 ((uint32_t)0x0000000F) /*!< LCD RAM Register 15 */ + +#define IS_LCD_RAM_REGISTER(REGISTER) (((REGISTER) == LCD_RAMRegister_0) || \ + ((REGISTER) == LCD_RAMRegister_1) || \ + ((REGISTER) == LCD_RAMRegister_2) || \ + ((REGISTER) == LCD_RAMRegister_3) || \ + ((REGISTER) == LCD_RAMRegister_4) || \ + ((REGISTER) == LCD_RAMRegister_5) || \ + ((REGISTER) == LCD_RAMRegister_6) || \ + ((REGISTER) == LCD_RAMRegister_7) || \ + ((REGISTER) == LCD_RAMRegister_8) || \ + ((REGISTER) == LCD_RAMRegister_9) || \ + ((REGISTER) == LCD_RAMRegister_10) || \ + ((REGISTER) == LCD_RAMRegister_11) || \ + ((REGISTER) == LCD_RAMRegister_12) || \ + ((REGISTER) == LCD_RAMRegister_13) || \ + ((REGISTER) == LCD_RAMRegister_14) || \ + ((REGISTER) == LCD_RAMRegister_15)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Function used to set the LCD configuration to the default reset state *****/ +void LCD_DeInit(void); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void LCD_Init(LCD_InitTypeDef* LCD_InitStruct); +void LCD_StructInit(LCD_InitTypeDef* LCD_InitStruct); +void LCD_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void LCD_WaitForSynchro(void); +void LCD_HighDriveCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void LCD_MuxSegmentCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void LCD_PulseOnDurationConfig(uint32_t LCD_PulseOnDuration); +void LCD_DeadTimeConfig(uint32_t LCD_DeadTime); +void LCD_BlinkConfig(uint32_t LCD_BlinkMode, uint32_t LCD_BlinkFrequency); +void LCD_ContrastConfig(uint32_t LCD_Contrast); + +/* LCD RAM memory write functions *********************************************/ +void LCD_Write(uint32_t LCD_RAMRegister, uint32_t LCD_Data); +void LCD_UpdateDisplayRequest(void); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void LCD_ITConfig(uint32_t LCD_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus LCD_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t LCD_FLAG); +void LCD_ClearFlag(uint32_t LCD_FLAG); +ITStatus LCD_GetITStatus(uint32_t LCD_IT); +void LCD_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t LCD_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32L1xx_LCD_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_pwr.h b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_pwr.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ae2adb7 --- /dev/null +++ b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_pwr.h @@ -0,0 +1,207 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l1xx_pwr.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 31-December-2010 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the PWR firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32L1xx_PWR_H +#define __STM32L1xx_PWR_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l1xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup PWR + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PVD_detection_level + * @{ + */ + +#define PWR_PVDLevel_0 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV0 +#define PWR_PVDLevel_1 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV1 +#define PWR_PVDLevel_2 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV2 +#define PWR_PVDLevel_3 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV3 +#define PWR_PVDLevel_4 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV4 +#define PWR_PVDLevel_5 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV5 +#define PWR_PVDLevel_6 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV6 +#define PWR_PVDLevel_7 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV7 /* External input analog voltage + (Compare internally to VREFINT) */ +#define IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(LEVEL) (((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_0) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_1)|| \ + ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_2) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_3)|| \ + ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_4) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_5)|| \ + ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_6) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_7)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup WakeUp_Pins + * @{ + */ + +#define PWR_WakeUpPin_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define PWR_WakeUpPin_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define PWR_WakeUpPin_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(PIN) (((PIN) == PWR_WakeUpPin_1) || \ + ((PIN) == PWR_WakeUpPin_2) || \ + ((PIN) == PWR_WakeUpPin_3)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup Voltage_Scaling_Ranges + * @{ + */ + +#define PWR_VoltageScaling_Range1 PWR_CR_VOS_0 +#define PWR_VoltageScaling_Range2 PWR_CR_VOS_1 +#define PWR_VoltageScaling_Range3 PWR_CR_VOS + +#define IS_PWR_VOLTAGE_SCALING_RANGE(RANGE) (((RANGE) == PWR_VoltageScaling_Range1) || \ + ((RANGE) == PWR_VoltageScaling_Range2) || \ + ((RANGE) == PWR_VoltageScaling_Range3)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup Regulator_state_is_Sleep_STOP_mode + * @{ + */ + +#define PWR_Regulator_ON ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define PWR_Regulator_LowPower PWR_CR_LPSDSR +#define IS_PWR_REGULATOR(REGULATOR) (((REGULATOR) == PWR_Regulator_ON) || \ + ((REGULATOR) == PWR_Regulator_LowPower)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SLEEP_mode_entry + * @{ + */ + +#define PWR_SLEEPEntry_WFI ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define PWR_SLEEPEntry_WFE ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define IS_PWR_SLEEP_ENTRY(ENTRY) (((ENTRY) == PWR_SLEEPEntry_WFI) || ((ENTRY) == PWR_SLEEPEntry_WFE)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup STOP_mode_entry + * @{ + */ + +#define PWR_STOPEntry_WFI ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define PWR_STOPEntry_WFE ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(ENTRY) (((ENTRY) == PWR_STOPEntry_WFI) || ((ENTRY) == PWR_STOPEntry_WFE)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Flag + * @{ + */ + +#define PWR_FLAG_WU PWR_CSR_WUF +#define PWR_FLAG_SB PWR_CSR_SBF +#define PWR_FLAG_PVDO PWR_CSR_PVDO +#define PWR_FLAG_VREFINTRDY PWR_CSR_VREFINTRDYF +#define PWR_FLAG_VOS PWR_CSR_VOSF +#define PWR_FLAG_REGLP PWR_CSR_REGLPF + +#define IS_PWR_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_WU) || ((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_SB) || \ + ((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_PVDO) || ((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_VREFINTRDY) || \ + ((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_VOS) || ((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_REGLP)) + +#define IS_PWR_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_WU) || ((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_SB)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Function used to set the PWR configuration to the default reset state ******/ +void PWR_DeInit(void); + +/* RTC Domain Access function *************************************************/ +void PWR_RTCAccessCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* PVD configuration functions ************************************************/ +void PWR_PVDLevelConfig(uint32_t PWR_PVDLevel); +void PWR_PVDCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* WakeUp pins configuration functions ****************************************/ +void PWR_WakeUpPinCmd(uint32_t PWR_WakeUpPin, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Ultra Low Power mode configuration functions *******************************/ +void PWR_FastWakeUpCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void PWR_UltraLowPowerCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Voltage Scaling configuration functions ************************************/ +void PWR_VoltageScalingConfig(uint32_t PWR_VoltageScaling); + +/* Low Power modes configuration functions ************************************/ +void PWR_EnterLowPowerRunMode(FunctionalState NewState); +void PWR_EnterSleepMode(uint32_t PWR_Regulator, uint8_t PWR_SLEEPEntry); +void PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t PWR_Regulator, uint8_t PWR_STOPEntry); +void PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void); + +/* Flags management functions *************************************************/ +FlagStatus PWR_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t PWR_FLAG); +void PWR_ClearFlag(uint32_t PWR_FLAG); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32L1xx_PWR_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_rcc.h b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_rcc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d73c2aa --- /dev/null +++ b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_rcc.h @@ -0,0 +1,468 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l1xx_rcc.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 31-December-2010 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the RCC + * firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32L1xx_RCC_H +#define __STM32L1xx_RCC_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l1xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup RCC + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t SYSCLK_Frequency; + uint32_t HCLK_Frequency; + uint32_t PCLK1_Frequency; + uint32_t PCLK2_Frequency; +}RCC_ClocksTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup HSE_configuration + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_HSE_OFF ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define RCC_HSE_ON ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define RCC_HSE_Bypass ((uint8_t)0x05) +#define IS_RCC_HSE(HSE) (((HSE) == RCC_HSE_OFF) || ((HSE) == RCC_HSE_ON) || \ + ((HSE) == RCC_HSE_Bypass)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup MSI_Clock_Range + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_MSIRange_0 RCC_ICSCR_MSIRANGE_0 /*!< MSI = 65.536 KHz */ +#define RCC_MSIRange_1 RCC_ICSCR_MSIRANGE_1 /*!< MSI = 131.072 KHz */ +#define RCC_MSIRange_2 RCC_ICSCR_MSIRANGE_2 /*!< MSI = 262.144 KHz */ +#define RCC_MSIRange_3 RCC_ICSCR_MSIRANGE_3 /*!< MSI = 524.288 KHz */ +#define RCC_MSIRange_4 RCC_ICSCR_MSIRANGE_4 /*!< MSI = 1.048 MHz */ +#define RCC_MSIRange_5 RCC_ICSCR_MSIRANGE_5 /*!< MSI = 2.097 MHz */ +#define RCC_MSIRange_6 RCC_ICSCR_MSIRANGE_6 /*!< MSI = 4.194 MHz */ + +#define IS_RCC_MSI_CLOCK_RANGE(RANGE) (((RANGE) == RCC_MSIRange_0) || \ + ((RANGE) == RCC_MSIRange_1) || \ + ((RANGE) == RCC_MSIRange_2) || \ + ((RANGE) == RCC_MSIRange_3) || \ + ((RANGE) == RCC_MSIRange_4) || \ + ((RANGE) == RCC_MSIRange_5) || \ + ((RANGE) == RCC_MSIRange_6)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PLL_Clock_Source + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_PLLSource_HSI ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define RCC_PLLSource_HSE ((uint8_t)0x01) + +#define IS_RCC_PLL_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_PLLSource_HSI) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_PLLSource_HSE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PLL_Multiplication_Factor + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_PLLMul_3 ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define RCC_PLLMul_4 ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define RCC_PLLMul_6 ((uint8_t)0x08) +#define RCC_PLLMul_8 ((uint8_t)0x0C) +#define RCC_PLLMul_12 ((uint8_t)0x10) +#define RCC_PLLMul_16 ((uint8_t)0x14) +#define RCC_PLLMul_24 ((uint8_t)0x18) +#define RCC_PLLMul_32 ((uint8_t)0x1C) +#define RCC_PLLMul_48 ((uint8_t)0x20) + + +#define IS_RCC_PLL_MUL(MUL) (((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_3) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_4) || \ + ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_6) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_8) || \ + ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_12) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_16) || \ + ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_24) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_32) || \ + ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_48)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PLL_Divider_Factor + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_PLLDiv_2 ((uint8_t)0x40) +#define RCC_PLLDiv_3 ((uint8_t)0x80) +#define RCC_PLLDiv_4 ((uint8_t)0xC0) + + +#define IS_RCC_PLL_DIV(DIV) (((DIV) == RCC_PLLDiv_2) || ((DIV) == RCC_PLLDiv_3) || \ + ((DIV) == RCC_PLLDiv_4)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup System_Clock_Source + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_SYSCLKSource_MSI RCC_CFGR_SW_MSI +#define RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSI RCC_CFGR_SW_HSI +#define RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSE RCC_CFGR_SW_HSE +#define RCC_SYSCLKSource_PLLCLK RCC_CFGR_SW_PLL +#define IS_RCC_SYSCLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_SYSCLKSource_MSI) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSI) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSE) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_SYSCLKSource_PLLCLK)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup AHB_Clock_Source + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div1 RCC_CFGR_HPRE_DIV1 +#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div2 RCC_CFGR_HPRE_DIV2 +#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div4 RCC_CFGR_HPRE_DIV4 +#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div8 RCC_CFGR_HPRE_DIV8 +#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div16 RCC_CFGR_HPRE_DIV16 +#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div64 RCC_CFGR_HPRE_DIV64 +#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div128 RCC_CFGR_HPRE_DIV128 +#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div256 RCC_CFGR_HPRE_DIV256 +#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div512 RCC_CFGR_HPRE_DIV512 +#define IS_RCC_HCLK(HCLK) (((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div1) || ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div2) || \ + ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div4) || ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div8) || \ + ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div16) || ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div64) || \ + ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div128) || ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div256) || \ + ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div512)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup APB1_APB2_Clock_Source + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_HCLK_Div1 RCC_CFGR_PPRE1_DIV1 +#define RCC_HCLK_Div2 RCC_CFGR_PPRE1_DIV2 +#define RCC_HCLK_Div4 RCC_CFGR_PPRE1_DIV4 +#define RCC_HCLK_Div8 RCC_CFGR_PPRE1_DIV8 +#define RCC_HCLK_Div16 RCC_CFGR_PPRE1_DIV16 +#define IS_RCC_PCLK(PCLK) (((PCLK) == RCC_HCLK_Div1) || ((PCLK) == RCC_HCLK_Div2) || \ + ((PCLK) == RCC_HCLK_Div4) || ((PCLK) == RCC_HCLK_Div8) || \ + ((PCLK) == RCC_HCLK_Div16)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup RCC_Interrupt_Source + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_IT_LSIRDY ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define RCC_IT_LSERDY ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define RCC_IT_HSIRDY ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define RCC_IT_HSERDY ((uint8_t)0x08) +#define RCC_IT_PLLRDY ((uint8_t)0x10) +#define RCC_IT_MSIRDY ((uint8_t)0x20) +#define RCC_IT_CSS ((uint8_t)0x80) + +#define IS_RCC_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint8_t)0xC0) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00)) + +#define IS_RCC_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == RCC_IT_LSIRDY) || ((IT) == RCC_IT_LSERDY) || \ + ((IT) == RCC_IT_HSIRDY) || ((IT) == RCC_IT_HSERDY) || \ + ((IT) == RCC_IT_PLLRDY) || ((IT) == RCC_IT_MSIRDY) || \ + ((IT) == RCC_IT_CSS)) + +#define IS_RCC_CLEAR_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint8_t)0x40) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup LSE_Configuration + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_LSE_OFF ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define RCC_LSE_ON ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define RCC_LSE_Bypass ((uint8_t)0x05) +#define IS_RCC_LSE(LSE) (((LSE) == RCC_LSE_OFF) || ((LSE) == RCC_LSE_ON) || \ + ((LSE) == RCC_LSE_Bypass)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Clock_Source + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSE RCC_CSR_RTCSEL_LSE +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSI RCC_CSR_RTCSEL_LSI +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div2 RCC_CSR_RTCSEL_HSE +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div4 ((uint32_t)RCC_CSR_RTCSEL_HSE | RCC_CR_RTCPRE_0) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div8 ((uint32_t)RCC_CSR_RTCSEL_HSE | RCC_CR_RTCPRE_1) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div16 ((uint32_t)RCC_CSR_RTCSEL_HSE | RCC_CR_RTCPRE) +#define IS_RCC_RTCCLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSE) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSI) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div2) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div4) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div8) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div16)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup AHB_Peripherals + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOA RCC_AHBENR_GPIOAEN +#define RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOB RCC_AHBENR_GPIOBEN +#define RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOC RCC_AHBENR_GPIOCEN +#define RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOD RCC_AHBENR_GPIODEN +#define RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOE RCC_AHBENR_GPIOEEN +#define RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOH RCC_AHBENR_GPIOHEN +#define RCC_AHBPeriph_CRC RCC_AHBENR_CRCEN +#define RCC_AHBPeriph_FLITF RCC_AHBENR_FLITFEN +#define RCC_AHBPeriph_SRAM RCC_AHBLPENR_SRAMLPEN +#define RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA1 RCC_AHBENR_DMA1EN + +#define IS_RCC_AHB_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFEFF6FC0) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) +#define IS_RCC_AHB_LPMODE_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFEFE6FC0) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup APB2_Peripherals + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG RCC_APB2ENR_SYSCFGEN +#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM9 RCC_APB2ENR_TIM9EN +#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM10 RCC_APB2ENR_TIM10EN +#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM11 RCC_APB2ENR_TIM11EN +#define RCC_APB2Periph_ADC1 RCC_APB2ENR_ADC1EN +#define RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1 RCC_APB2ENR_SPI1EN +#define RCC_APB2Periph_USART1 RCC_APB2ENR_USART1EN + +#define IS_RCC_APB2_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFFFFADE2) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup APB1_Peripherals + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2 RCC_APB1ENR_TIM2EN +#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3 RCC_APB1ENR_TIM3EN +#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4 RCC_APB1ENR_TIM4EN +#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6 RCC_APB1ENR_TIM6EN +#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7 RCC_APB1ENR_TIM7EN +#define RCC_APB1Periph_LCD RCC_APB1ENR_LCDEN +#define RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG RCC_APB1ENR_WWDGEN +#define RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2 RCC_APB1ENR_SPI2EN +#define RCC_APB1Periph_USART2 RCC_APB1ENR_USART2EN +#define RCC_APB1Periph_USART3 RCC_APB1ENR_USART3EN +#define RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1 RCC_APB1ENR_I2C1EN +#define RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2 RCC_APB1ENR_I2C2EN +#define RCC_APB1Periph_USB RCC_APB1ENR_USBEN +#define RCC_APB1Periph_PWR RCC_APB1ENR_PWREN +#define RCC_APB1Periph_DAC RCC_APB1ENR_DACEN +#define RCC_APB1Periph_COMP RCC_APB1ENR_COMPEN + +#define IS_RCC_APB1_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0x4F19B5C8) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup MCO_Clock_Source + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_MCOSource_NoClock ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define RCC_MCOSource_SYSCLK ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define RCC_MCOSource_HSI ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define RCC_MCOSource_MSI ((uint8_t)0x03) +#define RCC_MCOSource_HSE ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define RCC_MCOSource_PLLCLK ((uint8_t)0x05) +#define RCC_MCOSource_LSI ((uint8_t)0x06) +#define RCC_MCOSource_LSE ((uint8_t)0x07) + +#define IS_RCC_MCO_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_MCOSource_NoClock) || ((SOURCE) == RCC_MCOSource_SYSCLK) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_MCOSource_HSI) || ((SOURCE) == RCC_MCOSource_MSI) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_MCOSource_HSE) || ((SOURCE) == RCC_MCOSource_PLLCLK) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_MCOSource_LSI) || ((SOURCE) == RCC_MCOSource_LSE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup MCO_Output_Divider + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_MCODiv_1 ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define RCC_MCODiv_2 ((uint8_t)0x10) +#define RCC_MCODiv_4 ((uint8_t)0x20) +#define RCC_MCODiv_8 ((uint8_t)0x30) +#define RCC_MCODiv_16 ((uint8_t)0x40) + +#define IS_RCC_MCO_DIV(DIV) (((DIV) == RCC_MCODiv_1) || ((DIV) == RCC_MCODiv_2) || \ + ((DIV) == RCC_MCODiv_4) || ((DIV) == RCC_MCODiv_8) || \ + ((DIV) == RCC_MCODiv_16)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Flag + * @{ + */ + +#define RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY ((uint8_t)0x21) +#define RCC_FLAG_MSIRDY ((uint8_t)0x29) +#define RCC_FLAG_HSERDY ((uint8_t)0x31) +#define RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY ((uint8_t)0x39) +#define RCC_FLAG_LSERDY ((uint8_t)0x49) +#define RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY ((uint8_t)0x41) +#define RCC_FLAG_OBLRST ((uint8_t)0x59) +#define RCC_FLAG_PINRST ((uint8_t)0x5A) +#define RCC_FLAG_PORRST ((uint8_t)0x5B) +#define RCC_FLAG_SFTRST ((uint8_t)0x5C) +#define RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST ((uint8_t)0x5D) +#define RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST ((uint8_t)0x5E) +#define RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST ((uint8_t)0x5F) + +#define IS_RCC_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) || \ + ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_MSIRDY) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) || \ + ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY) || \ + ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_PINRST) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_PORRST) || \ + ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_SFTRST) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST)|| \ + ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST)|| ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST)|| \ + ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST)) + +#define IS_RCC_HSI_CALIBRATION_VALUE(VALUE) ((VALUE) <= 0x1F) +#define IS_RCC_MSI_CALIBRATION_VALUE(VALUE) ((VALUE) <= 0x3F) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Function used to set the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state */ +void RCC_DeInit(void); + +/* Internal/external clocks, PLL, CSS and MCO configuration functions *********/ +void RCC_HSEConfig(uint8_t RCC_HSE); +ErrorStatus RCC_WaitForHSEStartUp(void); +void RCC_MSIRangeConfig(uint32_t RCC_MSIRange); +void RCC_AdjustMSICalibrationValue(uint8_t MSICalibrationValue); +void RCC_MSICmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_AdjustHSICalibrationValue(uint8_t HSICalibrationValue); +void RCC_HSICmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_LSEConfig(uint8_t RCC_LSE); +void RCC_LSICmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_PLLConfig(uint8_t RCC_PLLSource, uint8_t RCC_PLLMul, uint8_t RCC_PLLDiv); +void RCC_PLLCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_ClockSecuritySystemCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_MCOConfig(uint8_t RCC_MCOSource, uint8_t RCC_MCODiv); + +/* System, AHB and APB busses clocks configuration functions ******************/ +void RCC_SYSCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SYSCLKSource); +uint8_t RCC_GetSYSCLKSource(void); +void RCC_HCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SYSCLK); +void RCC_PCLK1Config(uint32_t RCC_HCLK); +void RCC_PCLK2Config(uint32_t RCC_HCLK); +void RCC_GetClocksFreq(RCC_ClocksTypeDef* RCC_Clocks); + +/* Peripheral clocks configuration functions **********************************/ +void RCC_RTCCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_RTCCLKSource); +void RCC_RTCCLKCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_RTCResetCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +void RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHBPeriph, FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState); + +void RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHBPeriph, FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState); + +void RCC_AHBPeriphClockLPModeCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHBPeriph, FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_APB2PeriphClockLPModeCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_APB1PeriphClockLPModeCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void RCC_ITConfig(uint8_t RCC_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus RCC_GetFlagStatus(uint8_t RCC_FLAG); +void RCC_ClearFlag(void); +ITStatus RCC_GetITStatus(uint8_t RCC_IT); +void RCC_ClearITPendingBit(uint8_t RCC_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32L1xx_RCC_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_rtc.h b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_rtc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..65979de --- /dev/null +++ b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_rtc.h @@ -0,0 +1,611 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l1xx_rtc.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 31-December-2010 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the RTC firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32L1xx_RTC_H +#define __STM32L1xx_RTC_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l1xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup RTC + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief RTC Init structures definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t RTC_HourFormat; /*!< Specifies the RTC Hour Format. + This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_Hour_Formats */ + + uint32_t RTC_AsynchPrediv; /*!< Specifies the RTC Asynchronous Predivider value. + This parameter must be set to a value lower than 0x7F */ + + uint32_t RTC_SynchPrediv; /*!< Specifies the RTC Synchronous Predivider value. + This parameter must be set to a value lower than 0x1FFF */ +}RTC_InitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief RTC Time structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint8_t RTC_Hours; /*!< Specifies the RTC Time Hour. + This parameter must be set to a value in the 0-12 range + if the RTC_HourFormat_12 is selected or 0-23 range if + the RTC_HourFormat_24 is selected. */ + + uint8_t RTC_Minutes; /*!< Specifies the RTC Time Minutes. + This parameter must be set to a value in the 0-59 range. */ + + uint8_t RTC_Seconds; /*!< Specifies the RTC Time Seconds. + This parameter must be set to a value in the 0-59 range. */ + + uint8_t RTC_H12; /*!< Specifies the RTC AM/PM Time. + This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_AM_PM_Definitions */ +}RTC_TimeTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief RTC Date structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t RTC_WeekDay; /*!< Specifies the RTC Date WeekDay. + This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_WeekDay_Definitions */ + + uint32_t RTC_Month; /*!< Specifies the RTC Date Month. + This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_Month_Date_Definitions */ + + uint8_t RTC_Date; /*!< Specifies the RTC Date. + This parameter must be set to a value in the 1-31 range. */ + + uint8_t RTC_Year; /*!< Specifies the RTC Date Year. + This parameter must be set to a value in the 0-99 range. */ +}RTC_DateTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief RTC Alarm structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + RTC_TimeTypeDef RTC_AlarmTime; /*!< Specifies the RTC Alarm Time members. */ + + uint32_t RTC_AlarmMask; /*!< Specifies the RTC Alarm Masks. + This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_AlarmMask_Definitions */ + + uint32_t RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel; /*!< Specifies the RTC Alarm is on Date or WeekDay. + This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay_Definitions */ + + uint8_t RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay; /*!< Specifies the RTC Alarm Date/WeekDay. + This parameter must be set to a value in the 1-31 range + if the Alarm Date is selected. + This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_WeekDay_Definitions + if the Alarm WeekDay is selected. */ +}RTC_AlarmTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + + +/** @defgroup RTC_Hour_Formats + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_HourFormat_24 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_HourFormat_12 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define IS_RTC_HOUR_FORMAT(FORMAT) (((FORMAT) == RTC_HourFormat_12) || \ + ((FORMAT) == RTC_HourFormat_24)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Asynchronous_Predivider + * @{ + */ +#define IS_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV(PREDIV) ((PREDIV) <= 0x7F) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup RTC_Synchronous_Predivider + * @{ + */ +#define IS_RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV(PREDIV) ((PREDIV) <= 0x1FFF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Time_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define IS_RTC_HOUR12(HOUR) (((HOUR) > 0) && ((HOUR) <= 12)) +#define IS_RTC_HOUR24(HOUR) ((HOUR) <= 23) +#define IS_RTC_MINUTES(MINUTES) ((MINUTES) <= 59) +#define IS_RTC_SECONDS(SECONDS) ((SECONDS) <= 59) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_AM_PM_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_H12_AM ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define RTC_H12_PM ((uint8_t)0x40) +#define IS_RTC_H12(PM) (((PM) == RTC_H12_AM) || ((PM) == RTC_H12_PM)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Year_Date_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define IS_RTC_YEAR(YEAR) ((YEAR) <= 99) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Month_Date_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_Month_January ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define RTC_Month_February ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define RTC_Month_March ((uint32_t)0x00000003) +#define RTC_Month_April ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define RTC_Month_May ((uint32_t)0x00000005) +#define RTC_Month_June ((uint32_t)0x00000006) +#define RTC_Month_July ((uint32_t)0x00000007) +#define RTC_Month_August ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define RTC_Month_September ((uint32_t)0x00000009) +#define RTC_Month_October ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define RTC_Month_November ((uint32_t)0x00000011) +#define RTC_Month_December ((uint32_t)0x00000012) +#define IS_RTC_MONTH(MONTH) (((MONTH) >= 1) && ((MONTH) <= 12)) +#define IS_RTC_DATE(DATE) (((DATE) >= 1) && ((DATE) <= 31)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_WeekDay_Definitions + * @{ + */ + +#define RTC_Weekday_Monday ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define RTC_Weekday_Tuesday ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define RTC_Weekday_Wednesday ((uint32_t)0x00000003) +#define RTC_Weekday_Thursday ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define RTC_Weekday_Friday ((uint32_t)0x00000005) +#define RTC_Weekday_Saturday ((uint32_t)0x00000006) +#define RTC_Weekday_Sunday ((uint32_t)0x00000007) +#define IS_RTC_WEEKDAY(WEEKDAY) (((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Monday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Tuesday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Wednesday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Thursday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Friday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Saturday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Sunday)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup RTC_Alarm_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(DATE) (((DATE) > 0) && ((DATE) <= 31)) +#define IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(WEEKDAY) (((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Monday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Tuesday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Wednesday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Thursday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Friday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Saturday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Sunday)) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_Date ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_WeekDay ((uint32_t)0x40000000) + +#define IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(SEL) (((SEL) == RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_Date) || \ + ((SEL) == RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_WeekDay)) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup RTC_AlarmMask_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_AlarmMask_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_AlarmMask_DateWeekDay ((uint32_t)0x80000000) +#define RTC_AlarmMask_Hours ((uint32_t)0x00800000) +#define RTC_AlarmMask_Minutes ((uint32_t)0x00008000) +#define RTC_AlarmMask_Seconds ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define RTC_AlarmMask_All ((uint32_t)0x80808080) +#define IS_ALARM_MASK(MASK) (((MASK) & 0x7F7F7F7F) == (uint32_t)RESET) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Alarms_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_Alarm_A ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +#define RTC_Alarm_B ((uint32_t)0x00000200) +#define IS_RTC_ALARM(ALARM) (((ALARM) == RTC_Alarm_A) || ((ALARM) == RTC_Alarm_B)) +#define IS_RTC_CMD_ALARM(ALARM) (((ALARM) & (RTC_Alarm_A | RTC_Alarm_B)) != (uint32_t)RESET) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Wakeup_Timer_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div16 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div8 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div4 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div2 ((uint32_t)0x00000003) +#define RTC_WakeUpClock_CK_SPRE_16bits ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define RTC_WakeUpClock_CK_SPRE_17bits ((uint32_t)0x00000006) +#define IS_RTC_WAKEUP_CLOCK(CLOCK) (((CLOCK) == RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div16) || \ + ((CLOCK) == RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div8) || \ + ((CLOCK) == RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div4) || \ + ((CLOCK) == RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div2) || \ + ((CLOCK) == RTC_WakeUpClock_CK_SPRE_16bits) || \ + ((CLOCK) == RTC_WakeUpClock_CK_SPRE_17bits)) +#define IS_RTC_WAKEUP_COUNTER(COUNTER) ((COUNTER) <= 0xFFFF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Time_Stamp_Edges_definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_TimeStampEdge_Rising ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_TimeStampEdge_Falling ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define IS_RTC_TIMESTAMP_EDGE(EDGE) (((EDGE) == RTC_TimeStampEdge_Rising) || \ + ((EDGE) == RTC_TimeStampEdge_Falling)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Output_selection_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_Output_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_Output_AlarmA ((uint32_t)0x00200000) +#define RTC_Output_AlarmB ((uint32_t)0x00400000) +#define RTC_Output_WakeUp ((uint32_t)0x00600000) + +#define IS_RTC_OUTPUT(OUTPUT) (((OUTPUT) == RTC_Output_Disable) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == RTC_Output_AlarmA) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == RTC_Output_AlarmB) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == RTC_Output_WakeUp)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Output_Polarity_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_OutputPolarity_High ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_OutputPolarity_Low ((uint32_t)0x00100000) +#define IS_RTC_OUTPUT_POL(POL) (((POL) == RTC_OutputPolarity_High) || \ + ((POL) == RTC_OutputPolarity_Low)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup RTC_Digital_Calibration_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_CalibSign_Positive ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_CalibSign_Negative ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define IS_RTC_CALIB_SIGN(SIGN) (((SIGN) == RTC_CalibSign_Positive) || \ + ((SIGN) == RTC_CalibSign_Negative)) +#define IS_RTC_CALIB_VALUE(VALUE) ((VALUE) < 0x20) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup RTC_DayLightSaving_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_DayLightSaving_SUB1H ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define RTC_DayLightSaving_ADD1H ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define IS_RTC_DAYLIGHT_SAVING(SAVE) (((SAVE) == RTC_DayLightSaving_SUB1H) || \ + ((SAVE) == RTC_DayLightSaving_ADD1H)) + +#define RTC_StoreOperation_Reset ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_StoreOperation_Set ((uint32_t)0x00040000) +#define IS_RTC_STORE_OPERATION(OPERATION) (((OPERATION) == RTC_StoreOperation_Reset) || \ + ((OPERATION) == RTC_StoreOperation_Set)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Tamper_Trigger_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_TamperTrigger_RisingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_TamperTrigger_FallingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define IS_RTC_TAMPER_TRIGGER(TRIGGER) (((TRIGGER) == RTC_TamperTrigger_RisingEdge) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == RTC_TamperTrigger_FallingEdge)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Tamper_Pins_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_Tamper_1 RTC_TAFCR_TAMP1E +#define IS_RTC_TAMPER(TAMPER) (((TAMPER) == RTC_Tamper_1)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Output_Type_ALARM_OUT + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_OutputType_OpenDrain ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_OutputType_PushPull ((uint32_t)0x00040000) +#define IS_RTC_OUTPUT_TYPE(TYPE) (((TYPE) == RTC_OutputType_OpenDrain) || \ + ((TYPE) == RTC_OutputType_PushPull)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Backup_Registers_Definitions + * @{ + */ + +#define RTC_BKP_DR0 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_BKP_DR1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define RTC_BKP_DR2 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define RTC_BKP_DR3 ((uint32_t)0x00000003) +#define RTC_BKP_DR4 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define RTC_BKP_DR5 ((uint32_t)0x00000005) +#define RTC_BKP_DR6 ((uint32_t)0x00000006) +#define RTC_BKP_DR7 ((uint32_t)0x00000007) +#define RTC_BKP_DR8 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define RTC_BKP_DR9 ((uint32_t)0x00000009) +#define RTC_BKP_DR10 ((uint32_t)0x0000000A) +#define RTC_BKP_DR11 ((uint32_t)0x0000000B) +#define RTC_BKP_DR12 ((uint32_t)0x0000000C) +#define RTC_BKP_DR13 ((uint32_t)0x0000000D) +#define RTC_BKP_DR14 ((uint32_t)0x0000000E) +#define RTC_BKP_DR15 ((uint32_t)0x0000000F) +#define RTC_BKP_DR16 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define RTC_BKP_DR17 ((uint32_t)0x00000011) +#define RTC_BKP_DR18 ((uint32_t)0x00000012) +#define RTC_BKP_DR19 ((uint32_t)0x00000013) +#define IS_RTC_BKP(BKP) (((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR0) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR1) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR2) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR3) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR4) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR5) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR6) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR7) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR8) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR9) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR10) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR11) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR12) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR13) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR14) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR15) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR16) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR17) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR18) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR19)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Input_parameter_format_definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_Format_BIN ((uint32_t)0x000000000) +#define RTC_Format_BCD ((uint32_t)0x000000001) +#define IS_RTC_FORMAT(FORMAT) (((FORMAT) == RTC_Format_BIN) || ((FORMAT) == RTC_Format_BCD)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Flags_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F ((uint32_t)0x00002000) +#define RTC_FLAG_TSOVF ((uint32_t)0x00001000) +#define RTC_FLAG_TSF ((uint32_t)0x00000800) +#define RTC_FLAG_WUTF ((uint32_t)0x00000400) +#define RTC_FLAG_ALRBF ((uint32_t)0x00000200) +#define RTC_FLAG_ALRAF ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +#define RTC_FLAG_INITF ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define RTC_FLAG_RSF ((uint32_t)0x00000020) +#define RTC_FLAG_INITS ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define RTC_FLAG_WUTWF ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define IS_RTC_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_TSOVF) || ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_TSF) || \ + ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_WUTF) || ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_ALRBF) || \ + ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_ALRAF) || ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_INITF) || \ + ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_RSF) || ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_WUTWF) || \ + ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF) || ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF) || \ + ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F)) +#define IS_RTC_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) && (((FLAG) & 0xFFFFC0DF) == (uint32_t)RESET)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Interrupts_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_IT_TS ((uint32_t)0x00008000) +#define RTC_IT_WUT ((uint32_t)0x00004000) +#define RTC_IT_ALRB ((uint32_t)0x00002000) +#define RTC_IT_ALRA ((uint32_t)0x00001000) +#define RTC_IT_TAMP ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /* Used only to Enable the Tamper Interrupt */ +#define RTC_IT_TAMP1 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) + +#define IS_RTC_CONFIG_IT(IT) (((IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) && (((IT) & 0xFFFF0FFB) == (uint32_t)RESET)) +#define IS_RTC_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == RTC_IT_TS) || ((IT) == RTC_IT_WUT) || \ + ((IT) == RTC_IT_ALRB) || ((IT) == RTC_IT_ALRA) || \ + ((IT) == RTC_IT_TAMP1)) +#define IS_RTC_CLEAR_IT(IT) (((IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) && (((IT) & 0xFFFD0FFF) == (uint32_t)RESET)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Function used to set the RTC configuration to the default reset state *****/ +ErrorStatus RTC_DeInit(void); + + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +ErrorStatus RTC_Init(RTC_InitTypeDef* RTC_InitStruct); +void RTC_StructInit(RTC_InitTypeDef* RTC_InitStruct); +void RTC_WriteProtectionCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +ErrorStatus RTC_EnterInitMode(void); +void RTC_ExitInitMode(void); +ErrorStatus RTC_WaitForSynchro(void); +ErrorStatus RTC_RefClockCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Time and Date configuration functions **************************************/ +ErrorStatus RTC_SetTime(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct); +void RTC_TimeStructInit(RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct); +void RTC_GetTime(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct); +ErrorStatus RTC_SetDate(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct); +void RTC_DateStructInit(RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct); +void RTC_GetDate(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct); + +/* Alarms (Alarm A and Alarm B) configuration functions **********************/ +void RTC_SetAlarm(uint32_t RTC_Format, uint32_t RTC_Alarm, RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct); +void RTC_AlarmStructInit(RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct); +void RTC_GetAlarm(uint32_t RTC_Format, uint32_t RTC_Alarm, RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct); +ErrorStatus RTC_AlarmCmd(uint32_t RTC_Alarm, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* WakeUp Timer configuration functions ***************************************/ +void RTC_WakeUpClockConfig(uint32_t RTC_WakeUpClock); +void RTC_SetWakeUpCounter(uint32_t RTC_WakeUpCounter); +uint32_t RTC_GetWakeUpCounter(void); +ErrorStatus RTC_WakeUpCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Daylight Saving configuration functions ************************************/ +void RTC_DayLightSavingConfig(uint32_t RTC_DayLightSaving, uint32_t RTC_StoreOperation); +uint32_t RTC_GetStoreOperation(void); + +/* Output pin Configuration function ******************************************/ +void RTC_OutputConfig(uint32_t RTC_Output, uint32_t RTC_OutputPolarity); + +/* Digital Calibration configuration functions ********************************/ +ErrorStatus RTC_DigitalCalibConfig(uint32_t RTC_CalibSign, uint32_t Value); +ErrorStatus RTC_DigitalCalibCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void RTC_CalibOutputCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* TimeStamp configuration functions ******************************************/ +void RTC_TimeStampCmd(uint32_t RTC_TimeStampEdge, FunctionalState NewState); +void RTC_GetTimeStamp(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_StampTimeStruct, + RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_StampDateStruct); + + +/* Tampers configuration functions ********************************************/ +void RTC_TamperTriggerConfig(uint32_t RTC_Tamper, uint32_t RTC_TamperTrigger); +void RTC_TamperCmd(uint32_t RTC_Tamper, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Backup Data Registers configuration functions ******************************/ +void RTC_WriteBackupRegister(uint32_t RTC_BKP_DR, uint32_t Data); +uint32_t RTC_ReadBackupRegister(uint32_t RTC_BKP_DR); + +/* Output Type Config configuration functions *********************************/ +void RTC_OutputTypeConfig(uint32_t RTC_OutputType); + + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void RTC_ITConfig(uint32_t RTC_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus RTC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t RTC_FLAG); +void RTC_ClearFlag(uint32_t RTC_FLAG); +ITStatus RTC_GetITStatus(uint32_t RTC_IT); +void RTC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t RTC_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32L1xx_RTC_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_spi.h b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_spi.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..335bec4 --- /dev/null +++ b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_spi.h @@ -0,0 +1,379 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l1xx_spi.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 31-December-2010 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the SPI + * firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32L1xx_SPI_H +#define __STM32L1xx_SPI_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l1xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup SPI + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief SPI Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t SPI_Direction; /*!< Specifies the SPI unidirectional or bidirectional data mode. + This parameter can be any combination of @ref SPI_data_direction */ + + uint16_t SPI_Mode; /*!< Specifies the SPI operating mode. + This parameter can be any combination of @ref SPI_mode */ + + uint16_t SPI_DataSize; /*!< Specifies the SPI data size. + This parameter can be any combination of @ref SPI_data_size */ + + uint16_t SPI_CPOL; /*!< Specifies the serial clock steady state. + This parameter can be any combination of @ref SPI_Clock_Polarity */ + + uint16_t SPI_CPHA; /*!< Specifies the clock active edge for the bit capture. + This parameter can be any combination of @ref SPI_Clock_Phase */ + + uint16_t SPI_NSS; /*!< Specifies whether the NSS signal is managed by + hardware (NSS pin) or by software using the SSI bit. + This parameter can be any combination of @ref SPI_Slave_Select_management */ + + uint16_t SPI_BaudRatePrescaler; /*!< Specifies the Baud Rate prescaler value which will be + used to configure the transmit and receive SCK clock. + This parameter can be any combination of @ref SPI_BaudRate_Prescaler. + @note The communication clock is derived from the master + clock. The slave clock does not need to be set. */ + + uint16_t SPI_FirstBit; /*!< Specifies whether data transfers start from MSB or LSB bit. + This parameter can be any combination of @ref SPI_MSB_LSB_transmission */ + + uint16_t SPI_CRCPolynomial; /*!< Specifies the polynomial used for the CRC calculation. */ +}SPI_InitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == SPI1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == SPI2)) + +/** @defgroup SPI_data_direction + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_Direction_2Lines_FullDuplex ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define SPI_Direction_2Lines_RxOnly ((uint16_t)0x0400) +#define SPI_Direction_1Line_Rx ((uint16_t)0x8000) +#define SPI_Direction_1Line_Tx ((uint16_t)0xC000) +#define IS_SPI_DIRECTION_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == SPI_Direction_2Lines_FullDuplex) || \ + ((MODE) == SPI_Direction_2Lines_RxOnly) || \ + ((MODE) == SPI_Direction_1Line_Rx) || \ + ((MODE) == SPI_Direction_1Line_Tx)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_mode + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_Mode_Master ((uint16_t)0x0104) +#define SPI_Mode_Slave ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_SPI_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == SPI_Mode_Master) || \ + ((MODE) == SPI_Mode_Slave)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_data_size + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_DataSize_16b ((uint16_t)0x0800) +#define SPI_DataSize_8b ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_SPI_DATASIZE(DATASIZE) (((DATASIZE) == SPI_DataSize_16b) || \ + ((DATASIZE) == SPI_DataSize_8b)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Clock_Polarity + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_CPOL_Low ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define SPI_CPOL_High ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define IS_SPI_CPOL(CPOL) (((CPOL) == SPI_CPOL_Low) || \ + ((CPOL) == SPI_CPOL_High)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Clock_Phase + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_CPHA_1Edge ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define SPI_CPHA_2Edge ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define IS_SPI_CPHA(CPHA) (((CPHA) == SPI_CPHA_1Edge) || \ + ((CPHA) == SPI_CPHA_2Edge)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Slave_Select_management + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_NSS_Soft ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define SPI_NSS_Hard ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_SPI_NSS(NSS) (((NSS) == SPI_NSS_Soft) || \ + ((NSS) == SPI_NSS_Hard)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_BaudRate_Prescaler + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_2 ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_4 ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_8 ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_16 ((uint16_t)0x0018) +#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_32 ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_64 ((uint16_t)0x0028) +#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_128 ((uint16_t)0x0030) +#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_256 ((uint16_t)0x0038) +#define IS_SPI_BAUDRATE_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_2) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_4) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_8) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_16) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_32) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_64) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_128) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_256)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_MSB_LSB_transmission + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_FirstBit_MSB ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define SPI_FirstBit_LSB ((uint16_t)0x0080) +#define IS_SPI_FIRST_BIT(BIT) (((BIT) == SPI_FirstBit_MSB) || \ + ((BIT) == SPI_FirstBit_LSB)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_DMA_transfer_requests + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Tx ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Rx ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define IS_SPI_I2S_DMAREQ(DMAREQ) ((((DMAREQ) & (uint16_t)0xFFFC) == 0x00) && ((DMAREQ) != 0x00)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_NSS_internal_software_management + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Set ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFEFF) +#define IS_SPI_NSS_INTERNAL(INTERNAL) (((INTERNAL) == SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Set) || \ + ((INTERNAL) == SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_CRC_Transmit_Receive + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_CRC_Tx ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define SPI_CRC_Rx ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define IS_SPI_CRC(CRC) (((CRC) == SPI_CRC_Tx) || ((CRC) == SPI_CRC_Rx)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_direction_transmit_receive + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_Direction_Rx ((uint16_t)0xBFFF) +#define SPI_Direction_Tx ((uint16_t)0x4000) +#define IS_SPI_DIRECTION(DIRECTION) (((DIRECTION) == SPI_Direction_Rx) || \ + ((DIRECTION) == SPI_Direction_Tx)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_interrupts_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_I2S_IT_TXE ((uint8_t)0x71) +#define SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE ((uint8_t)0x60) +#define SPI_I2S_IT_ERR ((uint8_t)0x50) +#define IS_SPI_I2S_CONFIG_IT(IT) (((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_TXE) || \ + ((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE) || \ + ((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_ERR)) + +#define SPI_I2S_IT_OVR ((uint8_t)0x56) +#define SPI_IT_MODF ((uint8_t)0x55) +#define SPI_IT_CRCERR ((uint8_t)0x54) + +#define IS_SPI_I2S_CLEAR_IT(IT) (((IT) == SPI_IT_CRCERR)) + +#define IS_SPI_I2S_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE) || ((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_TXE) || \ + ((IT) == SPI_IT_CRCERR) || ((IT) == SPI_IT_MODF) || \ + ((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_OVR)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_flags_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define SPI_FLAG_CRCERR ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define SPI_FLAG_MODF ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_OVR ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY ((uint16_t)0x0080) +#define IS_SPI_I2S_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == SPI_FLAG_CRCERR)) +#define IS_SPI_I2S_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY) || ((FLAG) == SPI_I2S_FLAG_OVR) || \ + ((FLAG) == SPI_FLAG_MODF) || ((FLAG) == SPI_FLAG_CRCERR) || \ + ((FLAG) == SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE) || ((FLAG) == SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_CRC_polynomial + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(POLYNOMIAL) ((POLYNOMIAL) >= 0x1) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_Legacy + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_DMAReq_Tx SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Tx +#define SPI_DMAReq_Rx SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Rx +#define SPI_IT_TXE SPI_I2S_IT_TXE +#define SPI_IT_RXNE SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE +#define SPI_IT_ERR SPI_I2S_IT_ERR +#define SPI_IT_OVR SPI_I2S_IT_OVR +#define SPI_FLAG_RXNE SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE +#define SPI_FLAG_TXE SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE +#define SPI_FLAG_OVR SPI_I2S_FLAG_OVR +#define SPI_FLAG_BSY SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY +#define SPI_DeInit SPI_I2S_DeInit +#define SPI_ITConfig SPI_I2S_ITConfig +#define SPI_DMACmd SPI_I2S_DMACmd +#define SPI_SendData SPI_I2S_SendData +#define SPI_ReceiveData SPI_I2S_ReceiveData +#define SPI_GetFlagStatus SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus +#define SPI_ClearFlag SPI_I2S_ClearFlag +#define SPI_GetITStatus SPI_I2S_GetITStatus +#define SPI_ClearITPendingBit SPI_I2S_ClearITPendingBit +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Function used to set the SPI configuration to the default reset state *****/ +void SPI_I2S_DeInit(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void SPI_Init(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, SPI_InitTypeDef* SPI_InitStruct); +void SPI_StructInit(SPI_InitTypeDef* SPI_InitStruct); +void SPI_Cmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState); +void SPI_DataSizeConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_DataSize); +void SPI_BiDirectionalLineConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_Direction); +void SPI_NSSInternalSoftwareConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_NSSInternalSoft); +void SPI_SSOutputCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Data transfers functions ***************************************************/ +void SPI_I2S_SendData(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t Data); +uint16_t SPI_I2S_ReceiveData(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx); + +/* Hardware CRC Calculation functions *****************************************/ +void SPI_CalculateCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState); +void SPI_TransmitCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx); +uint16_t SPI_GetCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_CRC); +uint16_t SPI_GetCRCPolynomial(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx); + +/* DMA transfers management functions *****************************************/ +void SPI_I2S_DMACmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void SPI_I2S_ITConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG); +void SPI_I2S_ClearFlag(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG); +ITStatus SPI_I2S_GetITStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT); +void SPI_I2S_ClearITPendingBit(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32L1xx_SPI_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_syscfg.h b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_syscfg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4b92296 --- /dev/null +++ b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_syscfg.h @@ -0,0 +1,387 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l1xx_syscfg.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 31-December-2010 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the SYSCFG + * firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/*!< Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32L1xx_SYSCFG_H +#define __STM32L1xx_SYSCFG_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/*!< Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l1xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup SYSCFG + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup EXTI_Port_Sources + * @{ + */ +#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOA ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOB ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOC ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOD ((uint8_t)0x03) +#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOE ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOH ((uint8_t)0x05) + +#define IS_EXTI_PORT_SOURCE(PORTSOURCE) (((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOA) || \ + ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOB) || \ + ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOC) || \ + ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOD) || \ + ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOE) || \ + ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOH)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup EXTI_Pin_sources + * @{ + */ +#define EXTI_PinSource0 ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define EXTI_PinSource1 ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define EXTI_PinSource2 ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define EXTI_PinSource3 ((uint8_t)0x03) +#define EXTI_PinSource4 ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define EXTI_PinSource5 ((uint8_t)0x05) +#define EXTI_PinSource6 ((uint8_t)0x06) +#define EXTI_PinSource7 ((uint8_t)0x07) +#define EXTI_PinSource8 ((uint8_t)0x08) +#define EXTI_PinSource9 ((uint8_t)0x09) +#define EXTI_PinSource10 ((uint8_t)0x0A) +#define EXTI_PinSource11 ((uint8_t)0x0B) +#define EXTI_PinSource12 ((uint8_t)0x0C) +#define EXTI_PinSource13 ((uint8_t)0x0D) +#define EXTI_PinSource14 ((uint8_t)0x0E) +#define EXTI_PinSource15 ((uint8_t)0x0F) +#define IS_EXTI_PIN_SOURCE(PINSOURCE) (((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource0) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource1) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource2) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource3) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource4) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource5) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource6) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource7) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource8) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource9) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource10) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource11) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource12) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource13) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource14) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource15)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_Memory_Remap_Config + * @{ + */ +#define SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_Flash ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SystemFlash ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SRAM ((uint8_t)0x03) + +#define IS_SYSCFG_MEMORY_REMAP_CONFING(REMAP) (((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_Flash) || \ + ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SystemFlash) || \ + ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SRAM)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RI_Resistor + * @{ + */ + +#define RI_Resistor_10KPU COMP_CSR_10KPU +#define RI_Resistor_400KPU COMP_CSR_400KPU +#define RI_Resistor_10KPD COMP_CSR_10KPD +#define RI_Resistor_400KPD COMP_CSR_400KPD + +#define IS_RI_RESISTOR(RESISTOR) (((RESISTOR) == COMP_CSR_10KPU) || \ + ((RESISTOR) == COMP_CSR_400KPU) || \ + ((RESISTOR) == COMP_CSR_10KPD) || \ + ((RESISTOR) == COMP_CSR_400KPD)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RI_InputCapture + * @{ + */ + +#define RI_InputCapture_IC1 RI_ICR_IC1 /*!< Input Capture 1 */ +#define RI_InputCapture_IC2 RI_ICR_IC2 /*!< Input Capture 2 */ +#define RI_InputCapture_IC3 RI_ICR_IC3 /*!< Input Capture 3 */ +#define RI_InputCapture_IC4 RI_ICR_IC4 /*!< Input Capture 4 */ + +#define IS_RI_INPUTCAPTURE(INPUTCAPTURE) ((((INPUTCAPTURE) & (uint32_t)0xFFC2FFFF) == 0x00) && ((INPUTCAPTURE) != (uint32_t)0x00)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Select + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_Select_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< None selected */ +#define TIM_Select_TIM2 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< Timer 2 selected */ +#define TIM_Select_TIM3 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< Timer 3 selected */ +#define TIM_Select_TIM4 ((uint32_t)0x00030000) /*!< Timer 4 selected */ + +#define IS_RI_TIM(TIM) (((TIM) == TIM_Select_None) || \ + ((TIM) == TIM_Select_TIM2) || \ + ((TIM) == TIM_Select_TIM3) || \ + ((TIM) == TIM_Select_TIM4)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RI_InputCaptureRouting + * @{ + */ + /* TIMx_IC1 TIMx_IC2 TIMx_IC3 TIMx_IC4 */ +#define RI_InputCaptureRouting_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /* PA0 PA1 PA2 PA3 */ +#define RI_InputCaptureRouting_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /* PA4 PA5 PA6 PA7 */ +#define RI_InputCaptureRouting_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /* PA8 PA9 PA10 PA11 */ +#define RI_InputCaptureRouting_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000003) /* PA12 PA13 PA14 PA15 */ +#define RI_InputCaptureRouting_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /* PC0 PC1 PC2 PC3 */ +#define RI_InputCaptureRouting_5 ((uint32_t)0x00000005) /* PC4 PC5 PC6 PC7 */ +#define RI_InputCaptureRouting_6 ((uint32_t)0x00000006) /* PC8 PC9 PC10 PC11 */ +#define RI_InputCaptureRouting_7 ((uint32_t)0x00000007) /* PC12 PC13 PC14 PC15 */ +#define RI_InputCaptureRouting_8 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /* PD0 PD1 PD2 PD3 */ +#define RI_InputCaptureRouting_9 ((uint32_t)0x00000009) /* PD4 PD5 PD6 PD7 */ +#define RI_InputCaptureRouting_10 ((uint32_t)0x0000000A) /* PD8 PD9 PD10 PD11 */ +#define RI_InputCaptureRouting_11 ((uint32_t)0x0000000B) /* PD12 PD13 PD14 PD15 */ +#define RI_InputCaptureRouting_12 ((uint32_t)0x0000000C) /* PE0 PE1 PE2 PE3 */ +#define RI_InputCaptureRouting_13 ((uint32_t)0x0000000D) /* PE4 PE5 PE6 PE7 */ +#define RI_InputCaptureRouting_14 ((uint32_t)0x0000000E) /* PE8 PE9 PE10 PE11 */ +#define RI_InputCaptureRouting_15 ((uint32_t)0x0000000F) /* PE12 PE13 PE14 PE15 */ + +#define IS_RI_INPUTCAPTURE_ROUTING(ROUTING) (((ROUTING) == RI_InputCaptureRouting_0) || \ + ((ROUTING) == RI_InputCaptureRouting_1) || \ + ((ROUTING) == RI_InputCaptureRouting_2) || \ + ((ROUTING) == RI_InputCaptureRouting_3) || \ + ((ROUTING) == RI_InputCaptureRouting_4) || \ + ((ROUTING) == RI_InputCaptureRouting_5) || \ + ((ROUTING) == RI_InputCaptureRouting_6) || \ + ((ROUTING) == RI_InputCaptureRouting_7) || \ + ((ROUTING) == RI_InputCaptureRouting_8) || \ + ((ROUTING) == RI_InputCaptureRouting_9) || \ + ((ROUTING) == RI_InputCaptureRouting_10) || \ + ((ROUTING) == RI_InputCaptureRouting_11) || \ + ((ROUTING) == RI_InputCaptureRouting_12) || \ + ((ROUTING) == RI_InputCaptureRouting_13) || \ + ((ROUTING) == RI_InputCaptureRouting_14) || \ + ((ROUTING) == RI_InputCaptureRouting_15)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RI_IOSwitch + * @{ + */ + +/* ASCR1 I/O switch: bit 31 is set to '1' to indicate that the mask is in ASCR1 register */ +#define RI_IOSwitch_CH0 ((uint32_t)0x80000001) +#define RI_IOSwitch_CH1 ((uint32_t)0x80000002) +#define RI_IOSwitch_CH2 ((uint32_t)0x80000004) +#define RI_IOSwitch_CH3 ((uint32_t)0x80000008) +#define RI_IOSwitch_CH4 ((uint32_t)0x80000010) +#define RI_IOSwitch_CH5 ((uint32_t)0x80000020) +#define RI_IOSwitch_CH6 ((uint32_t)0x80000040) +#define RI_IOSwitch_CH7 ((uint32_t)0x80000080) +#define RI_IOSwitch_CH8 ((uint32_t)0x80000100) +#define RI_IOSwitch_CH9 ((uint32_t)0x80000200) +#define RI_IOSwitch_CH10 ((uint32_t)0x80000400) +#define RI_IOSwitch_CH11 ((uint32_t)0x80000800) +#define RI_IOSwitch_CH12 ((uint32_t)0x80001000) +#define RI_IOSwitch_CH13 ((uint32_t)0x80002000) +#define RI_IOSwitch_CH14 ((uint32_t)0x80004000) +#define RI_IOSwitch_CH15 ((uint32_t)0x80008000) +#define RI_IOSwitch_CH18 ((uint32_t)0x80040000) +#define RI_IOSwitch_CH19 ((uint32_t)0x80080000) +#define RI_IOSwitch_CH20 ((uint32_t)0x80100000) +#define RI_IOSwitch_CH21 ((uint32_t)0x80200000) +#define RI_IOSwitch_CH22 ((uint32_t)0x80400000) +#define RI_IOSwitch_CH23 ((uint32_t)0x80800000) +#define RI_IOSwitch_CH24 ((uint32_t)0x81000000) +#define RI_IOSwitch_CH25 ((uint32_t)0x82000000) +#define RI_IOSwitch_VCOMP ((uint32_t)0x84000000) /* VCOMP is an internal switch used to connect + selected channel to COMP1 non inverting input */ + +/* ASCR2 IO switch: bit 31 is set to '0' to indicate that the mask is in ASCR2 register */ +#define RI_IOSwitch_GR10_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define RI_IOSwitch_GR10_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define RI_IOSwitch_GR10_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define RI_IOSwitch_GR10_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define RI_IOSwitch_GR6_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define RI_IOSwitch_GR6_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) +#define RI_IOSwitch_GR5_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define RI_IOSwitch_GR5_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define RI_IOSwitch_GR5_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +#define RI_IOSwitch_GR4_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) +#define RI_IOSwitch_GR4_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) +#define RI_IOSwitch_GR4_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) + +#define IS_RI_IOSWITCH(IOSWITCH) (((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH0) || \ + ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH1) || \ + ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH2) || \ + ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH3) || \ + ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH4) || \ + ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH5) || \ + ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH6) || \ + ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH7) || \ + ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH8) || \ + ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH9) || \ + ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH10) || \ + ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH11) || \ + ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH12) || \ + ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH13) || \ + ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH14) || \ + ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH15) || \ + ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH18) || \ + ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH19) || \ + ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH20) || \ + ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH21) || \ + ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH22) || \ + ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH23) || \ + ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH24) || \ + ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_CH25) || \ + ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_VCOMP) || \ + ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_GR10_1) || \ + ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_GR10_2) || \ + ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_GR10_3) || \ + ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_GR10_4) || \ + ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_GR6_1) || \ + ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_GR6_2) || \ + ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_GR5_1) || \ + ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_GR5_2) || \ + ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_GR5_3) || \ + ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_GR4_1) || \ + ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_GR4_2) || \ + ((IOSWITCH) == RI_IOSwitch_GR4_3)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RI_Port + * @{ + */ + +#define RI_PortA ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< GPIOA selected */ +#define RI_PortB ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< GPIOB selected */ +#define RI_PortC ((uint8_t)0x03) /*!< GPIOC selected */ +#define RI_PortD ((uint8_t)0x04) /*!< GPIOD selected */ +#define RI_PortE ((uint8_t)0x05) /*!< GPIOE selected */ + +#define IS_RI_PORT(PORT) (((PORT) == RI_PortA) || \ + ((PORT) == RI_PortB) || \ + ((PORT) == RI_PortC) || \ + ((PORT) == RI_PortD) || \ + ((PORT) == RI_PortE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RI_Pin define + * @{ + */ +#define RI_Pin_0 ((uint16_t)0x0001) /*!< Pin 0 selected */ +#define RI_Pin_1 ((uint16_t)0x0002) /*!< Pin 1 selected */ +#define RI_Pin_2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) /*!< Pin 2 selected */ +#define RI_Pin_3 ((uint16_t)0x0008) /*!< Pin 3 selected */ +#define RI_Pin_4 ((uint16_t)0x0010) /*!< Pin 4 selected */ +#define RI_Pin_5 ((uint16_t)0x0020) /*!< Pin 5 selected */ +#define RI_Pin_6 ((uint16_t)0x0040) /*!< Pin 6 selected */ +#define RI_Pin_7 ((uint16_t)0x0080) /*!< Pin 7 selected */ +#define RI_Pin_8 ((uint16_t)0x0100) /*!< Pin 8 selected */ +#define RI_Pin_9 ((uint16_t)0x0200) /*!< Pin 9 selected */ +#define RI_Pin_10 ((uint16_t)0x0400) /*!< Pin 10 selected */ +#define RI_Pin_11 ((uint16_t)0x0800) /*!< Pin 11 selected */ +#define RI_Pin_12 ((uint16_t)0x1000) /*!< Pin 12 selected */ +#define RI_Pin_13 ((uint16_t)0x2000) /*!< Pin 13 selected */ +#define RI_Pin_14 ((uint16_t)0x4000) /*!< Pin 14 selected */ +#define RI_Pin_15 ((uint16_t)0x8000) /*!< Pin 15 selected */ +#define RI_Pin_All ((uint16_t)0xFFFF) /*!< All pins selected */ + +#define IS_RI_PIN(PIN) ((PIN) != (uint16_t)0x00) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Function used to set the RTC configuration to the default reset state *****/ +void SYSCFG_DeInit(void); +void SYSCFG_RIDeInit(void); + +/* SYSCFG Initialization and Configuration functions **************************/ +void SYSCFG_MemoryRemapConfig(uint8_t SYSCFG_MemoryRemap); +void SYSCFG_USBPuCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void SYSCFG_EXTILineConfig(uint8_t EXTI_PortSourceGPIOx, uint8_t EXTI_PinSourcex); + +/* RI Initialization and Configuration functions ******************************/ +void SYSCFG_RITIMSelect(uint32_t TIM_Select); +void SYSCFG_RITIMInputCaptureConfig(uint32_t RI_InputCapture, uint32_t RI_InputCaptureRouting); +void SYSCFG_RIResistorConfig(uint32_t RI_Resistor, FunctionalState NewState); +void SYSCFG_RISwitchControlModeCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void SYSCFG_RIIOSwitchConfig(uint32_t RI_IOSwitch, FunctionalState NewState); +void SYSCFG_RIHysteresisConfig(uint8_t RI_Port, uint16_t RI_Pin, + FunctionalState NewState); +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32L1xx_SYSCFG_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_tim.h b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_tim.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a67ef9a --- /dev/null +++ b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_tim.h @@ -0,0 +1,907 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l1xx_tim.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 31-December-2010 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the TIM firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32L1xx_TIM_H +#define __STM32L1xx_TIM_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l1xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup TIM + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief TIM Time Base Init structure definition + * @note This structure is used with all TIMx except for TIM6 and TIM7. + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t TIM_Prescaler; /*!< Specifies the prescaler value used to divide the TIM clock. + This parameter can be a number between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */ + + uint16_t TIM_CounterMode; /*!< Specifies the counter mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Counter_Mode */ + + uint16_t TIM_Period; /*!< Specifies the period value to be loaded into the active + Auto-Reload Register at the next update event. + This parameter must be a number between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF. */ + + uint16_t TIM_ClockDivision; /*!< Specifies the clock division. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Clock_Division_CKD */ + +} TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief TIM Output Compare Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t TIM_OCMode; /*!< Specifies the TIM mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_and_PWM_modes */ + + uint16_t TIM_OutputState; /*!< Specifies the TIM Output Compare state. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_state */ + + uint16_t TIM_Pulse; /*!< Specifies the pulse value to be loaded into the Capture Compare Register. + This parameter can be a number between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */ + + uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity; /*!< Specifies the output polarity. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_Polarity */ + +} TIM_OCInitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief TIM Input Capture Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + + uint16_t TIM_Channel; /*!< Specifies the TIM channel. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Channel */ + + uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity; /*!< Specifies the active edge of the input signal. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Polarity */ + + uint16_t TIM_ICSelection; /*!< Specifies the input. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Selection */ + + uint16_t TIM_ICPrescaler; /*!< Specifies the Input Capture Prescaler. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Prescaler */ + + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter; /*!< Specifies the input capture filter. + This parameter can be a number between 0x0 and 0xF */ +} TIM_ICInitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_constants + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM6) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM7) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM9) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM10) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM11)) + +/* LIST1: TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM9, TIM10 and TIM11 */ +#define IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM9) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM10) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM11)) + +/* LIST3: TIM2, TIM3 and TIM4 */ +#define IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM4)) + +/* LIST2: TIM2, TIM3, TIM4 and TIM9 */ +#define IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM4) ||\ + ((PERIPH) == TIM9)) + +/* LIST5: TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM6, TIM7 and TIM9 */ +#define IS_TIM_LIST5_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM4) ||\ + ((PERIPH) == TIM6) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM7) ||\ + ((PERIPH) == TIM9)) + +/* LIST4: TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM6 and TIM7 */ +#define IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM4) ||\ + ((PERIPH) == TIM6) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM7)) + +/* LIST6: TIM9, TIM10 and TIM11 */ +#define IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM9) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM10) ||\ + ((PERIPH) == TIM11)) + + + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_and_PWM_modes + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OCMode_Timing ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_OCMode_Active ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define TIM_OCMode_Inactive ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define TIM_OCMode_Toggle ((uint16_t)0x0030) +#define TIM_OCMode_PWM1 ((uint16_t)0x0060) +#define TIM_OCMode_PWM2 ((uint16_t)0x0070) +#define IS_TIM_OC_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Timing) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Active) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Inactive) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Toggle)|| \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_PWM1) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_PWM2)) +#define IS_TIM_OCM(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Timing) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Active) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Inactive) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Toggle)|| \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_PWM1) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_PWM2) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_ForcedAction_Active) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_ForcedAction_InActive)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_One_Pulse_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OPMode_Single ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define TIM_OPMode_Repetitive ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_OPM_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_OPMode_Single) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OPMode_Repetitive)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Channel + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_Channel_1 ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_Channel_2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define TIM_Channel_3 ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define TIM_Channel_4 ((uint16_t)0x000C) + +#define IS_TIM_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_2) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_3) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_4)) + +#define IS_TIM_PWMI_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_2)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Clock_Division_CKD + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_CKD_DIV1 ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_CKD_DIV2 ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define TIM_CKD_DIV4 ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define IS_TIM_CKD_DIV(DIV) (((DIV) == TIM_CKD_DIV1) || \ + ((DIV) == TIM_CKD_DIV2) || \ + ((DIV) == TIM_CKD_DIV4)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Counter_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_CounterMode_Up ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_CounterMode_Down ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned1 ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned2 ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned3 ((uint16_t)0x0060) +#define IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_Up) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_Down) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned1) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned2) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned3)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Polarity + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OCPolarity_High ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_OCPolarity_Low ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_OCPolarity_High) || \ + ((POLARITY) == TIM_OCPolarity_Low)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_state + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OutputState_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_OutputState_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OutputState_Disable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OutputState_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup TIM_Capture_Compare_state + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_CCx_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define TIM_CCx_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_CCX(CCX) (((CCX) == TIM_CCx_Enable) || \ + ((CCX) == TIM_CCx_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Input_Capture_Polarity + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_ICPolarity_Rising ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_ICPolarity_Falling ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge ((uint16_t)0x000A) +#define IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_ICPolarity_Rising) || \ + ((POLARITY) == TIM_ICPolarity_Falling)|| \ + ((POLARITY) == TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Input_Capture_Selection + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI ((uint16_t)0x0001) /*!< TIM Input 1, 2, 3 or 4 is selected to be + connected to IC1, IC2, IC3 or IC4, respectively */ +#define TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI ((uint16_t)0x0002) /*!< TIM Input 1, 2, 3 or 4 is selected to be + connected to IC2, IC1, IC4 or IC3, respectively. */ +#define TIM_ICSelection_TRC ((uint16_t)0x0003) /*!< TIM Input 1, 2, 3 or 4 is selected to be connected to TRC. */ +#define IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(SELECTION) (((SELECTION) == TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_ICSelection_TRC)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Input_Capture_Prescaler + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_ICPSC_DIV1 ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< Capture performed each time an edge is detected on the capture input. */ +#define TIM_ICPSC_DIV2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) /*!< Capture performed once every 2 events. */ +#define TIM_ICPSC_DIV4 ((uint16_t)0x0008) /*!< Capture performed once every 4 events. */ +#define TIM_ICPSC_DIV8 ((uint16_t)0x000C) /*!< Capture performed once every 8 events. */ +#define IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == TIM_ICPSC_DIV1) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ICPSC_DIV2) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ICPSC_DIV4) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ICPSC_DIV8)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_interrupt_sources + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_IT_Update ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define TIM_IT_CC1 ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define TIM_IT_CC2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define TIM_IT_CC3 ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define TIM_IT_CC4 ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define TIM_IT_Trigger ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define IS_TIM_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint16_t)0xFFA0) == 0x0000) && ((IT) != 0x0000)) + +#define IS_TIM_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == TIM_IT_Update) || \ + ((IT) == TIM_IT_CC1) || \ + ((IT) == TIM_IT_CC2) || \ + ((IT) == TIM_IT_CC3) || \ + ((IT) == TIM_IT_CC4) || \ + ((IT) == TIM_IT_Trigger)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_DMA_Base_address + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_DMABase_CR1 ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_DMABase_CR2 ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define TIM_DMABase_SMCR ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define TIM_DMABase_DIER ((uint16_t)0x0003) +#define TIM_DMABase_SR ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define TIM_DMABase_EGR ((uint16_t)0x0005) +#define TIM_DMABase_CCMR1 ((uint16_t)0x0006) +#define TIM_DMABase_CCMR2 ((uint16_t)0x0007) +#define TIM_DMABase_CCER ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define TIM_DMABase_CNT ((uint16_t)0x0009) +#define TIM_DMABase_PSC ((uint16_t)0x000A) +#define TIM_DMABase_ARR ((uint16_t)0x000B) +#define TIM_DMABase_RCR ((uint16_t)0x000C) +#define TIM_DMABase_CCR1 ((uint16_t)0x000D) +#define TIM_DMABase_CCR2 ((uint16_t)0x000E) +#define TIM_DMABase_CCR3 ((uint16_t)0x000F) +#define TIM_DMABase_CCR4 ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define TIM_DMABase_DCR ((uint16_t)0x0012) +#define IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BASE) (((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CR1) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CR2) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_SMCR) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_DIER) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_SR) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_EGR) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCMR1) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCMR2) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCER) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CNT) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_PSC) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_ARR) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCR1) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCR2) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCR3) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCR4) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_DCR)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_DMA_Burst_Length + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_1Byte ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_2Bytes ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_3Bytes ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_4Bytes ((uint16_t)0x0300) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_5Bytes ((uint16_t)0x0400) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_6Bytes ((uint16_t)0x0500) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_7Bytes ((uint16_t)0x0600) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_8Bytes ((uint16_t)0x0700) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_9Bytes ((uint16_t)0x0800) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_10Bytes ((uint16_t)0x0900) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_11Bytes ((uint16_t)0x0A00) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_12Bytes ((uint16_t)0x0B00) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_13Bytes ((uint16_t)0x0C00) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_14Bytes ((uint16_t)0x0D00) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_15Bytes ((uint16_t)0x0E00) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_16Bytes ((uint16_t)0x0F00) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_17Bytes ((uint16_t)0x1000) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_18Bytes ((uint16_t)0x1100) +#define IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_1Byte) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_2Bytes) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_3Bytes) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_4Bytes) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_5Bytes) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_6Bytes) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_7Bytes) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_8Bytes) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_9Bytes) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_10Bytes) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_11Bytes) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_12Bytes) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_13Bytes) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_14Bytes) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_15Bytes) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_16Bytes) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_17Bytes) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_18Bytes)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_DMA_sources + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_DMA_Update ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define TIM_DMA_CC1 ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define TIM_DMA_CC2 ((uint16_t)0x0400) +#define TIM_DMA_CC3 ((uint16_t)0x0800) +#define TIM_DMA_CC4 ((uint16_t)0x1000) +#define TIM_DMA_Trigger ((uint16_t)0x4000) +#define IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(SOURCE) ((((SOURCE) & (uint16_t)0xA0FF) == 0x0000) && ((SOURCE) != 0x0000)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_External_Trigger_Prescaler + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2 ((uint16_t)0x1000) +#define TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4 ((uint16_t)0x2000) +#define TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8 ((uint16_t)0x3000) +#define IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Internal_Trigger_Selection + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_TS_ITR0 ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_TS_ITR1 ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define TIM_TS_ITR2 ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define TIM_TS_ITR3 ((uint16_t)0x0030) +#define TIM_TS_TI1F_ED ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define TIM_TS_TI1FP1 ((uint16_t)0x0050) +#define TIM_TS_TI2FP2 ((uint16_t)0x0060) +#define TIM_TS_ETRF ((uint16_t)0x0070) +#define IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(SELECTION) (((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR0) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR1) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR2) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR3) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_TI1F_ED) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_TI1FP1) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_TI2FP2) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ETRF)) +#define IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGER_SELECTION(SELECTION) (((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR0) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR1) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR2) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR3)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_TIx_External_Clock_Source + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1 ((uint16_t)0x0050) +#define TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI2 ((uint16_t)0x0060) +#define TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1ED ((uint16_t)0x0040) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_External_Trigger_Polarity + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted ((uint16_t)0x8000) +#define TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted) || \ + ((POLARITY) == TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Prescaler_Reload_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_PSCReloadMode_Update ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_PSCReloadMode_Immediate ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define IS_TIM_PRESCALER_RELOAD(RELOAD) (((RELOAD) == TIM_PSCReloadMode_Update) || \ + ((RELOAD) == TIM_PSCReloadMode_Immediate)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Forced_Action + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_ForcedAction_Active ((uint16_t)0x0050) +#define TIM_ForcedAction_InActive ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(ACTION) (((ACTION) == TIM_ForcedAction_Active) || \ + ((ACTION) == TIM_ForcedAction_InActive)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Encoder_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_EncoderMode_TI1 ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define TIM_EncoderMode_TI2 ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define TIM_EncoderMode_TI12 ((uint16_t)0x0003) +#define IS_TIM_ENCODER_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_EncoderMode_TI1) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_EncoderMode_TI2) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_EncoderMode_TI12)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup TIM_Event_Source + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_EventSource_Update ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define TIM_EventSource_CC1 ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define TIM_EventSource_CC2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define TIM_EventSource_CC3 ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define TIM_EventSource_CC4 ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define TIM_EventSource_Trigger ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define IS_TIM_EVENT_SOURCE(SOURCE) ((((SOURCE) & (uint16_t)0xFFA0) == 0x0000) && ((SOURCE) != 0x0000)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Update_Source + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_UpdateSource_Global ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< Source of update is the counter overflow/underflow + or the setting of UG bit, or an update generation + through the slave mode controller. */ +#define TIM_UpdateSource_Regular ((uint16_t)0x0001) /*!< Source of update is counter overflow/underflow. */ +#define IS_TIM_UPDATE_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == TIM_UpdateSource_Global) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_UpdateSource_Regular)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Preload_State + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OCPreload_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define TIM_OCPreload_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OCPreload_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OCPreload_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Fast_State + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OCFast_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define TIM_OCFast_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OCFast_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OCFast_Disable)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Clear_State + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OCClear_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0080) +#define TIM_OCClear_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OCClear_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OCClear_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Trigger_Output_Source + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_TRGOSource_Reset ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_TRGOSource_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define TIM_TRGOSource_Update ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC1 ((uint16_t)0x0030) +#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC1Ref ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC2Ref ((uint16_t)0x0050) +#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC3Ref ((uint16_t)0x0060) +#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC4Ref ((uint16_t)0x0070) +#define IS_TIM_TRGO_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_Reset) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_Enable) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_Update) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC1) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC1Ref) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC2Ref) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC3Ref) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC4Ref)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Slave_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_SlaveMode_Reset ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define TIM_SlaveMode_Gated ((uint16_t)0x0005) +#define TIM_SlaveMode_Trigger ((uint16_t)0x0006) +#define TIM_SlaveMode_External1 ((uint16_t)0x0007) +#define IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_SlaveMode_Reset) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_SlaveMode_Gated) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_SlaveMode_Trigger) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_SlaveMode_External1)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Master_Slave_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0080) +#define TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_MSM_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Flags + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_FLAG_Update ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC1 ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC3 ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC4 ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define TIM_FLAG_Trigger ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC1OF ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC2OF ((uint16_t)0x0400) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC3OF ((uint16_t)0x0800) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC4OF ((uint16_t)0x1000) +#define IS_TIM_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_Update) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC1) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC2) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC3) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC4) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_Trigger) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC1OF) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC2OF) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC3OF) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC4OF)) +#define IS_TIM_CLEAR_FLAG(TIM_FLAG) ((((TIM_FLAG) & (uint16_t)0xE1A0) == 0x0000) && ((TIM_FLAG) != 0x0000)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Input_Capture_Filer_Value + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(ICFILTER) ((ICFILTER) <= 0xF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_External_Trigger_Filter + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(EXTFILTER) ((EXTFILTER) <= 0xF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_OCReferenceClear + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_OCReferenceClear_ETRF ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define TIM_OCReferenceClear_OCREFCLR ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_OCREFERENCECECLEAR_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == TIM_OCReferenceClear_ETRF) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_OCReferenceClear_OCREFCLR)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Remap + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM9_GPIO ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM9_LSE ((uint16_t)0x0001) + +#define TIM10_GPIO ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM10_LSI ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define TIM10_LSE ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define TIM10_RTC ((uint16_t)0x0003) + +#define TIM11_GPIO ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM11_MSI ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define TIM11_HSE_RTC ((uint16_t)0x0002) + +#define IS_TIM_REMAP(TIM_REMAP) (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM9_GPIO)||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM9_LSE)||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM10_GPIO)||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM10_LSI)||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM10_LSE)||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM10_RTC)||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM11_GPIO)||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM11_MSI)||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM11_HSE_RTC)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* TimeBase management ********************************************************/ +void TIM_DeInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); +void TIM_TimeBaseInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef* TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct); +void TIM_TimeBaseStructInit(TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef* TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct); +void TIM_PrescalerConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Prescaler, uint16_t TIM_PSCReloadMode); +void TIM_CounterModeConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_CounterMode); +void TIM_SetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Counter); +void TIM_SetAutoreload(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Autoreload); +uint32_t TIM_GetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); +uint16_t TIM_GetPrescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); +void TIM_UpdateDisableConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); +void TIM_UpdateRequestConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_UpdateSource); +void TIM_ARRPreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); +void TIM_SelectOnePulseMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OPMode); +void TIM_SetClockDivision(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_CKD); +void TIM_Cmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Output Compare management **************************************************/ +void TIM_OC1Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct); +void TIM_OC2Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct); +void TIM_OC3Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct); +void TIM_OC4Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct); +void TIM_OCStructInit(TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct); +void TIM_SelectOCxM(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_OCMode); +void TIM_SetCompare1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare1); +void TIM_SetCompare2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare2); +void TIM_SetCompare3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare3); +void TIM_SetCompare4(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare4); +void TIM_ForcedOC1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction); +void TIM_ForcedOC2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction); +void TIM_ForcedOC3Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction); +void TIM_ForcedOC4Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction); +void TIM_OC1PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload); +void TIM_OC2PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload); +void TIM_OC3PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload); +void TIM_OC4PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload); +void TIM_OC1FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast); +void TIM_OC2FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast); +void TIM_OC3FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast); +void TIM_OC4FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast); +void TIM_ClearOC1Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear); +void TIM_ClearOC2Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear); +void TIM_ClearOC3Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear); +void TIM_ClearOC4Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear); +void TIM_OC1PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity); +void TIM_OC2PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity); +void TIM_OC3PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity); +void TIM_OC4PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity); +void TIM_SelectOCREFClear(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCReferenceClear); +void TIM_CCxCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_CCx); + +/* Input Capture management ***************************************************/ +void TIM_ICInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct); +void TIM_ICStructInit(TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct); +void TIM_PWMIConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct); +uint32_t TIM_GetCapture1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); +uint32_t TIM_GetCapture2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); +uint32_t TIM_GetCapture3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); +uint32_t TIM_GetCapture4(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); +void TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC); +void TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC); +void TIM_SetIC3Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC); +void TIM_SetIC4Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC); + +/* Interrupts, DMA and flags management ***************************************/ +void TIM_ITConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +void TIM_GenerateEvent(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_EventSource); +FlagStatus TIM_GetFlagStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_FLAG); +void TIM_ClearFlag(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_FLAG); +ITStatus TIM_GetITStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT); +void TIM_ClearITPendingBit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT); +void TIM_DMAConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_DMABase, uint16_t TIM_DMABurstLength); +void TIM_DMACmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_DMASource, FunctionalState NewState); +void TIM_SelectCCDMA(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Clocks management **********************************************************/ +void TIM_InternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); +void TIM_ITRxExternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource); +void TIM_TIxExternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource, + uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t ICFilter); +void TIM_ETRClockMode1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, + uint16_t ExtTRGFilter); +void TIM_ETRClockMode2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, + uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint16_t ExtTRGFilter); + + +/* Synchronization management *************************************************/ +void TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource); +void TIM_SelectOutputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TRGOSource); +void TIM_SelectSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_SlaveMode); +void TIM_SelectMasterSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_MasterSlaveMode); +void TIM_ETRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, + uint16_t ExtTRGFilter); + +/* Specific interface management **********************************************/ +void TIM_EncoderInterfaceConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_EncoderMode, + uint16_t TIM_IC1Polarity, uint16_t TIM_IC2Polarity); +void TIM_SelectHallSensor(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Specific remapping management **********************************************/ +void TIM_RemapConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Remap); + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32L1xx_TIM_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_usart.h b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_usart.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a5bc386 --- /dev/null +++ b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_usart.h @@ -0,0 +1,403 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l1xx_usart.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 31-December-2010 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the USART + * firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32L1xx_USART_H +#define __STM32L1xx_USART_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l1xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup USART + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief USART Init Structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t USART_BaudRate; /*!< This member configures the USART communication baud rate. + The baud rate is computed using the following formula: + - IntegerDivider = ((PCLKx) / (16 * (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate))) + - FractionalDivider = ((IntegerDivider - ((u32) IntegerDivider)) * 16) + 0.5 */ + + uint16_t USART_WordLength; /*!< Specifies the number of data bits transmitted or received in a frame. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Word_Length */ + + uint16_t USART_StopBits; /*!< Specifies the number of stop bits transmitted. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Stop_Bits */ + + uint16_t USART_Parity; /*!< Specifies the parity mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Parity + @note When parity is enabled, the computed parity is inserted + at the MSB position of the transmitted data (9th bit when + the word length is set to 9 data bits; 8th bit when the + word length is set to 8 data bits). */ + + uint16_t USART_Mode; /*!< Specifies wether the Receive or Transmit mode is enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Mode */ + + uint16_t USART_HardwareFlowControl; /*!< Specifies wether the hardware flow control mode is enabled + or disabled. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Hardware_Flow_Control */ +} USART_InitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief USART Clock Init Structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + + uint16_t USART_Clock; /*!< Specifies whether the USART clock is enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Clock */ + + uint16_t USART_CPOL; /*!< Specifies the steady state value of the serial clock. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Clock_Polarity */ + + uint16_t USART_CPHA; /*!< Specifies the clock transition on which the bit capture is made. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Clock_Phase */ + + uint16_t USART_LastBit; /*!< Specifies whether the clock pulse corresponding to the last transmitted + data bit (MSB) has to be output on the SCLK pin in synchronous mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Last_Bit */ +} USART_ClockInitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup USART_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == USART1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == USART2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == USART3)) + +/** @defgroup USART_Word_Length + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_WordLength_8b ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define USART_WordLength_9b ((uint16_t)0x1000) + +#define IS_USART_WORD_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) == USART_WordLength_8b) || \ + ((LENGTH) == USART_WordLength_9b)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Stop_Bits + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_StopBits_1 ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define USART_StopBits_0_5 ((uint16_t)0x1000) +#define USART_StopBits_2 ((uint16_t)0x2000) +#define USART_StopBits_1_5 ((uint16_t)0x3000) +#define IS_USART_STOPBITS(STOPBITS) (((STOPBITS) == USART_StopBits_1) || \ + ((STOPBITS) == USART_StopBits_0_5) || \ + ((STOPBITS) == USART_StopBits_2) || \ + ((STOPBITS) == USART_StopBits_1_5)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Parity + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_Parity_No ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define USART_Parity_Even ((uint16_t)0x0400) +#define USART_Parity_Odd ((uint16_t)0x0600) +#define IS_USART_PARITY(PARITY) (((PARITY) == USART_Parity_No) || \ + ((PARITY) == USART_Parity_Even) || \ + ((PARITY) == USART_Parity_Odd)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_Mode_Rx ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define USART_Mode_Tx ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define IS_USART_MODE(MODE) ((((MODE) & (uint16_t)0xFFF3) == 0x00) && ((MODE) != (uint16_t)0x00)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Hardware_Flow_Control + * @{ + */ +#define USART_HardwareFlowControl_None ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define USART_HardwareFlowControl_RTS ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define USART_HardwareFlowControl_CTS ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define USART_HardwareFlowControl_RTS_CTS ((uint16_t)0x0300) +#define IS_USART_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(CONTROL)\ + (((CONTROL) == USART_HardwareFlowControl_None) || \ + ((CONTROL) == USART_HardwareFlowControl_RTS) || \ + ((CONTROL) == USART_HardwareFlowControl_CTS) || \ + ((CONTROL) == USART_HardwareFlowControl_RTS_CTS)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Clock + * @{ + */ +#define USART_Clock_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define USART_Clock_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0800) +#define IS_USART_CLOCK(CLOCK) (((CLOCK) == USART_Clock_Disable) || \ + ((CLOCK) == USART_Clock_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Clock_Polarity + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_CPOL_Low ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define USART_CPOL_High ((uint16_t)0x0400) +#define IS_USART_CPOL(CPOL) (((CPOL) == USART_CPOL_Low) || ((CPOL) == USART_CPOL_High)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Clock_Phase + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_CPHA_1Edge ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define USART_CPHA_2Edge ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define IS_USART_CPHA(CPHA) (((CPHA) == USART_CPHA_1Edge) || ((CPHA) == USART_CPHA_2Edge)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Last_Bit + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_LastBit_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define USART_LastBit_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define IS_USART_LASTBIT(LASTBIT) (((LASTBIT) == USART_LastBit_Disable) || \ + ((LASTBIT) == USART_LastBit_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Interrupt_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_IT_PE ((uint16_t)0x0028) +#define USART_IT_TXE ((uint16_t)0x0727) +#define USART_IT_TC ((uint16_t)0x0626) +#define USART_IT_RXNE ((uint16_t)0x0525) +#define USART_IT_IDLE ((uint16_t)0x0424) +#define USART_IT_LBD ((uint16_t)0x0846) +#define USART_IT_CTS ((uint16_t)0x096A) +#define USART_IT_ERR ((uint16_t)0x0060) +#define USART_IT_ORE ((uint16_t)0x0360) +#define USART_IT_NE ((uint16_t)0x0260) +#define USART_IT_FE ((uint16_t)0x0160) +#define IS_USART_CONFIG_IT(IT) (((IT) == USART_IT_PE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_TXE) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_TC) || ((IT) == USART_IT_RXNE) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_IDLE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_LBD) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_CTS) || ((IT) == USART_IT_ERR)) +#define IS_USART_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == USART_IT_PE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_TXE) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_TC) || ((IT) == USART_IT_RXNE) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_IDLE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_LBD) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_CTS) || ((IT) == USART_IT_ORE) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_NE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_FE)) +#define IS_USART_CLEAR_IT(IT) (((IT) == USART_IT_TC) || ((IT) == USART_IT_RXNE) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_LBD) || ((IT) == USART_IT_CTS)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_DMA_Requests + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_DMAReq_Tx ((uint16_t)0x0080) +#define USART_DMAReq_Rx ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define IS_USART_DMAREQ(DMAREQ) ((((DMAREQ) & (uint16_t)0xFF3F) == 0x00) && ((DMAREQ) != (uint16_t)0x00)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_WakeUp_methods + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_WakeUp_IdleLine ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define USART_WakeUp_AddressMark ((uint16_t)0x0800) +#define IS_USART_WAKEUP(WAKEUP) (((WAKEUP) == USART_WakeUp_IdleLine) || \ + ((WAKEUP) == USART_WakeUp_AddressMark)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_LIN_Break_Detection_Length + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_LINBreakDetectLength_10b ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define USART_LINBreakDetectLength_11b ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define IS_USART_LIN_BREAK_DETECT_LENGTH(LENGTH) \ + (((LENGTH) == USART_LINBreakDetectLength_10b) || \ + ((LENGTH) == USART_LINBreakDetectLength_11b)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_IrDA_Low_Power + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_IrDAMode_LowPower ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define USART_IrDAMode_Normal ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_USART_IRDA_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == USART_IrDAMode_LowPower) || \ + ((MODE) == USART_IrDAMode_Normal)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Flags + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_FLAG_CTS ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define USART_FLAG_LBD ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define USART_FLAG_TXE ((uint16_t)0x0080) +#define USART_FLAG_TC ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define USART_FLAG_RXNE ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define USART_FLAG_IDLE ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define USART_FLAG_ORE ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define USART_FLAG_NE ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define USART_FLAG_FE ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define USART_FLAG_PE ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define IS_USART_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_PE) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_TXE) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_TC) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_RXNE) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_IDLE) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_LBD) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_CTS) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_ORE) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_NE) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_FE)) + +#define IS_USART_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint16_t)0xFC9F) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != (uint16_t)0x00)) + +#define IS_USART_BAUDRATE(BAUDRATE) (((BAUDRATE) > 0) && ((BAUDRATE) < 0x003D0901)) +#define IS_USART_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) ((ADDRESS) <= 0xF) +#define IS_USART_DATA(DATA) ((DATA) <= 0x1FF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Function used to set the USART configuration to the default reset state ***/ +void USART_DeInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void USART_Init(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct); +void USART_StructInit(USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct); +void USART_ClockInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct); +void USART_ClockStructInit(USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct); +void USART_Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_SetPrescaler(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Prescaler); +void USART_OverSampling8Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_OneBitMethodCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Data transfers functions ***************************************************/ +void USART_SendData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t Data); +uint16_t USART_ReceiveData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx); + +/* Multi-Processor Communication functions ************************************/ +void USART_SetAddress(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Address); +void USART_WakeUpConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_WakeUp); +void USART_ReceiverWakeUpCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* LIN mode functions *********************************************************/ +void USART_LINBreakDetectLengthConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_LINBreakDetectLength); +void USART_LINCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_SendBreak(USART_TypeDef* USARTx); + +/* Half-duplex mode function **************************************************/ +void USART_HalfDuplexCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Smartcard mode functions ***************************************************/ +void USART_SmartCardCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_SmartCardNACKCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_SetGuardTime(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_GuardTime); + +/* IrDA mode functions ********************************************************/ +void USART_IrDAConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IrDAMode); +void USART_IrDACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* DMA transfers management functions *****************************************/ +void USART_DMACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void USART_ITConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus USART_GetFlagStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG); +void USART_ClearFlag(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG); +ITStatus USART_GetITStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT); +void USART_ClearITPendingBit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32L1xx_USART_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_wwdg.h b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_wwdg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d00e42a --- /dev/null +++ b/example/libstm32l_discovery/inc/stm32l1xx_wwdg.h @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l1xx_wwdg.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 31-December-2010 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the WWDG + * firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32L1xx_WWDG_H +#define __STM32L1xx_WWDG_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l1xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup WWDG + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup WWDG_Prescaler + * @{ + */ + +#define WWDG_Prescaler_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define WWDG_Prescaler_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define WWDG_Prescaler_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +#define WWDG_Prescaler_8 ((uint32_t)0x00000180) +#define IS_WWDG_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == WWDG_Prescaler_1) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == WWDG_Prescaler_2) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == WWDG_Prescaler_4) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == WWDG_Prescaler_8)) +#define IS_WWDG_WINDOW_VALUE(VALUE) ((VALUE) <= 0x7F) +#define IS_WWDG_COUNTER(COUNTER) (((COUNTER) >= 0x40) && ((COUNTER) <= 0x7F)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* Function used to set the WWDG configuration to the default reset state ****/ +void WWDG_DeInit(void); + +/* Prescaler, Refresh window and Counter configuration functions **************/ +void WWDG_SetPrescaler(uint32_t WWDG_Prescaler); +void WWDG_SetWindowValue(uint8_t WindowValue); +void WWDG_EnableIT(void); +void WWDG_SetCounter(uint8_t Counter); + +/* WWDG activation functions **************************************************/ +void WWDG_Enable(uint8_t Counter); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +FlagStatus WWDG_GetFlagStatus(void); +void WWDG_ClearFlag(void); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32L1xx_WWDG_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/misc.c b/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/misc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3b7a000 --- /dev/null +++ b/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/misc.c @@ -0,0 +1,249 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file misc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 31-December-2010 + * @brief This file provides all the miscellaneous firmware functions (add-on + * to CMSIS functions). + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "misc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup MISC + * @brief MISC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#define AIRCR_VECTKEY_MASK ((uint32_t)0x05FA0000) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup MISC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ +/** + * +@verbatim + ******************************************************************************* + Interrupts configuration functions + ******************************************************************************* + + This section provide functions allowing to configure the NVIC interrupts (IRQ). + The Cortex-M3 exceptions are managed by CMSIS functions. + + 1. Configure the NVIC Priority Grouping using NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig() function + according to the following table. + + The table below gives the allowed values of the pre-emption priority and subpriority according + to the Priority Grouping configuration performed by NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig function + ============================================================================================================================ + NVIC_PriorityGroup | NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority | NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority | Description + ============================================================================================================================ + NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 | 0 | 0-15 | 0 bits for pre-emption priority + | | | 4 bits for subpriority + ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + NVIC_PriorityGroup_1 | 0-1 | 0-7 | 1 bits for pre-emption priority + | | | 3 bits for subpriority + ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + NVIC_PriorityGroup_2 | 0-3 | 0-3 | 2 bits for pre-emption priority + | | | 2 bits for subpriority + ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + NVIC_PriorityGroup_3 | 0-7 | 0-1 | 3 bits for pre-emption priority + | | | 1 bits for subpriority + ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + NVIC_PriorityGroup_4 | 0-15 | 0 | 4 bits for pre-emption priority + | | | 0 bits for subpriority + ============================================================================================================================ + + + 2. Enable and Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels. + +@note When the NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 is selected, it will no any nested interrupt, + the IRQ priority will be managed only by subpriority. + The sub-priority is only used to sort pending exception priorities, + and does not affect active exceptions. + +@note Lower priority values gives higher priority. + +@note Priority Order: + 1. Lowest Preemption priority + 2. Lowest Subpriority + 3. Lowest hardware priority (IRQn position) + +@endverbatim +*/ + +/** + * @brief Configures the priority grouping: pre-emption priority and subpriority. + * @param NVIC_PriorityGroup: specifies the priority grouping bits length. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_0: 0 bits for pre-emption priority + * 4 bits for subpriority + * @note When NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 is selected, it will no be any nested + * interrupt. This interrupts priority is managed only with subpriority. + * @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_1: 1 bits for pre-emption priority + * 3 bits for subpriority + * @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_2: 2 bits for pre-emption priority + * 2 bits for subpriority + * @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_3: 3 bits for pre-emption priority + * 1 bits for subpriority + * @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_4: 4 bits for pre-emption priority + * 0 bits for subpriority + * @retval None + */ +void NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig(uint32_t NVIC_PriorityGroup) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(NVIC_PriorityGroup)); + + /* Set the PRIGROUP[10:8] bits according to NVIC_PriorityGroup value */ + SCB->AIRCR = AIRCR_VECTKEY_MASK | NVIC_PriorityGroup; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the NVIC peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the NVIC_InitStruct. + * @note To configure interrupts priority correctly, the NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig() + * function should be called before. + * @param NVIC_InitStruct: pointer to a NVIC_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified NVIC peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void NVIC_Init(NVIC_InitTypeDef* NVIC_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmppriority = 0x00, tmppre = 0x00, tmpsub = 0x0F; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelCmd)); + assert_param(IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority)); + assert_param(IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority)); + + if (NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelCmd != DISABLE) + { + /* Compute the Corresponding IRQ Priority --------------------------------*/ + tmppriority = (0x700 - ((SCB->AIRCR) & (uint32_t)0x700))>> 0x08; + tmppre = (0x4 - tmppriority); + tmpsub = tmpsub >> tmppriority; + + tmppriority = (uint32_t)NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority << tmppre; + tmppriority |= NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority & tmpsub; + tmppriority = tmppriority << 0x04; + + NVIC->IP[NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel] = tmppriority; + + /* Enable the Selected IRQ Channels --------------------------------------*/ + NVIC->ISER[NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel >> 0x05] = + (uint32_t)0x01 << (NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel & (uint8_t)0x1F); + } + else + { + /* Disable the Selected IRQ Channels -------------------------------------*/ + NVIC->ICER[NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel >> 0x05] = + (uint32_t)0x01 << (NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel & (uint8_t)0x1F); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the vector table location and Offset. + * @param NVIC_VectTab: specifies if the vector table is in RAM or FLASH memory. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg NVIC_VectTab_RAM + * @arg NVIC_VectTab_FLASH + * @param Offset: Vector Table base offset field. This value must be a multiple of 0x200. + * @retval None + */ +void NVIC_SetVectorTable(uint32_t NVIC_VectTab, uint32_t Offset) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_VECTTAB(NVIC_VectTab)); + assert_param(IS_NVIC_OFFSET(Offset)); + + SCB->VTOR = NVIC_VectTab | (Offset & (uint32_t)0x1FFFFF80); +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the condition for the system to enter low power mode. + * @param LowPowerMode: Specifies the new mode for the system to enter low power mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg NVIC_LP_SEVONPEND + * @arg NVIC_LP_SLEEPDEEP + * @arg NVIC_LP_SLEEPONEXIT + * @param NewState: new state of LP condition. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void NVIC_SystemLPConfig(uint8_t LowPowerMode, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_LP(LowPowerMode)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + SCB->SCR |= LowPowerMode; + } + else + { + SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)(~(uint32_t)LowPowerMode); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the SysTick clock source. + * @param SysTick_CLKSource: specifies the SysTick clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK_Div8: AHB clock divided by 8 selected as SysTick clock source. + * @arg SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK: AHB clock selected as SysTick clock source. + * @retval None + */ +void SysTick_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t SysTick_CLKSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(SysTick_CLKSource)); + + if (SysTick_CLKSource == SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK) + { + SysTick->CTRL |= SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK; + } + else + { + SysTick->CTRL &= SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK_Div8; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_adc.c b/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_adc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fec3032 --- /dev/null +++ b/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_adc.c @@ -0,0 +1,1803 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l1xx_adc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 31-December-2010 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Analog to Digital Convertor (ADC) peripheral: + * - Initialization and Configuration + * - Power saving + * - Analog Watchdog configuration + * - Temperature Sensor & Vrefint (Voltage Reference internal) management + * - Regular Channels Configuration + * - Regular Channels DMA Configuration + * - Injected channels Configuration + * - Interrupts and flags management + * + * @verbatim + * + * =================================================================== + * How to use this driver + * =================================================================== + * - Configure the ADC Prescaler, conversion resolution and data + * alignment using the ADC_Init() function. + * - Activate the ADC peripheral using ADC_Cmd() function. + * + * Regular channels group configuration + * ==================================== + * - To configure the ADC regular channels group features, use + * ADC_Init() and ADC_RegularChannelConfig() functions. + * - To activate the continuous mode, use the ADC_continuousModeCmd() + * function. + * - To configurate and activate the Discontinuous mode, use the + * ADC_DiscModeChannelCountConfig() and ADC_DiscModeCmd() functions. + * - To read the ADC converted values, use the ADC_GetConversionValue() + * function. + * + * DMA for Regular channels group features configuration + * ====================================================== + * - To enable the DMA mode for regular channels group, use the + * ADC_DMACmd() function. + * - To enable the generation of DMA requests continuously at the end + * of the last DMA transfer, use the ADC_DMARequestAfterLastTransferCmd() + * function. + + * Injected channels group configuration + * ===================================== + * - To configure the ADC Injected channels group features, use + * ADC_InjectedChannelConfig() and ADC_InjectedSequencerLengthConfig() + * functions. + * - To activate the continuous mode, use the ADC_continuousModeCmd() + * function. + * - To activate the Injected Discontinuous mode, use the + * ADC_InjectedDiscModeCmd() function. + * - To activate the AutoInjected mode, use the ADC_AutoInjectedConvCmd() + * function. + * - To read the ADC converted values, use the ADC_GetInjectedConversionValue() + * function. + * + * @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l1xx_adc.h" +#include "stm32l1xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC + * @brief ADC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* ADC DISCNUM mask */ +#define CR1_DISCNUM_RESET ((uint32_t)0xFFFF1FFF) + +/* ADC AWDCH mask */ +#define CR1_AWDCH_RESET ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFE0) + +/* ADC Analog watchdog enable mode mask */ +#define CR1_AWDMODE_RESET ((uint32_t)0xFF3FFDFF) + +/* CR1 register Mask */ +#define CR1_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFCFFFEFF) + +/* ADC DELAY mask */ +#define CR2_DELS_RESET ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF0F) + +/* ADC JEXTEN mask */ +#define CR2_JEXTEN_RESET ((uint32_t)0xFFCFFFFF) + +/* ADC JEXTSEL mask */ +#define CR2_JEXTSEL_RESET ((uint32_t)0xFFF0FFFF) + +/* CR2 register Mask */ +#define CR2_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xC0FFF7FD) + +/* ADC SQx mask */ +#define SQR5_SQ_SET ((uint32_t)0x0000001F) +#define SQR4_SQ_SET ((uint32_t)0x0000001F) +#define SQR3_SQ_SET ((uint32_t)0x0000001F) +#define SQR2_SQ_SET ((uint32_t)0x0000001F) +#define SQR1_SQ_SET ((uint32_t)0x0000001F) + +/* ADC L Mask */ +#define SQR1_L_RESET ((uint32_t)0xFE0FFFFF) + +/* ADC JSQx mask */ +#define JSQR_JSQ_SET ((uint32_t)0x0000001F) + +/* ADC JL mask */ +#define JSQR_JL_SET ((uint32_t)0x00300000) +#define JSQR_JL_RESET ((uint32_t)0xFFCFFFFF) + +/* ADC SMPx mask */ +#define SMPR1_SMP_SET ((uint32_t)0x00000007) +#define SMPR2_SMP_SET ((uint32_t)0x00000007) +#define SMPR3_SMP_SET ((uint32_t)0x00000007) + +/* ADC JDRx registers offset */ +#define JDR_OFFSET ((uint8_t)0x30) + +/* ADC CCR register Mask */ +#define CR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFCFFFF) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Initialization and Configuration functions + =============================================================================== + This section provides functions allowing to: + - Initialize and configure the ADC Prescaler + - ADC Conversion Resolution (12bit..6bit) + - Scan Conversion Mode (multichannels or one channel) for regular group + - ADC Continuous Conversion Mode (Continuous or Single conversion) for regular group + - External trigger Edge and source of regular group, + - Converted data alignment (left or right) + - The number of ADC conversions that will be done using the sequencer for regular channel group + - Enable or disable the ADC peripheral + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes ADC1 peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_DeInit(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + + /* Enable ADC1 reset state */ + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_ADC1, ENABLE); + /* Release ADC1 from reset state */ + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_ADC1, DISABLE); +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the ADCx peripheral according to the specified parameters + * in the ADC_InitStruct. + * @note This function is used to configure the global features of the ADC ( + * Resolution and Data Alignment), however, the rest of the configuration + * parameters are specific to the regular channels group (scan mode + * activation, continuous mode activation, External trigger source and + * edge, number of conversion in the regular channels group sequencer). + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_InitStruct: pointer to an ADC_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified ADC peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_Init(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, ADC_InitTypeDef* ADC_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; + uint8_t tmpreg2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_RESOLUTION(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_Resolution)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ScanConvMode)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ContinuousConvMode)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG_EDGE(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigConv)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_DataAlign)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_LENGTH(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_NbrOfConversion)); + + /*---------------------------- ADCx CR1 Configuration -----------------*/ + /* Get the ADCx CR1 value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->CR1; + /* Clear RES and SCAN bits */ + tmpreg1 &= CR1_CLEAR_MASK; + /* Configure ADCx: scan conversion mode and resolution */ + /* Set SCAN bit according to ADC_ScanConvMode value */ + /* Set RES bit according to ADC_Resolution value */ + tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ScanConvMode << 8) | ADC_InitStruct->ADC_Resolution); + /* Write to ADCx CR1 */ + ADCx->CR1 = tmpreg1; + + /*---------------------------- ADCx CR2 Configuration -----------------*/ + /* Get the ADCx CR2 value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->CR2; + /* Clear CONT, ALIGN, EXTEN and EXTSEL bits */ + tmpreg1 &= CR2_CLEAR_MASK; + /* Configure ADCx: external trigger event and edge, data alignment and continuous conversion mode */ + /* Set ALIGN bit according to ADC_DataAlign value */ + /* Set EXTEN bits according to ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge value */ + /* Set EXTSEL bits according to ADC_ExternalTrigConv value */ + /* Set CONT bit according to ADC_ContinuousConvMode value */ + tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_DataAlign | ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigConv | + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge | ((uint32_t)ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ContinuousConvMode << 1)); + /* Write to ADCx CR2 */ + ADCx->CR2 = tmpreg1; + + /*---------------------------- ADCx SQR1 Configuration -----------------*/ + /* Get the ADCx SQR1 value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SQR1; + /* Clear L bits */ + tmpreg1 &= SQR1_L_RESET; + /* Configure ADCx: regular channel sequence length */ + /* Set L bits according to ADC_NbrOfConversion value */ + tmpreg2 |= (uint8_t)(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_NbrOfConversion - (uint8_t)1); + tmpreg1 |= ((uint32_t)tmpreg2 << 20); + /* Write to ADCx SQR1 */ + ADCx->SQR1 = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each ADC_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @note This function is used to initialize the global features of the ADC ( + * Resolution and Data Alignment), however, the rest of the configuration + * parameters are specific to the regular channels group (scan mode + * activation, continuous mode activation, External trigger source and + * edge, number of conversion in the regular channels group sequencer). + * @param ADC_InitStruct: pointer to an ADC_InitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_StructInit(ADC_InitTypeDef* ADC_InitStruct) +{ + /* Reset ADC init structure parameters values */ + /* Initialize the ADC_Resolution member */ + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_Resolution = ADC_Resolution_12b; + + /* Initialize the ADC_ScanConvMode member */ + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ScanConvMode = DISABLE; + + /* Initialize the ADC_ContinuousConvMode member */ + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ContinuousConvMode = DISABLE; + + /* Initialize the ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge member */ + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge = ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_None; + + /* Initialize the ADC_ExternalTrigConv member */ + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigConv = ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_CC2; + + /* Initialize the ADC_DataAlign member */ + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_DataAlign = ADC_DataAlign_Right; + + /* Initialize the ADC_NbrOfConversion member */ + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_NbrOfConversion = 1; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the ADCs peripherals according to the specified parameters + * in the ADC_CommonInitStruct. + * @param ADC_CommonInitStruct: pointer to an ADC_CommonInitTypeDef structure + * that contains the configuration information (Prescaler) for ADC1 peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_CommonInit(ADC_CommonInitTypeDef* ADC_CommonInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_PRESCALER(ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_Prescaler)); + + /*---------------------------- ADC CCR Configuration -----------------*/ + /* Get the ADC CCR value */ + tmpreg = ADC->CCR; + + /* Clear ADCPRE bit */ + tmpreg &= CR_CLEAR_MASK; + + /* Configure ADCx: ADC prescaler according to ADC_Prescaler */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_Prescaler); + + /* Write to ADC CCR */ + ADC->CCR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each ADC_CommonInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param ADC_CommonInitStruct: pointer to an ADC_CommonInitTypeDef structure + * which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_CommonStructInit(ADC_CommonInitTypeDef* ADC_CommonInitStruct) +{ + /* Reset ADC init structure parameters values */ + /* Initialize the ADC_Prescaler member */ + ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_Prescaler = ADC_Prescaler_Div1; + +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified ADC peripheral. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the ADCx peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_Cmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the ADON bit to wake up the ADC from power down mode */ + ADCx->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_ADON; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC peripheral */ + ADCx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CR2_ADON); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Group2 Power saving functions + * @brief Power saving functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Power saving functions + =============================================================================== + + This section provides functions allowing to reduce power consumption. + The two function must be combined to get the maximal benefits: + When the ADC frequency is higher than the CPU one, it is recommended to + 1. Insert a freeze delay : + ==> using ADC_DelaySelectionConfig(ADC1, ADC_DelayLength_Freeze); + 2. Enable the power down in Idle and Delay phases : + ==> using ADC_PowerDownCmd(ADC1, ADC_PowerDown_Idle_Delay, ENABLE); + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the ADC Power Down during Delay and/or Idle phase. + * @note ADC power-on and power-off can be managed by hardware to cut the + * consumption when the ADC is not converting. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral. + * @param ADC_PowerDown: The ADC power down configuration. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_PowerDown_Delay: ADC is powered down during delay phase + * @arg ADC_PowerDown_Idle: ADC is powered down during Idle phase + * @arg ADC_PowerDown_Idle_Delay: ADC is powered down during Delay and Idle phases + * @note The ADC can be powered down: + * - During the hardware delay insertion (using the ADC_PowerDown_Delay + * parameter) + * => The ADC is powered up again at the end of the delay. + * - During the ADC is waiting for a trigger event ( using the + * ADC_PowerDown_Idle parameter) + * => The ADC is powered up at the next trigger event. + * - During the hardware delay insertion or the ADC is waiting for a + * trigger event (using the ADC_PowerDown_Idle_Delay parameter) + * => The ADC is powered up only at the end of the delay and at the + * next trigger event. + * @param NewState: new state of the ADCx power down. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_PowerDownCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_PowerDown, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_POWER_DOWN(ADC_PowerDown)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the ADC power-down during Delay and/or Idle phase */ + ADCx->CR1 |= ADC_PowerDown; + } + else + { + /* Disable The ADC power-down during Delay and/or Idle phase */ + ADCx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~ADC_PowerDown; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Defines the length of the delay which is applied after a conversion + * or a sequence of conversion. + * @note When the CPU clock is not fast enough to manage the data rate, a + * Hardware delay can be introduced between ADC conversions to reduce + * this data rate. + * @note The Hardware delay is inserted after : + * - each regular conversion + * - after each sequence of injected conversions + * @note No Hardware delay is inserted between conversions of different groups. + * @note When the hardware delay is not enough, the Freeze Delay Mode can be + * selected and a new conversion can start only if all the previous data + * of the same group have been treated: + * - for a regular conversion: once the ADC conversion data register has + * been read (using ADC_GetConversionValue() function) or if the EOC + * Flag has been cleared (using ADC_ClearFlag() function). + * - for an injected conversion: when the JEOC bit has been cleared + * (using ADC_ClearFlag() function). + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral. + * @param ADC_DelayLength: The length of delay which is applied after a + * conversion or a sequence of conversion. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_DelayLength_None: No delay + * @arg ADC_DelayLength_Freeze: Delay until the converted data has been read. + * @arg ADC_DelayLength_7Cycles: Delay length equal to 7 APB clock cycles + * @arg ADC_DelayLength_15Cycles: Delay length equal to 15 APB clock cycles + * @arg ADC_DelayLength_31Cycles: Delay length equal to 31 APB clock cycles + * @arg ADC_DelayLength_63Cycles: Delay length equal to 63 APB clock cycles + * @arg ADC_DelayLength_127Cycles: Delay length equal to 127 APB clock cycles + * @arg ADC_DelayLength_255Cycles: Delay length equal to 255 APB clock cycles + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_DelaySelectionConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_DelayLength) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_DELAY_LENGTH(ADC_DelayLength)); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = ADCx->CR2; + /* Clear the old delay length */ + tmpreg &= CR2_DELS_RESET; + /* Set the delay length */ + tmpreg |= ADC_DelayLength; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->CR2 = tmpreg; + +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Group3 Analog Watchdog configuration functions + * @brief Analog Watchdog configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Analog Watchdog configuration functions + =============================================================================== + + This section provides functions allowing to configure the Analog Watchdog + (AWD) feature in the ADC. + + A typical configuration Analog Watchdog is done following these steps : + 1. the ADC guarded channel(s) is (are) selected using the + ADC_AnalogWatchdogSingleChannelConfig() function. + 2. The Analog watchdog lower and higher threshold are configured using the + ADC_AnalogWatchdogThresholdsConfig() function. + 3. The Analog watchdog is enabled and configured to enable the check, on one + or more channels, using the ADC_AnalogWatchdogCmd() function. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the analog watchdog on single/all regular + * or injected channels + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral. + * @param ADC_AnalogWatchdog: the ADC analog watchdog configuration. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegEnable: Analog watchdog on a single + * regular channel + * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleInjecEnable: Analog watchdog on a single + * injected channel + * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegOrInjecEnable: Analog watchdog on a + * single regular or injected channel + * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegEnable: Analog watchdog on all regular + * channel + * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllInjecEnable: Analog watchdog on all injected + * channel + * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegAllInjecEnable: Analog watchdog on all + * regular and injected channels + * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_None: No channel guarded by the analog watchdog + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_AnalogWatchdogCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_AnalogWatchdog) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_ANALOG_WATCHDOG(ADC_AnalogWatchdog)); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = ADCx->CR1; + /* Clear AWDEN, JAWDEN and AWDSGL bits */ + tmpreg &= CR1_AWDMODE_RESET; + /* Set the analog watchdog enable mode */ + tmpreg |= ADC_AnalogWatchdog; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->CR1 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the high and low thresholds of the analog watchdog. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral. + * @param HighThreshold: the ADC analog watchdog High threshold value. + * This parameter must be a 12bit value. + * @param LowThreshold: the ADC analog watchdog Low threshold value. + * This parameter must be a 12bit value. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_AnalogWatchdogThresholdsConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t HighThreshold, + uint16_t LowThreshold) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_THRESHOLD(HighThreshold)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_THRESHOLD(LowThreshold)); + + /* Set the ADCx high threshold */ + ADCx->HTR = HighThreshold; + /* Set the ADCx low threshold */ + ADCx->LTR = LowThreshold; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the analog watchdog guarded single channel + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral. + * @param ADC_Channel: the ADC channel to configure for the analog watchdog. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_Channel_0: ADC Channel0 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_1: ADC Channel1 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_2: ADC Channel2 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_3: ADC Channel3 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_4: ADC Channel4 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_5: ADC Channel5 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_6: ADC Channel6 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_7: ADC Channel7 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_8: ADC Channel8 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_9: ADC Channel9 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_10: ADC Channel10 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_11: ADC Channel11 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_12: ADC Channel12 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_13: ADC Channel13 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_14: ADC Channel14 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_15: ADC Channel15 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_16: ADC Channel16 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_17: ADC Channel17 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_18: ADC Channel18 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_19: ADC Channel19 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_20: ADC Channel20 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_21: ADC Channel21 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_22: ADC Channel22 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_23: ADC Channel23 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_24: ADC Channel24 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_25: ADC Channel25 selected + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_AnalogWatchdogSingleChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(ADC_Channel)); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = ADCx->CR1; + /* Clear the Analog watchdog channel select bits */ + tmpreg &= CR1_AWDCH_RESET; + /* Set the Analog watchdog channel */ + tmpreg |= ADC_Channel; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->CR1 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Group4 Temperature Sensor & Vrefint (Voltage Reference internal) management function + * @brief Temperature Sensor & Vrefint (Voltage Reference internal) management function + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Temperature Sensor & Vrefint (Voltage Reference internal) management function + =============================================================================== + + This section provides a function allowing to enable/ disable the internal + connections between the ADC and the Temperature Sensor and the Vrefint source. + + A typical configuration to get the Temperature sensor and Vrefint channels + voltages or is done following these steps : + 1. Enable the internal connection of Temperature sensor and Vrefint sources + with the ADC channels using ADC_TempSensorVrefintCmd() function. + 2. select the ADC_Channel_TempSensor and/or ADC_Channel_Vrefint using + ADC_RegularChannelConfig() or ADC_InjectedChannelConfig() functions + 3. Get the voltage values, using ADC_GetConversionValue() or + ADC_GetInjectedConversionValue(). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the temperature sensor and Vrefint channel. + * @param NewState: new state of the temperature sensor and Vref int channels. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_TempSensorVrefintCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the temperature sensor and Vrefint channel*/ + ADC->CCR |= (uint32_t)ADC_CCR_TSVREFE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the temperature sensor and Vrefint channel*/ + ADC->CCR &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CCR_TSVREFE); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Group5 Regular Channels Configuration functions + * @brief Regular Channels Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Regular Channels Configuration functions + =============================================================================== + + This section provides functions allowing to manage the ADC regular channels, + it is composed of 2 sub sections : + + 1. Configuration and management functions for regular channels: This subsection + provides functions allowing to configure the ADC regular channels : + - Configure the rank in the regular group sequencer for each channel + - Configure the sampling time for each channel + - select the conversion Trigger for regular channels + - select the desired EOC event behavior configuration + - Activate the continuous Mode (*) + - Activate the Discontinuous Mode + Please Note that the following features for regular channels are configurated + using the ADC_Init() function : + - scan mode activation + - continuous mode activation (**) + - External trigger source + - External trigger edge + - number of conversion in the regular channels group sequencer. + + @note : (*) and (**) are performing the same configuration + + 2. Get the conversion data: This subsection provides an important function in + the ADC peripheral since it returns the converted data of the current + regular channel. When the Conversion value is read, the EOC Flag is + automatically cleared. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures for the selected ADC regular channel its corresponding + * rank in the sequencer and its sampling time. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_Channel: the ADC channel to configure. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_Channel_0: ADC Channel0 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_1: ADC Channel1 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_2: ADC Channel2 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_3: ADC Channel3 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_4: ADC Channel4 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_5: ADC Channel5 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_6: ADC Channel6 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_7: ADC Channel7 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_8: ADC Channel8 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_9: ADC Channel9 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_10: ADC Channel10 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_11: ADC Channel11 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_12: ADC Channel12 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_13: ADC Channel13 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_14: ADC Channel14 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_15: ADC Channel15 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_16: ADC Channel16 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_17: ADC Channel17 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_18: ADC Channel18 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_19: ADC Channel19 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_20: ADC Channel20 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_21: ADC Channel21 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_22: ADC Channel22 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_23: ADC Channel23 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_24: ADC Channel24 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_25: ADC Channel25 selected + * @param Rank: The rank in the regular group sequencer. This parameter + * must be between 1 to 26. + * @param ADC_SampleTime: The sample time value to be set for the selected + * channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_4Cycles: Sample time equal to 4 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_9Cycles: Sample time equal to 9 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_16Cycles: Sample time equal to 16 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_24Cycles: Sample time equal to 24 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_48Cycles: Sample time equal to 48 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_96Cycles: Sample time equal to 96 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_192Cycles: Sample time equal to 192 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_384Cycles: Sample time equal to 384 cycles + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_RegularChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint8_t Rank, uint8_t ADC_SampleTime) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0, tmpreg2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(ADC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_RANK(Rank)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(ADC_SampleTime)); + + /* if ADC_Channel_20 ... ADC_Channel_25 is selected */ + if (ADC_Channel > ADC_Channel_19) + { + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SMPR1; + /* Calculate the mask to clear */ + tmpreg2 = SMPR1_SMP_SET << (3 * (ADC_Channel - 20)); + /* Clear the old sample time */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + /* Calculate the mask to set */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_SampleTime << (3 * (ADC_Channel - 20)); + /* Set the new sample time */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->SMPR1 = tmpreg1; + } + + /* if ADC_Channel_10 ... ADC_Channel_19 is selected */ + else if (ADC_Channel > ADC_Channel_9) + { + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SMPR2; + /* Calculate the mask to clear */ + tmpreg2 = SMPR2_SMP_SET << (3 * (ADC_Channel - 10)); + /* Clear the old sample time */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + /* Calculate the mask to set */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_SampleTime << (3 * (ADC_Channel - 10)); + /* Set the new sample time */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->SMPR2 = tmpreg1; + } + + else /* ADC_Channel include in ADC_Channel_[0..9] */ + { + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SMPR3; + /* Calculate the mask to clear */ + tmpreg2 = SMPR3_SMP_SET << (3 * ADC_Channel); + /* Clear the old sample time */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + /* Calculate the mask to set */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_SampleTime << (3 * ADC_Channel); + /* Set the new sample time */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->SMPR3 = tmpreg1; + } + /* For Rank 1 to 6 */ + if (Rank < 7) + { + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SQR5; + /* Calculate the mask to clear */ + tmpreg2 = SQR5_SQ_SET << (5 * (Rank - 1)); + /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + /* Calculate the mask to set */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_Channel << (5 * (Rank - 1)); + /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->SQR5 = tmpreg1; + } + /* For Rank 7 to 12 */ + else if (Rank < 13) + { + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SQR4; + /* Calculate the mask to clear */ + tmpreg2 = SQR4_SQ_SET << (5 * (Rank - 7)); + /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + /* Calculate the mask to set */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_Channel << (5 * (Rank - 7)); + /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->SQR4 = tmpreg1; + } + /* For Rank 13 to 18 */ + else if (Rank < 19) + { + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SQR3; + /* Calculate the mask to clear */ + tmpreg2 = SQR3_SQ_SET << (5 * (Rank - 13)); + /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + /* Calculate the mask to set */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_Channel << (5 * (Rank - 13)); + /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->SQR3 = tmpreg1; + } + + /* For Rank 19 to 24 */ + else if (Rank < 25) + { + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SQR2; + /* Calculate the mask to clear */ + tmpreg2 = SQR2_SQ_SET << (5 * (Rank - 19)); + /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + /* Calculate the mask to set */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_Channel << (5 * (Rank - 19)); + /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->SQR2 = tmpreg1; + } + + /* For Rank 25 to 27 */ + else + { + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SQR1; + /* Calculate the mask to clear */ + tmpreg2 = SQR1_SQ_SET << (5 * (Rank - 25)); + /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + /* Calculate the mask to set */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_Channel << (5 * (Rank - 25)); + /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->SQR1 = tmpreg1; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the selected ADC software start conversion of the regular channels. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_SoftwareStartConv(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + + /* Enable the selected ADC conversion for regular group */ + ADCx->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_SWSTART; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the selected ADC Software start regular conversion Status. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral. + * @retval The new state of ADC software start conversion (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus ADC_GetSoftwareStartConvStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + + /* Check the status of SWSTART bit */ + if ((ADCx->CR2 & ADC_CR2_SWSTART) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* SWSTART bit is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* SWSTART bit is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the SWSTART bit status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the EOC on each regular channel conversion + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC EOC flag rising + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_EOCOnEachRegularChannelCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC EOC rising on each regular channel conversion */ + ADCx->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_EOCS; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC EOC rising on each regular channel conversion */ + ADCx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~ADC_CR2_EOCS; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the ADC continuous conversion mode + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC continuous conversion mode + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_ContinuousModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC continuous conversion mode */ + ADCx->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_CONT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC continuous conversion mode */ + ADCx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CR2_CONT); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the discontinuous mode for the selected ADC regular + * group channel. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral. + * @param Number: specifies the discontinuous mode regular channel count value. + * This number must be between 1 and 8. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_DiscModeChannelCountConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t Number) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; + uint32_t tmpreg2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_DISC_NUMBER(Number)); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->CR1; + /* Clear the old discontinuous mode channel count */ + tmpreg1 &= CR1_DISCNUM_RESET; + /* Set the discontinuous mode channel count */ + tmpreg2 = Number - 1; + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2 << 13; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->CR1 = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the discontinuous mode on regular group + * channel for the specified ADC + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC discontinuous mode on regular + * group channel. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_DiscModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC regular discontinuous mode */ + ADCx->CR1 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR1_DISCEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC regular discontinuous mode */ + ADCx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CR1_DISCEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the last ADCx conversion result data for regular channel. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral. + * @retval The Data conversion value. + */ +uint16_t ADC_GetConversionValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + + /* Return the selected ADC conversion value */ + return (uint16_t) ADCx->DR; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Group6 Regular Channels DMA Configuration functions + * @brief Regular Channels DMA Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Regular Channels DMA Configuration functions + =============================================================================== + + This section provides functions allowing to configure the DMA for ADC regular + channels. + Since converted regular channel values are stored into a unique data register, + it is useful to use DMA for conversion of more than one regular channel. This + avoids the loss of the data already stored in the ADC Data register. + + When the DMA mode is enabled (using the ADC_DMACmd() function), after each + conversion of a regular channel, a DMA request is generated. + + Depending on the "DMA disable selection" configuration (using the + ADC_DMARequestAfterLastTransferCmd() function), at the end of the last DMA + transfer, two possibilities are allowed: + - No new DMA request is issued to the DMA controller (feature DISABLED) + - Requests can continue to be generated (feature ENABLED). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified ADC DMA request. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC DMA transfer. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_DMACmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_DMA_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC DMA request */ + ADCx->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_DMA; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC DMA request */ + ADCx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CR2_DMA); + } +} + + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the ADC DMA request after last transfer (Single-ADC mode) + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC EOC flag rising + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_DMARequestAfterLastTransferCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC DMA request after last transfer */ + ADCx->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_DDS; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC DMA request after last transfer */ + ADCx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~ADC_CR2_DDS; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Group7 Injected channels Configuration functions + * @brief Injected channels Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Injected channels Configuration functions + =============================================================================== + + This section provide functions allowing to configure the ADC Injected channels, + it is composed of 2 sub sections : + + 1. Configuration functions for Injected channels: This subsection provides + functions allowing to configure the ADC injected channels : + - Configure the rank in the injected group sequencer for each channel + - Configure the sampling time for each channel + - Activate the Auto injected Mode + - Activate the Discontinuous Mode + - scan mode activation + - External/software trigger source + - External trigger edge + - injected channels sequencer. + + 2. Get the Specified Injected channel conversion data: This subsection + provides an important function in the ADC peripheral since it returns the + converted data of the specific injected channel. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures for the selected ADC injected channel its corresponding + * rank in the sequencer and its sample time. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral. + * @param ADC_Channel: the ADC channel to configure. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_Channel_0: ADC Channel0 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_1: ADC Channel1 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_2: ADC Channel2 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_3: ADC Channel3 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_4: ADC Channel4 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_5: ADC Channel5 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_6: ADC Channel6 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_7: ADC Channel7 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_8: ADC Channel8 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_9: ADC Channel9 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_10: ADC Channel10 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_11: ADC Channel11 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_12: ADC Channel12 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_13: ADC Channel13 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_14: ADC Channel14 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_15: ADC Channel15 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_16: ADC Channel16 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_17: ADC Channel17 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_18: ADC Channel18 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_19: ADC Channel19 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_20: ADC Channel20 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_21: ADC Channel21 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_22: ADC Channel22 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_23: ADC Channel23 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_24: ADC Channel24 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_25: ADC Channel25 selected + * @param Rank: The rank in the injected group sequencer. This parameter + * must be between 1 to 4. + * @param ADC_SampleTime: The sample time value to be set for the selected + * channel. This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_4Cycles: Sample time equal to 4 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_9Cycles: Sample time equal to 9 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_16Cycles: Sample time equal to 16 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_24Cycles: Sample time equal to 24 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_48Cycles: Sample time equal to 48 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_96Cycles: Sample time equal to 96 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_192Cycles: Sample time equal to 192 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_384Cycles: Sample time equal to 384 cycles + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_InjectedChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint8_t Rank, uint8_t ADC_SampleTime) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0, tmpreg2 = 0, tmpreg3 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(ADC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_RANK(Rank)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(ADC_SampleTime)); + + /* if ADC_Channel_20 ... ADC_Channel_25 is selected */ + if (ADC_Channel > ADC_Channel_19) + { + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SMPR1; + /* Calculate the mask to clear */ + tmpreg2 = SMPR1_SMP_SET << (3 * (ADC_Channel - 20)); + /* Clear the old sample time */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + /* Calculate the mask to set */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_SampleTime << (3 * (ADC_Channel - 20)); + /* Set the new sample time */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->SMPR1 = tmpreg1; + } + + /* if ADC_Channel_10 ... ADC_Channel_19 is selected */ + else if (ADC_Channel > ADC_Channel_9) + { + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SMPR2; + /* Calculate the mask to clear */ + tmpreg2 = SMPR2_SMP_SET << (3 * (ADC_Channel - 10)); + /* Clear the old sample time */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + /* Calculate the mask to set */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_SampleTime << (3 * (ADC_Channel - 10)); + /* Set the new sample time */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->SMPR2 = tmpreg1; + } + + else /* ADC_Channel include in ADC_Channel_[0..9] */ + { + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SMPR3; + /* Calculate the mask to clear */ + tmpreg2 = SMPR3_SMP_SET << (3 * ADC_Channel); + /* Clear the old sample time */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + /* Calculate the mask to set */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_SampleTime << (3 * ADC_Channel); + /* Set the new sample time */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->SMPR3 = tmpreg1; + } + + /* Rank configuration */ + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->JSQR; + /* Get JL value: Number = JL+1 */ + tmpreg3 = (tmpreg1 & JSQR_JL_SET)>> 20; + /* Calculate the mask to clear: ((Rank-1)+(4- (JL+1))) */ + tmpreg2 = JSQR_JSQ_SET << (5 * (uint8_t)((Rank + 3) - (tmpreg3 + 1))); + /* Clear the old JSQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + /* Calculate the mask to set: ((Rank-1)+(4- (JL+1))) */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_Channel << (5 * (uint8_t)((Rank + 3) - (tmpreg3 + 1))); + /* Set the JSQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->JSQR = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the sequencer length for injected channels + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral. + * @param Length: The sequencer length. + * This parameter must be a number between 1 to 4. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_InjectedSequencerLengthConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t Length) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; + uint32_t tmpreg2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_LENGTH(Length)); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->JSQR; + /* Clear the old injected sequence length JL bits */ + tmpreg1 &= JSQR_JL_RESET; + /* Set the injected sequence length JL bits */ + tmpreg2 = Length - 1; + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2 << 20; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->JSQR = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the injected channels conversion value offset + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral. + * @param ADC_InjectedChannel: the ADC injected channel to set its offset. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_1: Injected Channel1 selected + * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_2: Injected Channel2 selected + * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_3: Injected Channel3 selected + * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_4: Injected Channel4 selected + * @param Offset: the offset value for the selected ADC injected channel + * This parameter must be a 12bit value. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_SetInjectedOffset(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_InjectedChannel, uint16_t Offset) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_CHANNEL(ADC_InjectedChannel)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_OFFSET(Offset)); + + tmp = (uint32_t)ADCx; + tmp += ADC_InjectedChannel; + + /* Set the selected injected channel data offset */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp = (uint32_t)Offset; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the ADCx external trigger for injected channels conversion. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral. + * @param ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv: specifies the ADC trigger to start injected + * conversion. This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T9_CC1: Timer9 capture compare1 selected + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T9_TRGO: Timer9 TRGO event selected + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_TRGO: Timer2 TRGO event selected + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_CC1: Timer2 capture compare1 selected + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T3_CC4: Timer3 capture compare4 selected + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_TRGO: Timer4 TRGO event selected + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC1: Timer4 capture compare1 selected + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC2: Timer4 capture compare2 selected + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC3: Timer4 capture compare3 selected + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T10_CC1: Timer10 capture compare1 selected + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T7_TRGO: Timer7 TRGO event selected + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_Ext_IT15: External interrupt line 15 event selected + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_ExternalTrigInjectedConvConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_INJEC_TRIG(ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv)); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = ADCx->CR2; + /* Clear the old external event selection for injected group */ + tmpreg &= CR2_JEXTSEL_RESET; + /* Set the external event selection for injected group */ + tmpreg |= ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->CR2 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the ADCx external trigger edge for injected channels conversion. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral. + * @param ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge: specifies the ADC external trigger + * edge to start injected conversion. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_None: external trigger disabled for + * injected conversion + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_Rising: detection on rising edge + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_Falling: detection on falling edge + * @arg ADC_External ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_RisingFalling: detection on + * both rising and falling edge + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_ExternalTrigInjectedConvEdgeConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_INJEC_TRIG_EDGE(ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge)); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = ADCx->CR2; + /* Clear the old external trigger edge for injected group */ + tmpreg &= CR2_JEXTEN_RESET; + /* Set the new external trigger edge for injected group */ + tmpreg |= ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->CR2 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the selected ADC software start conversion of the injected + * channels. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_SoftwareStartInjectedConv(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + /* Enable the selected ADC conversion for injected group */ + ADCx->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_JSWSTART; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the selected ADC Software start injected conversion Status. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral. + * @retval The new state of ADC software start injected conversion (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus ADC_GetSoftwareStartInjectedConvCmdStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + + /* Check the status of JSWSTART bit */ + if ((ADCx->CR2 & ADC_CR2_JSWSTART) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* JSWSTART bit is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* JSWSTART bit is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the JSWSTART bit status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the selected ADC automatic injected group + * conversion after regular one. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC auto injected + * conversion. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_AutoInjectedConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC automatic injected group conversion */ + ADCx->CR1 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR1_JAUTO; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC automatic injected group conversion */ + ADCx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CR1_JAUTO); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the discontinuous mode for injected group + * channel for the specified ADC + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC discontinuous mode + * on injected group channel. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_InjectedDiscModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC injected discontinuous mode */ + ADCx->CR1 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR1_JDISCEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC injected discontinuous mode */ + ADCx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CR1_JDISCEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the ADC injected channel conversion result + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral. + * @param ADC_InjectedChannel: the converted ADC injected channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_1: Injected Channel1 selected + * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_2: Injected Channel2 selected + * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_3: Injected Channel3 selected + * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_4: Injected Channel4 selected + * @retval The Data conversion value. + */ +uint16_t ADC_GetInjectedConversionValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_InjectedChannel) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_CHANNEL(ADC_InjectedChannel)); + + tmp = (uint32_t)ADCx; + tmp += ADC_InjectedChannel + JDR_OFFSET; + + /* Returns the selected injected channel conversion data value */ + return (uint16_t) (*(__IO uint32_t*) tmp); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Group8 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Interrupts and flags management functions + =============================================================================== + + This section provides functions allowing to configure the ADC Interrupts and get + the status and clear flags and Interrupts pending bits. + + The ADC provide 4 Interrupts sources and 9 Flags which can be divided into 3 groups: + + I. Flags and Interrupts for ADC regular channels + ================================================= + Flags : + ---------- + 1. ADC_FLAG_OVR : Overrun detection when regular converted data are lost + + 2. ADC_FLAG_EOC : Regular channel end of conversion + to indicate (depending + on EOCS bit, managed by ADC_EOCOnEachRegularChannelCmd() ) the end of : + ==> a regular CHANNEL conversion + ==> sequence of regular GROUP conversions . + + 3. ADC_FLAG_STRT: Regular channel start + to indicate when regular CHANNEL + conversion starts. + + 4. ADC_FLAG_RCNR: Regular channel not ready+ to indicate if a new regular + conversion can be launched + + Interrupts : + ------------ + 1. ADC_IT_OVR + 2. ADC_IT_EOC + + + II. Flags and Interrupts for ADC Injected channels + ================================================= + Flags : + ---------- + 1. ADC_FLAG_JEOC : Injected channel end of conversion+ to indicate at + the end of injected GROUP conversion + + 2. ADC_FLAG_JSTRT: Injected channel start + to indicate hardware when + injected GROUP conversion starts. + + 3. ADC_FLAG_JCNR: Injected channel not ready + to indicate if a new + injected conversion can be launched. + + Interrupts : + ------------ + 1. ADC_IT_JEOC + + III. General Flags and Interrupts for the ADC + ================================================= + Flags : + ---------- + 1. ADC_FLAG_AWD: Analog watchdog + to indicate if the converted voltage + crosses the programmed thresholds values. + + 2. ADC_FLAG_ADONS: ADC ON status + to indicate if the ADC is ready to convert. + + Interrupts : + ------------ + 1. ADC_IT_AWD + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified ADC interrupts. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_IT: specifies the ADC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_IT_EOC: End of conversion interrupt + * @arg ADC_IT_AWD: Analog watchdog interrupt + * @arg ADC_IT_JEOC: End of injected conversion interrupt + * @arg ADC_IT_OVR: overrun interrupt + * @param NewState: new state of the specified ADC interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_ITConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + uint32_t itmask = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_IT(ADC_IT)); + + /* Get the ADC IT index */ + itmask = (uint8_t)ADC_IT; + itmask = (uint32_t)0x01 << itmask; + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC interrupts */ + ADCx->CR1 |= itmask; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC interrupts */ + ADCx->CR1 &= (~(uint32_t)itmask); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified ADC flag is set or not. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral. + * @param ADC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_FLAG_AWD: Analog watchdog flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_EOC: End of conversion flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_JEOC: End of injected group conversion flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_JSTRT: Start of injected group conversion flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_STRT: Start of regular group conversion flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_OVR: Overrun flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_ADONS: ADC ON status + * @arg ADC_FLAG_RCNR: Regular channel not ready + * @arg ADC_FLAG_JCNR: Injected channel not ready + * @retval The new state of ADC_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus ADC_GetFlagStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_GET_FLAG(ADC_FLAG)); + + /* Check the status of the specified ADC flag */ + if ((ADCx->SR & ADC_FLAG) != (uint8_t)RESET) + { + /* ADC_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* ADC_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the ADC_FLAG status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the ADCx's pending flags. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral. + * @param ADC_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg ADC_FLAG_AWD: Analog watchdog flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_EOC: End of conversion flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_JEOC: End of injected group conversion flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_JSTRT: Start of injected group conversion flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_STRT: Start of regular group conversion flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_OVR: overrun flag + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_ClearFlag(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(ADC_FLAG)); + + /* Clear the selected ADC flags */ + ADCx->SR = ~(uint32_t)ADC_FLAG; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified ADC interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral. + * @param ADC_IT: specifies the ADC interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_IT_EOC: End of conversion interrupt + * @arg ADC_IT_AWD: Analog watchdog interrupt + * @arg ADC_IT_JEOC: End of injected conversion interrupt + * @arg ADC_IT_OVR: Overrun interrupt + * @retval The new state of ADC_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus ADC_GetITStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t itmask = 0, enablestatus = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_IT(ADC_IT)); + + /* Get the ADC IT index */ + itmask = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)ADC_IT >> 8); + + /* Get the ADC_IT enable bit status */ + enablestatus = (ADCx->CR1 & ((uint32_t)0x01 << (uint8_t)ADC_IT)); + + /* Check the status of the specified ADC interrupt */ + if (((uint32_t)(ADCx->SR & (uint32_t)itmask) != (uint32_t)RESET) && (enablestatus != (uint32_t)RESET)) + { + /* ADC_IT is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* ADC_IT is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the ADC_IT status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the ADCx’s interrupt pending bits. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 to select the ADC1 peripheral. + * @param ADC_IT: specifies the ADC interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_IT_EOC: End of conversion interrupt + * @arg ADC_IT_AWD: Analog watchdog interrupt + * @arg ADC_IT_JEOC: End of injected conversion interrupt + * @arg ADC_IT_OVR: Overrun interrupt + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_ClearITPendingBit(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT) +{ + uint8_t itmask = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_IT(ADC_IT)); + + /* Get the ADC IT index */ + itmask = (uint8_t)(ADC_IT >> 8); + + /* Clear the selected ADC interrupt pending bits */ + ADCx->SR = ~(uint32_t)itmask; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_comp.c b/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_comp.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..289a536 --- /dev/null +++ b/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_comp.c @@ -0,0 +1,356 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l1xx_comp.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 31-December-2010 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the comparators (COMP1 and COMP2) peripheral: + * - Comparators configuration + * - Window mode control + * - Internal Reference Voltage (VREFINT) output + * + * @verbatim + * + * =================================================================== + * How to use this driver + * =================================================================== + * + * The device integrates two analog comparators COMP1 and COMP2: + * - COMP1 is a fixed threshold (VREFINT) that shares the non inverting + * input with the ADC channels. + * + * - COMP2 is a rail-to-rail comparator whose the inverting input + * can be selected among: DAC_OUT1, DAC_OUT2, 1/4 VREFINT, + * 1/2 VERFINT, 3/4 VREFINT, VREFINT, PB3 and whose the output + * can be redirected to embedded timers: TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM10 + * + * - The two comparators COMP1 and COMP2 can be combined in window + * mode. + * + * @note + * 1- Comparator APB clock must be enabled to get write access + * to comparator register using + * RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_COMP, ENABLE); + * + * 2- COMP1 comparator and ADC can't be used at the same time since + * they share the same ADC switch matrix (analog switches). + * + * 3- When an I/O is used as comparator input, the corresponding GPIO + * registers should be configured in analog mode. + * + * 4- Comparators outputs (CMP1OUT and CMP2OUT) are not mapped on + * GPIO pin. They are only internal. + * To get the comparator output level, use COMP_GetOutputLevel() + * + * 5- COMP1 and COMP2 outputs are internally connected to EXTI Line 21 + * and EXTI Line 22 respectively. + * Interrupts can be used by configuring the EXTI Line using the + * EXTI peripheral driver. + * + * 6- After enabling the comparator (COMP1 or COMP2), user should wait + * for start-up time (tSTART) to get right output levels. + * Please refer to product datasheet for more information on tSTART. + * + * 7- Comparators cannot be used to exit the device from Sleep or Stop + * mode when the internal reference voltage is switched off using + * the PWR_UltraLowPowerCmd() function (ULP bit in the PWR_CR register). + * + * @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l1xx_comp.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP + * @brief COMP driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup COMP_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Initialization and Configuration functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes COMP peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void COMP_DeInit(void) +{ + COMP->CSR = ((uint32_t)0x00000000); /*!< Set COMP->CSR to reset value */ +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the COMP2 peripheral according to the specified parameters + * in the COMP_InitStruct: + * - COMP_InvertingInput specify the inverting input of COMP2 + * - COMP_OutputSelect connect the output of COMP2 to selected timer + * input (Input capture / Output Compare Reference Clear) + * - COMP_Speed configures COMP2 speed for optimum speed/consumption ratio + * @note This function configures only COMP2. + * @note COMP2 comparator is enabled as soon as the INSEL[2:0] bits are + * different from "000". + * @param COMP_InitStruct: pointer to an COMP_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified COMP peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void COMP_Init(COMP_InitTypeDef* COMP_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_COMP_INVERTING_INPUT(COMP_InitStruct->COMP_InvertingInput)); + assert_param(IS_COMP_OUTPUT(COMP_InitStruct->COMP_OutputSelect)); + assert_param(IS_COMP_SPEED(COMP_InitStruct->COMP_Speed)); + + /*!< Get the COMP CSR value */ + tmpreg = COMP->CSR; + + /*!< Clear the INSEL[2:0], OUTSEL[1:0] and SPEED bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t) (~(uint32_t) (COMP_CSR_OUTSEL | COMP_CSR_INSEL | COMP_CSR_SPEED)); + + /*!< Configure COMP: speed, inversion input selection and output redirection */ + /*!< Set SPEED bit according to COMP_InitStruct->COMP_Speed value */ + /*!< Set INSEL bits according to COMP_InitStruct->COMP_InvertingInput value */ + /*!< Set OUTSEL bits according to COMP_InitStruct->COMP_OutputSelect value */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)((COMP_InitStruct->COMP_Speed | COMP_InitStruct->COMP_InvertingInput + | COMP_InitStruct->COMP_OutputSelect)); + + /*!< The COMP2 comparator is enabled as soon as the INSEL[2:0] bits value are + different from "000" */ + /*!< Write to COMP_CSR register */ + COMP->CSR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enable or disable the COMP1 peripheral. + * After enabling COMP1, the following functions should be called to + * connect the selected GPIO input to COMP1 non inverting input: + * - Enable switch control mode using SYSCFG_RISwitchControlModeCmd() + * - Close VCOMP switch using SYSCFG_RIIOSwitchConfig() + * - Close the I/O switch number n corresponding to the I/O + * using SYSCFG_RIIOSwitchConfig() + * @param NewState: new state of the COMP1 peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note This function enables/disables only the COMP1. + * @retval None + */ +void COMP_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the COMP1 */ + COMP->CSR |= (uint32_t) COMP_CSR_CMP1EN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the COMP1 */ + COMP->CSR &= (uint32_t)(~COMP_CSR_CMP1EN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Return the output level (high or low) of the selected comparator: + * - Comparator output is low when the non-inverting input is at a lower + * voltage than the inverting input + * - Comparator output is high when the non-inverting input is at a higher + * voltage than the inverting input + * @note Comparators outputs aren't available on GPIO (outputs levels are + * only internal). The COMP1 and COMP2 outputs are connected internally + * to the EXTI Line 21 and Line 22 respectively. + * @param COMP_Selection: the selected comparator. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg COMP_Selection_COMP1: COMP1 selected + * @arg COMP_Selection_COMP2: COMP2 selected + * @retval Returns the selected comparator output level. + */ +uint8_t COMP_GetOutputLevel(uint32_t COMP_Selection) +{ + uint8_t compout = 0x0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_PERIPH(COMP_Selection)); + + /* Check if Comparator 1 is selected */ + if(COMP_Selection == COMP_Selection_COMP1) + { + /* Check if comparator 1 output level is high */ + if((COMP->CSR & COMP_CSR_CMP1OUT) != (uint8_t) RESET) + { + /* Get Comparator 1 output level */ + compout = (uint8_t) COMP_OutputLevel_High; + } + /* comparator 1 output level is low */ + else + { + /* Get Comparator 1 output level */ + compout = (uint8_t) COMP_OutputLevel_Low; + } + } + /* Comparator 2 is selected */ + else + { + /* Check if comparator 2 output level is high */ + if((COMP->CSR & COMP_CSR_CMP2OUT) != (uint8_t) RESET) + { + /* Get Comparator output level */ + compout = (uint8_t) COMP_OutputLevel_High; + } + /* comparator 2 output level is low */ + else + { + /* Get Comparator 2 output level */ + compout = (uint8_t) COMP_OutputLevel_Low; + } + } + /* Return the comparator output level */ + return (uint8_t)(compout); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP_Group2 Window mode control function + * @brief Window mode control function + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Window mode control function + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the window mode. + * In window mode: + * - COMP1 inverting input is fixed to VREFINT defining the first + * threshold + * - COMP2 inverting input is configurable (DAC_OUT1, DAC_OUT2, VREFINT + * sub-multiples, PB3) defining the second threshold + * - COMP1 and COMP2 non inverting inputs are connected together. + * @note In window mode, only the Group 6 (PB4 or PB5) can be used as + * non-inverting inputs. + * param NewState: new state of the window mode. + * This parameter can be ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void COMP_WindowCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the window mode */ + COMP->CSR |= (uint32_t) COMP_CSR_WNDWE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the window mode */ + COMP->CSR &= (uint32_t)(~COMP_CSR_WNDWE); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP_Group3 Internal Reference Voltage output function + * @brief Internal Reference Voltage (VREFINT) output function + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Internal Reference Voltage (VREFINT) output function + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the output of internal reference voltage (VREFINT). + * The VREFINT output can be routed to any I/O in group 3: CH8 (PB0) or + * CH9 (PB1). + * To correctly use this function, the SYSCFG_RIIOSwitchConfig() function + * should be called after. + * @param NewState: new state of the Vrefint output. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void COMP_VrefintOutputCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the output of internal reference voltage */ + COMP->CSR |= (uint32_t) COMP_CSR_VREFOUTEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the output of internal reference voltage */ + COMP->CSR &= (uint32_t) (~COMP_CSR_VREFOUTEN); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_crc.c b/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_crc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0a88368 --- /dev/null +++ b/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_crc.c @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l1xx_crc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 31-December-2010 + * @brief This file provides all the CRC firmware functions. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l1xx_crc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CRC + * @brief CRC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup CRC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Resets the CRC Data register (DR). + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void CRC_ResetDR(void) +{ + /* Reset CRC generator */ + CRC->CR = CRC_CR_RESET; +} + +/** + * @brief Computes the 32-bit CRC of a given data word(32-bit). + * @param Data: data word(32-bit) to compute its CRC + * @retval 32-bit CRC + */ +uint32_t CRC_CalcCRC(uint32_t Data) +{ + CRC->DR = Data; + + return (CRC->DR); +} + +/** + * @brief Computes the 32-bit CRC of a given buffer of data word(32-bit). + * @param pBuffer: pointer to the buffer containing the data to be computed + * @param BufferLength: length of the buffer to be computed + * @retval 32-bit CRC + */ +uint32_t CRC_CalcBlockCRC(uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength) +{ + uint32_t index = 0; + + for(index = 0; index < BufferLength; index++) + { + CRC->DR = pBuffer[index]; + } + return (CRC->DR); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the current CRC value. + * @param None + * @retval 32-bit CRC + */ +uint32_t CRC_GetCRC(void) +{ + return (CRC->DR); +} + +/** + * @brief Stores a 8-bit data in the Independent Data(ID) register. + * @param IDValue: 8-bit value to be stored in the ID register + * @retval None + */ +void CRC_SetIDRegister(uint8_t IDValue) +{ + CRC->IDR = IDValue; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the 8-bit data stored in the Independent Data(ID) register + * @param None + * @retval 8-bit value of the ID register + */ +uint8_t CRC_GetIDRegister(void) +{ + return (CRC->IDR); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_dac.c b/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_dac.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dcc59c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_dac.c @@ -0,0 +1,690 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l1xx_dac.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 31-December-2010 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC) peripheral: + * - DAC channels configuration: trigger, output buffer, data format + * - DMA management + * - Interrupts and flags management + * + * @verbatim + * + * =================================================================== + * DAC Peripheral features + * =================================================================== + * The device integrates two 12-bit Digital Analog Converters that can + * be used independently or simultaneously (dual mode): + * 1- DAC channel1 with DAC_OUT1 (PA4) as output + * 1- DAC channel2 with DAC_OUT2 (PA5) as output + * + * Digital to Analog conversion can be non-triggered using DAC_Trigger_None + * and DAC_OUT1/DAC_OUT2 is available once writing to DHRx register using + * DAC_SetChannel1Data()/DAC_SetChannel2Data. + * + * Digital to Analog conversion can be triggered by: + * 1- External event: EXTI Line 9 (any GPIOx_Pin9) using DAC_Trigger_Ext_IT9. + * The used pin (GPIOx_Pin9) must be configured in input mode. + * + * 2- Timers TRGO: TIM2, TIM4, TIM6, TIM7 and TIM9 + * (DAC_Trigger_T2_TRGO, DAC_Trigger_T4_TRGO...) + * The timer TRGO event should be selected using TIM_SelectOutputTrigger() + * + * 3- Software using DAC_Trigger_Software + * + * Each DAC channel integrates an output buffer that can be used to + * reduce the output impedance, and to drive external loads directly + * without having to add an external operational amplifier. + * To enable, the output buffer use + * DAC_InitStructure.DAC_OutputBuffer = DAC_OutputBuffer_Enable; + * + * Refer to the device datasheet for more details about output impedance + * value with and without output buffer. + * + * Both DAC channels can be used to generate + * 1- Noise wave using DAC_WaveGeneration_Noise + * 2- Triangle wave using DAC_WaveGeneration_Triangle + * + * Wave generation can be disabled using DAC_WaveGeneration_None + * + * The DAC data format can be: + * 1- 8-bit right alignment using DAC_Align_8b_R + * 2- 12-bit left alignment using DAC_Align_12b_L + * 3- 12-bit right alignment using DAC_Align_12b_R + * + * The analog output voltage on each DAC channel pin is determined + * by the following equation: DAC_OUTx = VREF+ * DOR / 4095 + * with DOR is the Data Output Register + * VEF+ is the input voltage reference (refer to the device datasheet) + * e.g. To set DAC_OUT1 to 0.7V, use + * DAC_SetChannel1Data(DAC_Align_12b_R, 868); + * Assuming that VREF+ = 3.3, DAC_OUT1 = (3.3 * 868) / 4095 = 0.7V + * + * A DMA1 request can be generated when an external trigger (but not + * a software trigger) occurs if DMA1 requests are enabled using + * DAC_DMACmd() + * DMA1 requests are mapped as following: + * 1- DAC channel1 is mapped on DMA1 channel3 which must be already + * configured + * 2- DAC channel2 is mapped on DMA1 channel4 which must be already + * configured + * + * =================================================================== + * How to use this driver + * =================================================================== + * - DAC APB clock must be enabled to get write access to DAC + * registers using + * RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_DAC, ENABLE) + * - Configure DAC_OUTx (DAC_OUT1: PA4, DAC_OUT2: PA5) in analog mode. + * - Configure the DAC channel using DAC_Init() + * - Enable the DAC channel using DAC_Cmd() + * + * @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l1xx_dac.h" +#include "stm32l1xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC + * @brief DAC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* CR register Mask */ +#define CR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00000FFE) + +/* DAC Dual Channels SWTRIG masks */ +#define DUAL_SWTRIG_SET ((uint32_t)0x00000003) +#define DUAL_SWTRIG_RESET ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFC) + +/* DHR registers offsets */ +#define DHR12R1_OFFSET ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define DHR12R2_OFFSET ((uint32_t)0x00000014) +#define DHR12RD_OFFSET ((uint32_t)0x00000020) + +/* DOR register offset */ +#define DOR_OFFSET ((uint32_t)0x0000002C) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Group1 DAC channels configuration + * @brief DAC channels configuration: trigger, output buffer, data format + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + DAC channels configuration: trigger, output buffer, data format + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the DAC peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_DeInit(void) +{ + /* Enable DAC reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_DAC, ENABLE); + /* Release DAC from reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_DAC, DISABLE); +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the DAC peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the DAC_InitStruct. + * @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param DAC_InitStruct: pointer to a DAC_InitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the specified DAC channel. + * DAC_Trigger selects the trigger source: EXTI Line 9, TIM2, TIM4.... + * DAC_WaveGeneration selects the waveform to be generated: noise, triangle + * DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude + * defines the LFSR when noise waveform is selected by DAC_WaveGeneration + * or defines the amplitude of the triangle waveform when it is + * selected by DAC_WaveGeneration + * DAC_OutputBuffer enables/disables the output buffer on DAC_OUTx + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_Init(uint32_t DAC_Channel, DAC_InitTypeDef* DAC_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0, tmpreg2 = 0; + + /* Check the DAC parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_TRIGGER(DAC_InitStruct->DAC_Trigger)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_GENERATE_WAVE(DAC_InitStruct->DAC_WaveGeneration)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(DAC_InitStruct->DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_STATE(DAC_InitStruct->DAC_OutputBuffer)); + +/*---------------------------- DAC CR Configuration --------------------------*/ + /* Get the DAC CR value */ + tmpreg1 = DAC->CR; + /* Clear BOFFx, TENx, TSELx, WAVEx and MAMPx bits */ + tmpreg1 &= ~(CR_CLEAR_MASK << DAC_Channel); + /* Configure for the selected DAC channel: buffer output, trigger, wave generation, + mask/amplitude for wave generation */ + /* Set TSELx and TENx bits according to DAC_Trigger value */ + /* Set WAVEx bits according to DAC_WaveGeneration value */ + /* Set MAMPx bits according to DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude value */ + /* Set BOFFx bit according to DAC_OutputBuffer value */ + tmpreg2 = (DAC_InitStruct->DAC_Trigger | DAC_InitStruct->DAC_WaveGeneration | + DAC_InitStruct->DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude | DAC_InitStruct->DAC_OutputBuffer); + /* Calculate CR register value depending on DAC_Channel */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2 << DAC_Channel; + /* Write to DAC CR */ + DAC->CR = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each DAC_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param DAC_InitStruct : pointer to a DAC_InitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_StructInit(DAC_InitTypeDef* DAC_InitStruct) +{ +/*--------------- Reset DAC init structure parameters values -----------------*/ + /* Initialize the DAC_Trigger member */ + DAC_InitStruct->DAC_Trigger = DAC_Trigger_None; + /* Initialize the DAC_WaveGeneration member */ + DAC_InitStruct->DAC_WaveGeneration = DAC_WaveGeneration_None; + /* Initialize the DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude member */ + DAC_InitStruct->DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude = DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bit0; + /* Initialize the DAC_OutputBuffer member */ + DAC_InitStruct->DAC_OutputBuffer = DAC_OutputBuffer_Enable; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified DAC channel. + * @param DAC_Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param NewState: new state of the DAC channel. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note When the DAC channel is enabled the trigger source can no more + * be modified. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_Cmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected DAC channel */ + DAC->CR |= (DAC_CR_EN1 << DAC_Channel); + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected DAC channel */ + DAC->CR &= (~(DAC_CR_EN1 << DAC_Channel)); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the selected DAC channel software trigger. + * @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param NewState: new state of the selected DAC channel software trigger. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_SoftwareTriggerCmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable software trigger for the selected DAC channel */ + DAC->SWTRIGR |= (uint32_t)DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG1 << (DAC_Channel >> 4); + } + else + { + /* Disable software trigger for the selected DAC channel */ + DAC->SWTRIGR &= ~((uint32_t)DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG1 << (DAC_Channel >> 4)); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables simultaneously the two DAC channels software + * triggers. + * @param NewState: new state of the DAC channels software triggers. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_DualSoftwareTriggerCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable software trigger for both DAC channels */ + DAC->SWTRIGR |= DUAL_SWTRIG_SET; + } + else + { + /* Disable software trigger for both DAC channels */ + DAC->SWTRIGR &= DUAL_SWTRIG_RESET; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the selected DAC channel wave generation. + * @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param DAC_Wave: Specifies the wave type to enable or disable. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Wave_Noise: noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_Wave_Triangle: triangle wave generation + * @param NewState: new state of the selected DAC channel wave generation. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_WaveGenerationCmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_Wave, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_WAVE(DAC_Wave)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected wave generation for the selected DAC channel */ + DAC->CR |= DAC_Wave << DAC_Channel; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected wave generation for the selected DAC channel */ + DAC->CR &= ~(DAC_Wave << DAC_Channel); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel1. + * @param DAC_Align: Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel1. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Align_8b_R: 8bit right data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_Align_12b_L: 12bit left data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_Align_12b_R: 12bit right data alignment selected + * @param Data : Data to be loaded in the selected data holding register. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_SetChannel1Data(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(DAC_Align)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data)); + + tmp = (uint32_t)DAC_BASE; + tmp += DHR12R1_OFFSET + DAC_Align; + + /* Set the DAC channel1 selected data holding register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp = Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel2. + * @param DAC_Align: Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel2. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Align_8b_R: 8bit right data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_Align_12b_L: 12bit left data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_Align_12b_R: 12bit right data alignment selected + * @param Data : Data to be loaded in the selected data holding register. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_SetChannel2Data(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(DAC_Align)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data)); + + tmp = (uint32_t)DAC_BASE; + tmp += DHR12R2_OFFSET + DAC_Align; + + /* Set the DAC channel2 selected data holding register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the specified data holding register value for dual channel DAC. + * @param DAC_Align: Specifies the data alignment for dual channel DAC. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Align_8b_R: 8bit right data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_Align_12b_L: 12bit left data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_Align_12b_R: 12bit right data alignment selected + * @param Data2: Data for DAC Channel2 to be loaded in the selected data + * holding register. + * @param Data1: Data for DAC Channel1 to be loaded in the selected data + * holding register. + * @note In dual mode, a unique register access is required to write in both + * DAC channels at the same time. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_SetDualChannelData(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data2, uint16_t Data1) +{ + uint32_t data = 0, tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(DAC_Align)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data1)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data2)); + + /* Calculate and set dual DAC data holding register value */ + if (DAC_Align == DAC_Align_8b_R) + { + data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 8) | Data1; + } + else + { + data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 16) | Data1; + } + + tmp = (uint32_t)DAC_BASE; + tmp += DHR12RD_OFFSET + DAC_Align; + + /* Set the dual DAC selected data holding register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = data; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel. + * @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @retval The selected DAC channel data output value. + */ +uint16_t DAC_GetDataOutputValue(uint32_t DAC_Channel) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + + tmp = (uint32_t) DAC_BASE ; + tmp += DOR_OFFSET + ((uint32_t)DAC_Channel >> 2); + + /* Returns the DAC channel data output register value */ + return (uint16_t) (*(__IO uint32_t*) tmp); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Group2 DMA management functions + * @brief DMA management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + DMA management functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified DAC channel DMA request. + * When enabled DMA1 is generated when an external trigger (EXTI Line9, + * TIM2, TIM4, TIM6, TIM7 or TIM9 but not a software trigger) occurs + * @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param NewState: new state of the selected DAC channel DMA request. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * The DAC channel1 (channel2) is mapped on DMA1 channel3 (channel4) which + * must be already configured. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_DMACmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected DAC channel DMA request */ + DAC->CR |= (DAC_CR_DMAEN1 << DAC_Channel); + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected DAC channel DMA request */ + DAC->CR &= (~(DAC_CR_DMAEN1 << DAC_Channel)); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Group3 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Interrupts and flags management functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified DAC interrupts. + * @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param DAC_IT: specifies the DAC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be the following values: + * @arg DAC_IT_DMAUDR: DMA underrun interrupt mask + * @note The DMA underrun occurs when a second external trigger arrives before + * the acknowledgement for the first external trigger is received (first request). + * @param NewState: new state of the specified DAC interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_ITConfig(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_IT(DAC_IT)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected DAC interrupts */ + DAC->CR |= (DAC_IT << DAC_Channel); + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected DAC interrupts */ + DAC->CR &= (~(uint32_t)(DAC_IT << DAC_Channel)); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified DAC flag is set or not. + * @param DAC_Channel: thee selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param DAC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be only of the following value: + * @arg DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR: DMA underrun flag + * @note The DMA underrun occurs when a second external trigger arrives before + * the acknowledgement for the first external trigger is received (first request). + * @retval The new state of DAC_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus DAC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_FLAG(DAC_FLAG)); + + /* Check the status of the specified DAC flag */ + if ((DAC->SR & (DAC_FLAG << DAC_Channel)) != (uint8_t)RESET) + { + /* DAC_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* DAC_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the DAC_FLAG status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the DAC channel's pending flags. + * @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param DAC_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be of the following value: + * @arg DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR: DMA underrun flag + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_ClearFlag(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_FLAG(DAC_FLAG)); + + /* Clear the selected DAC flags */ + DAC->SR = (DAC_FLAG << DAC_Channel); +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified DAC interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param DAC_IT: specifies the DAC interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be the following values: + * @arg DAC_IT_DMAUDR: DMA underrun interrupt mask + * @note The DMA underrun occurs when a second external trigger arrives before + * the acknowledgement for the first external trigger is received (first request). + * @retval The new state of DAC_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus DAC_GetITStatus(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t enablestatus = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_IT(DAC_IT)); + + /* Get the DAC_IT enable bit status */ + enablestatus = (DAC->CR & (DAC_IT << DAC_Channel)) ; + + /* Check the status of the specified DAC interrupt */ + if (((DAC->SR & (DAC_IT << DAC_Channel)) != (uint32_t)RESET) && enablestatus) + { + /* DAC_IT is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* DAC_IT is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the DAC_IT status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the DAC channel’s interrupt pending bits. + * @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param DAC_IT: specifies the DAC interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be the following values: + * @arg DAC_IT_DMAUDR: DMA underrun interrupt mask + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_IT(DAC_IT)); + + /* Clear the selected DAC interrupt pending bits */ + DAC->SR = (DAC_IT << DAC_Channel); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_dbgmcu.c b/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_dbgmcu.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f6b5712 --- /dev/null +++ b/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_dbgmcu.c @@ -0,0 +1,170 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l1xx_dbgmcu.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 31-December-2010 + * @brief This file provides all the DBGMCU firmware functions. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l1xx_dbgmcu.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DBGMCU + * @brief DBGMCU driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#define IDCODE_DEVID_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00000FFF) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup DBGMCU_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Returns the device revision identifier. + * @param None + * @retval Device revision identifier + */ +uint32_t DBGMCU_GetREVID(void) +{ + return(DBGMCU->IDCODE >> 16); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the device identifier. + * @param None + * @retval Device identifier + */ +uint32_t DBGMCU_GetDEVID(void) +{ + return(DBGMCU->IDCODE & IDCODE_DEVID_MASK); +} + +/** + * @brief Configures low power mode behavior when the MCU is in Debug mode. + * @param DBGMCU_Periph: specifies the low power mode. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg DBGMCU_SLEEP: Keep debugger connection during SLEEP mode + * @arg DBGMCU_STOP: Keep debugger connection during STOP mode + * @arg DBGMCU_STANDBY: Keep debugger connection during STANDBY mode + * @param NewState: new state of the specified low power mode in Debug mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DBGMCU_Config(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DBGMCU_PERIPH(DBGMCU_Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + DBGMCU->CR |= DBGMCU_Periph; + } + else + { + DBGMCU->CR &= ~DBGMCU_Periph; + } +} + + +/** + * @brief Configures APB1 peripheral behavior when the MCU is in Debug mode. + * @param DBGMCU_Periph: specifies the APB1 peripheral. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM2_STOP: TIM2 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM3_STOP: TIM3 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM4_STOP: TIM4 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM6_STOP: TIM6 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM7_STOP: TIM7 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_RTC_STOP: RTC Wakeup counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_WWDG_STOP: Debug WWDG stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_IWDG_STOP: Debug IWDG stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_I2C1_SMBUS_TIMEOUT: I2C1 SMBUS timeout mode stopped when Core is + * halted + * @arg DBGMCU_I2C2_SMBUS_TIMEOUT: I2C2 SMBUS timeout mode stopped when Core is + * halted + * @param NewState: new state of the specified APB1 peripheral in Debug mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DBGMCU_APB1PeriphConfig(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DBGMCU_APB1PERIPH(DBGMCU_Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= DBGMCU_Periph; + } + else + { + DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~DBGMCU_Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures APB2 peripheral behavior when the MCU is in Debug mode. + * @param DBGMCU_Periph: specifies the APB2 peripheral. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM9_STOP: TIM9 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM10_STOP: TIM10 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM11_STOP: TIM11 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @param NewState: new state of the specified APB2 peripheral in Debug mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DBGMCU_APB2PeriphConfig(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DBGMCU_APB2PERIPH(DBGMCU_Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + DBGMCU->APB2FZ |= DBGMCU_Periph; + } + else + { + DBGMCU->APB2FZ &= ~DBGMCU_Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_dma.c b/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_dma.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..749f6db --- /dev/null +++ b/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_dma.c @@ -0,0 +1,752 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l1xx_dma.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 31-December-2010 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Direct Memory Access controller (DMA): + * - Initialization and Configuration + * - Data Counter + * - Interrupts and flags management + * + * @verbatim + * + * =================================================================== + * How to use this driver + * =================================================================== + * 1. Enable The DMA controller clock using RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA1, ENABLE) + * function for DMA1 or using RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA2, ENABLE) + * function for DMA2. + * + * 2. Enable and configure the peripheral to be connected to the DMA channel + * (except for internal SRAM / FLASH memories: no initialization is + * necessary). + * + * 3. For a given Channel, program the Source and Destination addresses, + * the transfer Direction, the Buffer Size, the Peripheral and Memory + * Incrementation mode and Data Size, the Circular or Normal mode, + * the channel transfer Priority and the Memory-to-Memory transfer + * mode (if needed) using the DMA_Init() function. + * + * 4. Enable the NVIC and the corresponding interrupt(s) using the function + * DMA_ITConfig() if you need to use DMA interrupts. + * + * 5. Enable the DMA channel using the DMA_Cmd() function. + * + * 6. Activate the needed channel Request using PPP_DMACmd() function for + * any PPP peripheral except internal SRAM and FLASH (ie. SPI, USART ...) + * The function allowing this operation is provided in each PPP peripheral + * driver (ie. SPI_DMACmd for SPI peripheral). + * + * 7. Optionally, you can configure the number of data to be transferred + * when the channel is disabled (ie. after each Transfer Complete event + * or when a Transfer Error occurs) using the function DMA_SetCurrDataCounter(). + * And you can get the number of remaining data to be transferred using + * the function DMA_GetCurrDataCounter() at run time (when the DMA channel is + * enabled and running). + * + * 8. To control DMA events you can use one of the following + * two methods: + * a- Check on DMA channel flags using the function DMA_GetFlagStatus(). + * b- Use DMA interrupts through the function DMA_ITConfig() at initialization + * phase and DMA_GetITStatus() function into interrupt routines in + * communication phase. + * After checking on a flag you should clear it using DMA_ClearFlag() + * function. And after checking on an interrupt event you should + * clear it using DMA_ClearITPendingBit() function. + * + * @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l1xx_dma.h" +#include "stm32l1xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA + * @brief DMA driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* DMA1 Channelx interrupt pending bit masks */ +#define DMA1_CHANNEL1_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF1 | DMA_ISR_TCIF1 | DMA_ISR_HTIF1 | DMA_ISR_TEIF1)) +#define DMA1_CHANNEL2_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF2 | DMA_ISR_TCIF2 | DMA_ISR_HTIF2 | DMA_ISR_TEIF2)) +#define DMA1_CHANNEL3_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF3 | DMA_ISR_TCIF3 | DMA_ISR_HTIF3 | DMA_ISR_TEIF3)) +#define DMA1_CHANNEL4_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF4 | DMA_ISR_TCIF4 | DMA_ISR_HTIF4 | DMA_ISR_TEIF4)) +#define DMA1_CHANNEL5_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF5 | DMA_ISR_TCIF5 | DMA_ISR_HTIF5 | DMA_ISR_TEIF5)) +#define DMA1_CHANNEL6_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF6 | DMA_ISR_TCIF6 | DMA_ISR_HTIF6 | DMA_ISR_TEIF6)) +#define DMA1_CHANNEL7_IT_MASK ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF7 | DMA_ISR_TCIF7 | DMA_ISR_HTIF7 | DMA_ISR_TEIF7)) + +/* DMA FLAG mask */ +#define FLAG_MASK ((uint32_t)0x10000000) + +/* DMA registers Masks */ +#define CCR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFF800F) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + + +/** @defgroup DMA_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Initialization and Configuration functions + =============================================================================== + + This subsection provides functions allowing to initialize the DMA channel source + and destination addresses, incrementation and data sizes, transfer direction, + buffer size, circular/normal mode selection, memory-to-memory mode selection + and channel priority value. + + The DMA_Init() function follows the DMA configuration procedures as described in + reference manual (RM0038). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the DMAy Channelx registers to their default reset + * values. + * @param DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 to select the DMA and + * x can be 1 to 7 for DMA1 to select the DMA Channel. + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_DeInit(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Channelx)); + + /* Disable the selected DMAy Channelx */ + DMAy_Channelx->CCR &= (uint16_t)(~DMA_CCR1_EN); + + /* Reset DMAy Channelx control register */ + DMAy_Channelx->CCR = 0; + + /* Reset DMAy Channelx remaining bytes register */ + DMAy_Channelx->CNDTR = 0; + + /* Reset DMAy Channelx peripheral address register */ + DMAy_Channelx->CPAR = 0; + + /* Reset DMAy Channelx memory address register */ + DMAy_Channelx->CMAR = 0; + + if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel1) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel1 */ + DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_CHANNEL1_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel2) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel2 */ + DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_CHANNEL2_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel3) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel3 */ + DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_CHANNEL3_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel4) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel4 */ + DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_CHANNEL4_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel5) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel5 */ + DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_CHANNEL5_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel6) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel6 */ + DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_CHANNEL6_IT_MASK; + } + else + { + if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel7) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel7 */ + DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_CHANNEL7_IT_MASK; + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the DMAy Channelx according to the specified + * parameters in the DMA_InitStruct. + * @param DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 to select the DMA and + * x can be 1 to 7 for DMA1 to select the DMA Channel. + * @param DMA_InitStruct: pointer to a DMA_InitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_Init(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, DMA_InitTypeDef* DMA_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Channelx)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_DIR(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_DIR)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_BufferSize)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralInc)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryInc)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralDataSize)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryDataSize)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_MODE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_PRIORITY(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Priority)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_M2M_STATE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_M2M)); + +/*--------------------------- DMAy Channelx CCR Configuration -----------------*/ + /* Get the DMAy_Channelx CCR value */ + tmpreg = DMAy_Channelx->CCR; + /* Clear MEM2MEM, PL, MSIZE, PSIZE, MINC, PINC, CIRC and DIR bits */ + tmpreg &= CCR_CLEAR_MASK; + /* Configure DMAy Channelx: data transfer, data size, priority level and mode */ + /* Set DIR bit according to DMA_DIR value */ + /* Set CIRC bit according to DMA_Mode value */ + /* Set PINC bit according to DMA_PeripheralInc value */ + /* Set MINC bit according to DMA_MemoryInc value */ + /* Set PSIZE bits according to DMA_PeripheralDataSize value */ + /* Set MSIZE bits according to DMA_MemoryDataSize value */ + /* Set PL bits according to DMA_Priority value */ + /* Set the MEM2MEM bit according to DMA_M2M value */ + tmpreg |= DMA_InitStruct->DMA_DIR | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Mode | + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralInc | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryInc | + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralDataSize | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryDataSize | + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Priority | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_M2M; + + /* Write to DMAy Channelx CCR */ + DMAy_Channelx->CCR = tmpreg; + +/*--------------------------- DMAy Channelx CNDTR Configuration ---------------*/ + /* Write to DMAy Channelx CNDTR */ + DMAy_Channelx->CNDTR = DMA_InitStruct->DMA_BufferSize; + +/*--------------------------- DMAy Channelx CPAR Configuration ----------------*/ + /* Write to DMAy Channelx CPAR */ + DMAy_Channelx->CPAR = DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr; + +/*--------------------------- DMAy Channelx CMAR Configuration ----------------*/ + /* Write to DMAy Channelx CMAR */ + DMAy_Channelx->CMAR = DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryBaseAddr; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each DMA_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param DMA_InitStruct: pointer to a DMA_InitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_StructInit(DMA_InitTypeDef* DMA_InitStruct) +{ +/*-------------- Reset DMA init structure parameters values ------------------*/ + /* Initialize the DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr = 0; + /* Initialize the DMA_MemoryBaseAddr member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryBaseAddr = 0; + /* Initialize the DMA_DIR member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_DIR = DMA_DIR_PeripheralSRC; + /* Initialize the DMA_BufferSize member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_BufferSize = 0; + /* Initialize the DMA_PeripheralInc member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralInc = DMA_PeripheralInc_Disable; + /* Initialize the DMA_MemoryInc member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryInc = DMA_MemoryInc_Disable; + /* Initialize the DMA_PeripheralDataSize member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralDataSize = DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Byte; + /* Initialize the DMA_MemoryDataSize member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryDataSize = DMA_MemoryDataSize_Byte; + /* Initialize the DMA_Mode member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Mode = DMA_Mode_Normal; + /* Initialize the DMA_Priority member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Priority = DMA_Priority_Low; + /* Initialize the DMA_M2M member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_M2M = DMA_M2M_Disable; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified DMAy Channelx. + * @param DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 to select the DMA and + * x can be 1 to 7 for DMA1 to select the DMA Channel. + * @param NewState: new state of the DMAy Channelx. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_Cmd(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Channelx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected DMAy Channelx */ + DMAy_Channelx->CCR |= DMA_CCR1_EN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected DMAy Channelx */ + DMAy_Channelx->CCR &= (uint16_t)(~DMA_CCR1_EN); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_Group2 Data Counter functions + * @brief Data Counter functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Data Counter functions + =============================================================================== + + This subsection provides function allowing to configure and read the buffer size + (number of data to be transferred). + + The DMA data counter can be written only when the DMA channel is disabled + (ie. after transfer complete event). + + The following function can be used to write the Channel data counter value: + - void DMA_SetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, uint16_t DataNumber); + +@note It is advised to use this function rather than DMA_Init() in situations where + only the Data buffer needs to be reloaded. + + The DMA data counter can be read to indicate the number of remaining transfers for + the relative DMA channel. This counter is decremented at the end of each data + transfer and when the transfer is complete: + - If Normal mode is selected: the counter is set to 0. + - If Circular mode is selected: the counter is reloaded with the initial value + (configured before enabling the DMA channel) + + The following function can be used to read the Channel data counter value: + - uint16_t DMA_GetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx); + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sets the number of data units in the current DMAy Channelx transfer. + * @param DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 to select the DMA and + * x can be 1 to 7 for DMA1 to select the DMA Channel. + * @param DataNumber: The number of data units in the current DMAy Channelx + * transfer. + * @note This function can only be used when the DMAy_Channelx is disabled. + * @retval None. + */ +void DMA_SetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, uint16_t DataNumber) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Channelx)); + +/*--------------------------- DMAy Channelx CNDTR Configuration ---------------*/ + /* Write to DMAy Channelx CNDTR */ + DMAy_Channelx->CNDTR = DataNumber; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the number of remaining data units in the current + * DMAy Channelx transfer. + * @param DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 to select the DMA and + * x can be 1 to 7 for DMA1 to select the DMA Channel. + * @retval The number of remaining data units in the current DMAy Channelx + * transfer. + */ +uint16_t DMA_GetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Channelx)); + /* Return the number of remaining data units for DMAy Channelx */ + return ((uint16_t)(DMAy_Channelx->CNDTR)); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_Group3 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Interrupts and flags management functions + =============================================================================== + + This subsection provides functions allowing to configure the DMA Interrupts + sources and check or clear the flags or pending bits status. + The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage the + DMA controller events: Polling mode or Interrupt mode. + + Polling Mode + ============= + Each DMA channel can be managed through 4 event Flags: + (y : DMA Controller number + x : DMA channel number ) + 1. DMAy_FLAG_TCx : to indicate that a Transfer Complete event occurred + 2. DMAy_FLAG_HTx : to indicate that a Half-Transfer Complete event occured + 3. DMAy_FLAG_TEx : to indicate that a Transfer Error occured. + 4. DMAy_FLAG_GLx : to indicate that at least one of the events described + above occured. + +@note Clearing DMAy_FLAG_GLx results in clearing all other pending flags of the + same channel (DMAy_FLAG_TCx, DMAy_FLAG_HTx and DMAy_FLAG_TEx). + + In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + - FlagStatus DMA_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t DMA_FLAG); + - void DMA_ClearFlag(uint32_t DMA_FLAG); + + Interrupt Mode + =============== + Each DMA channel can be managed through 4 Interrupts: + + Interrupt Source + ---------------- + 1. DMA_IT_TC: specifies the interrupt source for the Transfer Complete event. + 2. DMA_IT_HT : specifies the interrupt source for the Half-transfer Complete event. + 3. DMA_IT_TE : specifies the interrupt source for the transfer errors event. + 4. DMA_IT_GL : to indicate that at least one of the interrupts described + above occurred. + +@note Clearing DMA_IT_GL interrupt results in clearing all other interrupts of the + same channel (DMA_IT_TCx, DMA_IT_HT and DMA_IT_TE). + + In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + - void DMA_ITConfig(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, uint32_t DMA_IT, FunctionalState NewState); + - ITStatus DMA_GetITStatus(uint32_t DMA_IT); + - void DMA_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t DMA_IT); + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified DMAy Channelx interrupts. + * @param DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 to select the DMA and + * x can be 1 to 7 for DMA1 to select the DMA Channel. + * @param DMA_IT: specifies the DMA interrupts sources to be enabled + * or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg DMA_IT_TC: Transfer complete interrupt mask + * @arg DMA_IT_HT: Half transfer interrupt mask + * @arg DMA_IT_TE: Transfer error interrupt mask + * @param NewState: new state of the specified DMA interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_ITConfig(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, uint32_t DMA_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Channelx)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_CONFIG_IT(DMA_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected DMA interrupts */ + DMAy_Channelx->CCR |= DMA_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected DMA interrupts */ + DMAy_Channelx->CCR &= ~DMA_IT; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified DMAy Channelx flag is set or not. + * @param DMA_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL1: DMA1 Channel1 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT1: DMA1 Channel1 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL2: DMA1 Channel2 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT2: DMA1 Channel2 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL3: DMA1 Channel3 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT3: DMA1 Channel3 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL4: DMA1 Channel4 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT4: DMA1 Channel4 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL5: DMA1 Channel5 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT5: DMA1 Channel5 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL6: DMA1 Channel6 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT6: DMA1 Channel6 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL7: DMA1 Channel7 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT7: DMA1 Channel7 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer error flag. + * + * @note + * The Global flag (DMAy_FLAG_GLx) is set whenever any of the other flags + * relative to the same channel is set (Transfer Complete, Half-transfer + * Complete or Transfer Error flags: DMAy_FLAG_TCx, DMAy_FLAG_HTx or + * DMAy_FLAG_TEx). + * + * @retval The new state of DMA_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus DMA_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t DMA_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_GET_FLAG(DMA_FLAG)); + + /* Calculate the used DMA */ + if ((DMA_FLAG & FLAG_MASK) == (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Get DMA1 ISR register value */ + tmpreg = DMA1->ISR ; + } + + /* Check the status of the specified DMA flag */ + if ((tmpreg & DMA_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* DMA_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* DMA_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + + /* Return the DMA_FLAG status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the DMAy Channelx's pending flags. + * @param DMA_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination (for the same DMA) of the following values: + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL1: DMA1 Channel1 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT1: DMA1 Channel1 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL2: DMA1 Channel2 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT2: DMA1 Channel2 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL3: DMA1 Channel3 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT3: DMA1 Channel3 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL4: DMA1 Channel4 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT4: DMA1 Channel4 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL5: DMA1 Channel5 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT5: DMA1 Channel5 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL6: DMA1 Channel6 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT6: DMA1 Channel6 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer error flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL7: DMA1 Channel7 global flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer complete flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT7: DMA1 Channel7 half transfer flag. + * @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer error flag. + * + * @note + * Clearing the Global flag (DMAy_FLAG_GLx) results in clearing all other flags + * relative to the same channel (Transfer Complete, Half-transfer Complete and + * Transfer Error flags: DMAy_FLAG_TCx, DMAy_FLAG_HTx and DMAy_FLAG_TEx). + * + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_ClearFlag(uint32_t DMA_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(DMA_FLAG)); + + if ((DMA_FLAG & FLAG_MASK) == (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Clear the selected DMA flags */ + DMA1->IFCR = DMA_FLAG; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified DMAy Channelx interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param DMA_IT: specifies the DMA interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL1: DMA1 Channel1 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT1: DMA1 Channel1 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL2: DMA1 Channel2 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT2: DMA1 Channel2 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL3: DMA1 Channel3 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT3: DMA1 Channel3 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL4: DMA1 Channel4 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT4: DMA1 Channel4 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL5: DMA1 Channel5 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT5: DMA1 Channel5 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL6: DMA1 Channel6 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT6: DMA1 Channel6 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL7: DMA1 Channel7 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT7: DMA1 Channel7 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer error interrupt. + * + * @note + * The Global interrupt (DMAy_FLAG_GLx) is set whenever any of the other + * interrupts relative to the same channel is set (Transfer Complete, + * Half-transfer Complete or Transfer Error interrupts: DMAy_IT_TCx, + * DMAy_IT_HTx or DMAy_IT_TEx). + * + * @retval The new state of DMA_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus DMA_GetITStatus(uint32_t DMA_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_GET_IT(DMA_IT)); + + /* Calculate the used DMA */ + if ((DMA_IT & FLAG_MASK) == (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Get DMA1 ISR register value */ + tmpreg = DMA1->ISR ; + } + + /* Check the status of the specified DMA interrupt */ + if ((tmpreg & DMA_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* DMA_IT is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* DMA_IT is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the DMA_IT status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the DMAy Channelx’s interrupt pending bits. + * @param DMA_IT: specifies the DMA interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination (for the same DMA) of the following values: + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL1: DMA1 Channel1 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT1: DMA1 Channel1 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL2: DMA1 Channel2 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT2: DMA1 Channel2 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL3: DMA1 Channel3 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT3: DMA1 Channel3 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL4: DMA1 Channel4 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT4: DMA1 Channel4 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL5: DMA1 Channel5 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT5: DMA1 Channel5 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL6: DMA1 Channel6 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT6: DMA1 Channel6 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer error interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_GL7: DMA1 Channel7 global interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TC7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer complete interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_HT7: DMA1 Channel7 half transfer interrupt. + * @arg DMA1_IT_TE7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer error interrupt. + * + * @note + * Clearing the Global interrupt (DMAy_IT_GLx) results in clearing all other + * interrupts relative to the same channel (Transfer Complete, Half-transfer + * Complete and Transfer Error interrupts: DMAy_IT_TCx, DMAy_IT_HTx and + * DMAy_IT_TEx). + * + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t DMA_IT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_CLEAR_IT(DMA_IT)); + + /* Calculate the used DMA */ + if ((DMA_IT & FLAG_MASK) == (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Clear the selected DMA interrupt pending bits */ + DMA1->IFCR = DMA_IT; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_exti.c b/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_exti.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..008f62e --- /dev/null +++ b/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_exti.c @@ -0,0 +1,313 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l1xx_exti.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 31-December-2010 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the EXTI peripheral: + * - Initialization and Configuration + * - Interrupts and flags management + * + * @verbatim + * + * =================================================================== + * EXTI features + * =================================================================== + * + * External interrupt/event lines are mapped as following: + * 1- All available GPIO pins are connected to the 16 external + * interrupt/event lines from EXTI0 to EXTI15. + * 2- EXTI line 16 is connected to the PVD output + * 3- EXTI line 17 is connected to the RTC Alarm event + * 4- EXTI line 18 is connected to the USB Device FS wakeup event + * 5- EXTI line 19 is connected to the RTC Tamper and TimeStamp events + * 6- EXTI line 20 is connected to the RTC Wakeup event + * 7- EXTI line 21 is connected to the Comparator 1 wakeup event + * 8- EXTI line 22 is connected to the Comparator 2 wakeup event + * + * =================================================================== + * How to use this driver + * =================================================================== + * + * In order to use an I/O pin as an external interrupt source, follow + * steps below: + * 1- Configure the I/O in input mode using GPIO_Init() + * 2- Select the input source pin for the EXTI line using + * SYSCFG_EXTILineConfig() + * 3- Select the mode(interrupt, event) and configure the trigger + * selection (Rising, falling or both) using EXTI_Init() + * 4- Configure NVIC IRQ channel mapped to the EXTI line using NVIC_Init() + * + *@note SYSCFG APB clock must be enabled to get write access to SYSCFG_EXTICRx + * registers using RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG, ENABLE); + * + * @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l1xx_exti.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup EXTI + * @brief EXTI driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#define EXTI_LINENONE ((uint32_t)0x00000) /* No interrupt selected */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup EXTI_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup EXTI_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Initialization and Configuration functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the EXTI peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void EXTI_DeInit(void) +{ + EXTI->IMR = 0x00000000; + EXTI->EMR = 0x00000000; + EXTI->RTSR = 0x00000000; + EXTI->FTSR = 0x00000000; + EXTI->PR = 0x007FFFFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the EXTI peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the EXTI_InitStruct. + * EXTI_Line specifies the EXTI line (EXTI0....EXTI22) + * EXTI_Mode specifies which EXTI line is used as interrupt or an event + * EXTI_Trigger selects the trigger. When the trigger occurs, interrupt + * pending bit will be set + * EXTI_LineCmd controls (Enable/Disable) the EXTI line + * @param EXTI_InitStruct: pointer to a EXTI_InitTypeDef structure + * that contains the configuration information for the EXTI peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void EXTI_Init(EXTI_InitTypeDef* EXTI_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_EXTI_MODE(EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_EXTI_TRIGGER(EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger)); + assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_LineCmd)); + + tmp = (uint32_t)EXTI_BASE; + + if (EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_LineCmd != DISABLE) + { + /* Clear EXTI line configuration */ + EXTI->IMR &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; + EXTI->EMR &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; + + tmp += EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode; + + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp |= EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; + + /* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */ + EXTI->RTSR &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; + EXTI->FTSR &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; + + /* Select the trigger for the selected external interrupts */ + if (EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger == EXTI_Trigger_Rising_Falling) + { + /* Rising Falling edge */ + EXTI->RTSR |= EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; + EXTI->FTSR |= EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; + } + else + { + tmp = (uint32_t)EXTI_BASE; + tmp += EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger; + + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp |= EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; + } + } + else + { + tmp += EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode; + + /* Disable the selected external lines */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each EXTI_InitStruct member with its reset value. + * @param EXTI_InitStruct: pointer to a EXTI_InitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void EXTI_StructInit(EXTI_InitTypeDef* EXTI_InitStruct) +{ + EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line = EXTI_LINENONE; + EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode = EXTI_Mode_Interrupt; + EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger = EXTI_Trigger_Falling; + EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_LineCmd = DISABLE; +} + +/** + * @brief Generates a Software interrupt on selected EXTI line. + * @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI line on which the software interrupt + * will be generated. + * This parameter can be any combination of EXTI_Linex where x can be (0..22). + * @retval None + */ +void EXTI_GenerateSWInterrupt(uint32_t EXTI_Line) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line)); + + EXTI->SWIER |= EXTI_Line; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup EXTI_Group2 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Interrupts and flags management functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified EXTI line flag is set or not. + * @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI line flag to check. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg EXTI_Linex: External interrupt line x where x(0..22) + * @retval The new state of EXTI_Line (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus EXTI_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t EXTI_Line) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GET_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line)); + + if ((EXTI->PR & EXTI_Line) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the EXTI’s line pending flags. + * @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI lines flags to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of EXTI_Linex where x can be (0..22). + * @retval None + */ +void EXTI_ClearFlag(uint32_t EXTI_Line) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line)); + + EXTI->PR = EXTI_Line; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified EXTI line is asserted or not. + * @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI line to check. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg EXTI_Linex: External interrupt line x where x(0..22) + * @retval The new state of EXTI_Line (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus EXTI_GetITStatus(uint32_t EXTI_Line) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t enablestatus = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GET_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line)); + + enablestatus = EXTI->IMR & EXTI_Line; + if (((EXTI->PR & EXTI_Line) != (uint32_t)RESET) && (enablestatus != (uint32_t)RESET)) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the EXTI’s line pending bits. + * @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI lines to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of EXTI_Linex where x can be (0..22). + * @retval None + */ +void EXTI_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t EXTI_Line) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line)); + + EXTI->PR = EXTI_Line; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_flash.c b/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_flash.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2fa60a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_flash.c @@ -0,0 +1,1335 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l1xx_flash.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 31-December-2010 + * @brief This file provides all the Flash firmware functions. These functions + * can be executed from Internal FLASH or Internal SRAM memories. + * The functions that should be called from SRAM are defined inside + * the "stm32l1xx_flash_ramfunc.c" file. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the FLASH peripheral: + * - FLASH Interface configuration + * - FLASH Memory Programming + * - DATA EEPROM Programming + * - Option Bytes Programming + * - Interrupts and flags management + * + * @verbatim + * + * =================================================================== + * How to use this driver + * =================================================================== + * + * This driver provides functions to configure and program the Flash + * memory of all STM32L1xx devices + * These functions are split in 5 groups + * + * 1. FLASH Interface configuration functions: this group includes + * the management of following features: + * - Set the latency + * - Enable/Disable the prefetch buffer + * - Enable/Disable the 64 bit Read Access + * - Enable/Disable the RUN PowerDown mode + * - Enable/Disable the SLEEP PowerDown mode + * + * 2. FLASH Memory Programming functions: this group includes all + * needed functions to erase and program the main memory: + * - Lock and Unlock the Flash interface. + * - Erase function: Erase Page. + * - Program functions: Fast Word and Half Page(should be + * executed from internal SRAM). + * + * 3. DATA EEPROM Programming functions: this group includes all + * needed functions to erase and program the DATA EEPROM memory: + * - Lock and Unlock the DATA EEPROM interface. + * - Erase function: Erase Word, erase Double Word (should be + * executed from internal SRAM). + * - Program functions: Fast Program Byte, Fast Program Half-Word, + * FastProgramWord, Program Byte, Program Half-Word, + * Program Word and Program Double-Word (should be executed + * from internal SRAM). + * + * 4. FLASH Option Bytes Programming functions: this group includes + * all needed functions to: + * - Lock and Unlock the Flash Option bytes. + * - Set/Reset the write protection + * - Set the Read protection Level + * - Set the BOR level + * - Program the user option Bytes + * - Launch the Option Bytes loader + * - Get the Write protection + * - Get the read protection status + * - Get the BOR level + * - Get the user option bytes + * + * 5. FLASH Interrupts and flag management functions: this group + * includes all needed functions to: + * - Enable/Disable the flash interrupt sources + * - Get flags status + * - Clear flags + * - Get Flash operation status + * - Wait for last flash operation + * + * @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l1xx_flash.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH + * @brief FLASH driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* FLASH Mask */ +#define RDPRT_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define WRP01_MASK ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF) +#define WRP23_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFF0000) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Group1 FLASH Interface configuration functions + * @brief FLASH Interface configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + FLASH Interface configuration functions + =============================================================================== + + FLASH_Interface configuration_Functions, includes the following functions: + - void FLASH_SetLatency(uint32_t FLASH_Latency): + To correctly read data from Flash memory, the number of wait states (LATENCY) + must be correctly programmed according to the frequency of the CPU clock + (HCLK) and the supply voltage of the device. + ---------------------------------------------------------------- + | Wait states | HCLK clock frequency (MHz) | + | |------------------------------------------------| + | (Latency) | voltage range | voltage range | + | | 1.65 V - 3.6 V | 2.0 V - 3.6 V | + | |----------------|---------------|---------------| + | | VCORE = 1.2 V | VCORE = 1.5 V | VCORE = 1.8 V | + |-------------- |----------------|---------------|---------------| + |0WS(1CPU cycle)|0 < HCLK <= 2 |0 < HCLK <= 8 |0 < HCLK <= 16 | + |---------------|----------------|---------------|---------------| + |1WS(2CPU cycle)|2 < HCLK <= 4 |8 < HCLK <= 16 |16 < HCLK <= 32| + ---------------------------------------------------------------- + + - void FLASH_PrefetchBufferCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + - void FLASH_ReadAccess64Cmd(FunctionalState NewState); + - void FLASH_RUNPowerDownCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + - void FLASH_SLEEPPowerDownCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + - void FLASH_ITConfig(uint32_t FLASH_IT, FunctionalState NewState); + + Here below the allowed configuration of Latency, 64Bit access and prefetch buffer + -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + | | ACC64 = 0 | ACC64 = 1 | + | Latency |----------------|---------------|---------------|---------------| + | | PRFTEN = 0 | PRFTEN = 1 | PRFTEN = 0 | PRFTEN = 1 | + |---------------|----------------|---------------|---------------|---------------| + |0WS(1CPU cycle)| YES | NO | YES | YES | + |---------------|----------------|---------------|---------------|---------------| + |1WS(2CPU cycle)| NO | NO | YES | YES | + -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + All these functions don't need the unlock sequence. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sets the code latency value. + * @param FLASH_Latency: specifies the FLASH Latency value. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FLASH_Latency_0: FLASH Zero Latency cycle + * @arg FLASH_Latency_1: FLASH One Latency cycle + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_SetLatency(uint32_t FLASH_Latency) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_LATENCY(FLASH_Latency)); + + /* Read the ACR register */ + tmpreg = FLASH->ACR; + + /* Sets the Latency value */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t) (~((uint32_t)FLASH_ACR_LATENCY)); + tmpreg |= FLASH_Latency; + + /* Write the ACR register */ + FLASH->ACR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Prefetch Buffer. + * @param NewState: new state of the FLASH prefetch buffer. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_PrefetchBufferCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if(NewState != DISABLE) + { + FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_ACR_PRFTEN; + } + else + { + FLASH->ACR &= (uint32_t)(~((uint32_t)FLASH_ACR_PRFTEN)); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables read access to flash by 64 bits. + * @param NewState: new state of the FLASH read access mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note - If this bit is set, the Read access 64 bit is used. + * - If this bit is reset, the Read access 32 bit is used. + * @note - This bit cannot be written at the same time as the LATENCY and + * PRFTEN bits. + * - To reset this bit, the LATENCY should be zero wait state and the + * prefetch off. + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_ReadAccess64Cmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if(NewState != DISABLE) + { + FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_ACR_ACC64; + } + else + { + FLASH->ACR &= (uint32_t)(~((uint32_t)FLASH_ACR_ACC64)); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enable or disable the power down mode during Sleep mode. + * @note This function is used to power down the FLASH when the system is in SLEEP LP mode. + * @param NewState: new state of the power down mode during sleep mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_SLEEPPowerDownCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the SLEEP_PD bit to put Flash in power down mode during sleep mode */ + FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_ACR_SLEEP_PD; + } + else + { + /* Clear the SLEEP_PD bit in to put Flash in idle mode during sleep mode */ + FLASH->ACR &= (uint32_t)(~((uint32_t)FLASH_ACR_SLEEP_PD)); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Group2 FLASH Memory Programming functions + * @brief FLASH Memory Programming functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + FLASH Memory Programming functions + =============================================================================== + + The FLASH Memory Programming functions, includes the following functions: + - void FLASH_Unlock(void); + - void FLASH_Lock(void); + - FLASH_Status FLASH_ErasePage(uint32_t Page_Address); + - FLASH_Status FLASH_FastProgramWord(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data); + + Any operation of erase or program should follow these steps: + + 1. Call the FLASH_Unlock() function to enable the flash control register and + program memory access + + 2. Call the desired function to erase page or program data + + 3. Call the FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash program memory access + (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation) + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Unlocks the FLASH control register and program memory access. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_Unlock(void) +{ + if((FLASH->PECR & FLASH_PECR_PRGLOCK) != RESET) + { + /* Unlocking the data memory and FLASH_PECR register access */ + DATA_EEPROM_Unlock(); + + /* Unlocking the program memory access */ + FLASH->PRGKEYR = FLASH_PRGKEY1; + FLASH->PRGKEYR = FLASH_PRGKEY2; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Locks the Program memory access. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_Lock(void) +{ + /* Set the PRGLOCK Bit to lock the program memory access */ + FLASH->PECR |= FLASH_PECR_PRGLOCK; +} + +/** + * @brief Erases a specified page in program memory. + * @note - To correctly run this function, the FLASH_Unlock() function + * must be called before. + * - Call the FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash memory access + * (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation) + * @param Page_Address: The page address in program memory to be erased. + * @note A Page is erased in the Program memory only if the address to load + * is the start address of a page (multiple of 256 bytes). + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: + * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_ErasePage(uint32_t Page_Address) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Page_Address)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the page */ + + /* Set the ERASE bit */ + FLASH->PECR |= FLASH_PECR_ERASE; + + /* Set PROG bit */ + FLASH->PECR |= FLASH_PECR_PROG; + + /* Write 00000000h to the first word of the program page to erase */ + *(__IO uint32_t *)Page_Address = 0x00000000; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the ERASE and PROG bits */ + FLASH->PECR &= (uint32_t)(~FLASH_PECR_PROG); + FLASH->PECR &= (uint32_t)(~FLASH_PECR_ERASE); + } + /* Return the Erase Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Programs a word at a specified address in program memory. + * @note - To correctly run this function, the FLASH_Unlock() function + * must be called before. + * - Call the FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash memory access + * (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation) + * @param Address: specifies the address to be written. + * @param Data: specifies the data to be written. + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: + * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_FastProgramWord(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new word */ + *(__IO uint32_t *)Address = Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + } + /* Return the Write Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Group3 DATA EEPROM Programming functions + * @brief DATA EEPROM Programming functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + DATA EEPROM Programming functions + =============================================================================== + + The DATA_EEPROM Programming_Functions, includes the following functions: + - void DATA_EEPROM_Unlock(void); + - void DATA_EEPROM_Lock(void); + - FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_EraseWord(uint32_t Address); + - FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_FastProgramByte(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data); + - FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_FastProgramHalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data); + - FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_FastProgramWord(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data); + - FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_ProgramByte(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data); + - FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_ProgramHalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data); + - FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_ProgramWord(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data); + + Any operation of erase or program should follow these steps: + + 1. Call the DATA_EEPROM_Unlock() function to enable the data EEPROM access + and Flash program erase control register access. + + 2. Call the desired function to erase or program data + + 3. Call the DATA_EEPROM_Lock() to disable the data EEPROM access + and Flash program erase control register access(recommended + to protect the DATA_EEPROM against possible unwanted operation) + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Unlocks the data memory and FLASH_PECR register access. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void DATA_EEPROM_Unlock(void) +{ + if((FLASH->PECR & FLASH_PECR_PELOCK) != RESET) + { + /* Unlocking the Data memory and FLASH_PECR register access*/ + FLASH->PEKEYR = FLASH_PEKEY1; + FLASH->PEKEYR = FLASH_PEKEY2; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Locks the Data memory and FLASH_PECR register access. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void DATA_EEPROM_Lock(void) +{ + /* Set the PELOCK Bit to lock the data memory and FLASH_PECR register access */ + FLASH->PECR |= FLASH_PECR_PELOCK; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables DATA EEPROM fixed Time programming (2*Tprog). + * @param NewState: new state of the DATA EEPROM fixed Time programming mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DATA_EEPROM_FixedTimeProgramCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if(NewState != DISABLE) + { + FLASH->PECR |= (uint32_t)FLASH_PECR_FTDW; + } + else + { + FLASH->PECR &= (uint32_t)(~((uint32_t)FLASH_PECR_FTDW)); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Erase a word in data memory. + * @param Address: specifies the address to be erased + * @note1 - A data memory word is erased in the data memory only if the address + * to load is the start address of a word (multiple of a word). + * @note2 - To correctly run this function, the DATA_EEPROM_Unlock() function + * must be called before. + * - Call the DATA_EEPROM_Lock() to he data EEPROM access + * and Flash program erase control register access(recommended to protect + * the DATA_EEPROM against possible unwanted operation) + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: + * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_EraseWord(uint32_t Address) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_DATA_ADDRESS(Address)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* Write "00000000h" to valid address in the data memory" */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) Address = 0x00000000; + } + + /* Return the erase status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Write a Byte at a specified address in data memory. + * @note - To correctly run this function, the DATA_EEPROM_Unlock() function + * must be called before. + * - Call the DATA_EEPROM_Lock() to he data EEPROM access + * and Flash program erase control register access(recommended to protect + * the DATA_EEPROM against possible unwanted operation) + * @param Address: specifies the address to be written. + * @param Data: specifies the data to be written. + * @note This function assumes that the is data word is already erased. + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: + * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_FastProgramByte(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + uint32_t tmp = 0, tmpaddr = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_DATA_ADDRESS(Address)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* Clear the FTDW bit */ + FLASH->PECR &= (uint32_t)(~((uint32_t)FLASH_PECR_FTDW)); + + if(Data != (uint8_t)0x00) + { + /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to write the new Data */ + *(__IO uint8_t *)Address = Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + } + else + { + tmpaddr = Address & 0xFFFFFFFC; + tmp = * (__IO uint32_t *) tmpaddr; + tmpaddr = 0xFF << ((uint32_t) (0x8 * (Address & 0x3))); + tmp &= ~tmpaddr; + status = DATA_EEPROM_EraseWord(Address & 0xFFFFFFFC); + status = DATA_EEPROM_FastProgramWord((Address & 0xFFFFFFFC), tmp); + } + } + /* Return the Write Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Writes a half word at a specified address in data memory. + * @note - To correctly run this function, the DATA_EEPROM_Unlock() function + * must be called before. + * - Call the DATA_EEPROM_Lock() to he data EEPROM access + * and Flash program erase control register access(recommended to protect + * the DATA_EEPROM against possible unwanted operation) + * @param Address: specifies the address to be written. + * @param Data: specifies the data to be written. + * @note This function assumes that the is data word is already erased. + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: + * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_FastProgramHalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + uint32_t tmp = 0, tmpaddr = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_DATA_ADDRESS(Address)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* Clear the FTDW bit */ + FLASH->PECR &= (uint32_t)(~((uint32_t)FLASH_PECR_FTDW)); + + if(Data != (uint16_t)0x0000) + { + /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to write the new data */ + *(__IO uint16_t *)Address = Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + } + else + { + if((Address & 0x3) != 0x3) + { + tmpaddr = Address & 0xFFFFFFFC; + tmp = * (__IO uint32_t *) tmpaddr; + tmpaddr = 0xFFFF << ((uint32_t) (0x8 * (Address & 0x3))); + tmp &= ~tmpaddr; + status = DATA_EEPROM_EraseWord(Address & 0xFFFFFFFC); + status = DATA_EEPROM_FastProgramWord((Address & 0xFFFFFFFC), tmp); + } + else + { + DATA_EEPROM_FastProgramByte(Address, 0x00); + DATA_EEPROM_FastProgramByte(Address + 1, 0x00); + } + } + } + /* Return the Write Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Programs a word at a specified address in data memory. + * @note - To correctly run this function, the DATA_EEPROM_Unlock() function + * must be called before. + * - Call the DATA_EEPROM_Lock() to the data EEPROM access + * and Flash program erase control register access(recommended to protect + * the DATA_EEPROM against possible unwanted operation) + * @param Address: specifies the address to be written. + * @param Data: specifies the data to be written. + * @note This function assumes that the is data word is already erased. + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: + * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_FastProgramWord(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_DATA_ADDRESS(Address)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* Clear the FTDW bit */ + FLASH->PECR &= (uint32_t)(~((uint32_t)FLASH_PECR_FTDW)); + + /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */ + *(__IO uint32_t *)Address = Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + } + /* Return the Write Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Write a Byte at a specified address in data memory without erase. + * @note - To correctly run this function, the DATA_EEPROM_Unlock() function + * must be called before. + * - Call the DATA_EEPROM_Lock() to he data EEPROM access + * and Flash program erase control register access(recommended to protect + * the DATA_EEPROM against possible unwanted operation) + * @note The function DATA_EEPROM_FixedTimeProgramCmd() can be called before + * this function to configure the Fixed Time Programming. + * @param Address: specifies the address to be written. + * @param Data: specifies the data to be written. + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: + * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_ProgramByte(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + uint32_t tmp = 0, tmpaddr = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_DATA_ADDRESS(Address)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + if(Data != (uint8_t) 0x00) + { + *(__IO uint8_t *)Address = Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + } + else + { + tmpaddr = Address & 0xFFFFFFFC; + tmp = * (__IO uint32_t *) tmpaddr; + tmpaddr = 0xFF << ((uint32_t) (0x8 * (Address & 0x3))); + tmp &= ~tmpaddr; + status = DATA_EEPROM_EraseWord(Address & 0xFFFFFFFC); + status = DATA_EEPROM_FastProgramWord((Address & 0xFFFFFFFC), tmp); + } + } + /* Return the Write Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Writes a half word at a specified address in data memory without erase. + * @note - To correctly run this function, the DATA_EEPROM_Unlock() function + * must be called before. + * - Call the DATA_EEPROM_Lock() to he data EEPROM access + * and Flash program erase control register access(recommended to protect + * the DATA_EEPROM against possible unwanted operation) + * @note The function DATA_EEPROM_FixedTimeProgramCmd() can be called before + * this function to configure the Fixed Time Programming + * @param Address: specifies the address to be written. + * @param Data: specifies the data to be written. + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: + * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_ProgramHalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + uint32_t tmp = 0, tmpaddr = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_DATA_ADDRESS(Address)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + if(Data != (uint16_t)0x0000) + { + *(__IO uint16_t *)Address = Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + } + else + { + if((Address & 0x3) != 0x3) + { + tmpaddr = Address & 0xFFFFFFFC; + tmp = * (__IO uint32_t *) tmpaddr; + tmpaddr = 0xFFFF << ((uint32_t) (0x8 * (Address & 0x3))); + tmp &= ~tmpaddr; + status = DATA_EEPROM_EraseWord(Address & 0xFFFFFFFC); + status = DATA_EEPROM_FastProgramWord((Address & 0xFFFFFFFC), tmp); + } + else + { + DATA_EEPROM_FastProgramByte(Address, 0x00); + DATA_EEPROM_FastProgramByte(Address + 1, 0x00); + } + } + } + /* Return the Write Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Programs a word at a specified address in data memory without erase. + * @note - To correctly run this function, the DATA_EEPROM_Unlock() function + * must be called before. + * - Call the DATA_EEPROM_Lock() to he data EEPROM access + * and Flash program erase control register access(recommended to protect + * the DATA_EEPROM against possible unwanted operation) + * @note The function DATA_EEPROM_FixedTimeProgramCmd() can be called before + * this function to configure the Fixed Time Programming. + * @param Address: specifies the address to be written. + * @param Data: specifies the data to be written. + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: + * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status DATA_EEPROM_ProgramWord(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_DATA_ADDRESS(Address)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + *(__IO uint32_t *)Address = Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + } + /* Return the Write Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Group4 Option Bytes Programming functions + * @brief Option Bytes Programming functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Option Bytes Programming functions + =============================================================================== + + The FLASH_Option Bytes Programming_functions, includes the following functions: + - void FLASH_OB_Unlock(void); + - void FLASH_OB_Lock(void); + - void FLASH_OB_Launch(void); + - FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_WRPConfig(uint32_t OB_WRP, FunctionalState NewState); + - FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_RDPConfig(uint8_t OB_RDP); + - FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t OB_IWDG, uint8_t OB_STOP, uint8_t OB_STDBY); + - FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_BORConfig(uint8_t OB_BOR); + - uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void); + - uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void); + - FlagStatus FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void); + - uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetBOR(void); + + Any operation of erase or program should follow these steps: + + 1. Call the FLASH_OB_Unlock() function to enable the Flash option control register access + + 2. Call one or several functions to program the desired option bytes + - void FLASH_OB_WRPConfig(uint32_t OB_WRP, FunctionalState NewState) => to Enable/Disable + the desired sector write protection + - void FLASH_OB_RDPConfig(uint8_t OB_RDP) => to set the desired read Protection Level + - void FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t OB_IWDG, uint8_t OB_STOP, uint8_t OB_STDBY) => to configure + the user option Bytes: IWDG, STOP and the Standby. + - void FLASH_OB_BORConfig(uint8_t OB_BOR) => to Set the BOR level + - FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramOTP(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data) => to program the OTP bytes + + 3. Once all needed option bytes to be programmed are correctly written, call the + FLASH_OB_Launch(void) function to launch the Option Bytes programming process. + + 4. Call the FLASH_OB_Lock() to disable the Flash option control register access (recommended + to protect the option Bytes against possible unwanted operations) + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Unlocks the option bytes block access. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_OB_Unlock(void) +{ + if((FLASH->PECR & FLASH_PECR_OPTLOCK) != RESET) + { + /* Unlocking the data memory and FLASH_PECR register access */ + DATA_EEPROM_Unlock(); + + /* Unlocking the option bytes block access */ + FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_OPTKEY1; + FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_OPTKEY2; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Locks the option bytes block access. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_OB_Lock(void) +{ + /* Set the OPTLOCK Bit to lock the option bytes block access */ + FLASH->PECR |= FLASH_PECR_OPTLOCK; +} + +/** + * @brief Launch the option byte loading. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_OB_Launch(void) +{ + /* Set the OBL_Launch bit to lauch the option byte loading */ + FLASH->PECR |= FLASH_PECR_OBL_LAUNCH; +} + +/** + * @brief Write protects the desired pages + * @note - To correctly run this function, the FLASH_OB_Unlock() function + * must be called before. + * - Call the FLASH_OB_Lock() to disable the flash control register access and the option bytes + * (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation) + * @param OB_WRP: specifies the address of the pages to be write protected. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg value between OB_WRP_Pages0to15 and OB_WRP_Pages496to511 + * @arg OB_WRP_AllPages + * @param NewState: new state of the specified FLASH Pages Wtite protection. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: + * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_WRPConfig(uint32_t OB_WRP, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + uint32_t WRP01_Data = 0, WRP23_Data = 0; + + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_WRP(OB_WRP)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + WRP01_Data = (uint16_t)(((OB_WRP & WRP01_MASK) | OB->WRP01)); + WRP23_Data = (uint16_t)((((OB_WRP & WRP23_MASK)>>16 | OB->WRP23))); + tmp1 = (uint32_t)(~(WRP01_Data) << 16)|(WRP01_Data); + OB->WRP01 = tmp1; + + tmp2 = (uint32_t)(~(WRP23_Data) << 16)|(WRP23_Data); + OB->WRP23 = tmp2; + } + + else + { + WRP01_Data = (uint16_t)(~OB_WRP & (WRP01_MASK & OB->WRP01)); + WRP23_Data = (uint16_t)((((~OB_WRP & WRP23_MASK)>>16 & OB->WRP23))); + + tmp1 = (uint32_t)((~WRP01_Data) << 16)|(WRP01_Data); + OB->WRP01 = tmp1; + + tmp2 = (uint32_t)((~WRP23_Data) << 16)|(WRP23_Data); + OB->WRP23 = tmp2; + } + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + } + + /* Return the write protection operation Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the read out protection. + * @note - To correctly run this function, the FLASH_OB_Unlock() function + * must be called before. + * - Call the FLASH_OB_Lock() to disable the flash control register access and the option bytes + * (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation) + * @param FLASH_ReadProtection_Level: specifies the read protection level. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg OB_RDP_Level_0: No protection + * @arg OB_RDP_Level_1: Read protection of the memory + * @arg OB_RDP_Level_2: Chip protection + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: + * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_RDPConfig(uint8_t OB_RDP) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + uint8_t tmp1 = 0; + uint32_t tmp2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_RDP(OB_RDP)); + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + /* calculate the option byte to write */ + tmp1 = (uint8_t)(~(OB_RDP )); + tmp2 = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)((uint32_t)(tmp1) << 16)) | ((uint32_t)OB_RDP)); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* program read protection level */ + OB->RDP = tmp2; + } + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + /* Return the Read protection operation Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Programs the FLASH User Option Byte: IWDG_SW / RST_STOP / RST_STDBY. + * @note - To correctly run this function, the FLASH_OB_Unlock() function + * must be called before. + * - Call the FLASH_OB_Lock() to disable the flash control register access and the option bytes + * (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation) + * @param OB_IWDG: Selects the WDG mode + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_IWDG_SW: Software WDG selected + * @arg OB_IWDG_HW: Hardware WDG selected + * @param OB_STOP: Reset event when entering STOP mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_STOP_NoRST: No reset generated when entering in STOP + * @arg OB_STOP_RST: Reset generated when entering in STOP + * @param OB_STDBY: Reset event when entering Standby mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_STDBY_NoRST: No reset generated when entering in STANDBY + * @arg OB_STDBY_RST: Reset generated when entering in STANDBY + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: + * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t OB_IWDG, uint8_t OB_STOP, uint8_t OB_STDBY) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + uint32_t tmp = 0, tmp1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_IWDG_SOURCE(OB_IWDG)); + assert_param(IS_OB_STOP_SOURCE(OB_STOP)); + assert_param(IS_OB_STDBY_SOURCE(OB_STDBY)); + + /* Get the User Option byte register */ + tmp1 = (FLASH->OBR & 0x000F0000) >> 16; + + /* Calculate the user option byte to write */ + tmp = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)~((uint32_t)((uint32_t)(OB_IWDG) | (uint32_t)(OB_STOP) | (uint32_t)(OB_STDBY) | tmp1))) << ((uint32_t)0x10)); + tmp |= ((uint32_t)(OB_IWDG) | ((uint32_t)OB_STOP) | (uint32_t)(OB_STDBY) | tmp1); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* Write the User Option Byte */ + OB->USER = tmp; + } + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + /* Return the Option Byte program Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Programs the FLASH brownout reset threshold level Option Byte. + * @note - To correctly run this function, the FLASH_OB_Unlock() function + * must be called before. + * - Call the FLASH_OB_Lock() to disable the flash control register access and the option bytes + * (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation) + * @param OB_BOR: Selects the brownout reset threshold level + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_BOR_OFF: BOR is disabled at power down, the reset is asserted when the VDD + * power supply reaches the PDR(Power Down Reset) threshold (1.5V) + * @arg OB_BOR_LEVEL1: BOR Reset threshold levels for 1.7V - 1.8V VDD power supply + * @arg OB_BOR_LEVEL2: BOR Reset threshold levels for 1.9V - 2.0V VDD power supply + * @arg OB_BOR_LEVEL3: BOR Reset threshold levels for 2.3V - 2.4V VDD power supply + * @arg OB_BOR_LEVEL4: BOR Reset threshold levels for 2.55V - 2.65V VDD power supply + * @arg OB_BOR_LEVEL5: BOR Reset threshold levels for 2.8V - 2.9V VDD power supply + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: + * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_BORConfig(uint8_t OB_BOR) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + uint32_t tmp = 0, tmp1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_BOR_LEVEL(OB_BOR)); + + /* Get the User Option byte register */ + tmp1 = (FLASH->OBR & 0x00700000) >> 16; + + /* Calculate the option byte to write */ + tmp = (uint32_t)~(OB_BOR | tmp1)<<16; + tmp |= (OB_BOR | tmp1); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* Write the BOR Option Byte */ + OB->USER = tmp; + } + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + /* Return the Option Byte program Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the FLASH User Option Bytes values. + * @param None + * @retval The FLASH User Option Bytes . + */ +uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void) +{ + /* Return the User Option Byte */ + return (uint8_t)(FLASH->OBR >> 20); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value. + * @param None + * @retval The FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value + */ +uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void) +{ + /* Return the FLASH write protection Register value */ + return (uint32_t)(FLASH->WRPR); +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the FLASH Read out Protection Status is set or not. + * @param None + * @retval FLASH ReadOut Protection Status(SET or RESET) + */ +FlagStatus FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void) +{ + FlagStatus readstatus = RESET; + + if ((uint8_t)(FLASH->OBR) != (uint8_t)OB_RDP_Level_0) + { + readstatus = SET; + } + else + { + readstatus = RESET; + } + return readstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the FLASH BOR level. + * @param None + * @retval The FLASH User Option Bytes . + */ +uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetBOR(void) +{ + /* Return the BOR level */ + return (uint8_t)((FLASH->OBR & (uint32_t)0x000F0000) >> 16); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Group5 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Interrupts and flags management functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified FLASH interrupts. + * @param FLASH_IT: specifies the FLASH interrupt sources to be enabled or + * disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg FLASH_IT_EOP: FLASH end of programming Interrupt + * @arg FLASH_IT_ERR: FLASH Error Interrupt + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_ITConfig(uint32_t FLASH_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_IT(FLASH_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if(NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the interrupt sources */ + FLASH->PECR |= FLASH_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the interrupt sources */ + FLASH->PECR &= ~(uint32_t)FLASH_IT; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified FLASH flag is set or not. + * @param FLASH_FLAG: specifies the FLASH flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_BSY: FLASH write/erase operations in progress flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_EOP: FLASH End of Operation flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_READY: FLASH Ready flag after low power mode + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_ENDHV: FLASH End of high voltage flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR: FLASH Write protected error flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR: FLASH Programming Alignment error flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_SIZERR: FLASH size error flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR: FLASH Option validity error flag + * @retval The new state of FLASH_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus FLASH_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t FLASH_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG)); + + if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the new state of FLASH_FLAG (SET or RESET) */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the FLASH’s pending flags. + * @param FLASH_FLAG: specifies the FLASH flags to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_EOP: FLASH End of Operation flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR: FLASH Write protected error flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR: FLASH Programming Alignment error flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_SIZERR: FLASH size error flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR: FLASH Option validity error flag + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_ClearFlag(uint32_t FLASH_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG)); + + /* Clear the flags */ + FLASH->SR = FLASH_FLAG; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the FLASH Status. + * @param None + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: + * FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP or FLASH_COMPLETE. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_GetStatus(void) +{ + FLASH_Status FLASHstatus = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_BSY) == FLASH_FLAG_BSY) + { + FLASHstatus = FLASH_BUSY; + } + else + { + if((FLASH->SR & (uint32_t)FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR)!= (uint32_t)0x00) + { + FLASHstatus = FLASH_ERROR_WRP; + } + else + { + if((FLASH->SR & (uint32_t)0xFEF0) != (uint32_t)0x00) + { + FLASHstatus = FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM; + } + else + { + FLASHstatus = FLASH_COMPLETE; + } + } + } + /* Return the FLASH Status */ + return FLASHstatus; +} + + +/** + * @brief Waits for a FLASH operation to complete or a TIMEOUT to occur. + * @param Timeout: FLASH programming Timeout + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, + * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check for the FLASH Status */ + status = FLASH_GetStatus(); + + /* Wait for a FLASH operation to complete or a TIMEOUT to occur */ + while((status == FLASH_BUSY) && (Timeout != 0x00)) + { + status = FLASH_GetStatus(); + Timeout--; + } + + if(Timeout == 0x00 ) + { + status = FLASH_TIMEOUT; + } + /* Return the operation status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + + /** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_flash_ramfunc.c b/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_flash_ramfunc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..aefaf96 --- /dev/null +++ b/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_flash_ramfunc.c @@ -0,0 +1,385 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l1xx_flash_ramfunc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 31-December-2010 + * @brief This file provides all the Flash firmware functions which should be + * executed from the internal SRAM. This file should be placed in + * internal SRAM. + * Other FLASH memory functions that can be used from the FLASH are + * defined in the "stm32l1xx_flash.c" file. + * @verbatim + * + * ARM Compiler + * ------------ + * RAM functions are defined using the toolchain options. + * Functions that are be executed in RAM should reside in a separate + * source module. Using the 'Options for File' dialog you can simply change + * the 'Code / Const' area of a module to a memory space in physical RAM. + * Available memory areas are declared in the 'Target' tab of the + * 'Options for Target' dialog. + * + * ICCARM Compiler + * --------------- + * RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain keyword "__ramfunc". + * + * GNU Compiler + * ------------ + * RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain attribute + * "__attribute__((section(".data")))". + * + * TASKING Compiler + * ---------------- + * RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain pragma. This + * pragma is defined inside this file. + * + * @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l1xx_flash.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH + * @brief FLASH driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +static __RAM_FUNC GetStatus(void); +static __RAM_FUNC WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout); + +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup FLASH_Group1 + * +@verbatim +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +#if defined ( __TASKING__ ) +#pragma section_code_init on +#endif + +/** + * @brief Enable or disable the power down mode during RUN mode. + * @note: This function can be used only when the user code is running from Internal SRAM + * @param NewState: new state of the power down mode during RUN mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +__RAM_FUNC FLASH_RUNPowerDownCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Unlock the RUN_PD bit */ + FLASH->PDKEYR = FLASH_PDKEY1; + FLASH->PDKEYR = FLASH_PDKEY2; + + /* Set the RUN_PD bit in FLASH_ACR register to put Flash in power down mode */ + FLASH->ACR |= (uint32_t)FLASH_ACR_RUN_PD; + + if((FLASH->ACR & FLASH_ACR_RUN_PD) != FLASH_ACR_RUN_PD) + { + status = FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM; + } + } + else + { + /* Clear the RUN_PD bit in FLASH_ACR register to put Flash in idle mode */ + FLASH->ACR &= (uint32_t)(~(uint32_t)FLASH_ACR_RUN_PD); + } + + /* Return the Write Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup FLASH_Group2 + * +@verbatim +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Programs a half page in program memory. + * @param Address: specifies the address to be written. + * @param pBuffer: pointer to the buffer containing the data to be written to + * the half page. + * @note - To correctly run this function, the FLASH_Unlock() function + * must be called before. + * - Call the FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash memory access + * (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation) + * @note Half page write is possible only from SRAM. + * @note If there are more than 32 words to write, after 32 words another + * Half Page programming operation starts and has to be finished. + * @note A half page is written to the program memory only if the first + * address to load is the start address of a half page (multiple of 128 + * bytes) and the 31 remaining words to load are in the same half page. + * @note During the Program memory half page write all read operations are + * forbidden (this includes DMA read operations and debugger read + * operations such as breakpoints, periodic updates, etc.) + * @note If a PGAERR is set during a Program memory half page write, the + * complete write operation is aborted. Software should then reset the + * FPRG and PROG/DATA bits and restart the write operation from the + * beginning. + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: + * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +__RAM_FUNC FLASH_ProgramHalfPage(uint32_t Address, uint32_t* pBuffer) +{ + uint32_t count = 0; + + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new + half page */ + FLASH->PECR |= FLASH_PECR_FPRG; + FLASH->PECR |= FLASH_PECR_PROG; + + /* Write one half page directly with 32 different words */ + while(count < 32) + { + *(__IO uint32_t*) (Address + (4 * count)) = *(pBuffer++); + count ++; + } + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + /* if the write operation is completed, disable the PROG and FPRG bits */ + FLASH->PECR &= (uint32_t)(~FLASH_PECR_PROG); + FLASH->PECR &= (uint32_t)(~FLASH_PECR_FPRG); + } + /* Return the Write Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup FLASH_Group3 + * +@verbatim +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Erase a double word in data memory. + * @param Address: specifies the address to be erased + * @note - To correctly run this function, the DATA_EEPROM_Unlock() function + * must be called before. + * - Call the DATA_EEPROM_Lock() to he data EEPROM access + * and Flash program erase control register access(recommended to protect + * the DATA_EEPROM against possible unwanted operation) + * @note Data memory double word erase is possible only from SRAM. + * @note A double word is erased to the data memory only if the first address + * to load is the start address of a double word (multiple of 8 bytes) + * @note During the Data memory double word erase, all read operations are + * forbidden (this includes DMA read operations and debugger read + * operations such as breakpoints, periodic updates, etc.) + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: + * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ + +__RAM_FUNC DATA_EEPROM_EraseDoubleWord(uint32_t Address) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the next double word */ + /* Set the ERASE bit */ + FLASH->PECR |= FLASH_PECR_ERASE; + + /* Set DATA bit */ + FLASH->PECR |= FLASH_PECR_DATA; + + /* Write 00000000h to the 2 words to erase */ + *(__IO uint64_t *)Address = 0x00000000; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the ERASE and DATA bits */ + FLASH->PECR &= (uint32_t)(~FLASH_PECR_ERASE); + FLASH->PECR &= (uint32_t)(~FLASH_PECR_DATA); + } + /* Return the erase status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Write a double word in data memory without erase. + * @param Address: specifies the address to be written. + * @param Data: specifies the data to be written. + * @note - To correctly run this function, the DATA_EEPROM_Unlock() function + * must be called before. + * - Call the DATA_EEPROM_Lock() to he data EEPROM access + * and Flash program erase control register access(recommended to protect + * the DATA_EEPROM against possible unwanted operation) + * @note Data memory double word write is possible only from SRAM. + * @note A data memory double word is written to the data memory only if the + * first address to load is the start address of a double word (multiple + * of double word). + * @note During the Data memory double word write, all read operations are + * forbidden (this includes DMA read operations and debugger read + * operations such as breakpoints, periodic updates, etc.) + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: + * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +__RAM_FUNC DATA_EEPROM_ProgramDoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data*/ + FLASH->PECR |= FLASH_PECR_FPRG; + FLASH->PECR |= FLASH_PECR_DATA; + + /* Write the 2 words */ + *(__IO uint32_t *)Address = (uint32_t) Data; + Address += 4; + *(__IO uint32_t *)Address = (uint32_t) (Data >> 32); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_ER_PRG_TIMEOUT); + + /* If the write operation is completed, disable the FPRG and DATA bits */ + FLASH->PECR &= (uint32_t)(~FLASH_PECR_FPRG); + FLASH->PECR &= (uint32_t)(~FLASH_PECR_DATA); + } + /* Return the Write Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @brief Returns the FLASH Status. + * @param None + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, + * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP or FLASH_COMPLETE + */ +static __RAM_FUNC GetStatus(void) +{ + FLASH_Status FLASHstatus = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_BSY) == FLASH_FLAG_BSY) + { + FLASHstatus = FLASH_BUSY; + } + else + { + if((FLASH->SR & (uint32_t)FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR)!= (uint32_t)0x00) + { + FLASHstatus = FLASH_ERROR_WRP; + } + else + { + if((FLASH->SR & (uint32_t)0xFEF0) != (uint32_t)0x00) + { + FLASHstatus = FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM; + } + else + { + FLASHstatus = FLASH_COMPLETE; + } + } + } + /* Return the FLASH Status */ + return FLASHstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Waits for a FLASH operation to complete or a TIMEOUT to occur. + * @param Timeout: FLASH programming Timeout + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, + * FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or + * FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +static __RAM_FUNC WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check for the FLASH Status */ + status = GetStatus(); + + /* Wait for a FLASH operation to complete or a TIMEOUT to occur */ + while((status == FLASH_BUSY) && (Timeout != 0x00)) + { + status = GetStatus(); + Timeout--; + } + + if(Timeout == 0x00 ) + { + status = FLASH_TIMEOUT; + } + /* Return the operation status */ + return status; +} + +#if defined ( __TASKING__ ) +#pragma section_code_init restore +#endif + +/** + * @} + */ + + /** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_gpio.c b/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_gpio.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ad2db4f --- /dev/null +++ b/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_gpio.c @@ -0,0 +1,546 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l1xx_gpio.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 31-December-2010 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the GPIO peripheral: + * - Initialization and Configuration + * - GPIO Read and Write + * - GPIO Alternate functions configuration + * + * @verbatim + * + * =================================================================== + * How to use this driver + * =================================================================== + * 1. Enable the GPIO AHB clock using RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd() + * + * 2. Configure the GPIO pin(s) using GPIO_Init() + * Four possible configuration are available for each pin: + * - Input: Floating, Pull-up, Pull-down. + * - Output: Push-Pull (Pull-up, Pull-down or no Pull) + * Open Drain (Pull-up, Pull-down or no Pull). + * In output mode, the speed is configurable: Very Low, Low, + * Medium or High. + * - Alternate Function: Push-Pull (Pull-up, Pull-down or no Pull) + * Open Drain (Pull-up, Pull-down or no Pull). + * - Analog: required mode when a pin is to be used as ADC channel, + * DAC output or comparator input. + * + * 3- Peripherals alternate function: + * - For ADC, DAC and comparators, configure the desired pin in + * analog mode using GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AN + * - For other peripherals (TIM, USART...): + * - Connect the pin to the desired peripherals' Alternate + * Function (AF) using GPIO_PinAFConfig() function + * - Configure the desired pin in alternate function mode using + * GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF + * - Select the type, pull-up/pull-down and output speed via + * GPIO_PuPd, GPIO_OType and GPIO_Speed members + * - Call GPIO_Init() function + * + * 4. To get the level of a pin configured in input mode use GPIO_ReadInputDataBit() + * + * 5. To set/reset the level of a pin configured in output mode use + * GPIO_SetBits()/GPIO_ResetBits() + * + * 6. During and just after reset, the alternate functions are not + * active and the GPIO pins are configured in input floating mode + * (except JTAG pins). + * + * 7. The LSE oscillator pins OSC32_IN and OSC32_OUT can be used as + * general-purpose (PC14 and PC15, respectively) when the LSE + * oscillator is off. The LSE has priority over the GPIO function. + * + * 8. The HSE oscillator pins OSC_IN/OSC_OUT can be used as + * general-purpose PH0 and PH1, respectively, when the HSE + * oscillator is off. The HSE has priority over the GPIO function. + * + * @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l1xx_gpio.h" +#include "stm32l1xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO + * @brief GPIO driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Group1 Initialization and Configuration + * @brief Initialization and Configuration + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Initialization and Configuration + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default reset + * values. + * By default, The GPIO pins are configured in input floating mode + * (except JTAG pins). + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A, B, C, D, E or H) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + + if(GPIOx == GPIOA) + { + RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOA, ENABLE); + RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOA, DISABLE); + } + else if(GPIOx == GPIOB) + { + RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOB, ENABLE); + RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOB, DISABLE); + } + else if(GPIOx == GPIOC) + { + RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOC, ENABLE); + RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOC, DISABLE); + } + else if(GPIOx == GPIOD) + { + RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOD, ENABLE); + RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOD, DISABLE); + } + else if(GPIOx == GPIOE) + { + RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOE, ENABLE); + RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOE, DISABLE); + } + else + { + if(GPIOx == GPIOH) + { + RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOH, ENABLE); + RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOH, DISABLE); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the GPIOx peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the GPIO_InitStruct. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A, B, C, D, E or H) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIO_InitStruct: pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the specified GPIO + * peripheral. + * GPIO_Pin: selects the pin to be configured: GPIO_Pin_0 -> GPIO_Pin_15 + * GPIO_Mode: selects the mode of the pin: + * - Input mode: GPIO_Mode_IN + * - Output mode: GPIO_Mode_OUT + * - Alternate Function mode: GPIO_Mode_AF + * - Analog mode: GPIO_Mode_AN + * GPIO_Speed: selects the speed of the pin if configured in Output: + * - Very Low: GPIO_Speed_400KHz + * - Low: GPIO_Speed_2MHz + * - Medium: GPIO_Speed_10MHz + * - High: GPIO_Speed_40MHz + * GPIO_OType: selects the Output type (if the selected mode is output): + * - Push-pull: GPIO_OType_PP + * - Open Drain: GPIO_OType_OD + * GPIO_PuPd: configures the Pull-up/Pull-down resistor on the pin: + * - pull-up: GPIO_PuPd_UP + * - pull-down: GPIO_PuPd_DOWN + * - Neither pull-up nor Pull-down: GPIO_PuPd_NOPULL + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t pinpos = 0x00, pos = 0x00 , currentpin = 0x00; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PUPD(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_PuPd)); + + /* -------------------------Configure the port pins---------------- */ + /*-- GPIO Mode Configuration --*/ + for (pinpos = 0x00; pinpos < 0x10; pinpos++) + { + pos = ((uint32_t)0x01) << pinpos; + + /* Get the port pins position */ + currentpin = (GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin) & pos; + + if (currentpin == pos) + { + GPIOx->MODER &= ~(GPIO_MODER_MODER0 << (pinpos * 2)); + + GPIOx->MODER |= (((uint32_t)GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode) << (pinpos * 2)); + + if ((GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode == GPIO_Mode_OUT) || (GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode == GPIO_Mode_AF)) + { + /* Check Speed mode parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Speed)); + + /* Speed mode configuration */ + GPIOx->OSPEEDR &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDER_OSPEEDR0 << (pinpos * 2)); + GPIOx->OSPEEDR |= ((uint32_t)(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Speed) << (pinpos * 2)); + + /*Check Output mode parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_OTYPE(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_OType)); + + /* Output mode configuration */ + GPIOx->OTYPER &= ~((GPIO_OTYPER_OT_0) << ((uint16_t)pinpos)) ; + GPIOx->OTYPER |= (uint16_t)(((uint16_t)GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_OType) << ((uint16_t)pinpos)); + } + + /* Pull-up Pull down resistor configuration */ + GPIOx->PUPDR &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPDR0 << ((uint16_t)pinpos * 2)); + GPIOx->PUPDR |= (((uint32_t)GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_PuPd) << (pinpos * 2)); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each GPIO_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param GPIO_InitStruct : pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_StructInit(GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct) +{ + /* Reset GPIO init structure parameters values */ + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin = GPIO_Pin_All; + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_IN; + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Speed = GPIO_Speed_400KHz; + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_OType = GPIO_OType_PP; + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_PuPd = GPIO_PuPd_NOPULL; +} + +/** + * @brief Locks GPIO Pins configuration registers. + * The locked registers are GPIOx_MODER, GPIOx_OTYPER, GPIOx_OSPEEDR, + * GPIOx_PUPDR, GPIOx_AFRL and GPIOx_AFRH. + * The configuration of the locked GPIO pins can no longer be modified + * until the next reset. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A, B, C, D, E or H) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written. + * This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15). + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_PinLockConfig(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0x00010000; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + tmp |= GPIO_Pin; + /* Set LCKK bit */ + GPIOx->LCKR = tmp; + /* Reset LCKK bit */ + GPIOx->LCKR = GPIO_Pin; + /* Set LCKK bit */ + GPIOx->LCKR = tmp; + /* Read LCKK bit*/ + tmp = GPIOx->LCKR; + /* Read LCKK bit*/ + tmp = GPIOx->LCKR; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Group2 GPIO Read and Write + * @brief GPIO Read and Write + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + GPIO Read and Write + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Reads the specified input port pin. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A, B, C, D, E or H) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to read. + * This parameter can be GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15). + * @retval The input port pin value. + */ +uint8_t GPIO_ReadInputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + uint8_t bitstatus = 0x00; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GET_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + if ((GPIOx->IDR & GPIO_Pin) != (uint32_t)Bit_RESET) + { + bitstatus = (uint8_t)Bit_SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = (uint8_t)Bit_RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Reads the specified GPIO input data port. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A, B, C, D, E or H) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @retval GPIO input data port value. + */ +uint16_t GPIO_ReadInputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + + return ((uint16_t)GPIOx->IDR); +} + +/** + * @brief Reads the specified output data port bit. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A, B, C, D, E or H) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIO_Pin: Specifies the port bit to read. + * This parameter can be GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15). + * @retval The output port pin value. + */ +uint8_t GPIO_ReadOutputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + uint8_t bitstatus = 0x00; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GET_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + if ((GPIOx->ODR & GPIO_Pin) != (uint32_t)Bit_RESET) + { + bitstatus = (uint8_t)Bit_SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = (uint8_t)Bit_RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Reads the specified GPIO output data port. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A, B, C, D, E or H) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @retval GPIO output data port value. + */ +uint16_t GPIO_ReadOutputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + + return ((uint16_t)GPIOx->ODR); +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the selected data port bits. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A, B, C, D, E or H) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bits to be written. + * This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15). + * @note This functions uses GPIOx_BSRR register to allow atomic read/modify + * accesses. In this way, there is no risk of an IRQ occurring between + * the read and the modify access. + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_SetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + GPIOx->BSRRL = GPIO_Pin; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the selected data port bits. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A, B, C, D, E or H) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bits to be written. + * This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15). + * @note This functions uses GPIOx_BSRR register to allow atomic read/modify + * accesses. In this way, there is no risk of an IRQ occurring between + * the read and the modify access. + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_ResetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + GPIOx->BSRRH = GPIO_Pin; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets or clears the selected data port bit. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A, B, C, D, E or H) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written. + * This parameter can be one of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15). + * @param BitVal: specifies the value to be written to the selected bit. + * This parameter can be one of the BitAction enum values: + * @arg Bit_RESET: to clear the port pin + * @arg Bit_SET: to set the port pin + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_WriteBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, BitAction BitVal) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GET_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_BIT_ACTION(BitVal)); + + if (BitVal != Bit_RESET) + { + GPIOx->BSRRL = GPIO_Pin; + } + else + { + GPIOx->BSRRH = GPIO_Pin ; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Writes data to the specified GPIO data port. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A, B, C, D, E or H) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param PortVal: specifies the value to be written to the port output data + * register. + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_Write(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t PortVal) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + + GPIOx->ODR = PortVal; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Group3 GPIO Alternate functions configuration functions + * @brief GPIO Alternate functions configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + GPIO Alternate functions configuration functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Changes the mapping of the specified pin. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A, B, C, D, E or H) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIO_PinSource: specifies the pin for the Alternate function. + * This parameter can be GPIO_PinSourcex where x can be (0..15). + * @param GPIO_AFSelection: selects the pin to used as Alternat function. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg GPIO_AF_RTC_50Hz: RTC 50/60 Hz synchronization + * @arg GPIO_AF_MCO: Microcontroller clock output + * @arg GPIO_AF_RTC_AF1: Time stamp, Tamper, Alarm A out, Alarm B out, + * 512 Hz clock output (with an LSE oscillator of 32.768 kHz) + * @arg GPIO_AF_WKUP: wakeup + * @arg GPIO_AF_SWJ: SWJ (SW and JTAG) + * @arg GPIO_AF_TRACE + * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM2 + * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM3 + * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM4 + * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM9 + * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM10 + * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM11 + * @arg GPIO_AF_I2C1 + * @arg GPIO_AF_I2C2 + * @arg GPIO_AF_SPI1 + * @arg GPIO_AF_SPI2 + * @arg GPIO_AF_USART1 + * @arg GPIO_AF_USART2 + * @arg GPIO_AF_USART3 + * @arg GPIO_AF_USB + * @arg GPIO_AF_LCD + * @arg GPIO_AF_RI + * @arg GPIO_AF_EVENTOUT: Cortex-M3 EVENTOUT signal + * @note: The pin should already been configured in Alternate Function mode(AF) + * using GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF + * @note: Please refer to the Alternate function mapping table in the device + * datasheet for the detailed mapping of the system and peripherals’ + * alternate function I/O pins. + * @note: EVENTOUT is not mapped on PH0, PH1 and PH2. + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_PinSource, uint8_t GPIO_AF) +{ + uint32_t temp = 0x00; + uint32_t temp_2 = 0x00; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_SOURCE(GPIO_PinSource)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF(GPIO_AF)); + + temp = ((uint32_t)(GPIO_AF) << ((uint32_t)((uint32_t)GPIO_PinSource & (uint32_t)0x07) * 4)) ; + GPIOx->AFR[GPIO_PinSource >> 0x03] &= ~((uint32_t)0xF << ((uint32_t)((uint32_t)GPIO_PinSource & (uint32_t)0x07) * 4)) ; + temp_2 = GPIOx->AFR[GPIO_PinSource >> 0x03] | temp; + GPIOx->AFR[GPIO_PinSource >> 0x03] = temp_2; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_i2c.c b/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_i2c.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..763fe88 --- /dev/null +++ b/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_i2c.c @@ -0,0 +1,1333 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l1xx_i2c.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 31-December-2010 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Inter-integrated circuit (I2C) + * - Initialization and Configuration + * - Data transfers + * - PEC management + * - DMA transfers management + * - Interrupts, events and flags management + * + * @verbatim + * + * =================================================================== + * How to use this driver + * =================================================================== + * 1. Enable peripheral clock using RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_I2Cx, ENABLE) + * function for I2C1 or I2C2. + * + * 2. Enable SDA, SCL and SMBA (when used) GPIO clocks using + * RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd() function. + * + * 3. Peripherals alternate function: + * - Connect the pin to the desired peripherals' Alternate + * Function (AF) using GPIO_PinAFConfig() function + * - Configure the desired pin in alternate function by: + * GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF + * - Select the type, pull-up/pull-down and output speed via + * GPIO_PuPd, GPIO_OType and GPIO_Speed members + * - Call GPIO_Init() function + * + * 4. Program the Mode, duty cycle , Own address, Ack, Speed and Acknowledged + * Address using the I2C_Init() function. + * + * 5. Optionally you can enable/configure the following parameters without + * re-initialization (i.e there is no need to call again I2C_Init() function): + * - Enable the acknowledge feature using I2C_AcknowledgeConfig() function + * - Enable the dual addressing mode using I2C_DualAddressCmd() function + * - Enable the general call using the I2C_GeneralCallCmd() function + * - Enable the clock stretching using I2C_StretchClockCmd() function + * - Enable the fast mode duty cycle using the I2C_FastModeDutyCycleConfig() + * function + * - Enable the PEC Calculation using I2C_CalculatePEC() function + * - For SMBus Mode: + * - Enable the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) using I2C_ARPCmd() function + * - Configure the SMBusAlert pin using I2C_SMBusAlertConfig() function + * + * 6. Enable the NVIC and the corresponding interrupt using the function + * I2C_ITConfig() if you need to use interrupt mode. + * + * 7. When using the DMA mode + * - Configure the DMA using DMA_Init() function + * - Active the needed channel Request using I2C_DMACmd() or + I2C_DMALastTransferCmd() function + * + * 8. Enable the I2C using the I2C_Cmd() function. + * + * 9. Enable the DMA using the DMA_Cmd() function when using DMA mode in the + * transfers. + * + * @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l1xx_i2c.h" +#include "stm32l1xx_rcc.h" + + +/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C + * @brief I2C driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define CR1_CLEAR_MASK ((uint16_t)0xFBF5) /*I2C_ClockSpeed)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_MODE(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_DUTY_CYCLE(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DutyCycle)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_OwnAddress1)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_ACK_STATE(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Ack)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_ACKNOWLEDGE_ADDRESS(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_AcknowledgedAddress)); + +/*---------------------------- I2Cx CR2 Configuration ------------------------*/ + /* Get the I2Cx CR2 value */ + tmpreg = I2Cx->CR2; + /* Clear frequency FREQ[5:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR2_FREQ); + /* Get pclk1 frequency value */ + RCC_GetClocksFreq(&rcc_clocks); + pclk1 = rcc_clocks.PCLK1_Frequency; + /* Set frequency bits depending on pclk1 value */ + freqrange = (uint16_t)(pclk1 / 1000000); + tmpreg |= freqrange; + /* Write to I2Cx CR2 */ + I2Cx->CR2 = tmpreg; + +/*---------------------------- I2Cx CCR Configuration ------------------------*/ + /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral to configure TRISE */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_PE); + /* Reset tmpreg value */ + /* Clear F/S, DUTY and CCR[11:0] bits */ + tmpreg = 0; + + /* Configure speed in standard mode */ + if (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed <= 100000) + { + /* Standard mode speed calculate */ + result = (uint16_t)(pclk1 / (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed << 1)); + /* Test if CCR value is under 0x4*/ + if (result < 0x04) + { + /* Set minimum allowed value */ + result = 0x04; + } + /* Set speed value for standard mode */ + tmpreg |= result; + /* Set Maximum Rise Time for standard mode */ + I2Cx->TRISE = freqrange + 1; + } + /* Configure speed in fast mode */ + /* To use the I2C at 400 KHz (in fast mode), the PCLK1 frequency (I2C peripheral + input clock) must be a multiple of 10 MHz */ + else /*(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed <= 400000)*/ + { + if (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DutyCycle == I2C_DutyCycle_2) + { + /* Fast mode speed calculate: Tlow/Thigh = 2 */ + result = (uint16_t)(pclk1 / (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed * 3)); + } + else /*I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DutyCycle == I2C_DutyCycle_16_9*/ + { + /* Fast mode speed calculate: Tlow/Thigh = 16/9 */ + result = (uint16_t)(pclk1 / (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed * 25)); + /* Set DUTY bit */ + result |= I2C_DutyCycle_16_9; + } + + /* Test if CCR value is under 0x1*/ + if ((result & I2C_CCR_CCR) == 0) + { + /* Set minimum allowed value */ + result |= (uint16_t)0x0001; + } + /* Set speed value and set F/S bit for fast mode */ + tmpreg |= (uint16_t)(result | I2C_CCR_FS); + /* Set Maximum Rise Time for fast mode */ + I2Cx->TRISE = (uint16_t)(((freqrange * (uint16_t)300) / (uint16_t)1000) + (uint16_t)1); + } + + /* Write to I2Cx CCR */ + I2Cx->CCR = tmpreg; + /* Enable the selected I2C peripheral */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_PE; + +/*---------------------------- I2Cx CR1 Configuration ------------------------*/ + /* Get the I2Cx CR1 value */ + tmpreg = I2Cx->CR1; + /* Clear ACK, SMBTYPE and SMBUS bits */ + tmpreg &= CR1_CLEAR_MASK; + /* Configure I2Cx: mode and acknowledgement */ + /* Set SMBTYPE and SMBUS bits according to I2C_Mode value */ + /* Set ACK bit according to I2C_Ack value */ + tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint32_t)I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Mode | I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Ack); + /* Write to I2Cx CR1 */ + I2Cx->CR1 = tmpreg; + +/*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR1 Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Set I2Cx Own Address1 and acknowledged address */ + I2Cx->OAR1 = (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_AcknowledgedAddress | I2C_InitStruct->I2C_OwnAddress1); +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each I2C_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param I2C_InitStruct: pointer to an I2C_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_StructInit(I2C_InitTypeDef* I2C_InitStruct) +{ +/*---------------- Reset I2C init structure parameters values ----------------*/ + /* initialize the I2C_ClockSpeed member */ + I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed = 5000; + /* Initialize the I2C_Mode member */ + I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Mode = I2C_Mode_I2C; + /* Initialize the I2C_DutyCycle member */ + I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DutyCycle = I2C_DutyCycle_2; + /* Initialize the I2C_OwnAddress1 member */ + I2C_InitStruct->I2C_OwnAddress1 = 0; + /* Initialize the I2C_Ack member */ + I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Ack = I2C_Ack_Disable; + /* Initialize the I2C_AcknowledgedAddress member */ + I2C_InitStruct->I2C_AcknowledgedAddress = I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_7bit; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C peripheral. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_Cmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected I2C peripheral */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_PE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_PE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Generates I2Cx communication START condition. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C START condition generation. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None. + */ +void I2C_GenerateSTART(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Generate a START condition */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_START; + } + else + { + /* Disable the START condition generation */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_START); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Generates I2Cx communication STOP condition. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C STOP condition generation. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None. + */ +void I2C_GenerateSTOP(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Generate a STOP condition */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; + } + else + { + /* Disable the STOP condition generation */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_STOP); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C acknowledge feature. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C Acknowledgement. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None. + */ +void I2C_AcknowledgeConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the acknowledgement */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK; + } + else + { + /* Disable the acknowledgement */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_ACK); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the specified I2C own address2. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param Address: specifies the 7bit I2C own address2. + * @retval None. + */ +void I2C_OwnAddress2Config(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Address) +{ + uint16_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = I2Cx->OAR2; + + /* Reset I2Cx Own address2 bit [7:1] */ + tmpreg &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_OAR2_ADD2); + + /* Set I2Cx Own address2 */ + tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)Address & (uint16_t)0x00FE); + + /* Store the new register value */ + I2Cx->OAR2 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C dual addressing mode. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C dual addressing mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_DualAddressCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable dual addressing mode */ + I2Cx->OAR2 |= I2C_OAR2_ENDUAL; + } + else + { + /* Disable dual addressing mode */ + I2Cx->OAR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_OAR2_ENDUAL); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C general call feature. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C General call. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_GeneralCallCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable generall call */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ENGC; + } + else + { + /* Disable generall call */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_ENGC); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C software reset. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C software reset. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_SoftwareResetCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Peripheral under reset */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_SWRST; + } + else + { + /* Peripheral not under reset */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_SWRST); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Drives the SMBusAlert pin high or low for the specified I2C. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_SMBusAlert: specifies SMBAlert pin level. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_SMBusAlert_Low: SMBAlert pin driven low + * @arg I2C_SMBusAlert_High: SMBAlert pin driven high + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_SMBusAlertConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_SMBusAlert) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_SMBUS_ALERT(I2C_SMBusAlert)); + if (I2C_SMBusAlert == I2C_SMBusAlert_Low) + { + /* Drive the SMBusAlert pin Low */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_SMBusAlert_Low; + } + else + { + /* Drive the SMBusAlert pin High */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= I2C_SMBusAlert_High; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C ARP. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx ARP. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_ARPCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected I2C ARP */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ENARP; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected I2C ARP */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_ENARP); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C Clock stretching. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx Clock stretching. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_StretchClockCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState == DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected I2C Clock stretching */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_NOSTRETCH; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected I2C Clock stretching */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_NOSTRETCH); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the specified I2C fast mode duty cycle. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_DutyCycle: specifies the fast mode duty cycle. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_DutyCycle_2: I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh = 2 + * @arg I2C_DutyCycle_16_9: I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh = 16/9 + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_FastModeDutyCycleConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_DutyCycle) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_DUTY_CYCLE(I2C_DutyCycle)); + if (I2C_DutyCycle != I2C_DutyCycle_16_9) + { + /* I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh=2 */ + I2Cx->CCR &= I2C_DutyCycle_2; + } + else + { + /* I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh=16/9 */ + I2Cx->CCR |= I2C_DutyCycle_16_9; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmits the address byte to select the slave device. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param Address: specifies the slave address which will be transmitted + * @param I2C_Direction: specifies whether the I2C device will be a + * Transmitter or a Receiver. This parameter can be one of the following values + * @arg I2C_Direction_Transmitter: Transmitter mode + * @arg I2C_Direction_Receiver: Receiver mode + * @retval None. + */ +void I2C_Send7bitAddress(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Address, uint8_t I2C_Direction) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_DIRECTION(I2C_Direction)); + /* Test on the direction to set/reset the read/write bit */ + if (I2C_Direction != I2C_Direction_Transmitter) + { + /* Set the address bit0 for read */ + Address |= I2C_OAR1_ADD0; + } + else + { + /* Reset the address bit0 for write */ + Address &= (uint8_t)~((uint8_t)I2C_OAR1_ADD0); + } + /* Send the address */ + I2Cx->DR = Address; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Group2 Data transfers functions + * @brief Data transfers functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Data transfers functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sends a data byte through the I2Cx peripheral. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param Data: Byte to be transmitted.. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_SendData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Data) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + /* Write in the DR register the data to be sent */ + I2Cx->DR = Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the most recent received data by the I2Cx peripheral. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @retval The value of the received data. + */ +uint8_t I2C_ReceiveData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + /* Return the data in the DR register */ + return (uint8_t)I2Cx->DR; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Group3 PEC management functions + * @brief PEC management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + PEC management functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C PEC transfer. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C PEC transmission. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_TransmitPEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected I2C PEC transmission */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_PEC; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected I2C PEC transmission */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_PEC); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the specified I2C PEC position. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_PECPosition: specifies the PEC position. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_PECPosition_Next: indicates that the next byte is PEC + * @arg I2C_PECPosition_Current: indicates that current byte is PEC + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_PECPositionConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_PECPosition) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_PEC_POSITION(I2C_PECPosition)); + if (I2C_PECPosition == I2C_PECPosition_Next) + { + /* Next byte in shift register is PEC */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_PECPosition_Next; + } + else + { + /* Current byte in shift register is PEC */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= I2C_PECPosition_Current; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the PEC value calculation of the transferred bytes. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx PEC value calculation. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_CalculatePEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected I2C PEC calculation */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ENPEC; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected I2C PEC calculation */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_ENPEC); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the PEC value for the specified I2C. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @retval The PEC value. + */ +uint8_t I2C_GetPEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + /* Return the selected I2C PEC value */ + return ((I2Cx->SR2) >> 8); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Group4 DMA transfers management functions + * @brief DMA transfers management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + DMA transfers management functions + =============================================================================== + This section provides functions allowing to configure the I2C DMA channels + requests. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C DMA requests. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C DMA transfer. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_DMACmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected I2C DMA requests */ + I2Cx->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_DMAEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected I2C DMA requests */ + I2Cx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR2_DMAEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Specifies that the next DMA transfer is the last one. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C DMA last transfer. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_DMALastTransferCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Next DMA transfer is the last transfer */ + I2Cx->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_LAST; + } + else + { + /* Next DMA transfer is not the last transfer */ + I2Cx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR2_LAST); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Group5 Interrupts events and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts, events and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Interrupts, events and flags management functions + =============================================================================== + This section provides functions allowing to configure the I2C Interrupts + sources and check or clear the flags or pending bits status. + The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage + the communication: Polling mode, Interrupt mode or DMA mode. + + =============================================================================== + I2C State Monitoring Functions + =============================================================================== + This I2C driver provides three different ways for I2C state monitoring + depending on the application requirements and constraints: + + + 1. Basic state monitoring (Using I2C_CheckEvent() function) + ----------------------------------------------------------- + It compares the status registers (SR1 and SR2) content to a given event + (can be the combination of one or more flags). + It returns SUCCESS if the current status includes the given flags + and returns ERROR if one or more flags are missing in the current status. + + - When to use + - This function is suitable for most applications as well as for startup + activity since the events are fully described in the product reference + manual (RM0038). + - It is also suitable for users who need to define their own events. + + - Limitations + - If an error occurs (ie. error flags are set besides to the monitored + flags), the I2C_CheckEvent() function may return SUCCESS despite + the communication hold or corrupted real state. + In this case, it is advised to use error interrupts to monitor + the error events and handle them in the interrupt IRQ handler. + + @note + For error management, it is advised to use the following functions: + - I2C_ITConfig() to configure and enable the error interrupts (I2C_IT_ERR). + - I2Cx_ER_IRQHandler() which is called when the error interrupt occurs. + Where x is the peripheral instance (I2C1, I2C2 ...) + - I2C_GetFlagStatus() or I2C_GetITStatus() to be called into the + I2Cx_ER_IRQHandler() function in order to determine which error occurred. + - I2C_ClearFlag() or I2C_ClearITPendingBit() and/or I2C_SoftwareResetCmd() + and/or I2C_GenerateStop() in order to clear the error flag and source + and return to correct communication status. + + + 2. Advanced state monitoring (Using the function I2C_GetLastEvent()) + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + Using the function I2C_GetLastEvent() which returns the image of both status + registers in a single word (uint32_t) (Status Register 2 value is shifted left + by 16 bits and concatenated to Status Register 1). + + - When to use + - This function is suitable for the same applications above but it + allows to overcome the mentioned limitation of I2C_GetFlagStatus() + function. + - The returned value could be compared to events already defined in + the library (stm32l1xx_i2c.h) or to custom values defined by user. + This function is suitable when multiple flags are monitored at the + same time. + - At the opposite of I2C_CheckEvent() function, this function allows + user to choose when an event is accepted (when all events flags are + set and no other flags are set or just when the needed flags are set + like I2C_CheckEvent() function. + + - Limitations + - User may need to define his own events. + - Same remark concerning the error management is applicable for this + function if user decides to check only regular communication flags + (and ignores error flags). + + + 3. Flag-based state monitoring (Using the function I2C_GetFlagStatus()) + ----------------------------------------------------------------------- + + Using the function I2C_GetFlagStatus() which simply returns the status of + one single flag (ie. I2C_FLAG_RXNE ...). + + - When to use + - This function could be used for specific applications or in debug + phase. + - It is suitable when only one flag checking is needed (most I2C + events are monitored through multiple flags). + - Limitations: + - When calling this function, the Status register is accessed. + Some flags are cleared when the status register is accessed. + So checking the status of one Flag, may clear other ones. + - Function may need to be called twice or more in order to monitor + one single event. + + For detailed description of Events, please refer to section I2C_Events in + stm32l1xx_i2c.h file. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Reads the specified I2C register and returns its value. + * @param I2C_Register: specifies the register to read. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_Register_CR1: CR1 register. + * @arg I2C_Register_CR2: CR2 register. + * @arg I2C_Register_OAR1: OAR1 register. + * @arg I2C_Register_OAR2: OAR2 register. + * @arg I2C_Register_DR: DR register. + * @arg I2C_Register_SR1: SR1 register. + * @arg I2C_Register_SR2: SR2 register. + * @arg I2C_Register_CCR: CCR register. + * @arg I2C_Register_TRISE: TRISE register. + * @retval The value of the read register. + */ +uint16_t I2C_ReadRegister(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t I2C_Register) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_REGISTER(I2C_Register)); + + tmp = (uint32_t) I2Cx; + tmp += I2C_Register; + + /* Return the selected register value */ + return (*(__IO uint16_t *) tmp); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C interrupts. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_IT: specifies the I2C interrupts sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg I2C_IT_BUF: Buffer interrupt mask + * @arg I2C_IT_EVT: Event interrupt mask + * @arg I2C_IT_ERR: Error interrupt mask + * @param NewState: new state of the specified I2C interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_ITConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_CONFIG_IT(I2C_IT)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected I2C interrupts */ + I2Cx->CR2 |= I2C_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected I2C interrupts */ + I2Cx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~I2C_IT; + } +} + +/** + =============================================================================== + 1. Basic state monitoring + =============================================================================== + */ + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the last I2Cx Event is equal to the one passed + * as parameter. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_EVENT: specifies the event to be checked. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_ADDRESS_MATCHED : EV1 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_ADDRESS_MATCHED : EV1 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED : EV1 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED : EV1 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_GENERALCALLADDRESS_MATCHED : EV1 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED : EV2 + * @arg (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_DUALF) : EV2 + * @arg (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_GENCALL) : EV2 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED : EV3 + * @arg (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED | I2C_FLAG_DUALF) : EV3 + * @arg (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED | I2C_FLAG_GENCALL) : EV3 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_ACK_FAILURE : EV3_2 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_STOP_DETECTED : EV4 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_SELECT : EV5 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_TRANSMITTER_MODE_SELECTED : EV6 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_RECEIVER_MODE_SELECTED : EV6 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_RECEIVED : EV7 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTING : EV8 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTED : EV8_2 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_ADDRESS10 : EV9 + * + * @note: For detailed description of Events, please refer to section + * I2C_Events in stm32l1xx_i2c.h file. + * + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: Last event is equal to the I2C_EVENT + * - ERROR: Last event is different from the I2C_EVENT + */ +ErrorStatus I2C_CheckEvent(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_EVENT) +{ + uint32_t lastevent = 0; + uint32_t flag1 = 0, flag2 = 0; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_EVENT(I2C_EVENT)); + + /* Read the I2Cx status register */ + flag1 = I2Cx->SR1; + flag2 = I2Cx->SR2; + flag2 = flag2 << 16; + + /* Get the last event value from I2C status register */ + lastevent = (flag1 | flag2) & FLAG_MASK; + + /* Check whether the last event contains the I2C_EVENT */ + if ((lastevent & I2C_EVENT) == I2C_EVENT) + { + /* SUCCESS: last event is equal to I2C_EVENT */ + status = SUCCESS; + } + else + { + /* ERROR: last event is different from I2C_EVENT */ + status = ERROR; + } + /* Return status */ + return status; +} + +/** + =============================================================================== + 2. Advanced state monitoring + =============================================================================== + */ + +/** + * @brief Returns the last I2Cx Event. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * + * @note: For detailed description of Events, please refer to section + * I2C_Events in stm32l1xx_i2c.h file. + * + * @retval The last event + */ +uint32_t I2C_GetLastEvent(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx) +{ + uint32_t lastevent = 0; + uint32_t flag1 = 0, flag2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + + /* Read the I2Cx status register */ + flag1 = I2Cx->SR1; + flag2 = I2Cx->SR2; + flag2 = flag2 << 16; + + /* Get the last event value from I2C status register */ + lastevent = (flag1 | flag2) & FLAG_MASK; + + /* Return status */ + return lastevent; +} + +/** + =============================================================================== + 3. Flag-based state monitoring + =============================================================================== + */ + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified I2C flag is set or not. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_FLAG_DUALF: Dual flag (Slave mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_SMBHOST: SMBus host header (Slave mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_SMBDEFAULT: SMBus default header (Slave mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_GENCALL: General call header flag (Slave mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_TRA: Transmitter/Receiver flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_BUSY: Bus busy flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_MSL: Master/Slave flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_SMBALERT: SMBus Alert flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow error flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_PECERR: PEC error in reception flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_OVR: Overrun/Underrun flag (Slave mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_AF: Acknowledge failure flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_ARLO: Arbitration lost flag (Master mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_BERR: Bus error flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_TXE: Data register empty flag (Transmitter) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_RXNE: Data register not empty (Receiver) flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_STOPF: Stop detection flag (Slave mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_ADD10: 10-bit header sent flag (Master mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_BTF: Byte transfer finished flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_ADDR: Address sent flag (Master mode) “ADSL” + * Address matched flag (Slave mode)”ENDAD” + * @arg I2C_FLAG_SB: Start bit flag (Master mode) + * @retval The new state of I2C_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus I2C_GetFlagStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + __IO uint32_t i2creg = 0, i2cxbase = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_GET_FLAG(I2C_FLAG)); + + /* Get the I2Cx peripheral base address */ + i2cxbase = (uint32_t)I2Cx; + + /* Read flag register index */ + i2creg = I2C_FLAG >> 28; + + /* Get bit[23:0] of the flag */ + I2C_FLAG &= FLAG_MASK; + + if(i2creg != 0) + { + /* Get the I2Cx SR1 register address */ + i2cxbase += 0x14; + } + else + { + /* Flag in I2Cx SR2 Register */ + I2C_FLAG = (uint32_t)(I2C_FLAG >> 16); + /* Get the I2Cx SR2 register address */ + i2cxbase += 0x18; + } + + if(((*(__IO uint32_t *)i2cxbase) & I2C_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* I2C_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* I2C_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + + /* Return the I2C_FLAG status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the I2Cx's pending flags. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg I2C_FLAG_SMBALERT: SMBus Alert flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow error flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_PECERR: PEC error in reception flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_OVR: Overrun/Underrun flag (Slave mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_AF: Acknowledge failure flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_ARLO: Arbitration lost flag (Master mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_BERR: Bus error flag + * + * @note + * - STOPF (STOP detection) is cleared by software sequence: a read operation + * to I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a write operation + * to I2C_CR1 register (I2C_Cmd() to re-enable the I2C peripheral). + * - ADD10 (10-bit header sent) is cleared by software sequence: a read + * operation to I2C_SR1 (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by writing the + * second byte of the address in DR register. + * - BTF (Byte Transfer Finished) is cleared by software sequence: a read + * operation to I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a + * read/write to I2C_DR register (I2C_SendData()). + * - ADDR (Address sent) is cleared by software sequence: a read operation to + * I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a read operation to + * I2C_SR2 register ((void)(I2Cx->SR2)). + * - SB (Start Bit) is cleared software sequence: a read operation to I2C_SR1 + * register (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a write operation to I2C_DR + * register (I2C_SendData()). + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_ClearFlag(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG) +{ + uint32_t flagpos = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(I2C_FLAG)); + /* Get the I2C flag position */ + flagpos = I2C_FLAG & FLAG_MASK; + /* Clear the selected I2C flag */ + I2Cx->SR1 = (uint16_t)~flagpos; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified I2C interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_IT: specifies the interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_IT_SMBALERT: SMBus Alert flag + * @arg I2C_IT_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow error flag + * @arg I2C_IT_PECERR: PEC error in reception flag + * @arg I2C_IT_OVR: Overrun/Underrun flag (Slave mode) + * @arg I2C_IT_AF: Acknowledge failure flag + * @arg I2C_IT_ARLO: Arbitration lost flag (Master mode) + * @arg I2C_IT_BERR: Bus error flag + * @arg I2C_IT_TXE: Data register empty flag (Transmitter) + * @arg I2C_IT_RXNE: Data register not empty (Receiver) flag + * @arg I2C_IT_STOPF: Stop detection flag (Slave mode) + * @arg I2C_IT_ADD10: 10-bit header sent flag (Master mode) + * @arg I2C_IT_BTF: Byte transfer finished flag + * @arg I2C_IT_ADDR: Address sent flag (Master mode) “ADSL” + * Address matched flag (Slave mode)”ENDAD” + * @arg I2C_IT_SB: Start bit flag (Master mode) + * @retval The new state of I2C_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus I2C_GetITStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t enablestatus = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_GET_IT(I2C_IT)); + + /* Check if the interrupt source is enabled or not */ + enablestatus = (uint32_t)(((I2C_IT & ITEN_MASK) >> 16) & (I2Cx->CR2)) ; + + /* Get bit[23:0] of the flag */ + I2C_IT &= FLAG_MASK; + + /* Check the status of the specified I2C flag */ + if (((I2Cx->SR1 & I2C_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) && enablestatus) + { + /* I2C_IT is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* I2C_IT is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the I2C_IT status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the I2Cx’s interrupt pending bits. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg I2C_IT_SMBALERT: SMBus Alert interrupt + * @arg I2C_IT_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow error interrupt + * @arg I2C_IT_PECERR: PEC error in reception interrupt + * @arg I2C_IT_OVR: Overrun/Underrun interrupt (Slave mode) + * @arg I2C_IT_AF: Acknowledge failure interrupt + * @arg I2C_IT_ARLO: Arbitration lost interrupt (Master mode) + * @arg I2C_IT_BERR: Bus error interrupt + * + * @note + * - STOPF (STOP detection) is cleared by software sequence: a read operation + * to I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by a write operation to + * I2C_CR1 register (I2C_Cmd() to re-enable the I2C peripheral). + * - ADD10 (10-bit header sent) is cleared by software sequence: a read + * operation to I2C_SR1 (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by writing the second + * byte of the address in I2C_DR register. + * - BTF (Byte Transfer Finished) is cleared by software sequence: a read + * operation to I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by a + * read/write to I2C_DR register (I2C_SendData()). + * - ADDR (Address sent) is cleared by software sequence: a read operation to + * I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by a read operation to + * I2C_SR2 register ((void)(I2Cx->SR2)). + * - SB (Start Bit) is cleared by software sequence: a read operation to + * I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by a write operation to + * I2C_DR register (I2C_SendData()). + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_ClearITPendingBit(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT) +{ + uint32_t flagpos = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_CLEAR_IT(I2C_IT)); + /* Get the I2C flag position */ + flagpos = I2C_IT & FLAG_MASK; + /* Clear the selected I2C flag */ + I2Cx->SR1 = (uint16_t)~flagpos; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ + + + diff --git a/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_iwdg.c b/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_iwdg.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d9e1028 --- /dev/null +++ b/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_iwdg.c @@ -0,0 +1,263 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l1xx_iwdg.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 31-December-2010 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Independent watchdog (IWDG) peripheral: + * - Prescaler and Counter configuration + * - IWDG activation + * - Flag management + * + * @verbatim + * + * =================================================================== + * IWDG features + * =================================================================== + * + * The IWDG can be started by either software or hardware (configurable + * through option byte). + * + * The IWDG is clocked by its own dedicated low-speed clock (LSI) and + * thus stays active even if the main clock fails. + * Once the IWDG is started, the LSI is forced ON and cannot be disabled + * (LSI cannot be disabled too), and the counter starts counting down from + * the reset value of 0xFFF. When it reaches the end of count value (0x000) + * a system reset is generated. + * The IWDG counter should be reloaded at regular intervals to prevent + * an MCU reset. + * + * The IWDG is implemented in the VDD voltage domain that is still functional + * in STOP and STANDBY mode (IWDG reset can wake-up from STANDBY) + * + * IWDGRST flag in RCC_CSR register can be used to inform when a IWDG + * reset occurs + * + * Min-max timeout value @37KHz (LSI): ~108us / ~28.3s + * The IWDG timeout may vary due to LSI frequency dispersion. STM32L1xx + * devices provide the capability to measure the LSI frequency (LSI clock + * connected internally to TIM10 CH1 input capture). The measured value + * can be used to have an IWDG timeout with an acceptable accuracy. + * For more information, please refer to the STM32L1xx Reference manual + * + * + * =================================================================== + * How to use this driver + * =================================================================== + * 1. Enable write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers using + * IWDG_WriteAccessCmd(IWDG_WriteAccess_Enable) function + * + * 2. Configure the IWDG prescaler using IWDG_SetPrescaler() function + * + * 3. Configure the IWDG counter value using IWDG_SetReload() function. + * This value will be loaded in the IWDG counter each time the counter + * is reloaded, then the IWDG will start counting down from this value. + * + * 4. Start the IWDG using IWDG_Enable() function, when the IWDG is used + * in software mode (no need to enable the LSI, it will be enabled + * by hardware) + * + * 5. Then the application program must reload the IWDG counter at regular + * intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using + * IWDG_ReloadCounter() function. + * + * @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l1xx_iwdg.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG + * @brief IWDG driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* ---------------------- IWDG registers bit mask ----------------------------*/ +/* KR register bit mask */ +#define KR_KEY_RELOAD ((uint16_t)0xAAAA) +#define KR_KEY_ENABLE ((uint16_t)0xCCCC) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_Group1 Prescaler and Counter configuration functions + * @brief Prescaler and Counter configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Prescaler and Counter configuration functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers. + * @param IWDG_WriteAccess: new state of write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg IWDG_WriteAccess_Enable: Enable write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers + * @arg IWDG_WriteAccess_Disable: Disable write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers + * @retval None + */ +void IWDG_WriteAccessCmd(uint16_t IWDG_WriteAccess) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_IWDG_WRITE_ACCESS(IWDG_WriteAccess)); + IWDG->KR = IWDG_WriteAccess; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets IWDG Prescaler value. + * @param IWDG_Prescaler: specifies the IWDG Prescaler value. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_4: IWDG prescaler set to 4 + * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_8: IWDG prescaler set to 8 + * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_16: IWDG prescaler set to 16 + * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_32: IWDG prescaler set to 32 + * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_64: IWDG prescaler set to 64 + * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_128: IWDG prescaler set to 128 + * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_256: IWDG prescaler set to 256 + * @retval None + */ +void IWDG_SetPrescaler(uint8_t IWDG_Prescaler) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_IWDG_PRESCALER(IWDG_Prescaler)); + IWDG->PR = IWDG_Prescaler; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets IWDG Reload value. + * @param Reload: specifies the IWDG Reload value. + * This parameter must be a number between 0 and 0x0FFF. + * @retval None + */ +void IWDG_SetReload(uint16_t Reload) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_IWDG_RELOAD(Reload)); + IWDG->RLR = Reload; +} + +/** + * @brief Reloads IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register + * (write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers disabled). + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void IWDG_ReloadCounter(void) +{ + IWDG->KR = KR_KEY_RELOAD; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_Group2 IWDG activation function + * @brief IWDG activation function + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + IWDG activation function + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables IWDG (write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers disabled). + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void IWDG_Enable(void) +{ + IWDG->KR = KR_KEY_ENABLE; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_Group3 Flag management function + * @brief Flag management function + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Flag management function + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified IWDG flag is set or not. + * @param IWDG_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg IWDG_FLAG_PVU: Prescaler Value Update on going + * @arg IWDG_FLAG_RVU: Reload Value Update on going + * @retval The new state of IWDG_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus IWDG_GetFlagStatus(uint16_t IWDG_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_IWDG_FLAG(IWDG_FLAG)); + if ((IWDG->SR & IWDG_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the flag status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_lcd.c b/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_lcd.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9116b68 --- /dev/null +++ b/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_lcd.c @@ -0,0 +1,637 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l1xx_lcd.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 31-December-2010 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the LCD controller (LCD) peripheral: + * - Initialization and configuration + * - LCD RAM memory write + * - Interrupts and flags management + * + * @verbatim + * + * =================================================================== + * LCD Clock + * =================================================================== + * LCDCLK is the same as RTCCLK. + * To configure the RTCCLK/LCDCLK, proceed as follows: + * - Enable the Power Controller (PWR) APB1 interface clock using the + * RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd() function. + * - Enable access to RTC domain using the PWR_RTCAccessCmd() function. + * - Select the RTC clock source using the RCC_RTCCLKConfig() function. + * + * The frequency generator allows you to achieve various LCD frame rates + * starting from an LCD input clock frequency (LCDCLK) which can vary + * from 32 kHz up to 1 MHz. + * + * =================================================================== + * LCD and low power modes + * =================================================================== + * The LCD still active during STOP mode. + * + * =================================================================== + * How to use this driver + * =================================================================== + * 1. Enable LCD clock using RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_LCD, ENABLE) function + * + * 2. Configure the LCD prescaler, divider, duty, bias and voltage source + * using LCD_Init() function + * + * 3. Optionally you can enable/configure: + * - LCD High Drive using the LCD_HighDriveCmd() function + * - LCD High Drive using the LCD_MuxSegmentCmd() function + * - LCD Pulse ON Duration using the LCD_PulseOnDurationConfig() function + * - LCD Dead Time using the LCD_DeadTimeConfig() function + * - The LCD Blink mode and frequency using the LCD_BlinkConfig() function + * - The LCD Contrast using the LCD_ContrastConfig() function + * + * 4. Call the LCD_WaitForSynchro() function to wait for LCD_FCR register + * synchronization. + * + * 5. Call the LCD_Cmd() to enable the LCD controller + * + * 6. Wait until the LCD Controller status is enabled and the step-up + * converter is ready using the LCD_GetFlagStatus() and + * LCD_FLAG_ENS and LCD_FLAG_RDY flags. + * + * 7. Write to the LCD RAM memory using the LCD_Write() function. + * + * 8. Request an update display using the LCD_UpdateDisplayRequest() + * function. + * + * 9. Wait until the update display is finished by checking the UDD + * flag status using the LCD_GetFlagStatus(LCD_FLAG_UDD) + * + * + * @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l1xx_lcd.h" +#include "stm32l1xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup LCD + * @brief LCD driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* ------------ LCD registers bit address in the alias region --------------- */ +#define LCD_OFFSET (LCD_BASE - PERIPH_BASE) + +/* --- CR Register ---*/ + +/* Alias word address of LCDEN bit */ +#define CR_OFFSET (LCD_OFFSET + 0x00) +#define LCDEN_BitNumber 0x00 +#define CR_LCDEN_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (LCDEN_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of MUX_SEG bit */ +#define MUX_SEG_BitNumber 0x07 +#define CR_MUX_SEG_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (MUX_SEG_BitNumber * 4)) + + +/* --- FCR Register ---*/ + +/* Alias word address of HD bit */ +#define FCR_OFFSET (LCD_OFFSET + 0x04) +#define HD_BitNumber 0x00 +#define FCR_HD_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (FCR_OFFSET * 32) + (HD_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* --- SR Register ---*/ + +/* Alias word address of UDR bit */ +#define SR_OFFSET (LCD_OFFSET + 0x08) +#define UDR_BitNumber 0x02 +#define SR_UDR_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (SR_OFFSET * 32) + (UDR_BitNumber * 4)) + +#define FCR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFC03FFFF) /* LCD FCR Mask */ +#define CR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF81) /* LCD CR Mask */ +#define PON_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF8F) /* LCD PON Mask */ +#define DEAD_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFC7F) /* LCD DEAD Mask */ +#define BLINK_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFC1FFF) /* LCD BLINK Mask */ +#define CONTRAST_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFE3FF) /* LCD CONTRAST Mask */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup LCD_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup LCD_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Initialization and Configuration functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the LCD peripheral registers to their default reset + * values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void LCD_DeInit(void) +{ + /* Enable LCD reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_LCD, ENABLE); + /* Release LCD from reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_LCD, DISABLE); +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the LCD peripheral according to the specified parameters + * in the LCD_InitStruct. + * @note This function can be used only when the LCD is disabled. + * @param LCD_InitStruct: pointer to a LCD_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified LCD peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void LCD_Init(LCD_InitTypeDef* LCD_InitStruct) +{ + /* Check function parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LCD_PRESCALER(LCD_InitStruct->LCD_Prescaler)); + assert_param(IS_LCD_DIVIDER(LCD_InitStruct->LCD_Divider)); + assert_param(IS_LCD_DUTY(LCD_InitStruct->LCD_Duty)); + assert_param(IS_LCD_BIAS(LCD_InitStruct->LCD_Bias)); + assert_param(IS_LCD_VOLTAGE_SOURCE(LCD_InitStruct->LCD_VoltageSource)); + + LCD->FCR &= (uint32_t)FCR_MASK; + LCD->FCR |= (uint32_t)(LCD_InitStruct->LCD_Prescaler | LCD_InitStruct->LCD_Divider); + + LCD_WaitForSynchro(); + + LCD->CR &= (uint32_t)CR_MASK; + LCD->CR |= (uint32_t)(LCD_InitStruct->LCD_Duty | LCD_InitStruct->LCD_Bias | \ + LCD_InitStruct->LCD_VoltageSource); + +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each LCD_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param LCD_InitStruct: pointer to a LCD_InitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void LCD_StructInit(LCD_InitTypeDef* LCD_InitStruct) +{ +/*--------------- Reset LCD init structure parameters values -----------------*/ + LCD_InitStruct->LCD_Prescaler = LCD_Prescaler_1; /*!< Initialize the LCD_Prescaler member */ + + LCD_InitStruct->LCD_Divider = LCD_Divider_16; /*!< Initialize the LCD_Divider member */ + + LCD_InitStruct->LCD_Duty = LCD_Duty_Static; /*!< Initialize the LCD_Duty member */ + + LCD_InitStruct->LCD_Bias = LCD_Bias_1_4; /*!< Initialize the LCD_Bias member */ + + LCD_InitStruct->LCD_VoltageSource = LCD_VoltageSource_Internal; /*!< Initialize the LCD_VoltageSource member */ +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the LCD Controller. + * @param NewState: new state of the LCD peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void LCD_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_LCDEN_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Waits until the LCD FCR register is synchronized in the LCDCLK domain. + * This function must be called after any write operation to LCD_FCR register. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void LCD_WaitForSynchro(void) +{ + /* Loop until FCRSF flag is set */ + while ((LCD->SR & LCD_FLAG_FCRSF) == (uint32_t)RESET) + { + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the low resistance divider. Displays with high + * internal resistance may need a longer drive time to achieve + * satisfactory contrast. This function is useful in this case if some + * additional power consumption can be tolerated. + * @note When this mode is enabled, the PulseOn Duration (PON) have to be + * programmed to 1/CK_PS (LCD_PulseOnDuration_1). + * @param NewState: new state of the low resistance divider. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void LCD_HighDriveCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) FCR_HD_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Mux Segment. + * @note This function can be used only when the LCD is disabled. + * @param NewState: new state of the Mux Segment. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void LCD_MuxSegmentCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_MUX_SEG_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the LCD pulses on duration. + * @param LCD_PulseOnDuration: specifies the LCD pulse on duration in terms of + * CK_PS (prescaled LCD clock period) pulses. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg LCD_PulseOnDuration_0: 0 pulse + * @arg LCD_PulseOnDuration_1: Pulse ON duration = 1/CK_PS + * @arg LCD_PulseOnDuration_2: Pulse ON duration = 2/CK_PS + * @arg LCD_PulseOnDuration_3: Pulse ON duration = 3/CK_PS + * @arg LCD_PulseOnDuration_4: Pulse ON duration = 4/CK_PS + * @arg LCD_PulseOnDuration_5: Pulse ON duration = 5/CK_PS + * @arg LCD_PulseOnDuration_6: Pulse ON duration = 6/CK_PS + * @arg LCD_PulseOnDuration_7: Pulse ON duration = 7/CK_PS + * @retval None + */ +void LCD_PulseOnDurationConfig(uint32_t LCD_PulseOnDuration) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LCD_PULSE_ON_DURATION(LCD_PulseOnDuration)); + + LCD->FCR &= (uint32_t)PON_MASK; + LCD->FCR |= (uint32_t)(LCD_PulseOnDuration); +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the LCD dead time. + * @param LCD_DeadTime: specifies the LCD dead time. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg LCD_DeadTime_0: No dead Time + * @arg LCD_DeadTime_1: One Phase between different couple of Frame + * @arg LCD_DeadTime_2: Two Phase between different couple of Frame + * @arg LCD_DeadTime_3: Three Phase between different couple of Frame + * @arg LCD_DeadTime_4: Four Phase between different couple of Frame + * @arg LCD_DeadTime_5: Five Phase between different couple of Frame + * @arg LCD_DeadTime_6: Six Phase between different couple of Frame + * @arg LCD_DeadTime_7: Seven Phase between different couple of Frame + * @retval None + */ +void LCD_DeadTimeConfig(uint32_t LCD_DeadTime) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LCD_DEAD_TIME(LCD_DeadTime)); + + LCD->FCR &= (uint32_t)DEAD_MASK; + LCD->FCR |= (uint32_t)(LCD_DeadTime); +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the LCD Blink mode and Blink frequency. + * @param LCD_BlinkMode: specifies the LCD blink mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg LCD_BlinkMode_Off: Blink disabled + * @arg LCD_BlinkMode_SEG0_COM0: Blink enabled on SEG[0], COM[0] (1 pixel) + * @arg LCD_BlinkMode_SEG0_AllCOM: Blink enabled on SEG[0], all COM (up to 8 + * pixels according to the programmed duty) + * @arg LCD_BlinkMode_AllSEG_AllCOM: Blink enabled on all SEG and all COM + * (all pixels) + * @param LCD_BlinkFrequency: specifies the LCD blink frequency. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg LCD_BlinkFrequency_Div8: The Blink frequency = fLcd/8 + * @arg LCD_BlinkFrequency_Div16: The Blink frequency = fLcd/16 + * @arg LCD_BlinkFrequency_Div32: The Blink frequency = fLcd/32 + * @arg LCD_BlinkFrequency_Div64: The Blink frequency = fLcd/64 + * @arg LCD_BlinkFrequency_Div128: The Blink frequency = fLcd/128 + * @arg LCD_BlinkFrequency_Div256: The Blink frequency = fLcd/256 + * @arg LCD_BlinkFrequency_Div512: The Blink frequency = fLcd/512 + * @arg LCD_BlinkFrequency_Div1024: The Blink frequency = fLcd/1024 + * @retval None + */ +void LCD_BlinkConfig(uint32_t LCD_BlinkMode, uint32_t LCD_BlinkFrequency) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LCD_BLINK_MODE(LCD_BlinkMode)); + assert_param(IS_LCD_BLINK_FREQUENCY(LCD_BlinkFrequency)); + + LCD->FCR &= (uint32_t)BLINK_MASK; + LCD->FCR |= (uint32_t)(LCD_BlinkMode | LCD_BlinkFrequency); +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the LCD Contrast. + * @param LCD_Contrast: specifies the LCD Contrast. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg LCD_Contrast_Level_0: Maximum Voltage = 2.60V + * @arg LCD_Contrast_Level_1: Maximum Voltage = 2.73V + * @arg LCD_Contrast_Level_2: Maximum Voltage = 2.86V + * @arg LCD_Contrast_Level_3: Maximum Voltage = 2.99V + * @arg LCD_Contrast_Level_4: Maximum Voltage = 3.12V + * @arg LCD_Contrast_Level_5: Maximum Voltage = 3.25V + * @arg LCD_Contrast_Level_6: Maximum Voltage = 3.38V + * @arg LCD_Contrast_Level_7: Maximum Voltage = 3.51V + * @retval None + */ +void LCD_ContrastConfig(uint32_t LCD_Contrast) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LCD_CONTRAST(LCD_Contrast)); + + LCD->FCR &= (uint32_t)CONTRAST_MASK; + LCD->FCR |= (uint32_t)(LCD_Contrast); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup LCD_Group2 LCD RAM memory write functions + * @brief LCD RAM memory write functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + LCD RAM memory write functions + =============================================================================== + + Using its double buffer memory the LCD controller ensures the coherency of the + displayed information without having to use interrupts to control LCD_RAM + modification. + The application software can access the first buffer level (LCD_RAM) through + the APB interface. Once it has modified the LCD_RAM, it sets the UDR flag in + the LCD_SR register using the LCD_UpdateDisplayRequest() function. + This UDR flag (update display request) requests the updated information to be + moved into the second buffer level (LCD_DISPLAY). + This operation is done synchronously with the frame (at the beginning of the + next frame), until the update is completed, the LCD_RAM is write protected and + the UDR flag stays high. + Once the update is completed another flag (UDD - Update Display Done) is set and + generates an interrupt if the UDDIE bit in the LCD_FCR register is set. + The time it takes to update LCD_DISPLAY is, in the worst case, one odd and one + even frame. + The update will not occur (UDR = 1 and UDD = 0) until the display is + enabled (LCDEN = 1). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Writes a word in the specific LCD RAM. + * @param LCD_RAMRegister: specifies the LCD Contrast. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg LCD_RAMRegister_0: LCD RAM Register 0 + * @arg LCD_RAMRegister_1: LCD RAM Register 1 + * @arg LCD_RAMRegister_2: LCD RAM Register 2 + * @arg LCD_RAMRegister_3: LCD RAM Register 3 + * @arg LCD_RAMRegister_4: LCD RAM Register 4 + * @arg LCD_RAMRegister_5: LCD RAM Register 5 + * @arg LCD_RAMRegister_6: LCD RAM Register 6 + * @arg LCD_RAMRegister_7: LCD RAM Register 7 + * @arg LCD_RAMRegister_8: LCD RAM Register 8 + * @arg LCD_RAMRegister_9: LCD RAM Register 9 + * @arg LCD_RAMRegister_10: LCD RAM Register 10 + * @arg LCD_RAMRegister_11: LCD RAM Register 11 + * @arg LCD_RAMRegister_12: LCD RAM Register 12 + * @arg LCD_RAMRegister_13: LCD RAM Register 13 + * @arg LCD_RAMRegister_14: LCD RAM Register 14 + * @arg LCD_RAMRegister_15: LCD RAM Register 15 + * @param LCD_Data: specifies LCD Data Value to be written. + * @retval None + */ +void LCD_Write(uint32_t LCD_RAMRegister, uint32_t LCD_Data) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LCD_RAM_REGISTER(LCD_RAMRegister)); + + /* Copy data bytes to RAM register */ + LCD->RAM[LCD_RAMRegister] = (uint32_t)LCD_Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the Update Display Request. + * @note Each time software modifies the LCD_RAM it must set the UDR bit to + * transfer the updated data to the second level buffer. + * The UDR bit stays set until the end of the update and during this + * time the LCD_RAM is write protected. + * @note When the display is disabled, the update is performed for all + * LCD_DISPLAY locations. + * When the display is enabled, the update is performed only for locations + * for which commons are active (depending on DUTY). For example if + * DUTY = 1/2, only the LCD_DISPLAY of COM0 and COM1 will be updated. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void LCD_UpdateDisplayRequest(void) +{ + *(__IO uint32_t *) SR_UDR_BB = (uint32_t)0x01; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup LCD_Group3 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Interrupts and flags management functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified LCD interrupts. + * @param LCD_IT: specifies the LCD interrupts sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg LCD_IT_SOF: Start of Frame Interrupt + * @arg LCD_IT_UDD: Update Display Done Interrupt + * @param NewState: new state of the specified LCD interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void LCD_ITConfig(uint32_t LCD_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LCD_IT(LCD_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + LCD->FCR |= LCD_IT; + } + else + { + LCD->FCR &= (uint32_t)~LCD_IT; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified LCD flag is set or not. + * @param LCD_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg LCD_FLAG_ENS: LCD Enabled flag. It indicates the LCD controller status. + * @note The ENS bit is set immediately when the LCDEN bit in the LCD_CR + * goes from 0 to 1. On deactivation it reflects the real status of + * LCD so it becomes 0 at the end of the last displayed frame. + * @arg LCD_FLAG_SOF: Start of Frame flag. This flag is set by hardware at + * the beginning of a new frame, at the same time as the display data is + * updated. + * @arg LCD_FLAG_UDR: Update Display Request flag. + * @arg LCD_FLAG_UDD: Update Display Done flag. + * @arg LCD_FLAG_RDY: Step_up converter Ready flag. It indicates the status + * of the step-up converter. + * @arg LCD_FLAG_FCRSF: LCD Frame Control Register Synchronization Flag. + * This flag is set by hardware each time the LCD_FCR register is updated + * in the LCDCLK domain. + * @retval The new state of LCD_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus LCD_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t LCD_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LCD_GET_FLAG(LCD_FLAG)); + + if ((LCD->SR & LCD_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the LCD's pending flags. + * @param LCD_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg LCD_FLAG_SOF: Start of Frame Interrupt + * @arg LCD_FLAG_UDD: Update Display Done Interrupt + * @retval None + */ +void LCD_ClearFlag(uint32_t LCD_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LCD_CLEAR_FLAG(LCD_FLAG)); + + /* Clear the corresponding LCD flag */ + LCD->CLR = (uint32_t)LCD_FLAG; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified RTC interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param RTC_IT: specifies the RTC interrupts sources to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg LCD_IT_SOF: Start of Frame Interrupt + * @arg LCD_IT_UDD: Update Display Done Interrupt. + * @note If the device is in STOP mode (PCLK not provided) UDD will not + * generate an interrupt even if UDDIE = 1. + * If the display is not enabled the UDD interrupt will never occur. + * @retval The new state of the LCD_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus LCD_GetITStatus(uint32_t LCD_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LCD_GET_IT(LCD_IT)); + + if ((LCD->SR & LCD_IT) != (uint16_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + + if (((LCD->FCR & LCD_IT) != (uint16_t)RESET) && (bitstatus != (uint32_t)RESET)) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the LCD's interrupt pending bits. + * @param LCD_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg LCD_IT_SOF: Start of Frame Interrupt + * @arg LCD_IT_UDD: Update Display Done Interrupt + * @retval None + */ +void LCD_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t LCD_IT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LCD_IT(LCD_IT)); + + /* Clear the corresponding LCD pending bit */ + LCD->CLR = (uint32_t)LCD_IT; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_pwr.c b/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_pwr.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..09e7cc3 --- /dev/null +++ b/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_pwr.c @@ -0,0 +1,829 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l1xx_pwr.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 31-December-2010 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Power Controller (PWR) peripheral: + * - RTC Domain Access + * - PVD configuration + * - WakeUp pins configuration + * - Ultra Low Power mode configuration + * - Voltage Scaling configuration + * - Low Power modes configuration + * - Flags management + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l1xx_pwr.h" +#include "stm32l1xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR + * @brief PWR driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* --------- PWR registers bit address in the alias region ---------- */ +#define PWR_OFFSET (PWR_BASE - PERIPH_BASE) + +/* --- CR Register ---*/ + +/* Alias word address of DBP bit */ +#define CR_OFFSET (PWR_OFFSET + 0x00) +#define DBP_BitNumber 0x08 +#define CR_DBP_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (DBP_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of PVDE bit */ +#define PVDE_BitNumber 0x04 +#define CR_PVDE_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (PVDE_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of ULP bit */ +#define ULP_BitNumber 0x09 +#define CR_ULP_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (ULP_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of FWU bit */ +#define FWU_BitNumber 0x0A +#define CR_FWU_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (FWU_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* --- CSR Register ---*/ + +/* Alias word address of EWUP bit */ +#define CSR_OFFSET (PWR_OFFSET + 0x04) +#define EWUP_BitNumber 0x08 +#define CSR_EWUP_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (EWUP_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* ------------------ PWR registers bit mask ------------------------ */ + +/* CR register bit mask */ +#define CR_DS_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFC) +#define CR_PLS_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF1F) +#define CR_VOS_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFE7FF) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Group1 RTC Domain Access function + * @brief RTC Domain Access function + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + RTC Domain Access function + =============================================================================== + + After reset, the RTC Registers (RCC CSR Register, RTC registers and RTC backup + registers) are protected against possible stray write accesses. + To enable access to RTC domain use the PWR_RTCAccessCmd(ENABLE) function. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the PWR peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @note Before calling this function, the VOS[1:0] bits should be configured + * to "10" and the system frequency has to be configured accordingly. + * To configure the VOS[1:0] bits, use the PWR_VoltageScalingConfig() + * function. + * @note ULP and FWU bits are not reset by this function. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_DeInit(void) +{ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_PWR, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_PWR, DISABLE); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables access to the RTC and backup registers. + * @note If the HSE divided by 2, 4, 8 or 16 is used as the RTC clock, the + * RTC Domain Access should be kept enabled. + * @param NewState: new state of the access to the RTC and backup registers. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_RTCAccessCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_DBP_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Group2 PVD configuration functions + * @brief PVD configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + PVD configuration functions + =============================================================================== + + - The PVD is used to monitor the VDD power supply by comparing it to a threshold + selected by the PVD Level (PLS[2:0] bits in the PWR_CR). + - The PVD can use an external input analog voltage (PVD_IN) which is compared + internally to VREFINT. The PVD_IN (PB7) has to be configured in Analog mode + when PWR_PVDLevel_7 is selected (PLS[2:0] = 111). + - A PVDO flag is available to indicate if VDD/VDDA is higher or lower than the + PVD threshold. This event is internally connected to the EXTI line16 + and can generate an interrupt if enabled through the EXTI registers. + - The PVD is stopped in Standby mode. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the voltage threshold detected by the Power Voltage Detector(PVD). + * @param PWR_PVDLevel: specifies the PVD detection level + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_0: PVD detection level set to 1.9V + * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_1: PVD detection level set to 2.1V + * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_2: PVD detection level set to 2.3V + * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_3: PVD detection level set to 2.5V + * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_4: PVD detection level set to 2.7V + * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_5: PVD detection level set to 2.9V + * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_6: PVD detection level set to 3.1V + * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_7: External input analog voltage (Compare internally to VREFINT) + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_PVDLevelConfig(uint32_t PWR_PVDLevel) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(PWR_PVDLevel)); + + tmpreg = PWR->CR; + + /* Clear PLS[7:5] bits */ + tmpreg &= CR_PLS_MASK; + + /* Set PLS[7:5] bits according to PWR_PVDLevel value */ + tmpreg |= PWR_PVDLevel; + + /* Store the new value */ + PWR->CR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD). + * @param NewState: new state of the PVD. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_PVDCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PVDE_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Group3 WakeUp pins configuration functions + * @brief WakeUp pins configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + WakeUp pins configuration functions + =============================================================================== + + - WakeUp pins are used to wakeup the system from Standby mode. These pins are + forced in input pull down configuration and are active on rising edges. + - There are three WakeUp pins: WakeUp Pin 1 on PA.00, WakeUp Pin 2 on PC.13 and + WakeUp Pin 3 on PE.06. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the WakeUp Pin functionality. + * @param PWR_WakeUpPin: specifies the WakeUpPin. + * This parameter can be: PWR_WakeUpPin_1, PWR_WakeUpPin_2 or PWR_WakeUpPin_3. + * @param NewState: new state of the WakeUp Pin functionality. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_WakeUpPinCmd(uint32_t PWR_WakeUpPin, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(PWR_WakeUpPin)); + + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + tmp = CSR_EWUP_BB + PWR_WakeUpPin; + + *(__IO uint32_t *) (tmp) = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Group4 Ultra Low Power mode configuration functions + * @brief Ultra Low Power mode configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Ultra Low Power mode configuration functions + =============================================================================== + + - The internal voltage reference consumption is not negligible, in particular + in Stop and Standby mode. To reduce power consumption, use the PWR_UltraLowPowerCmd() + function (ULP bit (Ultra low power) in the PWR_CR register) to disable the + internal voltage reference. However, in this case, when exiting from the + Stop/Standby mode, the functions managed through the internal voltage reference + are not reliable during the internal voltage reference startup time (up to 3 ms). + To reduce the wakeup time, the device can exit from Stop/Standby mode without + waiting for the internal voltage reference startup time. This is performed + by using the PWR_FastWakeUpCmd() function (setting the FWU bit (Fast + wakeup) in the PWR_CR register) before entering Stop/Standby mode. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Fast WakeUp from Ultra Low Power mode. + * @param NewState: new state of the Fast WakeUp functionality. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_FastWakeUpCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_FWU_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Ultra Low Power mode. + * @param NewState: new state of the Ultra Low Power mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_UltraLowPowerCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_ULP_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Group5 Voltage Scaling configuration functions + * @brief Voltage Scaling configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Voltage Scaling configuration functions + =============================================================================== + + - The dynamic voltage scaling is a power management technique which consists in + increasing or decreasing the voltage used for the digital peripherals (VCORE), + according to the circumstances. + + Depending on the device voltage range, the maximum frequency and FLASH wait + state should be adapted accordingly: + + +------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | Wait states | HCLK clock frequency (MHz) | + | |------------------------------------------------| + | (Latency) | voltage range | voltage range | + | | 1.65 V - 3.6 V | 2.0 V - 3.6 V | + | |----------------|---------------|---------------| + | | Range 3 | Range 2 | Range 1 | + | | VCORE = 1.2 V | VCORE = 1.5 V | VCORE = 1.8 V | + |---------------- |----------------|---------------|---------------| + | 0WS(1CPU cycle) |0 < HCLK <= 2 |0 < HCLK <= 8 |0 < HCLK <= 16 | + |-----------------|----------------|---------------|---------------| + | 1WS(2CPU cycle) |2 < HCLK <= 4 |8 < HCLK <= 16 |16 < HCLK <= 32| + |-----------------|----------------|---------------|---------------| + | CPU Performance | Low | Medium | High | + |-----__----------|----------------|---------------|---------------| + |Power Performance| High | Medium | Low | + +------------------------------------------------------------------+ + + - To modify the Product voltage range, user application has to: + - Check VDD to identify which ranges are allowed (see table above) + - Check the PWR_FLAG_VOSF (Voltage Scaling update ongoing) using the PWR_GetFlagStatus() + function and wait until it is reset. + - Configure the Voltage range using the PWR_VoltageScalingConfig() function. + + - When VCORE range 1 is selected and VDD drops below 2.0 V, the application must + reconfigure the system: + - Detect that VDD drops below 2.0 V using the PVD Level 1 + - Adapt the clock frequency to the voltage range that will be selected at next step + - Select the required voltage range + - When VCORE range 2 or range 3 is selected and VDD drops below 2.0 V, no system + reconfiguration is required. + + - When VDD is above 2.0 V, any of the 3 voltage ranges can be selected + - When the voltage range is above the targeted voltage range (e.g. from range + 1 to 2): + - Adapt the clock frequency to the lower voltage range that will be selected + at next step. + - Select the required voltage range. + - When the voltage range is below the targeted voltage range (e.g. from range + 3 to 1): + - Select the required voltage range. + - Tune the clock frequency if needed. + + - When VDD is below 2.0 V, only range 2 and 3 can be selected: + - From range 2 to range 3 + - Adapt the clock frequency to voltage range 3. + - Select voltage range 3. + - From range 3 to range 2 + - Select the voltage range 2. + - Tune the clock frequency if needed. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the voltage scaling range. + * @note During voltage scaling configuration, the system clock is stopped + * until the regulator is stabilized (VOSF = 0). This must be taken + * into account during application developement, in case a critical + * reaction time to interrupt is needed, and depending on peripheral + * used (timer, communication,...). + * + * @param PWR_VoltageScaling: specifies the voltage scaling range. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg PWR_VoltageScaling_Range1: Voltage Scaling Range 1 (VCORE = 1.8V) + * @arg PWR_VoltageScaling_Range2: Voltage Scaling Range 2 (VCORE = 1.5V) + * @arg PWR_VoltageScaling_Range3: Voltage Scaling Range 3 (VCORE = 1.2V) + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_VoltageScalingConfig(uint32_t PWR_VoltageScaling) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_VOLTAGE_SCALING_RANGE(PWR_VoltageScaling)); + + tmp = PWR->CR; + + tmp &= CR_VOS_MASK; + tmp |= PWR_VoltageScaling; + + PWR->CR = tmp & 0xFFFFFFF3; + +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Group6 Low Power modes configuration functions + * @brief Low Power modes configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Low Power modes configuration functions + =============================================================================== + + The devices feature five low-power modes: + - Low power run mode: regulator in low power mode, limited clock frequency, + limited number of peripherals running. + - Sleep mode: Cortex-M3 core stopped, peripherals kept running. + - Low power sleep mode: Cortex-M3 core stopped, limited clock frequency, + limited number of peripherals running, regulator in low power mode. + - Stop mode: all clocks are stopped, regulator running, regulator in low power mode + - Standby mode: VCORE domain powered off + + Low power run mode (LP run) + =========================== + - Entry: + - Decrease the system frequency. + - The regulator is forced in low power mode using the PWR_EnterLowPowerRunMode() + function. + - Exit: + - The regulator is forced in Main regulator mode sing the PWR_EnterLowPowerRunMode() + function. + - Increase the system frequency if needed. + + Sleep mode + =========== + - Entry: + - The Sleep mode is entered by using the PWR_EnterSleepMode(PWR_Regulator_ON,) + function with regulator ON. + - Exit: + - Any peripheral interrupt acknowledged by the nested vectored interrupt + controller (NVIC) can wake up the device from Sleep mode. + + Low power sleep mode (LP sleep) + =============================== + - Entry: + - The Flash memory must be switched off by using the FLASH_SLEEPPowerDownCmd() + function. + - Decrease the system frequency. + - The regulator is forced in low power mode and the WFI or WFE instructions + are executed using the PWR_EnterSleepMode(PWR_Regulator_LowPower,) function + with regulator in LowPower. + - Exit: + - Any peripheral interrupt acknowledged by the nested vectored interrupt + controller (NVIC) can wake up the device from Sleep LP mode. + + Stop mode + ========== + In Stop mode, all clocks in the VCORE domain are stopped, the PLL, the MSI, + the HSI and the HSE RC oscillators are disabled. Internal SRAM and register + contents are preserved. + The voltage regulator can be configured either in normal or low-power mode. + To minimize the consumption In Stop mode, VREFINT, the BOR, PVD, and temperature + sensor can be switched off before entering the Stop mode. They can be switched + on again by software after exiting the Stop mode using the PWR_UltraLowPowerCmd() + function. + + - Entry: + - The Stop mode is entered using the PWR_EnterSTOPMode(PWR_Regulator_LowPower,) + function with regulator in LowPower or with Regulator ON. + - Exit: + - Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Interrupt/Event mode. + + Standby mode + ============ + The Standby mode allows to achieve the lowest power consumption. It is based + on the Cortex-M3 deepsleep mode, with the voltage regulator disabled. + The VCORE domain is consequently powered off. The PLL, the MSI, the HSI + oscillator and the HSE oscillator are also switched off. SRAM and register + contents are lost except for the RTC registers, RTC backup registers and + Standby circuitry. + + The voltage regulator is OFF. + + To minimize the consumption In Standby mode, VREFINT, the BOR, PVD, and temperature + sensor can be switched off before entering the Standby mode. They can be switched + on again by software after exiting the Standby mode using the PWR_UltraLowPowerCmd() + function. + + - Entry: + - The Standby mode is entered using the PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode() function. + - Exit: + - WKUP pin rising edge, RTC alarm (Alarm A and Alarm B), RTC wakeup, + tamper event, time-stamp event, external reset in NRST pin, IWDG reset. + + Auto-wakeup (AWU) from low-power mode + ===================================== + The MCU can be woken up from low-power mode by an RTC Alarm event, an RTC + Wakeup event, a tamper event, a time-stamp event, or a comparator event, + without depending on an external interrupt (Auto-wakeup mode). + + - RTC auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Stop mode + ---------------------------------------- + + - To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to: + - Configure the EXTI Line 17 to be sensitive to rising edges (Interrupt + or Event modes) using the EXTI_Init() function. + - Enable the RTC Alarm Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig() function + - Configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the RTC_SetAlarm() + and RTC_AlarmCmd() functions. + - To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC Tamper or time stamp event, it + is necessary to: + - Configure the EXTI Line 19 to be sensitive to rising edges (Interrupt + or Event modes) using the EXTI_Init() function. + - Enable the RTC Tamper or time stamp Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig() + function + - Configure the RTC to detect the tamper or time stamp event using the + RTC_TimeStampConfig(), RTC_TamperTriggerConfig() and RTC_TamperCmd() + functions. + - To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC WakeUp event, it is necessary to: + - Configure the EXTI Line 20 to be sensitive to rising edges (Interrupt + or Event modes) using the EXTI_Init() function. + - Enable the RTC WakeUp Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig() function + - Configure the RTC to generate the RTC WakeUp event using the RTC_WakeUpClockConfig(), + RTC_SetWakeUpCounter() and RTC_WakeUpCmd() functions. + + - RTC auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Standby mode + ------------------------------------------- + - To wake up from the Standby mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to: + - Enable the RTC Alarm Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig() function + - Configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the RTC_SetAlarm() + and RTC_AlarmCmd() functions. + - To wake up from the Standby mode with an RTC Tamper or time stamp event, it + is necessary to: + - Enable the RTC Tamper or time stamp Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig() + function + - Configure the RTC to detect the tamper or time stamp event using the + RTC_TimeStampConfig(), RTC_TamperTriggerConfig() and RTC_TamperCmd() + functions. + - To wake up from the Standby mode with an RTC WakeUp event, it is necessary to: + - Enable the RTC WakeUp Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig() function + - Configure the RTC to generate the RTC WakeUp event using the RTC_WakeUpClockConfig(), + RTC_SetWakeUpCounter() and RTC_WakeUpCmd() functions. + + - Comparator auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Stop mode + ----------------------------------------------- + - To wake up from the Stop mode with an comparator 1 or comparator 2 wakeup + event, it is necessary to: + - Configure the EXTI Line 21 for comparator 1 or EXTI Line 22 for comparator 2 + to be sensitive to to the selected edges (falling, rising or falling + and rising) (Interrupt or Event modes) using the EXTI_Init() function. + - Configure the comparator to generate the event. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enters/Exits the Low Power Run mode. + * @note Low power run mode can only be entered when VCORE is in range 2. + * In addition, the dynamic voltage scaling must not be used when Low + * power run mode is selected. Only Stop and Sleep modes with regulator + * configured in Low power mode is allowed when Low power run mode is + * selected. + * @note In Low power run mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode. + * @param NewState: new state of the Low Power Run mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_EnterLowPowerRunMode(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + PWR->CR |= PWR_CR_LPSDSR; + PWR->CR |= PWR_CR_LPRUN; + } + else + { + PWR->CR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)PWR_CR_LPRUN); + PWR->CR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)PWR_CR_LPSDSR); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enters Sleep mode. + * @note In Sleep mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode. + * @param PWR_Regulator: specifies the regulator state in Sleep mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_Regulator_ON: Sleep mode with regulator ON + * @arg PWR_Regulator_LowPower: Sleep mode with regulator in low power mode + * @note Low power sleep mode can only be entered when VCORE is in range 2. + * @note When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode, an additional + * startup delay is incurred when waking up from Low power sleep mode. + * + * @param PWR_SLEEPEntry: specifies if SLEEP mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_SLEEPEntry_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction + * @arg PWR_SLEEPEntry_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_EnterSleepMode(uint32_t PWR_Regulator, uint8_t PWR_SLEEPEntry) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(PWR_Regulator)); + + assert_param(IS_PWR_SLEEP_ENTRY(PWR_SLEEPEntry)); + + /* Select the regulator state in Sleep mode ---------------------------------*/ + tmpreg = PWR->CR; + + /* Clear PDDS and LPDSR bits */ + tmpreg &= CR_DS_MASK; + + /* Set LPDSR bit according to PWR_Regulator value */ + tmpreg |= PWR_Regulator; + + /* Store the new value */ + PWR->CR = tmpreg; + + /* Clear SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP); + + /* Select SLEEP mode entry -------------------------------------------------*/ + if(PWR_SLEEPEntry == PWR_SLEEPEntry_WFI) + { + /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ + __WFI(); + } + else + { + /* Request Wait For Event */ + __WFE(); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enters STOP mode. + * @note In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode. + * @note When exiting Stop mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event, + * the MSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock. + * @note When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode, an additional + * startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop mode. + * By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode, the consumption + * is higher although the startup time is reduced. + * @param PWR_Regulator: specifies the regulator state in STOP mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_Regulator_ON: STOP mode with regulator ON + * @arg PWR_Regulator_LowPower: STOP mode with regulator in low power mode + * @param PWR_STOPEntry: specifies if STOP mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_STOPEntry_WFI: enter STOP mode with WFI instruction + * @arg PWR_STOPEntry_WFE: enter STOP mode with WFE instruction + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t PWR_Regulator, uint8_t PWR_STOPEntry) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(PWR_Regulator)); + assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(PWR_STOPEntry)); + + /* Select the regulator state in STOP mode ---------------------------------*/ + tmpreg = PWR->CR; + /* Clear PDDS and LPDSR bits */ + tmpreg &= CR_DS_MASK; + + /* Set LPDSR bit according to PWR_Regulator value */ + tmpreg |= PWR_Regulator; + + /* Store the new value */ + PWR->CR = tmpreg; + + /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP; + + /* Select STOP mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/ + if(PWR_STOPEntry == PWR_STOPEntry_WFI) + { + /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ + __WFI(); + } + else + { + /* Request Wait For Event */ + __WFE(); + } + /* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP); +} + +/** + * @brief Enters STANDBY mode. + * @note In Standby mode, all I/O pins are high impedance except for: + * - Reset pad (still available) + * - RTC_AF1 pin (PC13) if configured for Wakeup pin 2 (WKUP2), tamper, + * time-stamp, RTC Alarm out, or RTC clock calibration out. + * - WKUP pin 1 (PA0) and WKUP pin 3 (PE6), if enabled. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void) +{ + /* Clear Wakeup flag */ + PWR->CR |= PWR_CR_CWUF; + + /* Select STANDBY mode */ + PWR->CR |= PWR_CR_PDDS; + + /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP; + +/* This option is used to ensure that store operations are completed */ +#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) + __force_stores(); +#endif + /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ + __WFI(); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Group7 Flags management functions + * @brief Flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Flags management functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified PWR flag is set or not. + * @param PWR_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_FLAG_WU: Wake Up flag. This flag indicates that a wakeup event + * was received from the WKUP pin or from the RTC alarm (Alarm A or Alarm B), + * RTC Tamper event, RTC TimeStamp event or RTC Wakeup. + * @arg PWR_FLAG_SB: StandBy flag. This flag indicates that the system was + * resumed from StandBy mode. + * @arg PWR_FLAG_PVDO: PVD Output. This flag is valid only if PVD is enabled + * by the PWR_PVDCmd() function. + * @arg PWR_FLAG_VREFINTRDY: Internal Voltage Reference Ready flag. This + * flag indicates the state of the internal voltage reference, VREFINT. + * @arg PWR_FLAG_VOS: Voltage Scaling select flag. A delay is required for + * the internal regulator to be ready after the voltage range is changed. + * The VOSF flag indicates that the regulator has reached the voltage level + * defined with bits VOS[1:0] of PWR_CR register. + * @arg PWR_FLAG_REGLP: Regulator LP flag. This flag is set by hardware + * when the MCU is in Low power run mode. + * When the MCU exits from Low power run mode, this flag stays SET until + * the regulator is ready in main mode. A polling on this flag is + * recommended to wait for the regulator main mode. + * This flag is RESET by hardware when the regulator is ready. + * @retval The new state of PWR_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus PWR_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t PWR_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG)); + + if ((PWR->CSR & PWR_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the flag status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the PWR's pending flags. + * @param PWR_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_FLAG_WU: Wake Up flag + * @arg PWR_FLAG_SB: StandBy flag + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_ClearFlag(uint32_t PWR_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_CLEAR_FLAG(PWR_FLAG)); + + PWR->CR |= PWR_FLAG << 2; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_rcc.c b/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_rcc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dbce5fa --- /dev/null +++ b/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_rcc.c @@ -0,0 +1,1575 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l1xx_rcc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 31-December-2010 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Reset and clock control (RCC) peripheral: + * - Internal/external clocks, PLL, CSS and MCO configuration + * - System, AHB and APB busses clocks configuration + * - Peripheral clocks configuration + * - Interrupts and flags management + * + * @verbatim + * + * =================================================================== + * RCC specific features + * =================================================================== + * + * After reset the device is running from MSI (2 MHz) with Flash 0 WS, + * all peripherals are off except internal SRAM, Flash and JTAG. + * - There is no prescaler on High speed (AHB) and Low speed (APB) busses; + * all peripherals mapped on these busses are running at MSI speed. + * - The clock for all peripherals is switched off, except the SRAM and FLASH. + * - All GPIOs are in input floating state, except the JTAG pins which + * are assigned to be used for debug purpose. + * + * Once the device started from reset, the user application has to: + * - Configure the clock source to be used to drive the System clock + * (if the application needs higher frequency/performance) + * - Configure the System clock frequency and Flash settings + * - Configure the AHB and APB busses prescalers + * - Enable the clock for the peripheral(s) to be used + * - Configure the clock source(s) for peripherals whose clocks are not + * derived from the System clock (ADC, RTC/LCD and IWDG) + * + * @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l1xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC + * @brief RCC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* ------------ RCC registers bit address in the alias region ----------- */ +#define RCC_OFFSET (RCC_BASE - PERIPH_BASE) + +/* --- CR Register ---*/ + +/* Alias word address of HSION bit */ +#define CR_OFFSET (RCC_OFFSET + 0x00) +#define HSION_BitNumber 0x00 +#define CR_HSION_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (HSION_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of MSION bit */ +#define MSION_BitNumber 0x08 +#define CR_MSION_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (MSION_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of PLLON bit */ +#define PLLON_BitNumber 0x18 +#define CR_PLLON_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (PLLON_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of CSSON bit */ +#define CSSON_BitNumber 0x1C +#define CR_CSSON_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (CSSON_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* --- CSR Register ---*/ + +/* Alias word address of LSION bit */ +#define CSR_OFFSET (RCC_OFFSET + 0x34) +#define LSION_BitNumber 0x00 +#define CSR_LSION_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (LSION_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of RTCEN bit */ +#define RTCEN_BitNumber 0x16 +#define CSR_RTCEN_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (RTCEN_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of RTCRST bit */ +#define RTCRST_BitNumber 0x17 +#define CSR_RTCRST_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (RTCRST_BitNumber * 4)) + + +/* ---------------------- RCC registers mask -------------------------------- */ +/* RCC Flag Mask */ +#define FLAG_MASK ((uint8_t)0x1F) + +/* CR register byte 3 (Bits[23:16]) base address */ +#define CR_BYTE3_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x40023802) + +/* ICSCR register byte 4 (Bits[31:24]) base address */ +#define ICSCR_BYTE4_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x40023807) + +/* CFGR register byte 3 (Bits[23:16]) base address */ +#define CFGR_BYTE3_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x4002380A) + +/* CFGR register byte 4 (Bits[31:24]) base address */ +#define CFGR_BYTE4_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x4002380B) + +/* CIR register byte 2 (Bits[15:8]) base address */ +#define CIR_BYTE2_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x4002380D) + +/* CIR register byte 3 (Bits[23:16]) base address */ +#define CIR_BYTE3_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x4002380E) + +/* CSR register byte 2 (Bits[15:8]) base address */ +#define CSR_BYTE2_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x40023835) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static __I uint8_t PLLMulTable[9] = {3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 24, 32, 48}; +static __I uint8_t APBAHBPrescTable[16] = {0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9}; + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Group1 Internal and external clocks, PLL, CSS and MCO configuration functions + * @brief Internal and external clocks, PLL, CSS and MCO configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Internal/external clocks, PLL, CSS and MCO configuration functions + =============================================================================== + + This section provide functions allowing to configure the internal/external clocks, + PLL, CSS and MCO. + + 1. HSI (high-speed internal), 16 MHz factory-trimmed RC used directly or through + the PLL as System clock source. + + 2. MSI (multi-speed internal), multispeed low power RC (65.536 KHz to 4.194 MHz) + MHz used as System clock source. + + 3. LSI (low-speed internal), 37 KHz low consumption RC used as IWDG and/or RTC + clock source. + + 4. HSE (high-speed external), 1 to 24 MHz crystal oscillator used directly or + through the PLL as System clock source. Can be used also as RTC clock source. + + 5. LSE (low-speed external), 32 KHz oscillator used as RTC clock source. + + 6. PLL (clocked by HSI or HSE), for System clock and USB (48 MHz). + + 7. CSS (Clock security system), once enable and if a HSE clock failure occurs + (HSE used directly or through PLL as System clock source), the System clock + is automatically switched to MSI and an interrupt is generated if enabled. + The interrupt is linked to the Cortex-M3 NMI (Non-Maskable Interrupt) + exception vector. + + 8. MCO (microcontroller clock output), used to output SYSCLK, HSI, MSI, HSE, PLL, + LSI or LSE clock (through a configurable prescaler) on PA8 pin. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Resets the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state. + * @note - The default reset state of the clock configuration is given below: + * - MSI ON and used as system clock source (MSI range is not modified + * by this function, it keep the value configured by user application) + * - HSI, HSE and PLL OFF + * - AHB, APB1 and APB2 prescaler set to 1. + * - CSS and MCO OFF + * - All interrupts disabled + * - However, this function doesn't modify the configuration of the + * - Peripheral clocks + * - LSI, LSE and RTC clocks + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_DeInit(void) +{ + + /* Set MSION bit */ + RCC->CR |= (uint32_t)0x00000100; + + /* Reset SW[1:0], HPRE[3:0], PPRE1[2:0], PPRE2[2:0], MCOSEL[2:0] and MCOPRE[2:0] bits */ + RCC->CFGR &= (uint32_t)0x88FFC00C; + + /* Reset HSION, HSEON, CSSON and PLLON bits */ + RCC->CR &= (uint32_t)0xEEFEFFFE; + + /* Reset HSEBYP bit */ + RCC->CR &= (uint32_t)0xFFFBFFFF; + + /* Reset PLLSRC, PLLMUL[3:0] and PLLDIV[1:0] bits */ + RCC->CFGR &= (uint32_t)0xFF02FFFF; + + /* Disable all interrupts */ + RCC->CIR = 0x00000000; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the External High Speed oscillator (HSE). + * @note - After enabling the HSE (RCC_HSE_ON or RCC_HSE_Bypass), the application + * software should wait on HSERDY flag to be set indicating that HSE clock + * is stable and can be used to clock the PLL and/or system clock. + * - HSE state can not be changed if it is used directly or through the + * PLL as system clock. In this case, you have to select another source + * of the system clock then change the HSE state (ex. disable it). + * - The HSE is stopped by hardware when entering STOP and STANDBY modes. + * @note This function reset the CSSON bit, so if the Clock security system(CSS) + * was previously enabled you have to enable it again after calling this + * function. + * @param RCC_HSE: specifies the new state of the HSE. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_HSE_OFF: turn OFF the HSE oscillator, HSERDY flag goes low after + * 6 HSE oscillator clock cycles. + * @arg RCC_HSE_ON: turn ON the HSE oscillator + * @arg RCC_HSE_Bypass: HSE oscillator bypassed with external clock + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_HSEConfig(uint8_t RCC_HSE) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE(RCC_HSE)); + + /* Reset HSEON and HSEBYP bits before configuring the HSE ------------------*/ + *(__IO uint8_t *) CR_BYTE3_ADDRESS = RCC_HSE_OFF; + + /* Set the new HSE configuration -------------------------------------------*/ + *(__IO uint8_t *) CR_BYTE3_ADDRESS = RCC_HSE; + +} + +/** + * @brief Waits for HSE start-up. + * @note This functions waits on HSERDY flag to be set and return SUCCESS if + * this flag is set, otherwise returns ERROR if the timeout is reached + * and this flag is not set. The timeout value is defined by the constant + * HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT in stm32l1xx.h file. You can tailor it depending + * on the HSE crystal used in your application. + * @param None + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: HSE oscillator is stable and ready to use + * - ERROR: HSE oscillator not yet ready + */ +ErrorStatus RCC_WaitForHSEStartUp(void) +{ + __IO uint32_t StartUpCounter = 0; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + FlagStatus HSEStatus = RESET; + + /* Wait till HSE is ready and if timeout is reached exit */ + do + { + HSEStatus = RCC_GetFlagStatus(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY); + StartUpCounter++; + } while((StartUpCounter != HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT) && (HSEStatus == RESET)); + + if (RCC_GetFlagStatus(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) != RESET) + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + else + { + status = ERROR; + } + return (status); +} + +/** + * @brief Adjusts the Internal Multi Speed oscillator (MSI) calibration value. + * @note The calibration is used to compensate for the variations in voltage + * and temperature that influence the frequency of the internal MSI RC. + * Refer to the Application Note AN3300 for more details on how to + * calibrate the MSI. + * @param MSICalibrationValue: specifies the MSI calibration trimming value. + * This parameter must be a number between 0 and 0xFF. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_AdjustMSICalibrationValue(uint8_t MSICalibrationValue) +{ + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_MSI_CALIBRATION_VALUE(MSICalibrationValue)); + + *(__IO uint8_t *) ICSCR_BYTE4_ADDRESS = MSICalibrationValue; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the Internal Multi Speed oscillator (MSI) clock range. + * @note - After restart from Reset or wakeup from STANDBY, the MSI clock is + * around 2.097 MHz. The MSI clock does not change after wake-up from + * STOP mode. + * - The MSI clock range can be modified on the fly. + * @param RCC_MSIRange: specifies the MSI Clock range. + * This parameter must be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_MSIRange_0: MSI clock is around 65.536 KHz + * @arg RCC_MSIRange_1: MSI clock is around 131.072 KHz + * @arg RCC_MSIRange_2: MSI clock is around 262.144 KHz + * @arg RCC_MSIRange_3: MSI clock is around 524.288 KHz + * @arg RCC_MSIRange_4: MSI clock is around 1.048 MHz + * @arg RCC_MSIRange_5: MSI clock is around 2.097 MHz (default after Reset or wake-up from STANDBY) + * @arg RCC_MSIRange_6: MSI clock is around + * + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_MSIRangeConfig(uint32_t RCC_MSIRange) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_MSI_CLOCK_RANGE(RCC_MSIRange)); + + tmpreg = RCC->ICSCR; + + /* Clear MSIRANGE[2:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= ~RCC_ICSCR_MSIRANGE; + + /* Set the MSIRANGE[2:0] bits according to RCC_MSIRange value */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)RCC_MSIRange; + + /* Store the new value */ + RCC->ICSCR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Internal Multi Speed oscillator (MSI). + * @note - The MSI is stopped by hardware when entering STOP and STANDBY modes. + * It is used (enabled by hardware) as system clock source after + * startup from Reset, wakeup from STOP and STANDBY mode, or in case + * of failure of the HSE used directly or indirectly as system clock + * (if the Clock Security System CSS is enabled). + * - MSI can not be stopped if it is used as system clock source. + * In this case, you have to select another source of the system + * clock then stop the MSI. + * - After enabling the MSI, the application software should wait on + * MSIRDY flag to be set indicating that MSI clock is stable and can + * be used as system clock source. + * @param NewState: new state of the MSI. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note When the MSI is stopped, MSIRDY flag goes low after 6 MSI oscillator + * clock cycles. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_MSICmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_MSION_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Adjusts the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) calibration value. + * @note The calibration is used to compensate for the variations in voltage + * and temperature that influence the frequency of the internal HSI RC. + * Refer to the Application Note AN3300 for more details on how to + * calibrate the HSI. + * @param HSICalibrationValue: specifies the HSI calibration trimming value. + * This parameter must be a number between 0 and 0x1F. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_AdjustHSICalibrationValue(uint8_t HSICalibrationValue) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_HSI_CALIBRATION_VALUE(HSICalibrationValue)); + + tmpreg = RCC->ICSCR; + + /* Clear HSITRIM[4:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= ~RCC_ICSCR_HSITRIM; + + /* Set the HSITRIM[4:0] bits according to HSICalibrationValue value */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)HSICalibrationValue << 8; + + /* Store the new value */ + RCC->ICSCR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI). + * @note - After enabling the HSI, the application software should wait on + * HSIRDY flag to be set indicating that HSI clock is stable and can + * be used to clock the PLL and/or system clock. + * - HSI can not be stopped if it is used directly or through the PLL + * as system clock. In this case, you have to select another source + * of the system clock then stop the HSI. + * - The HSI is stopped by hardware when entering STOP and STANDBY modes. + * @param NewState: new state of the HSI. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note When the HSI is stopped, HSIRDY flag goes low after 6 HSI oscillator + * clock cycles. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_HSICmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_HSION_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the External Low Speed oscillator (LSE). + * @note - As the LSE is in the RTC domain and write access is denied to this + * domain after reset, you have to enable write access using + * PWR_RTCAccessCmd(ENABLE) function before to configure the LSE + * (to be done once after reset). + * - After enabling the LSE (RCC_LSE_ON or RCC_LSE_Bypass), the application + * software should wait on LSERDY flag to be set indicating that LSE clock + * is stable and can be used to clock the RTC. + * @param RCC_LSE: specifies the new state of the LSE. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_LSE_OFF: turn OFF the LSE oscillator, LSERDY flag goes low after + * 6 LSE oscillator clock cycles. + * @arg RCC_LSE_ON: turn ON the LSE oscillator + * @arg RCC_LSE_Bypass: LSE oscillator bypassed with external clock + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_LSEConfig(uint8_t RCC_LSE) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_LSE(RCC_LSE)); + + /* Reset LSEON and LSEBYP bits before configuring the LSE ------------------*/ + *(__IO uint8_t *) CSR_BYTE2_ADDRESS = RCC_LSE_OFF; + + /* Set the new LSE configuration -------------------------------------------*/ + *(__IO uint8_t *) CSR_BYTE2_ADDRESS = RCC_LSE; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI). + * @note - After enabling the LSI, the application software should wait on + * LSIRDY flag to be set indicating that LSI clock is stable and can + * be used to clock the IWDG and/or the RTC. + * - LSI can not be disabled if the IWDG is running. + * @param NewState: new state of the LSI. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note When the LSI is stopped, LSIRDY flag goes low after 6 LSI oscillator + * clock cycles. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_LSICmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_LSION_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the PLL clock source and multiplication factor. + * @note This function must be used only when the PLL is disabled. + * + * @param RCC_PLLSource: specifies the PLL entry clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_PLLSource_HSI: HSI oscillator clock selected as PLL clock source + * @arg RCC_PLLSource_HSE: HSE oscillator clock selected as PLL clock source + * @note The minimum input clock frequency for PLL is 2 MHz (when using HSE as + * PLL source). + * + * @param RCC_PLLMul: specifies the PLL multiplication factor, which drive the PLLVCO clock + * This parameter can be: + * @arg RCC_PLLMul_3: PLL clock source multiplied by 3 + * @arg RCC_PLLMul_4: PLL clock source multiplied by 4 + * @arg RCC_PLLMul_6: PLL clock source multiplied by 6 + * @arg RCC_PLLMul_8: PLL clock source multiplied by 8 + * @arg RCC_PLLMul_12: PLL clock source multiplied by 12 + * @arg RCC_PLLMul_16: PLL clock source multiplied by 16 + * @arg RCC_PLLMul_24: PLL clock source multiplied by 24 + * @arg RCC_PLLMul_32: PLL clock source multiplied by 32 + * @arg RCC_PLLMul_48: PLL clock source multiplied by 48 + * @note The application software must set correctly the PLL multiplication + * factor to avoid exceeding + * - 96 MHz as PLLVCO when the product is in range 1 + * - 48 MHz as PLLVCO when the product is in range 2 + * - 24 MHz when the product is in range 3 + * @note When using the USB the PLLVCO should be 96MHz + * + * @param RCC_PLLDiv: specifies the PLL division factor. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg RCC_PLLDiv_2: PLL Clock output divided by 2 + * @arg RCC_PLLDiv_3: PLL Clock output divided by 3 + * @arg RCC_PLLDiv_4: PLL Clock output divided by 4 + * @note The application software must set correctly the output division to avoid + * exceeding 32 MHz as SYSCLK. + * + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_PLLConfig(uint8_t RCC_PLLSource, uint8_t RCC_PLLMul, uint8_t RCC_PLLDiv) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL_SOURCE(RCC_PLLSource)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL_MUL(RCC_PLLMul)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL_DIV(RCC_PLLDiv)); + + *(__IO uint8_t *) CFGR_BYTE3_ADDRESS = (uint8_t)(RCC_PLLSource | ((uint8_t)(RCC_PLLMul | (uint8_t)(RCC_PLLDiv)))); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the PLL. + * @note - After enabling the PLL, the application software should wait on + * PLLRDY flag to be set indicating that PLL clock is stable and can + * be used as system clock source. + * - The PLL can not be disabled if it is used as system clock source + * - The PLL is disabled by hardware when entering STOP and STANDBY modes. + * @param NewState: new state of the PLL. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_PLLCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PLLON_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Clock Security System. + * @note If a failure is detected on the HSE oscillator clock, this oscillator + * is automatically disabled and an interrupt is generated to inform the + * software about the failure (Clock Security System Interrupt, CSSI), + * allowing the MCU to perform rescue operations. The CSSI is linked to + * the Cortex-M3 NMI (Non-Maskable Interrupt) exception vector. + * @param NewState: new state of the Clock Security System. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_ClockSecuritySystemCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_CSSON_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the clock source to output on MCO pin (PA8). + * @note PA8 should be configured in alternate function mode. + * @param RCC_MCOSource: specifies the clock source to output. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_MCOSource_NoClock: No clock selected + * @arg RCC_MCOSource_SYSCLK: System clock selected + * @arg RCC_MCOSource_HSI: HSI oscillator clock selected + * @arg RCC_MCOSource_MSI: MSI oscillator clock selected + * @arg RCC_MCOSource_HSE: HSE oscillator clock selected + * @arg RCC_MCOSource_PLLCLK: PLL clock selected + * @arg RCC_MCOSource_LSI: LSI clock selected + * @arg RCC_MCOSource_LSE: LSE clock selected + * @param RCC_MCODiv: specifies the MCO prescaler. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_MCODiv_1: no division applied to MCO clock + * @arg RCC_MCODiv_2: division by 2 applied to MCO clock + * @arg RCC_MCODiv_4: division by 4 applied to MCO clock + * @arg RCC_MCODiv_8: division by 8 applied to MCO clock + * @arg RCC_MCODiv_16: division by 16 applied to MCO clock + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_MCOConfig(uint8_t RCC_MCOSource, uint8_t RCC_MCODiv) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO_SOURCE(RCC_MCOSource)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO_DIV(RCC_MCODiv)); + + /* Select MCO clock source and prescaler */ + *(__IO uint8_t *) CFGR_BYTE4_ADDRESS = RCC_MCOSource | RCC_MCODiv; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Group2 System AHB and APB busses clocks configuration functions + * @brief System, AHB and APB busses clocks configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + System, AHB and APB busses clocks configuration functions + =============================================================================== + + This section provide functions allowing to configure the System, AHB, APB1 and + APB2 busses clocks. + + 1. Several clock sources can be used to drive the System clock (SYSCLK): MSI, HSI, + HSE and PLL. + The AHB clock (HCLK) is derived from System clock through configurable prescaler + and used to clock the CPU, memory and peripherals mapped on AHB bus (DMA and GPIO). + APB1 (PCLK1) and APB2 (PCLK2) clocks are derived from AHB clock through + configurable prescalers and used to clock the peripherals mapped on these busses. + You can use "RCC_GetClocksFreq()" function to retrieve the frequencies of these clocks. + +Note: All the peripheral clocks are derived from the System clock (SYSCLK) except: +==== - The USB 48 MHz clock which is derived from the PLL VCO clock. + - The ADC clock which is always the HSI clock. A divider by 1, 2 or 4 allows + to adapt the clock frequency to the device operating conditions. + - The RTC/LCD clock which is derived from the LSE, LSI or 1 MHz HSE_RTC (HSE + divided by a programmable prescaler). + The System clock (SYSCLK) frequency must be higher or equal to the RTC/LCD + clock frequency. + - IWDG clock which is always the LSI clock. + + 2. The maximum frequency of the SYSCLK, HCLK, PCLK1 and PCLK2 is 32 MHz. + Depending on the device voltage range, the maximum frequency should be + adapted accordingly: + +----------------------------------------------------------------+ + | Wait states | HCLK clock frequency (MHz) | + | |------------------------------------------------| + | (Latency) | voltage range | voltage range | + | | 1.65 V - 3.6 V | 2.0 V - 3.6 V | + | |----------------|---------------|---------------| + | | VCORE = 1.2 V | VCORE = 1.5 V | VCORE = 1.8 V | + |-------------- |----------------|---------------|---------------| + |0WS(1CPU cycle)|0 < HCLK <= 2 |0 < HCLK <= 8 |0 < HCLK <= 16 | + |---------------|----------------|---------------|---------------| + |1WS(2CPU cycle)|2 < HCLK <= 4 |8 < HCLK <= 16 |16 < HCLK <= 32| + +----------------------------------------------------------------+ + + 3. After reset, the System clock source is the MSI (2 MHz) with 0 WS, Flash + 32-bit access is enabled and prefetch is disabled. + + It is recommended to use the following software sequences to tune the number + of wait states needed to access the Flash memory with the CPU frequency (HCLK). + - Increasing the CPU frequency (in the same voltage range) + - Program the Flash 64-bit access, using "FLASH_ReadAccess64Cmd(ENABLE)" function + - Check that 64-bit access is taken into account by reading FLASH_ACR + - Program Flash WS to 1, using "FLASH_SetLatency(FLASH_Latency_1)" function + - Check that the new number of WS is taken into account by reading FLASH_ACR + - Modify the CPU clock source, using "RCC_SYSCLKConfig()" function + - If needed, modify the CPU clock prescaler by using "RCC_HCLKConfig()" function + - Check that the new CPU clock source is taken into account by reading + the clock source status, using "RCC_GetSYSCLKSource()" function + - Decreasing the CPU frequency (in the same voltage range) + - Modify the CPU clock source, using "RCC_SYSCLKConfig()" function + - If needed, modify the CPU clock prescaler by using "RCC_HCLKConfig()" function + - Check that the new CPU clock source is taken into account by reading + the clock source status, using "RCC_GetSYSCLKSource()" function + - Program the new number of WS, using "FLASH_SetLatency()" function + - Check that the new number of WS is taken into account by reading FLASH_ACR + - Enable the Flash 32-bit access, using "FLASH_ReadAccess64Cmd(DISABLE)" function + - Check that 32-bit access is taken into account by reading FLASH_ACR + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the system clock (SYSCLK). + * @note - The MSI is used (enabled by hardware) as system clock source after + * startup from Reset, wake-up from STOP and STANDBY mode, or in case + * of failure of the HSE used directly or indirectly as system clock + * (if the Clock Security System CSS is enabled). + * - A switch from one clock source to another occurs only if the target + * clock source is ready (clock stable after startup delay or PLL locked). + * If a clock source which is not yet ready is selected, the switch will + * occur when the clock source will be ready. + * You can use RCC_GetSYSCLKSource() function to know which clock is + * currently used as system clock source. + * @param RCC_SYSCLKSource: specifies the clock source used as system clock source + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_SYSCLKSource_MSI: MSI selected as system clock source + * @arg RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSI: HSI selected as system clock source + * @arg RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSE: HSE selected as system clock source + * @arg RCC_SYSCLKSource_PLLCLK: PLL selected as system clock source + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_SYSCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SYSCLKSource) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_SYSCLK_SOURCE(RCC_SYSCLKSource)); + + tmpreg = RCC->CFGR; + + /* Clear SW[1:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= ~RCC_CFGR_SW; + + /* Set SW[1:0] bits according to RCC_SYSCLKSource value */ + tmpreg |= RCC_SYSCLKSource; + + /* Store the new value */ + RCC->CFGR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the clock source used as system clock. + * @param None + * @retval The clock source used as system clock. The returned value can be one + * of the following values: + * - 0x00: MSI used as system clock + * - 0x04: HSI used as system clock + * - 0x08: HSE used as system clock + * - 0x0C: PLL used as system clock + */ +uint8_t RCC_GetSYSCLKSource(void) +{ + return ((uint8_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_SWS)); +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the AHB clock (HCLK). + * @note Depending on the device voltage range, the software has to set correctly + * these bits to ensure that the system frequency does not exceed the + * maximum allowed frequency (for more details refer to section above + * "CPU, AHB and APB busses clocks configuration functions") + * @param RCC_SYSCLK: defines the AHB clock divider. This clock is derived from + * the system clock (SYSCLK). + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div1: AHB clock = SYSCLK + * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div2: AHB clock = SYSCLK/2 + * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div4: AHB clock = SYSCLK/4 + * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div8: AHB clock = SYSCLK/8 + * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div16: AHB clock = SYSCLK/16 + * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div64: AHB clock = SYSCLK/64 + * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div128: AHB clock = SYSCLK/128 + * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div256: AHB clock = SYSCLK/256 + * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div512: AHB clock = SYSCLK/512 + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_HCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SYSCLK) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_HCLK(RCC_SYSCLK)); + + tmpreg = RCC->CFGR; + + /* Clear HPRE[3:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= ~RCC_CFGR_HPRE; + + /* Set HPRE[3:0] bits according to RCC_SYSCLK value */ + tmpreg |= RCC_SYSCLK; + + /* Store the new value */ + RCC->CFGR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the Low Speed APB clock (PCLK1). + * @param RCC_HCLK: defines the APB1 clock divider. This clock is derived from + * the AHB clock (HCLK). + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div1: APB1 clock = HCLK + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div2: APB1 clock = HCLK/2 + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div4: APB1 clock = HCLK/4 + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div8: APB1 clock = HCLK/8 + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div16: APB1 clock = HCLK/16 + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_PCLK1Config(uint32_t RCC_HCLK) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PCLK(RCC_HCLK)); + + tmpreg = RCC->CFGR; + + /* Clear PPRE1[2:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= ~RCC_CFGR_PPRE1; + + /* Set PPRE1[2:0] bits according to RCC_HCLK value */ + tmpreg |= RCC_HCLK; + + /* Store the new value */ + RCC->CFGR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the High Speed APB clock (PCLK2). + * @param RCC_HCLK: defines the APB2 clock divider. This clock is derived from + * the AHB clock (HCLK). + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div1: APB2 clock = HCLK + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div2: APB2 clock = HCLK/2 + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div4: APB2 clock = HCLK/4 + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div8: APB2 clock = HCLK/8 + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div16: APB2 clock = HCLK/16 + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_PCLK2Config(uint32_t RCC_HCLK) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PCLK(RCC_HCLK)); + + tmpreg = RCC->CFGR; + + /* Clear PPRE2[2:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= ~RCC_CFGR_PPRE2; + + /* Set PPRE2[2:0] bits according to RCC_HCLK value */ + tmpreg |= RCC_HCLK << 3; + + /* Store the new value */ + RCC->CFGR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the frequencies of the System, AHB and APB busses clocks. + * @note - The frequency returned by this function is not the real frequency + * in the chip. It is calculated based on the predefined constant and + * the source selected by RCC_SYSCLKConfig(): + * + * - If SYSCLK source is MSI, function returns constant the MSI value + * as defined by the MSI range, refer to RCC_MSIRangeConfig() + * + * - If SYSCLK source is HSI, function returns constant HSI_VALUE(*) + * + * - If SYSCLK source is HSE, function returns constant HSE_VALUE(**) + * + * - If SYSCLK source is PLL, function returns constant HSE_VALUE(**) + * or HSI_VALUE(*) multiplied/divided by the PLL factors. + * + * (*) HSI_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32l1xx.h file (default value + * 16 MHz) but the real value may vary depending on the variations + * in voltage and temperature, refer to RCC_AdjustHSICalibrationValue(). + * + * (**) HSE_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32l1xx.h file (default value + * 8 MHz), user has to ensure that HSE_VALUE is same as the real + * frequency of the crystal used. Otherwise, this function may + * return wrong result. + * + * - The result of this function could be not correct when using fractional + * value for HSE crystal. + * + * @param RCC_Clocks: pointer to a RCC_ClocksTypeDef structure which will hold + * the clocks frequencies. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_GetClocksFreq(RCC_ClocksTypeDef* RCC_Clocks) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0, pllmul = 0, plldiv = 0, pllsource = 0, presc = 0, msirange = 0; + + /* Get SYSCLK source -------------------------------------------------------*/ + tmp = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_SWS; + + switch (tmp) + { + case 0x00: /* MSI used as system clock */ + msirange = (RCC->ICSCR & RCC_ICSCR_MSIRANGE ) >> 13; + RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = (32768 * (1 << (msirange + 1))); + break; + case 0x04: /* HSI used as system clock */ + RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = HSI_VALUE; + break; + case 0x08: /* HSE used as system clock */ + RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = HSE_VALUE; + break; + case 0x0C: /* PLL used as system clock */ + /* Get PLL clock source and multiplication factor ----------------------*/ + pllmul = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLMUL; + plldiv = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLDIV; + pllmul = PLLMulTable[(pllmul >> 18)]; + plldiv = (plldiv >> 22) + 1; + + pllsource = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC; + + if (pllsource == 0x00) + { + /* HSI oscillator clock selected as PLL clock source */ + RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = (((HSI_VALUE) * pllmul) / plldiv); + } + else + { + /* HSE selected as PLL clock source */ + RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = (((HSE_VALUE) * pllmul) / plldiv); + } + break; + default: /* MSI used as system clock */ + msirange = (RCC->ICSCR & RCC_ICSCR_MSIRANGE ) >> 13; + RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = (32768 * (1 << (msirange + 1))); + break; + } + /* Compute HCLK, PCLK1, PCLK2 and ADCCLK clocks frequencies ----------------*/ + /* Get HCLK prescaler */ + tmp = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_HPRE; + tmp = tmp >> 4; + presc = APBAHBPrescTable[tmp]; + /* HCLK clock frequency */ + RCC_Clocks->HCLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency >> presc; + + /* Get PCLK1 prescaler */ + tmp = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE1; + tmp = tmp >> 8; + presc = APBAHBPrescTable[tmp]; + /* PCLK1 clock frequency */ + RCC_Clocks->PCLK1_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->HCLK_Frequency >> presc; + + /* Get PCLK2 prescaler */ + tmp = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE2; + tmp = tmp >> 11; + presc = APBAHBPrescTable[tmp]; + /* PCLK2 clock frequency */ + RCC_Clocks->PCLK2_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->HCLK_Frequency >> presc; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Group3 Peripheral clocks configuration functions + * @brief Peripheral clocks configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Peripheral clocks configuration functions + =============================================================================== + + This section provide functions allowing to configure the Peripheral clocks. + + 1. The RTC/LCD clock which is derived from the LSE, LSI or 1 MHz HSE_RTC (HSE + divided by a programmable prescaler). + + 2. After restart from Reset or wakeup from STANDBY, all peripherals are off + except internal SRAM, Flash and JTAG. Before to start using a peripheral you + have to enable its interface clock. You can do this using RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd() + , RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd() and RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd() functions. + + 3. To reset the peripherals configuration (to the default state after device reset) + you can use RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(), RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd() and + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd() functions. + + 4. To further reduce power consumption in SLEEP mode the peripheral clocks can + be disabled prior to executing the WFI or WFE instructions. You can do this + using RCC_AHBPeriphClockLPModeCmd(), RCC_APB2PeriphClockLPModeCmd() and + RCC_APB1PeriphClockLPModeCmd() functions. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the RTC and LCD clock (RTCCLK / LCDCLK). + * @note - As the RTC clock configuration bits are in the RTC domain and write + * access is denied to this domain after reset, you have to enable write + * access using PWR_RTCAccessCmd(ENABLE) function before to configure + * the RTC clock source (to be done once after reset). + * - Once the RTC clock is configured it can't be changed unless the RTC + * is reset using RCC_RTCResetCmd function, or by a Power On Reset (POR) + * - The RTC clock (RTCCLK) is used also to clock the LCD (LCDCLK). + * + * @param RCC_RTCCLKSource: specifies the RTC clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSE: LSE selected as RTC clock + * @arg RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSI: LSI selected as RTC clock + * @arg RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div2: HSE divided by 2 selected as RTC clock + * @arg RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div4: HSE divided by 4 selected as RTC clock + * @arg RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div8: HSE divided by 8 selected as RTC clock + * @arg RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div16: HSE divided by 16 selected as RTC clock + * + * @note - If the LSE or LSI is used as RTC clock source, the RTC continues to + * work in STOP and STANDBY modes, and can be used as wakeup source. + * However, when the HSE clock is used as RTC clock source, the RTC + * cannot be used in STOP and STANDBY modes. + * + * - The maximum input clock frequency for RTC is 1MHz (when using HSE as + * RTC clock source). + * + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_RTCCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_RTCCLKSource) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_RTCCLK_SOURCE(RCC_RTCCLKSource)); + + if ((RCC_RTCCLKSource & RCC_CSR_RTCSEL_HSE) == RCC_CSR_RTCSEL_HSE) + { + /* If HSE is selected as RTC clock source, configure HSE division factor for RTC clock */ + tmpreg = RCC->CR; + + /* Clear RTCPRE[1:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= ~RCC_CR_RTCPRE; + + /* Configure HSE division factor for RTC clock */ + tmpreg |= (RCC_RTCCLKSource & RCC_CR_RTCPRE); + + /* Store the new value */ + RCC->CR = tmpreg; + } + + RCC->CSR &= ~RCC_CSR_RTCSEL; + + /* Select the RTC clock source */ + RCC->CSR |= (RCC_RTCCLKSource & RCC_CSR_RTCSEL); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the RTC clock. + * @note This function must be used only after the RTC clock source was selected + * using the RCC_RTCCLKConfig function. + * @param NewState: new state of the RTC clock. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_RTCCLKCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_RTCEN_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Forces or releases the RTC peripheral and associated resources reset. + * @note This function resets the RTC peripheral, RTC clock source selection + * (in RCC_CSR) and the backup registers. + * @param NewState: new state of the RTC reset. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_RTCResetCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_RTCRST_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the AHB peripheral clock. + * @note After reset, the peripheral clock (used for registers read/write access) + * is disabled and the application software has to enable this clock before + * using it. + * @param RCC_AHBPeriph: specifies the AHB peripheral to gates its clock. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOA + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOB + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOC + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOD + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOE + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOH + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_CRC + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_FLITF (has effect only when the Flash memory is in power down mode) + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA1 + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHBPeriph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_AHB_PERIPH(RCC_AHBPeriph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->AHBENR |= RCC_AHBPeriph; + } + else + { + RCC->AHBENR &= ~RCC_AHBPeriph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the High Speed APB (APB2) peripheral clock. + * @note After reset, the peripheral clock (used for registers read/write access) + * is disabled and the application software has to enable this clock before + * using it. + * @param RCC_APB2Periph: specifies the APB2 peripheral to gates its clock. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM9 + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM10 + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM11 + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_ADC1 + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1 + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_USART1 + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_APB2_PERIPH(RCC_APB2Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->APB2ENR |= RCC_APB2Periph; + } + else + { + RCC->APB2ENR &= ~RCC_APB2Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Low Speed APB (APB1) peripheral clock. + * @note After reset, the peripheral clock (used for registers read/write access) + * is disabled and the application software has to enable this clock before + * using it. + * @param RCC_APB1Periph: specifies the APB1 peripheral to gates its clock. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_LCD + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USART2 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USART3 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USB + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_PWR + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_DAC + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_COMP + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_APB1_PERIPH(RCC_APB1Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->APB1ENR |= RCC_APB1Periph; + } + else + { + RCC->APB1ENR &= ~RCC_APB1Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Forces or releases AHB peripheral reset. + * @param RCC_AHBPeriph: specifies the AHB peripheral to reset. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOA + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOB + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOC + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOD + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOE + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOH + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_CRC + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_FLITF (has effect only when the Flash memory is in power down mode) + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA1 + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral reset. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHBPeriph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_AHB_PERIPH(RCC_AHBPeriph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->AHBRSTR |= RCC_AHBPeriph; + } + else + { + RCC->AHBRSTR &= ~RCC_AHBPeriph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Forces or releases High Speed APB (APB2) peripheral reset. + * @param RCC_APB2Periph: specifies the APB2 peripheral to reset. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM9 + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM10 + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM11 + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_ADC1 + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1 + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_USART1 + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral reset. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_APB2_PERIPH(RCC_APB2Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->APB2RSTR |= RCC_APB2Periph; + } + else + { + RCC->APB2RSTR &= ~RCC_APB2Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Forces or releases Low Speed APB (APB1) peripheral reset. + * @param RCC_APB1Periph: specifies the APB1 peripheral to reset. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_LCD + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USART2 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USART3 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USB + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_PWR + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_DAC + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_COMP + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_APB1_PERIPH(RCC_APB1Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->APB1RSTR |= RCC_APB1Periph; + } + else + { + RCC->APB1RSTR &= ~RCC_APB1Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the AHB peripheral clock during SLEEP mode. + * @note - Peripheral clock gating in SLEEP mode can be used to further reduce + * power consumption. + * - After wakeup from SLEEP mode, the peripheral clock is enabled again. + * - By default, all peripheral clocks are enabled during SLEEP mode. + * @param RCC_AHBPeriph: specifies the AHB peripheral to gates its clock. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOA + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOB + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOC + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOD + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOE + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOH + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_CRC + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_FLITF (has effect only when the Flash memory is in power down mode) + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_SRAM + * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA1 + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_AHBPeriphClockLPModeCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHBPeriph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_AHB_LPMODE_PERIPH(RCC_AHBPeriph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->AHBLPENR |= RCC_AHBPeriph; + } + else + { + RCC->AHBLPENR &= ~RCC_AHBPeriph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the APB2 peripheral clock during SLEEP mode. + * @note - Peripheral clock gating in SLEEP mode can be used to further reduce + * power consumption. + * - After wakeup from SLEEP mode, the peripheral clock is enabled again. + * - By default, all peripheral clocks are enabled during SLEEP mode. + * @param RCC_APB2Periph: specifies the APB2 peripheral to gates its clock. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM9 + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM10 + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM11 + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_ADC1 + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1 + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_USART1 + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_APB2PeriphClockLPModeCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_APB2_PERIPH(RCC_APB2Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->APB2LPENR |= RCC_APB2Periph; + } + else + { + RCC->APB2LPENR &= ~RCC_APB2Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the APB1 peripheral clock during SLEEP mode. + * @note - Peripheral clock gating in SLEEP mode can be used to further reduce + * power consumption. + * - After wakeup from SLEEP mode, the peripheral clock is enabled again. + * - By default, all peripheral clocks are enabled during SLEEP mode. + * @param RCC_APB1Periph: specifies the APB1 peripheral to gates its clock. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_LCD + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USART2 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USART3 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2 + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USB + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_PWR + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_DAC + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_COMP + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_APB1PeriphClockLPModeCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_APB1_PERIPH(RCC_APB1Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->APB1LPENR |= RCC_APB1Periph; + } + else + { + RCC->APB1LPENR &= ~RCC_APB1Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Group4 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Interrupts and flags management functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified RCC interrupts. + * @note The CSS interrupt doesn't have an enable bit; once the CSS is enabled + * and if the HSE clock fails, the CSS interrupt occurs and an NMI is + * automatically generated. The NMI will be executed indefinitely, and + * since NMI has higher priority than any other IRQ (and main program) + * the application will be stacked in the NMI ISR unless the CSS interrupt + * pending bit is cleared. + * @param RCC_IT: specifies the RCC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_IT_LSIRDY: LSI ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_LSERDY: LSE ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_HSIRDY: HSI ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_HSERDY: HSE ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_PLLRDY: PLL ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_MSIRDY: MSI ready interrupt + * @param NewState: new state of the specified RCC interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_ITConfig(uint8_t RCC_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_IT(RCC_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Perform Byte access to RCC_CIR[12:8] bits to enable the selected interrupts */ + *(__IO uint8_t *) CIR_BYTE2_ADDRESS |= RCC_IT; + } + else + { + /* Perform Byte access to RCC_CIR[12:8] bits to disable the selected interrupts */ + *(__IO uint8_t *) CIR_BYTE2_ADDRESS &= (uint8_t)~RCC_IT; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified RCC flag is set or not. + * @param RCC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY: HSI oscillator clock ready + * @arg RCC_FLAG_MSIRDY: MSI oscillator clock ready + * @arg RCC_FLAG_HSERDY: HSE oscillator clock ready + * @arg RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY: PLL clock ready + * @arg RCC_FLAG_LSERDY: LSE oscillator clock ready + * @arg RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY: LSI oscillator clock ready + * @arg RCC_FLAG_OBLRST: Option Byte Loader (OBL) reset + * @arg RCC_FLAG_PINRST: Pin reset + * @arg RCC_FLAG_PORRST: POR/PDR reset + * @arg RCC_FLAG_SFTRST: Software reset + * @arg RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST: Independent Watchdog reset + * @arg RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST: Window Watchdog reset + * @arg RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST: Low Power reset + * @retval The new state of RCC_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus RCC_GetFlagStatus(uint8_t RCC_FLAG) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + uint32_t statusreg = 0; + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_FLAG(RCC_FLAG)); + + /* Get the RCC register index */ + tmp = RCC_FLAG >> 5; + + if (tmp == 1) /* The flag to check is in CR register */ + { + statusreg = RCC->CR; + } + else /* The flag to check is in CSR register (tmp == 2) */ + { + statusreg = RCC->CSR; + } + + /* Get the flag position */ + tmp = RCC_FLAG & FLAG_MASK; + + if ((statusreg & ((uint32_t)1 << tmp)) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the flag status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the RCC reset flags. + * The reset flags are: RCC_FLAG_OBLRST, RCC_FLAG_PINRST, RCC_FLAG_PORRST, + * RCC_FLAG_SFTRST, RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST, RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST, RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_ClearFlag(void) +{ + /* Set RMVF bit to clear the reset flags */ + RCC->CSR |= RCC_CSR_RMVF; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified RCC interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param RCC_IT: specifies the RCC interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_IT_LSIRDY: LSI ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_LSERDY: LSE ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_HSIRDY: HSI ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_HSERDY: HSE ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_PLLRDY: PLL ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_MSIRDY: MSI ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_CSS: Clock Security System interrupt + * @retval The new state of RCC_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus RCC_GetITStatus(uint8_t RCC_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_GET_IT(RCC_IT)); + + /* Check the status of the specified RCC interrupt */ + if ((RCC->CIR & RCC_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the RCC_IT status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the RCC's interrupt pending bits. + * @param RCC_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_IT_LSIRDY: LSI ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_LSERDY: LSE ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_HSIRDY: HSI ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_HSERDY: HSE ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_PLLRDY: PLL ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_MSIRDY: MSI ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_CSS: Clock Security System interrupt + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_ClearITPendingBit(uint8_t RCC_IT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_CLEAR_IT(RCC_IT)); + + /* Perform Byte access to RCC_CIR[23:16] bits to clear the selected interrupt + pending bits */ + *(__IO uint8_t *) CIR_BYTE3_ADDRESS = RCC_IT; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_rtc.c b/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_rtc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fbcf679 --- /dev/null +++ b/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_rtc.c @@ -0,0 +1,2138 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l1xx_rtc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 31-December-2010 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Real-Time Clock (RTC) peripheral: + * - Initialization + * - Calendar (Time and Date) configuration + * - Alarms (Alarm A and Alarm B) configuration + * - WakeUp Timer configuration + * - Daylight Saving configuration + * - Output pin Configuration + * - Digital Calibration configuration + * - TimeStamp configuration + * - Tampers configuration + * - Backup Data Registers configuration + * - Output Type Config configuration + * - Interrupts and flags management + * + * @verbatim + * + * =================================================================== + * RTC Domain Reset + * =================================================================== + * After power-on reset, the RTC domain (RTC clock source configuration, + * RTC registers and RTC Backup data registers) is reset. You can also + * reset this domain by software using the RCC_RTCResetCmd() function. + * + * =================================================================== + * RTC Operating Condition + * =================================================================== + * As long as the supply voltage remains in the operating range, + * the RTC never stops, regardless of the device status (Run mode, + * low power modes or under reset). + * + * =================================================================== + * RTC Domain Access + * =================================================================== + * After reset, the RTC domain (RTC clock source configuration, + * RTC registers and RTC Backup data registers) are protected against + * possible stray write accesses. + * To enable access to the RTC Domain and RTC registers, proceed as follows: + * - Enable the Power Controller (PWR) APB1 interface clock using the + * RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd() function. + * - Enable access to RTC domain using the PWR_RTCAccessCmd() function. + * - Select the RTC clock source using the RCC_RTCCLKConfig() function. + * - Enable RTC Clock using the RCC_RTCCLKCmd() function. + * + * =================================================================== + * RTC Driver: how to use it + * =================================================================== + * - Enable the RTC domain access (see description in the section above) + * - Configure the RTC Prescaler (Asynchronous and Synchronous) and + * RTC hour format using the RTC_Init() function. + * + * Time and Date configuration + * =========================== + * - To configure the RTC Calendar (Time and Date) use the RTC_SetTime() + * and RTC_SetDate() functions. + * - To read the RTC Calendar, use the RTC_GetTime() and RTC_GetDate() + * functions. + * - Use the RTC_DayLightSavingConfig() function to add or sub one + * hour to the RTC Calendar. + * + * Alarm configuration + * =================== + * - To configure the RTC Alarm use the RTC_SetAlarm() function. + * - Enable the selected RTC Alarm using the RTC_AlarmCmd() function + * - To read the RTC Alarm, use the RTC_GetAlarm() function. + * + * RTC Wakeup configuration + * ======================== + * - Configure the RTC Wakeup Clock source use the RTC_WakeUpClockConfig() + * function. + * - Configure the RTC WakeUp Counter using the RTC_SetWakeUpCounter() + * function + * - Enable the RTC WakeUp using the RTC_WakeUpCmd() function + * - To read the RTC WakeUp Counter register, use the RTC_GetWakeUpCounter() + * function. + * + * Outputs configuration + * ===================== + * The RTC has 2 different outputs: + * - AFO_ALARM: this output is used to manage the RTC Alarm A, Alarm B + * and WaKeUp signals. + * To output the selected RTC signal on RTC_AF1 pin, use the + * RTC_OutputConfig() function. + * - AFO_CALIB: this output is used to manage the RTC Clock divided + * by 64 (512Hz) signal. + * To output the RTC Clock on RTC_AF1 pin, use the RTC_CalibOutputCmd() + * function. + * + * Digital Calibration configuration + * ================================= + * - Configure the RTC Digital Calibration Value and the corresponding + * sign using the RTC_DigitalCalibConfig() function. + * - Enable the RTC Digital Calibration using the RTC_DigitalCalibCmd() + * function + * + * TimeStamp configuration + * ======================= + * - Configure the RTC_AF1 trigger and enables the RTC TimeStamp + * using the RTC_TimeStampCmd() function. + * - To read the RTC TimeStamp Time and Date register, use the + * RTC_GetTimeStamp() function. + * + * Tamper configuration + * ==================== + * - Configure the RTC Tamper trigger using the RTC_TamperConfig() + * function. + * - Enable the RTC Tamper using the RTC_TamperCmd() function. + * + * Backup Data Registers configuration + * =================================== + * - To write to the RTC Backup Data registers, use the RTC_WriteBackupRegister() + * function. + * - To read the RTC Backup Data registers, use the RTC_ReadBackupRegister() + * function. + * + * =================================================================== + * RTC and low power modes + * =================================================================== + * The MCU can be woken up from a low power mode by an RTC alternate + * function. + * The RTC alternate functions are the RTC alarms (Alarm A and Alarm B), + * RTC wakeup, RTC tamper event detection and RTC time stamp event detection. + * These RTC alternate functions can wake up the system from the Stop + * and Standby lowpower modes. + * The system can also wake up from low power modes without depending + * on an external interrupt (Auto-wakeup mode), by using the RTC alarm + * or the RTC wakeup events. + * The RTC provides a programmable time base for waking up from the + * Stop or Standby mode at regular intervals. + * Wakeup from STOP and Standby modes is possible only when the RTC + * clock source is LSE or LSI. + * + * =================================================================== + * Selection of RTC_AF1 alternate functions + * =================================================================== + * The RTC_AF1 pin (PC13) can be used for the following purposes: + * - Wakeup pin 2 (WKUP2) using the PWR_WakeUpPinCmd() function. + * - AFO_ALARM output + * - AFO_CALIB output + * - AFI_TAMPER + * - AFI_TIMESTAMP + * + * +------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + * | Pin |AFO_ALARM |AFO_CALIB |AFI_TAMPER |AFI_TIMESTAMP | WKUP2 |ALARMOUTTYPE | + * | configuration | ENABLED | ENABLED | ENABLED | ENABLED |ENABLED | AFO_ALARM | + * | and function | | | | | |Configuration | + * |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|--------|--------------| + * | Alarm out | | | | | Don't | | + * | output OD | 1 | 0 |Don't care | Don't care | care | 0 | + * |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|--------|--------------| + * | Alarm out | | | | | Don't | | + * | output PP | 1 | 0 |Don't care | Don't care | care | 1 | + * |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|--------|--------------| + * | Calibration out | | | | | Don't | | + * | output PP | 0 | 1 |Don't care | Don't care | care | Don't care | + * |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|--------|--------------| + * | TAMPER input | | | | | Don't | | + * | floating | 0 | 0 | 1 | 0 | care | Don't care | + * |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|--------|--------------| + * | TIMESTAMP and | | | | | Don't | | + * | TAMPER input | 0 | 0 | 1 | 1 | care | Don't care | + * | floating | | | | | | | + * |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|--------|--------------| + * | TIMESTAMP input | | | | | Don't | | + * | floating | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | care | Don't care | + * |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|--------|--------------| + * | Wakeup Pin 2 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | Don't care | + * |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|--------|--------------| + * | Standard GPIO | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | Don't care | + * +------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + * + * @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l1xx_rtc.h" +#include "stm32l1xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC + * @brief RTC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Masks Definition */ +#define RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK ((uint32_t)0x007F7F7F) +#define RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00FFFF3F) +#define RTC_INIT_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFF) +#define RTC_RSF_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF5F) +#define RTC_FLAGS_MASK ((uint32_t)(RTC_FLAG_TSOVF | RTC_FLAG_TSF | RTC_FLAG_WUTF | \ + RTC_FLAG_ALRBF | RTC_FLAG_ALRAF | RTC_FLAG_INITF | \ + RTC_FLAG_RSF | RTC_FLAG_INITS | RTC_FLAG_WUTWF | \ + RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF | RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF | RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F )) + +#define INITMODE_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t) 0x00002000) +#define SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t) 0x00001000) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +static uint8_t RTC_ByteToBcd2(uint8_t Value); +static uint8_t RTC_Bcd2ToByte(uint8_t Value); + +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Initialization and Configuration functions + =============================================================================== + + This section provide functions allowing to initialize and configure the RTC + Prescaler (Synchronous and Asynchronous), RTC Hour format, disable RTC registers + Write protection, enter and exit the RTC initialization mode, RTC registers + synchronization check and reference clock detection enable. + + 1. The RTC Prescaler is programmed to generate the RTC 1Hz time base. It is + split into 2 programmable prescalers to minimize power consumption. + - A 7-bit asynchronous prescaler and A 13-bit synchronous prescaler. + - When both prescalers are used, it is recommended to configure the asynchronous + prescaler to a high value to minimize consumption. + + 2. All RTC registers are Write protected. Writing to the RTC registers + is enabled by writing a key into the Write Protection register, RTC_WPR. + + 3. To Configure the RTC Calendar, user application should enter initialization + mode. In this mode, the calendar counter is stopped and its value can be + updated. When the initialization sequence is complete, the calendar restarts + counting after 4 RTCCLK cycles. + + 4. To read the calendar through the shadow registers after Calendar initialization, + calendar update or after wakeup from low power modes the software must first + clear the RSF flag. The software must then wait until it is set again before + reading the calendar, which means that the calendar registers have been + correctly copied into the RTC_TR and RTC_DR shadow registers. + The RTC_WaitForSynchro() function implements the above software sequence + (RSF clear and RSF check). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the RTC registers to their default reset values. + * @note This function doesn't reset the RTC Clock source and RTC Backup Data + * registers. + * @param None + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC registers are deinitialized + * - ERROR: RTC registers are not deinitialized + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_DeInit(void) +{ + __IO uint32_t wutcounter = 0x00; + uint32_t wutwfstatus = 0x00; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Reset TR, DR and CR registers */ + RTC->TR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + RTC->DR = (uint32_t)0x00002101; + /* Reset All CR bits except CR[2:0] */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)0x00000007; + + /* Wait till RTC WUTWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ + do + { + wutwfstatus = RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_WUTWF; + wutcounter++; + } while((wutcounter != INITMODE_TIMEOUT) && (wutwfstatus == 0x00)); + + if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_WUTWF) == RESET) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Reset all RTC CR register bits */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)0x00000000; + RTC->WUTR = (uint32_t)0x0000FFFF; + RTC->PRER = (uint32_t)0x007F00FF; + RTC->CALIBR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + RTC->ALRMAR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + RTC->ALRMBR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + + /* Reset ISR register and exit initialization mode */ + RTC->ISR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + + /* Reset Tamper and alternate functions configuration register */ + RTC->TAFCR = 0x00000000; + + if(RTC_WaitForSynchro() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + } + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the RTC registers according to the specified parameters + * in RTC_InitStruct. + * @param RTC_InitStruct: pointer to a RTC_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the RTC peripheral. + * @note The RTC Prescaler register is write protected and can be written in + * initialization mode only. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC registers are initialized + * - ERROR: RTC registers are not initialized + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_Init(RTC_InitTypeDef* RTC_InitStruct) +{ + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR_FORMAT(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_HourFormat)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_AsynchPrediv)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_SynchPrediv)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Clear RTC CR FMT Bit */ + RTC->CR &= ((uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_FMT)); + /* Set RTC_CR register */ + RTC->CR |= ((uint32_t)(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_HourFormat)); + + /* Configure the RTC PRER */ + RTC->PRER = (uint32_t)(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_SynchPrediv); + RTC->PRER |= (uint32_t)(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_AsynchPrediv << 16); + + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + RTC_ExitInitMode(); + + status = SUCCESS; + } + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each RTC_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param RTC_InitStruct: pointer to a RTC_InitTypeDef structure which will be + * initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_StructInit(RTC_InitTypeDef* RTC_InitStruct) +{ + /* Initialize the RTC_HourFormat member */ + RTC_InitStruct->RTC_HourFormat = RTC_HourFormat_24; + + /* Initialize the RTC_AsynchPrediv member */ + RTC_InitStruct->RTC_AsynchPrediv = (uint32_t)0x7F; + + /* Initialize the RTC_SynchPrediv member */ + RTC_InitStruct->RTC_SynchPrediv = (uint32_t)0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the RTC registers write protection. + * @note All the RTC registers are write protected except for RTC_ISR[13:8], + * RTC_TAFCR and RTC_BKPxR. + * @note Writing a wrong key reactivates the write protection. + * @note The protection mechanism is not affected by system reset. + * @param NewState: new state of the write protection. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_WriteProtectionCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + } + else + { + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enters the RTC Initialization mode. + * @note The RTC Initialization mode is write protected, use the + * RTC_WriteProtectionCmd(DISABLE) before calling this function. + * @param None + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC is in Init mode + * - ERROR: RTC is not in Init mode + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_EnterInitMode(void) +{ + __IO uint32_t initcounter = 0x00; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + uint32_t initstatus = 0x00; + + /* Check if the Initialization mode is set */ + if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF) == (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Set the Initialization mode */ + RTC->ISR = (uint32_t)RTC_INIT_MASK; + + /* Wait till RTC is in INIT state and if Time out is reached exit */ + do + { + initstatus = RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF; + initcounter++; + } while((initcounter != INITMODE_TIMEOUT) && (initstatus == 0x00)); + + if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF) != RESET) + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + else + { + status = ERROR; + } + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + + return (status); +} + +/** + * @brief Exits the RTC Initialization mode. + * @note When the initialization sequence is complete, the calendar restarts + * counting after 4 RTCCLK cycles. + * @note The RTC Initialization mode is write protected, use the + * RTC_WriteProtectionCmd(DISABLE) before calling this function. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_ExitInitMode(void) +{ + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + RTC->ISR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT; +} + +/** + * @brief Waits until the RTC Time and Date registers (RTC_TR and RTC_DR) are + * synchronized with RTC APB clock. + * @note The RTC Resynchronization mode is write protected, use the + * RTC_WriteProtectionCmd(DISABLE) before calling this function. + * @note To read the calendar through the shadow registers after Calendar + * initialization, calendar update or after wakeup from low power modes + * the software must first clear the RSF flag. + * The software must then wait until it is set again before reading + * the calendar, which means that the calendar registers have been + * correctly copied into the RTC_TR and RTC_DR shadow registers. + * @param None + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC registers are synchronised + * - ERROR: RTC registers are not synchronised + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_WaitForSynchro(void) +{ + __IO uint32_t synchrocounter = 0; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + uint32_t synchrostatus = 0x00; + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Clear RSF flag */ + RTC->ISR &= (uint32_t)RTC_RSF_MASK; + + /* Wait the registers to be synchronised */ + do + { + synchrostatus = RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_RSF; + synchrocounter++; + } while((synchrocounter != SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT) && (synchrostatus == 0x00)); + + if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_RSF) != RESET) + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + else + { + status = ERROR; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return (status); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the RTC reference clock detection. + * @param NewState: new state of the RTC reference clock. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC reference clock detection is enabled + * - ERROR: RTC reference clock detection is disabled + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_RefClockCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the RTC reference clock detection */ + RTC->CR |= RTC_CR_REFCKON; + } + else + { + /* Disable the RTC reference clock detection */ + RTC->CR &= ~RTC_CR_REFCKON; + } + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + RTC_ExitInitMode(); + + status = SUCCESS; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group2 Time and Date configuration functions + * @brief Time and Date configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Time and Date configuration functions + =============================================================================== + + This section provide functions allowing to program and read the RTC Calendar + (Time and Date). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Set the RTC current time. + * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the entered parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format + * @param RTC_TimeStruct: pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure that contains + * the time configuration information for the RTC. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC Time register is configured + * - ERROR: RTC Time register is not configured + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_SetTime(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); + + if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) + { + if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_H12(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12)); + } + else + { + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12 = 0x00; + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours)); + } + assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds)); + } + else + { + if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours); + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(tmpreg)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_H12(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12)); + } + else + { + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12 = 0x00; + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours))); + } + assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes))); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds))); + } + + /* Check the input parameters format */ + if (RTC_Format != RTC_Format_BIN) + { + tmpreg = (((uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes) << 8) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds) | \ + ((uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12) << 16)); + } + else + { + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes) << 8) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds)) | \ + (((uint32_t)RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12) << 16)); + } + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Set the RTC_TR register */ + RTC->TR = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK); + + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + RTC_ExitInitMode(); + + if(RTC_WaitForSynchro() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + + } + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each RTC_TimeStruct member with its default value + * (Time = 00h:00min:00sec). + * @param RTC_TimeStruct: pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure which will be + * initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_TimeStructInit(RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct) +{ + /* Time = 00h:00min:00sec */ + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12 = RTC_H12_AM; + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours = 0; + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes = 0; + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds = 0; +} + +/** + * @brief Get the RTC current Time. + * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the returned parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format + * @param RTC_TimeStruct: pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure that will + * contain the returned current time configuration. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_GetTime(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); + + /* Get the RTC_TR register */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->TR & RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK); + + /* Fill the structure fields with the read parameters */ + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_TR_HT | RTC_TR_HU)) >> 16); + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_TR_MNT | RTC_TR_MNU)) >>8); + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds = (uint8_t)(tmpreg & (RTC_TR_ST | RTC_TR_SU)); + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12 = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_TR_PM)) >> 16); + + /* Check the input parameters format */ + if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) + { + /* Convert the structure parameters to Binary format */ + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours); + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes); + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Set the RTC current date. + * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the entered parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format + * @param RTC_DateStruct: pointer to a RTC_DateTypeDef structure that contains + * the date configuration information for the RTC. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC Date register is configured + * - ERROR: RTC Date register is not configured + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_SetDate(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); + + if ((RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) && ((RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month & 0x10) == 0x10)) + { + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month = (RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month & (uint32_t)~(0x10)) + 0x0A; + } + if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_YEAR(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_MONTH(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_DATE(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date)); + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_YEAR(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year))); + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month); + assert_param(IS_RTC_MONTH(tmpreg)); + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date); + assert_param(IS_RTC_DATE(tmpreg)); + } + assert_param(IS_RTC_WEEKDAY(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay)); + + /* Check the input parameters format */ + if (RTC_Format != RTC_Format_BIN) + { + tmpreg = ((((uint32_t)RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year) << 16) | \ + (((uint32_t)RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month) << 8) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date) | \ + (((uint32_t)RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay) << 13)); + } + else + { + tmpreg = (((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month) << 8) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date)) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay << 13)); + } + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Set the RTC_DR register */ + RTC->DR = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK); + + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + RTC_ExitInitMode(); + + if(RTC_WaitForSynchro() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + } + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each RTC_DateStruct member with its default value + * (Monday, January 01 xx00). + * @param RTC_DateStruct: pointer to a RTC_DateTypeDef structure which will be + * initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_DateStructInit(RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct) +{ + /* Monday, January 01 xx00 */ + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay = RTC_Weekday_Monday; + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date = 1; + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month = RTC_Month_January; + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year = 0; +} + +/** + * @brief Get the RTC current date. + * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the returned parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format + * @param RTC_DateStruct: pointer to a RTC_DateTypeDef structure that will + * contain the returned current date configuration. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_GetDate(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); + + /* Get the RTC_TR register */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->DR & RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK); + + /* Fill the structure fields with the read parameters */ + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_DR_YT | RTC_DR_YU)) >> 16); + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_DR_MT | RTC_DR_MU)) >> 8); + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date = (uint8_t)(tmpreg & (RTC_DR_DT | RTC_DR_DU)); + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_DR_WDU)) >> 13); + + /* Check the input parameters format */ + if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) + { + /* Convert the structure parameters to Binary format */ + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year); + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month); + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date); + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay = (uint8_t)(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group3 Alarms configuration functions + * @brief Alarms (Alarm A and Alarm B) configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Alarms (Alarm A and Alarm B) configuration functions + =============================================================================== + + This section provide functions allowing to program and read the RTC Alarms. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Set the specified RTC Alarm. + * @note The Alarm register can only be written when the corresponding Alarm + * is disabled (Use the RTC_AlarmCmd(DISABLE)). + * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the returned parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format + * @param RTC_Alarm: specifies the alarm to be configured. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Alarm_A: to select Alarm A + * @arg RTC_Alarm_B: to select Alarm B + * @param RTC_AlarmStruct: pointer to a RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure that + * contains the alarm configuration parameters. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_SetAlarm(uint32_t RTC_Format, uint32_t RTC_Alarm, RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(RTC_Alarm)); + assert_param(IS_ALARM_MASK(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmMask)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel)); + + if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) + { + if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_H12(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12)); + } + else + { + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12 = 0x00; + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours)); + } + assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds)); + + if(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel == RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_Date) + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay)); + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay)); + } + } + else + { + if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours); + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(tmpreg)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_H12(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12)); + } + else + { + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12 = 0x00; + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours))); + } + + assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes))); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds))); + + if(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel == RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_Date) + { + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(tmpreg)); + } + else + { + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(tmpreg)); + } + } + + /* Check the input parameters format */ + if (RTC_Format != RTC_Format_BIN) + { + tmpreg = (((uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes) << 8) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds) | \ + ((uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay) << 24) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmMask)); + } + else + { + tmpreg = (((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes) << 8) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds)) | \ + ((uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay) << 24) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmMask)); + } + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Configure the Alarm register */ + if (RTC_Alarm == RTC_Alarm_A) + { + RTC->ALRMAR = (uint32_t)tmpreg; + } + else + { + RTC->ALRMBR = (uint32_t)tmpreg; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each RTC_AlarmStruct member with its default value + * (Time = 00h:00mn:00sec / Date = 1st day of the month/Mask = + * all fields are masked). + * @param RTC_AlarmStruct: pointer to a @ref RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure which + * will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_AlarmStructInit(RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct) +{ + /* Alarm Time Settings : Time = 00h:00mn:00sec */ + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12 = RTC_H12_AM; + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours = 0; + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes = 0; + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds = 0; + + /* Alarm Date Settings : Date = 1st day of the month */ + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel = RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_Date; + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay = 1; + + /* Alarm Masks Settings : Mask = all fields are not masked */ + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmMask = RTC_AlarmMask_None; +} + +/** + * @brief Get the RTC Alarm value and masks. + * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the output parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format + * @param RTC_Alarm: specifies the alarm to be read. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Alarm_A: to select Alarm A + * @arg RTC_Alarm_B: to select Alarm B + * @param RTC_AlarmStruct: pointer to a RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure that will + * contains the output alarm configuration values. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_GetAlarm(uint32_t RTC_Format, uint32_t RTC_Alarm, RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(RTC_Alarm)); + + /* Get the RTC_ALRMxR register */ + if (RTC_Alarm == RTC_Alarm_A) + { + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->ALRMAR); + } + else + { + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->ALRMBR); + } + + /* Fill the structure with the read parameters */ + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_HT | \ + RTC_ALRMAR_HU)) >> 16); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_MNT | \ + RTC_ALRMAR_MNU)) >> 8); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_ST | \ + RTC_ALRMAR_SU)); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12 = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & RTC_ALRMAR_PM) >> 16); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_DT | RTC_ALRMAR_DU)) >> 24); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_ALRMAR_WDSEL); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmMask = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_AlarmMask_All); + + if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) + { + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct-> \ + RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct-> \ + RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct-> \ + RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified RTC Alarm. + * @param RTC_Alarm: specifies the alarm to be configured. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Alarm_A: to select Alarm A + * @arg RTC_Alarm_B: to select Alarm B + * @param NewState: new state of the specified alarm. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC Alarm is enabled/disabled + * - ERROR: RTC Alarm is not enabled/disabled + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_AlarmCmd(uint32_t RTC_Alarm, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + __IO uint32_t alarmcounter = 0x00; + uint32_t alarmstatus = 0x00; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_CMD_ALARM(RTC_Alarm)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Configure the Alarm state */ + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_Alarm; + + status = SUCCESS; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Alarm in RTC_CR register */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_Alarm; + + /* Wait till RTC ALRxWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ + do + { + alarmstatus = RTC->ISR & (RTC_Alarm >> 8); + alarmcounter++; + } while((alarmcounter != INITMODE_TIMEOUT) && (alarmstatus == 0x00)); + + if ((RTC->ISR & (RTC_Alarm >> 8)) == RESET) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group4 WakeUp Timer configuration functions + * @brief WakeUp Timer configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + WakeUp Timer configuration functions + =============================================================================== + + This section provide functions allowing to program and read the RTC WakeUp. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the RTC Wakeup clock source. + * @note The WakeUp Clock source can only be changed when the RTC WakeUp + * is disabled (Use the RTC_WakeUpCmd(DISABLE)). + * @param RTC_WakeUpClock: Wakeup Clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div16 + * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div8 + * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div4 + * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div2 + * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_CK_SPRE_16bits + * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_CK_SPRE_17bits + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_WakeUpClockConfig(uint32_t RTC_WakeUpClock) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_WAKEUP_CLOCK(RTC_WakeUpClock)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Clear the Wakeup Timer clock source bits in CR register */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_WUCKSEL; + + /* Configure the clock source */ + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_WakeUpClock; + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the RTC Wakeup counter. + * @note The RTC WakeUp counter can only be written when the RTC WakeUp + * is disabled (Use the RTC_WakeUpCmd(DISABLE)). + * @param RTC_WakeUpCounter: specifies the WakeUp counter. + * This parameter can be a value from 0x0000 to 0xFFFF. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_SetWakeUpCounter(uint32_t RTC_WakeUpCounter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_WAKEUP_COUNTER(RTC_WakeUpCounter)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Configure the Wakeup Timer counter */ + RTC->WUTR = (uint32_t)RTC_WakeUpCounter; + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the RTC WakeUp timer counter value. + * @param None + * @retval The RTC WakeUp Counter value. + */ +uint32_t RTC_GetWakeUpCounter(void) +{ + /* Get the counter value */ + return ((uint32_t)(RTC->WUTR & RTC_WUTR_WUT)); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or Disables the RTC WakeUp timer. + * @param NewState: new state of the WakeUp timer. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_WakeUpCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + __IO uint32_t wutcounter = 0x00; + uint32_t wutwfstatus = 0x00; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the Wakeup Timer */ + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_CR_WUTE; + status = SUCCESS; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Wakeup Timer */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_WUTE; + /* Wait till RTC WUTWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ + do + { + wutwfstatus = RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_WUTWF; + wutcounter++; + } while((wutcounter != INITMODE_TIMEOUT) && (wutwfstatus == 0x00)); + + if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_WUTWF) == RESET) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group5 Daylight Saving configuration functions + * @brief Daylight Saving configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Daylight Saving configuration functions + =============================================================================== + + This section provide functions allowing to configure the RTC DayLight Saving. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Adds or substract one hour from the current time. + * @param RTC_DayLightSaveOperation: the value of hour adjustment. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_DayLightSaving_SUB1H: Substract one hour (winter time) + * @arg RTC_DayLightSaving_ADD1H: Add one hour (summer time) + * @param RTC_StoreOperation: Specifies the value to be written in the BCK bit + * in CR register to store the operation. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_StoreOperation_Reset + * @arg RTC_StoreOperation_Set + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_DayLightSavingConfig(uint32_t RTC_DayLightSaving, uint32_t RTC_StoreOperation) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_DAYLIGHT_SAVING(RTC_DayLightSaving)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_STORE_OPERATION(RTC_StoreOperation)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Clear the bits to be configured */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_BCK); + + /* Configure the RTC_CR register */ + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_DayLightSaving | RTC_StoreOperation); + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the RTC Day Light Saving stored operation. + * @param None + * @retval RTC Day Light Saving stored operation. + * - RTC_StoreOperation_Reset + * - RTC_StoreOperation_Set + */ +uint32_t RTC_GetStoreOperation(void) +{ + return (RTC->CR & RTC_CR_BCK); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group6 Output pin Configuration function + * @brief Output pin Configuration function + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Output pin Configuration function + =============================================================================== + + This section provide functions allowing to configure the RTC Output source. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the RTC output source (AFO_ALARM). + * @param RTC_Output: Specifies which signal will be routed to the RTC output. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Output_Disable: No output selected + * @arg RTC_Output_AlarmA: signal of AlarmA mapped to output + * @arg RTC_Output_AlarmB: signal of AlarmB mapped to output + * @arg RTC_Output_WakeUp: signal of WakeUp mapped to output + * @param RTC_OutputPolarity: Specifies the polarity of the output signal. + * This parameter can be one of the following: + * @arg RTC_OutputPolarity_High: The output pin is high when the + * ALRAF/ALRBF/WUTF is high (depending on OSEL) + * @arg RTC_OutputPolarity_Low: The output pin is low when the + * ALRAF/ALRBF/WUTF is high (depending on OSEL) + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_OutputConfig(uint32_t RTC_Output, uint32_t RTC_OutputPolarity) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_OUTPUT(RTC_Output)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_OUTPUT_POL(RTC_OutputPolarity)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Clear the bits to be configured */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_OSEL | RTC_CR_POL); + + /* Configure the output selection and polarity */ + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_Output | RTC_OutputPolarity); + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group7 Digital Calibration configuration functions + * @brief Digital Calibration configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Digital Calibration configuration functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the digital calibration parameters. + * @param RTC_CalibSign: specifies the sign of the calibration value. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_CalibSign_Positive: The value sign is positive + * @arg RTC_CalibSign_Negative: The value sign is negative + * @param Value: value of calibration expressed in ppm (coded on 5 bits) + * - This value should be between 0 and 63 when using negative sign + * with a 2-ppm step. + * - This value should be between 0 and 126 when using positive sign + * with a 4-ppm step. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC digital calibration are initialized + * - ERROR: RTC digital calibration are not initialized + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_DigitalCalibConfig(uint32_t RTC_CalibSign, uint32_t Value) +{ + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_CALIB_SIGN(RTC_CalibSign)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_CALIB_VALUE(Value)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Set the calibration value */ + RTC->CALIBR = (uint32_t)(RTC_CalibSign | Value); + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + RTC_ExitInitMode(); + + status = SUCCESS; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the digital calibration process. + * @param NewState: new state of the digital calibration. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC digital calibration are enabled/disabled + * - ERROR: RTC digital calibration are not enabled/disabled + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_DigitalCalibCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the Digital Calibration */ + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_CR_DCE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Digital Calibration */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_DCE; + } + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + RTC_ExitInitMode(); + + status = SUCCESS; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the RTC clock to be output through the relative + * pin. + * @param NewState: new state of the digital calibration Output. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_CalibOutputCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the RTC clock output */ + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_CR_COE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the RTC clock output */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_COE; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group8 TimeStamp configuration functions + * @brief TimeStamp configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + TimeStamp configuration functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or Disables the RTC TimeStamp functionality with the + * specified time stamp pin stimulating edge. + * @param RTC_TimeStampEdge: Specifies the pin edge on which the TimeStamp is + * activated. + * This parameter can be one of the following: + * @arg RTC_TimeStampEdge_Rising: the Time stamp event occurs on the rising + * edge of the related pin. + * @arg RTC_TimeStampEdge_Falling: the Time stamp event occurs on the + * falling edge of the related pin. + * @param NewState: new state of the TimeStamp. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_TimeStampCmd(uint32_t RTC_TimeStampEdge, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_TIMESTAMP_EDGE(RTC_TimeStampEdge)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Get the RTC_CR register and clear the bits to be configured */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->CR & (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_TSEDGE | RTC_CR_TSE)); + + /* Get the new configuration */ + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStampEdge | RTC_CR_TSE); + } + else + { + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStampEdge); + } + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Configure the Time Stamp TSEDGE and Enable bits */ + RTC->CR = (uint32_t)tmpreg; + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Get the RTC TimeStamp value and masks. + * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the output parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format + * @param RTC_StampTimeStruct: pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure that will + * contains the TimeStamp time values. + * @param RTC_StampDateStruct: pointer to a RTC_DateTypeDef structure that will + * contains the TimeStamp date values. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_GetTimeStamp(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_StampTimeStruct, + RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_StampDateStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmptime = 0, tmpdate = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); + + /* Get the TimeStamp time and date registers values */ + tmptime = (uint32_t)(RTC->TSTR & RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK); + tmpdate = (uint32_t)(RTC->TSDR & RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK); + + /* Fill the Time structure fields with the read parameters */ + RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Hours = (uint8_t)((tmptime & (RTC_TR_HT | RTC_TR_HU)) >> 16); + RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Minutes = (uint8_t)((tmptime & (RTC_TR_MNT | RTC_TR_MNU)) >> 8); + RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Seconds = (uint8_t)(tmptime & (RTC_TR_ST | RTC_TR_SU)); + RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_H12 = (uint8_t)((tmptime & (RTC_TR_PM)) >> 16); + + /* Fill the Date structure fields with the read parameters */ + RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Year = 0; + RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Month = (uint8_t)((tmpdate & (RTC_DR_MT | RTC_DR_MU)) >> 8); + RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Date = (uint8_t)(tmpdate & (RTC_DR_DT | RTC_DR_DU)); + RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_WeekDay = (uint8_t)((tmpdate & (RTC_DR_WDU)) >> 13); + + /* Check the input parameters format */ + if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) + { + /* Convert the Time structure parameters to Binary format */ + RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Hours = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Hours); + RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Minutes = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Minutes); + RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Seconds = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Seconds); + + /* Convert the Date structure parameters to Binary format */ + RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Month = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Month); + RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Date = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Date); + RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_WeekDay = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_WeekDay); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group9 Tampers configuration functions + * @brief Tampers configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Tampers configuration functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the select Tamper pin edge. + * @param RTC_Tamper: Selected tamper pin. + * This parameter can be RTC_Tamper_1. + * @param RTC_TamperTrigger: Specifies the trigger on the tamper pin that + * stimulates tamper event. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_TamperTrigger_RisingEdge: Rising Edge of the tamper pin causes tamper event. + * @arg RTC_TamperTrigger_FallingEdge: Falling Edge of the tamper pin causes tamper event. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_TamperTriggerConfig(uint32_t RTC_Tamper, uint32_t RTC_TamperTrigger) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER(RTC_Tamper)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_TRIGGER(RTC_TamperTrigger)); + + if (RTC_TamperTrigger == RTC_TamperTrigger_RisingEdge) + { + /* Configure the RTC_TAFCR register */ + RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)~(RTC_Tamper << 1)); + } + else + { + /* Configure the RTC_TAFCR register */ + RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_Tamper << 1); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or Disables the Tamper detection. + * @param RTC_Tamper: Selected tamper pin. + * This parameter can be RTC_Tamper_1. + * @param NewState: new state of the tamper pin. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_TamperCmd(uint32_t RTC_Tamper, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER(RTC_Tamper)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected Tamper pin */ + RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)RTC_Tamper; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected Tamper pin */ + RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_Tamper; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group10 Backup Data Registers configuration functions + * @brief Backup Data Registers configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Backup Data Registers configuration functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Writes a data in a specified RTC Backup data register. + * @param RTC_BKP_DR: RTC Backup data Register number. + * This parameter can be: RTC_BKP_DRx where x can be from 0 to 19 to + * specify the register. + * @param Data: Data to be written in the specified RTC Backup data register. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_WriteBackupRegister(uint32_t RTC_BKP_DR, uint32_t Data) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_BKP(RTC_BKP_DR)); + + tmp = RTC_BASE + 0x50; + tmp += (RTC_BKP_DR * 4); + + /* Write the specified register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = (uint32_t)Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Reads data from the specified RTC Backup data Register. + * @param RTC_BKP_DR: RTC Backup data Register number. + * This parameter can be: RTC_BKP_DRx where x can be from 0 to 19 to + * specify the register. + * @retval None + */ +uint32_t RTC_ReadBackupRegister(uint32_t RTC_BKP_DR) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_BKP(RTC_BKP_DR)); + + tmp = RTC_BASE + 0x50; + tmp += (RTC_BKP_DR * 4); + + /* Read the specified register */ + return (*(__IO uint32_t *)tmp); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group11 Output Type Config configuration functions + * @brief Output Type Config configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Output Type Config configuration functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the RTC Output Pin mode. + * @param RTC_OutputType: specifies the RTC Output (PC13) pin mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_OutputType_OpenDrain: RTC Output (PC13) is configured in + * Open Drain mode. + * @arg RTC_OutputType_PushPull: RTC Output (PC13) is configured in + * Push Pull mode. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_OutputTypeConfig(uint32_t RTC_OutputType) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_OUTPUT_TYPE(RTC_OutputType)); + + RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_TAFCR_ALARMOUTTYPE); + RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_OutputType); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group12 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Interrupts and flags management functions + =============================================================================== + All RTC interrupts are connected to the EXTI controller. + + - To enable the RTC Alarm interrupt, the following sequence is required: + - Configure and enable the EXTI Line 17 in interrupt mode and select the rising + edge sensitivity using the EXTI_Init() function. + - Configure and enable the RTC_Alarm IRQ channel in the NVIC using the NVIC_Init() + function. + - Configure the RTC to generate RTC alarms (Alarm A and/or Alarm B) using + the RTC_SetAlarm() and RTC_AlarmCmd() functions. + + - To enable the RTC Wakeup interrupt, the following sequence is required: + - Configure and enable the EXTI Line 20 in interrupt mode and select the rising + edge sensitivity using the EXTI_Init() function. + - Configure and enable the RTC_WKUP IRQ channel in the NVIC using the NVIC_Init() + function. + - Configure the RTC to generate the RTC wakeup timer event using the + RTC_WakeUpClockConfig(), RTC_SetWakeUpCounter() and RTC_WakeUpCmd() functions. + + - To enable the RTC Tamper interrupt, the following sequence is required: + - Configure and enable the EXTI Line 19 in interrupt mode and select the rising + edge sensitivity using the EXTI_Init() function. + - Configure and enable the TAMP_STAMP IRQ channel in the NVIC using the NVIC_Init() + function. + - Configure the RTC to detect the RTC tamper event using the + RTC_TamperTriggerConfig() and RTC_TamperCmd() functions. + + - To enable the RTC TimeStamp interrupt, the following sequence is required: + - Configure and enable the EXTI Line 19 in interrupt mode and select the rising + edge sensitivity using the EXTI_Init() function. + - Configure and enable the TAMP_STAMP IRQ channel in the NVIC using the NVIC_Init() + function. + - Configure the RTC to detect the RTC time-stamp event using the + RTC_TimeStampCmd() functions. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified RTC interrupts. + * @param RTC_IT: specifies the RTC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RTC_IT_TS: Time Stamp interrupt mask + * @arg RTC_IT_WUT: WakeUp Timer interrupt mask + * @arg RTC_IT_ALRB: Alarm B interrupt mask + * @arg RTC_IT_ALRA: Alarm A interrupt mask + * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP: Tamper event interrupt mask + * @param NewState: new state of the specified RTC interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_ITConfig(uint32_t RTC_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_CONFIG_IT(RTC_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Configure the Interrupts in the RTC_CR register */ + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_IT & ~RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE); + /* Configure the Tamper Interrupt in the RTC_TAFCR */ + RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_IT & RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE); + } + else + { + /* Configure the Interrupts in the RTC_CR register */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_IT & (uint32_t)~RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE); + /* Configure the Tamper Interrupt in the RTC_TAFCR */ + RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_IT & RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE); + } + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified RTC flag is set or not. + * @param RTC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F: Tamper 1 event flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TSOVF: Time Stamp OverFlow flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TSF: Time Stamp event flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_WUTF: WakeUp Timer flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRBF: Alarm B flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRAF: Alarm A flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_INITF: Initialization mode flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_RSF: Registers Synchronized flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_INITS: Registers Configured flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_WUTWF: WakeUp Timer Write flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF: Alarm B Write flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF: Alarm A write flag + * @retval The new state of RTC_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus RTC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t RTC_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_GET_FLAG(RTC_FLAG)); + + /* Get all the flags */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->ISR & RTC_FLAGS_MASK); + + /* Return the status of the flag */ + if ((tmpreg & RTC_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the RTC's pending flags. + * @param RTC_FLAG: specifies the RTC flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F: Tamper 1 event flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TSOVF: Time Stamp Overflow flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TSF: Time Stamp event flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_WUTF: WakeUp Timer flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRBF: Alarm B flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRAF: Alarm A flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_RSF: Registers Synchronized flag + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_ClearFlag(uint32_t RTC_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_CLEAR_FLAG(RTC_FLAG)); + + /* Clear the Flags in the RTC_ISR register */ + RTC->ISR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)(~((RTC_FLAG | RTC_ISR_INIT)& 0x0000FFFF) | (uint32_t)(RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_INIT))); +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified RTC interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param RTC_IT: specifies the RTC interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_IT_TS: Time Stamp interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_WUT: WakeUp Timer interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_ALRB: Alarm B interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_ALRA: Alarm A interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP1: Tamper 1 event interrupt + * @retval The new state of RTC_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus RTC_GetITStatus(uint32_t RTC_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t tmpreg = 0, enablestatus = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_GET_IT(RTC_IT)); + + /* Get the TAMPER Interrupt enable bit and pending bit */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->TAFCR & (RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE)); + + /* Get the Interrupt enable Status */ + enablestatus = (uint32_t)((RTC->CR & RTC_IT) | (tmpreg & (RTC_IT >> 15))); + + /* Get the Interrupt pending bit */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)((RTC->ISR & (uint32_t)(RTC_IT >> 4))); + + /* Get the status of the Interrupt */ + if ((enablestatus != (uint32_t)RESET) && ((tmpreg & 0x0000FFFF) != (uint32_t)RESET)) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the RTC's interrupt pending bits. + * @param RTC_IT: specifies the RTC interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RTC_IT_TS: Time Stamp interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_WUT: WakeUp Timer interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_ALRB: Alarm B interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_ALRA: Alarm A interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP1: Tamper 1 event interrupt + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t RTC_IT) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_CLEAR_IT(RTC_IT)); + + /* Get the RTC_ISR Interrupt pending bits mask */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC_IT >> 4); + + /* Clear the interrupt pending bits in the RTC_ISR register */ + RTC->ISR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)(~((tmpreg | RTC_ISR_INIT)& 0x0000FFFF) | (uint32_t)(RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_INIT))); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @brief Converts a 2 digit decimal to BCD format. + * @param Value: Byte to be converted. + * @retval Converted byte + */ +static uint8_t RTC_ByteToBcd2(uint8_t Value) +{ + uint8_t bcdhigh = 0; + + while (Value >= 10) + { + bcdhigh++; + Value -= 10; + } + + return ((uint8_t)(bcdhigh << 4) | Value); +} + +/** + * @brief Convert from 2 digit BCD to Binary. + * @param Value: BCD value to be converted. + * @retval Converted word + */ +static uint8_t RTC_Bcd2ToByte(uint8_t Value) +{ + uint8_t tmp = 0; + tmp = ((uint8_t)(Value & (uint8_t)0xF0) >> (uint8_t)0x4) * 10; + return (tmp + (Value & (uint8_t)0x0F)); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_spi.c b/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_spi.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bf8ce5f --- /dev/null +++ b/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_spi.c @@ -0,0 +1,884 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l1xx_spi.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 31-December-2010 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Serial peripheral interface (SPI): + * - Initialization and Configuration + * - Data transfers functions + * - Hardware CRC Calculation + * - DMA transfers management + * - Interrupts and flags management + * + * @verbatim + * + * The I2S feature is not implemented in STM32L1xx Ultra Low Power + * Medium-density devices and will be supported in future products. + * + * =================================================================== + * How to use this driver + * =================================================================== + * 1. Enable peripheral clock using RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1, ENABLE) + * function for SPI1 or using RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2, ENABLE) + * function for SPI2. + * + * 2. Enable SCK, MOSI, MISO and NSS GPIO clocks using RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd() + * function. + * + * 3. Peripherals alternate function: + * - Connect the pin to the desired peripherals' Alternate + * Function (AF) using GPIO_PinAFConfig() function + * - Configure the desired pin in alternate function by: + * GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF + * - Select the type, pull-up/pull-down and output speed via + * GPIO_PuPd, GPIO_OType and GPIO_Speed members + * - Call GPIO_Init() function + * + * 4. Program the Polarity, Phase, First Data, Baud Rate Prescaler, Slave + * Management, Peripheral Mode and CRC Polynomial values using the SPI_Init() + * function. + * + * 5. Enable the NVIC and the corresponding interrupt using the function + * SPI_ITConfig() if you need to use interrupt mode. + * + * 6. When using the DMA mode + * - Configure the DMA using DMA_Init() function + * - Active the needed channel Request using SPI_I2S_DMACmd() function + * + * 7. Enable the SPI using the SPI_Cmd() function. + * + * 8. Enable the DMA using the DMA_Cmd() function when using DMA mode. + * + * 9. Optionally you can enable/configure the following parameters without + * re-initialization (i.e there is no need to call again SPI_Init() function): + * - When bidirectional mode (SPI_Direction_1Line_Rx or SPI_Direction_1Line_Tx) + * is programmed as Data direction parameter using the SPI_Init() function + * it can be possible to switch between SPI_Direction_Tx or SPI_Direction_Rx + * using the SPI_BiDirectionalLineConfig() function. + * - When SPI_NSS_Soft is selected as Slave Select Management parameter + * using the SPI_Init() function it can be possible to manage the + * NSS internal signal using the SPI_NSSInternalSoftwareConfig() function. + * - Reconfigure the data size using the SPI_DataSizeConfig() function + * - Enable or disable the SS output using the SPI_SSOutputCmd() function + * + * 10. To use the CRC Hardware calculation feature refer to the Peripheral + * CRC hardware Calculation subsection. + * + * @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l1xx_spi.h" +#include "stm32l1xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI + * @brief SPI driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* SPI registers Masks */ +#define CR1_CLEAR_MASK ((uint16_t)0x3040) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Initialization and Configuration functions + =============================================================================== + + This section provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the SPI Direction, + SPI Mode, SPI Data Size, SPI Polarity, SPI Phase, SPI NSS Management, SPI Baud + Rate Prescaler, SPI First Bit and SPI CRC Polynomial. + + The SPI_Init() function follows the SPI configuration procedures for Master mode + and Slave mode (details for these procedures are available in reference manual + (RM0038)). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the SPIx peripheral registers to their default + * reset values. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_I2S_DeInit(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + + if (SPIx == SPI1) + { + /* Enable SPI1 reset state */ + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1, ENABLE); + /* Release SPI1 from reset state */ + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1, DISABLE); + } + else + { + if (SPIx == SPI2) + { + /* Enable SPI2 reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2, ENABLE); + /* Release SPI2 from reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2, DISABLE); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the SPIx peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the SPI_InitStruct. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param SPI_InitStruct: pointer to a SPI_InitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the specified SPI peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_Init(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, SPI_InitTypeDef* SPI_InitStruct) +{ + uint16_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + + /* Check the SPI parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_MODE(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Direction)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_MODE(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_DATASIZE(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_DataSize)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_CPOL(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPOL)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_CPHA(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPHA)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_NSS(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_NSS)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_BAUDRATE_PRESCALER(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_BaudRatePrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_FIRST_BIT(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_FirstBit)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CRCPolynomial)); + +/*---------------------------- SPIx CR1 Configuration ------------------------*/ + /* Get the SPIx CR1 value */ + tmpreg = SPIx->CR1; + /* Clear BIDIMode, BIDIOE, RxONLY, SSM, SSI, LSBFirst, BR, MSTR, CPOL and CPHA bits */ + tmpreg &= CR1_CLEAR_MASK; + /* Configure SPIx: direction, NSS management, first transmitted bit, BaudRate prescaler + master/salve mode, CPOL and CPHA */ + /* Set BIDImode, BIDIOE and RxONLY bits according to SPI_Direction value */ + /* Set SSM, SSI and MSTR bits according to SPI_Mode and SPI_NSS values */ + /* Set LSBFirst bit according to SPI_FirstBit value */ + /* Set BR bits according to SPI_BaudRatePrescaler value */ + /* Set CPOL bit according to SPI_CPOL value */ + /* Set CPHA bit according to SPI_CPHA value */ + tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint32_t)SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Direction | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Mode | + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_DataSize | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPOL | + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPHA | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_NSS | + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_BaudRatePrescaler | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_FirstBit); + /* Write to SPIx CR1 */ + SPIx->CR1 = tmpreg; + +/*---------------------------- SPIx CRCPOLY Configuration --------------------*/ + /* Write to SPIx CRCPOLY */ + SPIx->CRCPR = SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CRCPolynomial; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each SPI_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param SPI_InitStruct : pointer to a SPI_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_StructInit(SPI_InitTypeDef* SPI_InitStruct) +{ +/*--------------- Reset SPI init structure parameters values -----------------*/ + /* Initialize the SPI_Direction member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Direction = SPI_Direction_2Lines_FullDuplex; + /* initialize the SPI_Mode member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Mode = SPI_Mode_Slave; + /* initialize the SPI_DataSize member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_DataSize = SPI_DataSize_8b; + /* Initialize the SPI_CPOL member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPOL = SPI_CPOL_Low; + /* Initialize the SPI_CPHA member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPHA = SPI_CPHA_1Edge; + /* Initialize the SPI_NSS member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_NSS = SPI_NSS_Hard; + /* Initialize the SPI_BaudRatePrescaler member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_BaudRatePrescaler = SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_2; + /* Initialize the SPI_FirstBit member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_FirstBit = SPI_FirstBit_MSB; + /* Initialize the SPI_CRCPolynomial member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CRCPolynomial = 7; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified SPI peripheral. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the SPIx peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_Cmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected SPI peripheral */ + SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_SPE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected SPI peripheral */ + SPIx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_CR1_SPE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the data size for the selected SPI. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param SPI_DataSize: specifies the SPI data size. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_DataSize_16b: Set data frame format to 16bit + * @arg SPI_DataSize_8b: Set data frame format to 8bit + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_DataSizeConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_DataSize) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_DATASIZE(SPI_DataSize)); + /* Clear DFF bit */ + SPIx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~SPI_DataSize_16b; + /* Set new DFF bit value */ + SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_DataSize; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the data transfer direction in bidirectional mode for the specified SPI. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param SPI_Direction: specifies the data transfer direction in bidirectional mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_Direction_Tx: Selects Tx transmission direction + * @arg SPI_Direction_Rx: Selects Rx receive direction + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_BiDirectionalLineConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_Direction) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION(SPI_Direction)); + if (SPI_Direction == SPI_Direction_Tx) + { + /* Set the Tx only mode */ + SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_Direction_Tx; + } + else + { + /* Set the Rx only mode */ + SPIx->CR1 &= SPI_Direction_Rx; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures internally by software the NSS pin for the selected SPI. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param SPI_NSSInternalSoft: specifies the SPI NSS internal state. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Set: Set NSS pin internally + * @arg SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset: Reset NSS pin internally + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_NSSInternalSoftwareConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_NSSInternalSoft) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_NSS_INTERNAL(SPI_NSSInternalSoft)); + if (SPI_NSSInternalSoft != SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset) + { + /* Set NSS pin internally by software */ + SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Set; + } + else + { + /* Reset NSS pin internally by software */ + SPIx->CR1 &= SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the SS output for the selected SPI. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the SPIx SS output. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_SSOutputCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected SPI SS output */ + SPIx->CR2 |= (uint16_t)SPI_CR2_SSOE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected SPI SS output */ + SPIx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_CR2_SSOE); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Group2 Data transfers functions + * @brief Data transfers functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Data transfers functions + =============================================================================== + + This section provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SPI data transfers + + In reception, data are received and then stored into an internal Rx buffer while + In transmission, data are first stored into an internal Tx buffer before being + transmitted. + + The read access of the SPI_DR register can be done using the SPI_I2S_ReceiveData() + function and returns the Rx buffered value. Whereas a write access to the SPI_DR + can be done using SPI_I2S_SendData() function and stores the written data into + Tx buffer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Returns the most recent received data by the SPIx peripheral. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1 or 2 in SPI mode. + * @retval The value of the received data. + */ +uint16_t SPI_I2S_ReceiveData(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + + /* Return the data in the DR register */ + return SPIx->DR; +} + +/** + * @brief Transmits a Data through the SPIx peripheral. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1 or 2 in SPI mode. + * @param Data: Data to be transmitted. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_I2S_SendData(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t Data) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + + /* Write in the DR register the data to be sent */ + SPIx->DR = Data; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Group3 Hardware CRC Calculation functions + * @brief Hardware CRC Calculation functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Hardware CRC Calculation functions + =============================================================================== + + This section provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SPI CRC hardware + calculation + + SPI communication using CRC is possible through the following procedure: + 1. Program the Data direction, Polarity, Phase, First Data, Baud Rate Prescaler, + Slave Management, Peripheral Mode and CRC Polynomial values using the SPI_Init() + function. + 2. Enable the CRC calculation using the SPI_CalculateCRC() function. + 3. Enable the SPI using the SPI_Cmd() function + 4. Before writing the last data to the TX buffer, set the CRCNext bit using the + SPI_TransmitCRC() function to indicate that after transmission of the last + data, the CRC should be transmitted. + 5. After transmitting the last data, the SPI transmits the CRC. The SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT + bit is reset. The CRC is also received and compared against the SPI_RXCRCR + value. + If the value does not match, the SPI_FLAG_CRCERR flag is set and an interrupt + can be generated when the SPI_I2S_IT_ERR interrupt is enabled. + +Note: +----- + - It is advised to don't read the calculate CRC values during the communication. + + - When the SPI is in slave mode, be careful to enable CRC calculation only + when the clock is stable, that is, when the clock is in the steady state. + If not, a wrong CRC calculation may be done. In fact, the CRC is sensitive + to the SCK slave input clock as soon as CRCEN is set, and this, whatever + the value of the SPE bit. + + - With high bitrate frequencies, be careful when transmitting the CRC. + As the number of used CPU cycles has to be as low as possible in the CRC + transfer phase, it is forbidden to call software functions in the CRC + transmission sequence to avoid errors in the last data and CRC reception. + In fact, CRCNEXT bit has to be written before the end of the transmission/reception + of the last data. + + - For high bit rate frequencies, it is advised to use the DMA mode to avoid the + degradation of the SPI speed performance due to CPU accesses impacting the + SPI bandwidth. + + - When the STM32L15xxx are configured as slaves and the NSS hardware mode is + used, the NSS pin needs to be kept low between the data phase and the CRC + phase. + + - When the SPI is configured in slave mode with the CRC feature enabled, CRC + calculation takes place even if a high level is applied on the NSS pin. + This may happen for example in case of a multislave environment where the + communication master addresses slaves alternately. + + - Between a slave deselection (high level on NSS) and a new slave selection + (low level on NSS), the CRC value should be cleared on both master and slave + sides in order to resynchronize the master and slave for their respective + CRC calculation. + + To clear the CRC, follow the procedure below: + 1. Disable SPI using the SPI_Cmd() function + 2. Disable the CRC calculation using the SPI_CalculateCRC() function. + 3. Enable the CRC calculation using the SPI_CalculateCRC() function. + 4. Enable SPI using the SPI_Cmd() function. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the CRC value calculation of the transferred bytes. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the SPIx CRC value calculation. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_CalculateCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected SPI CRC calculation */ + SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected SPI CRC calculation */ + SPIx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_CR1_CRCEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit the SPIx CRC value. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_TransmitCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + + /* Enable the selected SPI CRC transmission */ + SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the transmit or the receive CRC register value for the specified SPI. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param SPI_CRC: specifies the CRC register to be read. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_CRC_Tx: Selects Tx CRC register + * @arg SPI_CRC_Rx: Selects Rx CRC register + * @retval The selected CRC register value.. + */ +uint16_t SPI_GetCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_CRC) +{ + uint16_t crcreg = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC(SPI_CRC)); + if (SPI_CRC != SPI_CRC_Rx) + { + /* Get the Tx CRC register */ + crcreg = SPIx->TXCRCR; + } + else + { + /* Get the Rx CRC register */ + crcreg = SPIx->RXCRCR; + } + /* Return the selected CRC register */ + return crcreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the CRC Polynomial register value for the specified SPI. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @retval The CRC Polynomial register value. + */ +uint16_t SPI_GetCRCPolynomial(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + + /* Return the CRC polynomial register */ + return SPIx->CRCPR; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Group4 DMA transfers management functions + * @brief DMA transfers management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + DMA transfers management functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the SPIx DMA interface. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1 or 2 in SPI mode + * @param SPI_I2S_DMAReq: specifies the SPI DMA transfer request to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Tx: Tx buffer DMA transfer request + * @arg SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Rx: Rx buffer DMA transfer request + * @param NewState: new state of the selected SPI DMA transfer request. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_I2S_DMACmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_DMAREQ(SPI_I2S_DMAReq)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected SPI DMA requests */ + SPIx->CR2 |= SPI_I2S_DMAReq; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected SPI DMA requests */ + SPIx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~SPI_I2S_DMAReq; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Group5 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Interrupts and flags management functions + =============================================================================== + + This section provides a set of functions allowing to configure the SPI Interrupts + sources and check or clear the flags or pending bits status. + The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage + the communication: Polling mode, Interrupt mode or DMA mode. + + Polling Mode + ============= + In Polling Mode, the SPI communication can be managed by 6 flags: + 1. SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE : to indicate the status of the transmit buffer register + 2. SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE : to indicate the status of the receive buffer register + 3. SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY : to indicate the state of the communication layer of the SPI. + 4. SPI_FLAG_CRCERR : to indicate if a CRC Calculation error occur + 5. SPI_FLAG_MODF : to indicate if a Mode Fault error occur + 6. SPI_I2S_FLAG_OVR : to indicate if an Overrun error occur + +Note: Do not use the BSY flag to handle each data transmission or reception. +----- It is better to use the TXE and RXNE flags instead. + + In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + - FlagStatus SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG); + - void SPI_I2S_ClearFlag(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG); + + Interrupt Mode + =============== + In Interrupt Mode, the SPI communication can be managed by 3 interrupt sources + and 5 pending bits: + Pending Bits: + ------------- + 1. SPI_I2S_IT_TXE : to indicate the status of the transmit buffer register + 2. SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE : to indicate the status of the receive buffer register + 3. SPI_IT_CRCERR : to indicate if a CRC Calculation error occur + 4. SPI_IT_MODF : to indicate if a Mode Fault error occur + 5. SPI_I2S_IT_OVR : to indicate if an Overrun error occur + + Interrupt Source: + ----------------- + 1. SPI_I2S_IT_TXE: specifies the interrupt source for the Tx buffer empty + interrupt. + 2. SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE : specifies the interrupt source for the Rx buffer not + empty interrupt. + 3. SPI_I2S_IT_ERR : specifies the interrupt source for the errors interrupt. + + In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + - void SPI_I2S_ITConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT, FunctionalState NewState); + - ITStatus SPI_I2S_GetITStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT); + - void SPI_I2S_ClearITPendingBit(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT); + + DMA Mode + ======== + In DMA Mode, the SPI communication can be managed by 2 DMA Channel requests: + 1. SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Tx: specifies the Tx buffer DMA transfer request + 2. SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Rx: specifies the Rx buffer DMA transfer request + + In this Mode it is advised to use the following function: + - void SPI_I2S_DMACmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState); + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified SPI interrupts. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1 or 2 in SPI mode + * @param SPI_I2S_IT: specifies the SPI interrupt source to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_TXE: Tx buffer empty interrupt mask + * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE: Rx buffer not empty interrupt mask + * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_ERR: Error interrupt mask + * @param NewState: new state of the specified SPI interrupt. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_I2S_ITConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + uint16_t itpos = 0, itmask = 0 ; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_CONFIG_IT(SPI_I2S_IT)); + + /* Get the SPI IT index */ + itpos = SPI_I2S_IT >> 4; + + /* Set the IT mask */ + itmask = (uint16_t)1 << (uint16_t)itpos; + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected SPI interrupt */ + SPIx->CR2 |= itmask; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected SPI interrupt */ + SPIx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~itmask; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified SPI flag is set or not. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1 or 2 in SPI mode + * @param SPI_I2S_FLAG: specifies the SPI flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE: Transmit buffer empty flag. + * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE: Receive buffer not empty flag. + * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY: Busy flag. + * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_OVR: Overrun flag. + * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_MODF: Mode Fault flag. + * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_CRCERR: CRC Error flag. + * @retval The new state of SPI_I2S_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_GET_FLAG(SPI_I2S_FLAG)); + + /* Check the status of the specified SPI flag */ + if ((SPIx->SR & SPI_I2S_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET) + { + /* SPI_I2S_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* SPI_I2S_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the SPI_I2S_FLAG status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the SPIx CRC Error (CRCERR) flag. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1 or 2 in SPI mode + * @param SPI_I2S_FLAG: specifies the SPI flag to clear. + * This function clears only CRCERR flag. + * @note + * - OVR (OverRun error) flag is cleared by software sequence: a read + * operation to SPI_DR register (SPI_I2S_ReceiveData()) followed by a read + * operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus()). + * - MODF (Mode Fault) flag is cleared by software sequence: a read/write + * operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a + * write operation to SPI_CR1 register (SPI_Cmd() to enable the SPI). + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_I2S_ClearFlag(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_CLEAR_FLAG(SPI_I2S_FLAG)); + + /* Clear the selected SPI CRC Error (CRCERR) flag */ + SPIx->SR = (uint16_t)~SPI_I2S_FLAG; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified SPI interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param SPIx: where x can be + * - 1 or 2 in SPI mode + * @param SPI_I2S_IT: specifies the SPI interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_TXE: Transmit buffer empty interrupt. + * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE: Receive buffer not empty interrupt. + * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_OVR: Overrun interrupt. + * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_MODF: Mode Fault interrupt. + * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_CRCERR: CRC Error interrupt. + * @retval The new state of SPI_I2S_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus SPI_I2S_GetITStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint16_t itpos = 0, itmask = 0, enablestatus = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_GET_IT(SPI_I2S_IT)); + + /* Get the SPI_I2S_IT index */ + itpos = 0x01 << (SPI_I2S_IT & 0x0F); + + /* Get the SPI_I2S_IT IT mask */ + itmask = SPI_I2S_IT >> 4; + + /* Set the IT mask */ + itmask = 0x01 << itmask; + + /* Get the SPI_I2S_IT enable bit status */ + enablestatus = (SPIx->CR2 & itmask) ; + + /* Check the status of the specified SPI interrupt */ + if (((SPIx->SR & itpos) != (uint16_t)RESET) && enablestatus) + { + /* SPI_I2S_IT is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* SPI_I2S_IT is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the SPI_I2S_IT status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the SPIx CRC Error (CRCERR) interrupt pending bit. + * @param SPIx: where x can be + * - 1 or 2 in SPI mode + * @param SPI_I2S_IT: specifies the SPI interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This function clears only CRCERR interrupt pending bit. + * @note + * - OVR (OverRun Error) interrupt pending bit is cleared by software + * sequence: a read operation to SPI_DR register (SPI_I2S_ReceiveData()) + * followed by a read operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetITStatus()). + * - MODF (Mode Fault) interrupt pending bit is cleared by software sequence: + * a read/write operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetITStatus()) + * followed by a write operation to SPI_CR1 register (SPI_Cmd() to enable + * the SPI). + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_I2S_ClearITPendingBit(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT) +{ + uint16_t itpos = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_CLEAR_IT(SPI_I2S_IT)); + + /* Get the SPI_I2S IT index */ + itpos = 0x01 << (SPI_I2S_IT & 0x0F); + + /* Clear the selected SPI CRC Error (CRCERR) interrupt pending bit */ + SPIx->SR = (uint16_t)~itpos; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_syscfg.c b/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_syscfg.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b59f8e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_syscfg.c @@ -0,0 +1,561 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l1xx_syscfg.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 31-December-2010 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the SYSCFG and RI peripherals: + * - SYSCFG Initialization and Configuration + * - RI Initialization and Configuration + * + * @verbatim + * + * =================================================================== + * How to use this driver + * =================================================================== + * + * This driver provides functions for: + * + * 1. Remapping the memory accessible in the code area using + * SYSCFG_MemoryRemapConfig() + * 2. Manage the EXTI lines connection to the GPIOs using + * SYSCFG_EXTILineConfig(). + * 3. Routing of I/Os toward the input captures of timers (TIM2, TIM3 and TIM4). + * 4. Input routing of COMP1 and COMP2 + * 5. Routing of internal reference voltage VREFINT to PB0 and PB1. + * + * 6. The RI registers can be accessed only when the comparator + * APB interface clock is enabled. + * To enable comparator clock use: + * RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_COMP, ENABLE); + * + * Following functions uses RI registers: + * - SYSCFG_RIDeInit() + * - SYSCFG_RITIMSelect() + * - SYSCFG_RITIMInputCaptureConfig() + * - SYSCFG_RIResistorConfig() + * - SYSCFG_RIIOSwitchConfig() + * - SYSCFG_RISwitchControlModeCmd() + * - SYSCFG_RIHysteresisConfig() + * + * 7- The SYSCFG registers can be accessed only when the SYSCFG + * interface APB clock is enabled. + * To enable SYSCFG APB clock use: + * RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG, ENABLE); + * + * Following functions uses SYSCFG registers: + * - SYSCFG_MemoryRemapConfig() + * - SYSCFG_USBPuCmd() + * - SYSCFG_EXTILineConfig() + * + * @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l1xx_syscfg.h" +#include "stm32l1xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG + * @brief SYSCFG driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#define TIM_SELECT_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFCFFFF) /*!< TIM select mask */ +#define IC_ROUTING_MASK ((uint32_t)0x0000000F) /*!< Input Capture routing mask */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_Group1 SYSCFG Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief SYSCFG Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + SYSCFG Initialization and Configuration functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the SYSCFG registers to their default reset values. + * @param None + * @retval None + * @ Note: MEMRMP bits are not reset by APB2 reset. + */ +void SYSCFG_DeInit(void) +{ + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG, DISABLE); +} + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the RI registers to their default reset values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void SYSCFG_RIDeInit(void) +{ + RI->ICR = ((uint32_t)0x00000000); /*!< Set RI->ICR to reset value */ + RI->ASCR1 = ((uint32_t)0x00000000); /*!< Set RI->ASCR1 to reset value */ + RI->ASCR2 = ((uint32_t)0x00000000); /*!< Set RI->ASCR2 to reset value */ + RI->HYSCR1 = ((uint32_t)0x00000000); /*!< Set RI->HYSCR1 to reset value */ + RI->HYSCR2 = ((uint32_t)0x00000000); /*!< Set RI->HYSCR2 to reset value */ + RI->HYSCR3 = ((uint32_t)0x00000000); /*!< Set RI->HYSCR3 to reset value */ +} + +/** + * @brief Changes the mapping of the specified memory. + * @param SYSCFG_Memory: selects the memory remapping. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_Flash: Main Flash memory mapped at 0x00000000 + * @arg SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SystemFlash: System Flash memory mapped at 0x00000000 + * @arg SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SRAM: Embedded SRAM mapped at 0x00000000 + * @retval None + */ +void SYSCFG_MemoryRemapConfig(uint8_t SYSCFG_MemoryRemap) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_MEMORY_REMAP_CONFING(SYSCFG_MemoryRemap)); + SYSCFG->MEMRMP = SYSCFG_MemoryRemap; +} + +/** + * @brief Control the internal pull-up on USB DP line. + * @param NewState: New state of the internal pull-up on USB DP line. + * This parameter can be ENABLE: Connect internal pull-up on USB DP line. + * or DISABLE: Disconnect internal pull-up on USB DP line. + * @retval None + */ +void SYSCFG_USBPuCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Connect internal pull-up on USB DP line */ + SYSCFG->PMC |= (uint32_t) SYSCFG_PMC_USB_PU; + } + else + { + /* Disconnect internal pull-up on USB DP line */ + SYSCFG->PMC &= (uint32_t)(~SYSCFG_PMC_USB_PU); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the GPIO pin used as EXTI Line. + * @param EXTI_PortSourceGPIOx : selects the GPIO port to be used as source + * for EXTI lines where x can be (A, B, C, D, E or H). + * @param EXTI_PinSourcex: specifies the EXTI line to be configured. + * This parameter can be EXTI_PinSourcex where x can be (0..15) + * @retval None + */ +void SYSCFG_EXTILineConfig(uint8_t EXTI_PortSourceGPIOx, uint8_t EXTI_PinSourcex) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0x00; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_EXTI_PORT_SOURCE(EXTI_PortSourceGPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_EXTI_PIN_SOURCE(EXTI_PinSourcex)); + + tmp = ((uint32_t)0x0F) << (0x04 * (EXTI_PinSourcex & (uint8_t)0x03)); + SYSCFG->EXTICR[EXTI_PinSourcex >> 0x02] &= ~tmp; + SYSCFG->EXTICR[EXTI_PinSourcex >> 0x02] |= (((uint32_t)EXTI_PortSourceGPIOx) << (0x04 * (EXTI_PinSourcex & (uint8_t)0x03))); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_Group2 RI Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief RI Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + RI Initialization and Configuration functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the routing interface to select which Timer to be routed. + * @note Routing capability can be applied only on one of the three timers + * (TIM2, TIM3 or TIM4) at a time. + * @param TIM_Select: Timer select. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_Select_None: No timer selected and default Timer mapping is enabled. + * @arg TIM_Select_TIM2: Timer 2 Input Captures to be routed. + * @arg TIM_Select_TIM3: Timer 3 Input Captures to be routed. + * @arg TIM_Select_TIM4: Timer 4 Input Captures to be routed. + * @retval None. + */ +void SYSCFG_RITIMSelect(uint32_t TIM_Select) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RI_TIM(TIM_Select)); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = RI->ICR; + + /* Clear the TIMx select bits */ + tmpreg &= TIM_SELECT_MASK; + + /* Select the Timer */ + tmpreg |= (TIM_Select); + + /* Write to RI->ICR register */ + RI->ICR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the routing interface to map Input Capture 1, 2, 3 or 4 + * to a selected I/O pin. + * @param RI_InputCapture selects which input capture to be routed. + * This parameter can be one (or combination) of the following parameters: + * @arg RI_InputCapture_IC1: Input capture 1 is selected. + * @arg RI_InputCapture_IC2: Input capture 2 is selected. + * @arg RI_InputCapture_IC3: Input capture 3 is selected. + * @arg RI_InputCapture_IC4: Input capture 4 is selected. + * @param RI_InputCaptureRouting: selects which pin to be routed to Input Capture. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RI_InputCaptureRouting_0 to RI_InputCaptureRouting_15 + * e.g. + * SYSCFG_RITIMSelect(TIM_Select_TIM2) + * SYSCFG_RITIMInputCaptureConfig(RI_InputCapture_IC1, RI_InputCaptureRouting_1) + * allows routing of Input capture IC1 of TIM2 to PA4. + * For details about correspondence between RI_InputCaptureRouting_x + * and I/O pins refer to the parameters' description in the header file + * or refer to the product reference manual. + * @note Input capture selection bits are not reset by this function. + * To reset input capture selection bits, use SYSCFG_RIDeInit() function. + * @note The I/O should be configured in alternate function mode (AF14) using + * GPIO_PinAFConfig() function. + * @retval None. + */ +void SYSCFG_RITIMInputCaptureConfig(uint32_t RI_InputCapture, uint32_t RI_InputCaptureRouting) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RI_INPUTCAPTURE(RI_InputCapture)); + assert_param(IS_RI_INPUTCAPTURE_ROUTING(RI_InputCaptureRouting)); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = RI->ICR; + + /* Select input captures to be routed */ + tmpreg |= (RI_InputCapture); + + if((RI_InputCapture & RI_InputCapture_IC1) == RI_InputCapture_IC1) + { + /* Clear the input capture select bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)(~IC_ROUTING_MASK); + + /* Set RI_InputCaptureRouting bits */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)( RI_InputCaptureRouting); + } + + if((RI_InputCapture & RI_InputCapture_IC2) == RI_InputCapture_IC2) + { + /* Clear the input capture select bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)(~(IC_ROUTING_MASK << 4)); + + /* Set RI_InputCaptureRouting bits */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)( (RI_InputCaptureRouting << 4)); + } + + if((RI_InputCapture & RI_InputCapture_IC3) == RI_InputCapture_IC3) + { + /* Clear the input capture select bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)(~(IC_ROUTING_MASK << 8)); + + /* Set RI_InputCaptureRouting bits */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)( (RI_InputCaptureRouting << 8)); + } + + if((RI_InputCapture & RI_InputCapture_IC4) == RI_InputCapture_IC4) + { + /* Clear the input capture select bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)(~(IC_ROUTING_MASK << 12)); + + /* Set RI_InputCaptureRouting bits */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)( (RI_InputCaptureRouting << 12)); + } + + /* Write to RI->ICR register */ + RI->ICR = tmpreg; +} +/** + * @brief Configures the Pull-up and Pull-down Resistors + * @param RI_Resistor selects the resistor to connect. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RI_Resistor_10KPU: 10K pull-up resistor + * @arg RI_Resistor_400KPU: 400K pull-up resistor + * @arg RI_Resistor_10KPD: 10K pull-down resistor + * @arg RI_Resistor_400KPD: 400K pull-down resistor + * @param NewState: New state of the analog switch associated to the selected + * resistor. + * This parameter can be: + * ENABLE so the selected resistor is connected + * or DISABLE so the selected resistor is disconnected + * @note To avoid extra power consumption, only one resistor should be enabled + * at a time. + * @retval None + */ +void SYSCFG_RIResistorConfig(uint32_t RI_Resistor, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RI_RESISTOR(RI_Resistor)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the resistor */ + COMP->CSR |= (uint32_t) RI_Resistor; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Resistor */ + COMP->CSR &= (uint32_t) (~RI_Resistor); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Close or Open the routing interface Input Output switches. + * @param RI_IOSwitch: selects the I/O analog switch number. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RI_IOSwitch_CH0 --> RI_IOSwitch_CH15 + * @arg RI_IOSwitch_CH18 --> RI_IOSwitch_CH25 + * @arg RI_IOSwitch_GR10_1 --> RI_IOSwitch_GR10_4 + * @arg RI_IOSwitch_GR6_1 --> RI_IOSwitch_GR6_2 + * @arg RI_IOSwitch_GR5_1 --> RI_IOSwitch_GR5_3 + * @arg RI_IOSwitch_GR4_1 --> RI_IOSwitch_GR4_3 + * @arg RI_IOSwitch_VCOMP + * @param NewState: New state of the analog switch. + * This parameter can be + * ENABLE so the Input Output switch is closed + * or DISABLE so the Input Output switch is open + * @retval None + */ +void SYSCFG_RIIOSwitchConfig(uint32_t RI_IOSwitch, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + uint32_t ioswitchmask = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RI_IOSWITCH(RI_IOSwitch)); + + /* Read Analog switch register index */ + ioswitchmask = RI_IOSwitch >> 31; + + /* Get Bits[30:0] of the IO switch */ + RI_IOSwitch &= 0x7FFFFFFF; + + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + if (ioswitchmask != 0) + { + /* Close the analog switches */ + RI->ASCR1 |= RI_IOSwitch; + } + else + { + /* Open the analog switches */ + RI->ASCR2 |= RI_IOSwitch; + } + } + else + { + if (ioswitchmask != 0) + { + /* Close the analog switches */ + RI->ASCR1 &= (~ (uint32_t)RI_IOSwitch); + } + else + { + /* Open the analog switches */ + RI->ASCR2 &= (~ (uint32_t)RI_IOSwitch); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enable or disable the switch control mode. + * @param NewState: New state of the switch control mode. This parameter can + * be ENABLE: ADC analog switches closed if the corresponding + * I/O switch is also closed. + * When using COMP1 switch control mode must be enabled. + * or DISABLE: ADC analog switches open or controlled by the ADC interface. + * When using the ADC for acquisition switch control mode + * must be disabled. + * @note COMP1 comparator and ADC cannot be used at the same time since + * they share the ADC switch matrix. + * @retval None + */ +void SYSCFG_RISwitchControlModeCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the Switch control mode */ + RI->ASCR1 |= (uint32_t) RI_ASCR1_SCM; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Switch control mode */ + RI->ASCR1 &= (uint32_t)(~RI_ASCR1_SCM); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enable or disable Hysteresis of the input schmitt triger of Ports A..E + * When the I/Os are programmed in input mode by standard I/O port + * registers, the Schmitt trigger and the hysteresis are enabled by default. + * When hysteresis is disabled, it is possible to read the + * corresponding port with a trigger level of VDDIO/2. + * @param RI_Port: selects the GPIO Port. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RI_PortA : Port A is selected + * @arg RI_PortB : Port B is selected + * @arg RI_PortC : Port C is selected + * @arg RI_PortD : Port D is selected + * @arg RI_PortE : Port E is selected + * @param RI_Pin : Selects the pin(s) on which to enable or disable hysteresis. + * This parameter can any value from RI_Pin_x where x can be (0..15) or RI_Pin_All. + * @param NewState new state of the Hysteresis. + * This parameter can be: + * ENABLE so the Hysteresis is on + * or DISABLE so the Hysteresis is off + * @retval None + */ +void SYSCFG_RIHysteresisConfig(uint8_t RI_Port, uint16_t RI_Pin, + FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RI_PORT(RI_Port)); + assert_param(IS_RI_PIN(RI_Pin)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if(RI_Port == RI_PortA) + { + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Hysteresis on */ + RI->HYSCR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)RI_Pin); + } + else + { + /* Hysteresis off */ + RI->HYSCR1 |= (uint32_t) RI_Pin; + } + } + + else if(RI_Port == RI_PortB) + { + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Hysteresis on */ + RI->HYSCR1 &= (uint32_t) (~((uint32_t)RI_Pin) << 16); + } + else + { + /* Hysteresis off */ + RI->HYSCR1 |= (uint32_t) ((uint32_t)(RI_Pin) << 16); + } + } + + else if(RI_Port == RI_PortC) + { + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Hysteresis on */ + RI->HYSCR2 &= (uint32_t) (~((uint32_t)RI_Pin)); + } + else + { + /* Hysteresis off */ + RI->HYSCR2 |= (uint32_t) (RI_Pin ); + } + } + else if(RI_Port == RI_PortD) + { + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Hysteresis on */ + RI->HYSCR2 &= (uint32_t) (~((uint32_t)RI_Pin) << 16); + } + else + { + /* Hysteresis off */ + RI->HYSCR2 |= (uint32_t) ((uint32_t)(RI_Pin) << 16); + + } + } + else /* RI_Port == RI_PortE */ + { + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Hysteresis on */ + RI->HYSCR3 &= (uint32_t) (~((uint32_t)RI_Pin)); + } + else + { + /* Hysteresis off */ + RI->HYSCR3 |= (uint32_t) (RI_Pin ); + } + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_tim.c b/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_tim.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7ed230 --- /dev/null +++ b/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_tim.c @@ -0,0 +1,2832 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l1xx_tim.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 31-December-2010 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the TIM peripheral: + * - TimeBase management + * - Output Compare management + * - Input Capture management + * - Interrupts, DMA and flags management + * - Clocks management + * - Synchronization management + * - Specific interface management + * - Specific remapping management + * + * @verbatim + * + * =================================================================== + * How to use this driver + * =================================================================== + * This driver provides functions to configure and program the TIM + * of all STM32L1xx devices + * These functions are split in 8 groups: + * + * 1. TIM TimeBase management: this group includes all needed functions + * to configure the TM Timebase unit: + * - Set/Get Prescaler + * - Set/Get Autoreload + * - Counter modes configuration + * - Set Clock division + * - Select the One Pulse mode + * - Update Request Configuration + * - Update Disable Configuration + * - Auto-Preload Configuration + * - Enable/Disable the counter + * + * 2. TIM Output Compare management: this group includes all needed + * functions to configure the Capture/Compare unit used in Output + * compare mode: + * - Configure each channel, independently, in Output Compare mode + * - Select the output compare modes + * - Select the Polarities of each channel + * - Set/Get the Capture/Compare register values + * - Select the Output Compare Fast mode + * - Select the Output Compare Forced mode + * - Output Compare-Preload Configuration + * - Clear Output Compare Reference + * - Select the OCREF Clear signal + * - Enable/Disable the Capture/Compare Channels + * + * 3. TIM Input Capture management: this group includes all needed + * functions to configure the Capture/Compare unit used in + * Input Capture mode: + * - Configure each channel in input capture mode + * - Configure Channel1/2 in PWM Input mode + * - Set the Input Capture Prescaler + * - Get the Capture/Compare values + * + * 4. TIM interrupts, DMA and flags management + * - Enable/Disable interrupt sources + * - Get flags status + * - Clear flags/ Pending bits + * - Enable/Disable DMA requests + * - Configure DMA burst mode + * - Select CaptureCompare DMA request + * + * 5. TIM clocks management: this group includes all needed functions + * to configure the clock controller unit: + * - Select internal/External clock + * - Select the external clock mode: ETR(Mode1/Mode2), TIx or ITRx + * + * 6. TIM synchronization management: this group includes all needed + * functions to configure the Synchronization unit: + * - Select Input Trigger + * - Select Output Trigger + * - Select Master Slave Mode + * - ETR Configuration when used as external trigger + * + * 7. TIM specific interface management, this group includes all + * needed functions to use the specific TIM interface: + * - Encoder Interface Configuration + * - Select Hall Sensor + * + * 8. TIM specific remapping management includes the Remapping + * configuration of specific timers + * + * @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l1xx_tim.h" +#include "stm32l1xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM + * @brief TIM driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* ---------------------- TIM registers bit mask ------------------------ */ +#define SMCR_ETR_MASK ((uint16_t)0x00FF) +#define CCMR_OFFSET ((uint16_t)0x0018) +#define CCER_CCE_SET ((uint16_t)0x0001) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ + +static void TI1_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter); +static void TI2_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter); +static void TI3_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter); +static void TI4_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter); +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Group1 TimeBase management functions + * @brief TimeBase management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + TimeBase management functions + =============================================================================== + + =================================================================== + TIM Driver: how to use it in Timing(Time base) Mode + =================================================================== + To use the Timer in Timing(Time base) mode, the following steps are mandatory: + + 1. Enable TIM clock using RCC_APBxPeriphClockCmd(RCC_APBxPeriph_TIMx, ENABLE) function + + 2. Fill the TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct with the desired parameters. + + 3. Call TIM_TimeBaseInit(TIMx, &TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct) to configure the Time Base unit + with the corresponding configuration + + 4. Enable the NVIC if you need to generate the update interrupt. + + 5. Enable the corresponding interrupt using the function TIM_ITConfig(TIMx, TIM_IT_Update) + + 6. Call the TIM_Cmd(ENABLE) function to enable the TIM counter. + + Note1: All other functions can be used seperatly to modify, if needed, + a specific feature of the Timer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the TIMx peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2 to 11 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + * + */ +void TIM_DeInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + if (TIMx == TIM2) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM3) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM4) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4, DISABLE); + } + + else if (TIMx == TIM6) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM7) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7, DISABLE); + } + + else if (TIMx == TIM9) + { + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM9, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM9, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM10) + { + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM10, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM10, DISABLE); + } + else + { + if (TIMx == TIM11) + { + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM11, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM11, DISABLE); + } + } + +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIMx Time Base Unit peripheral according to + * the specified parameters in the TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2 to 11 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef + * structure that contains the configuration information for + * the specified TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_TimeBaseInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef* TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct) +{ + uint16_t tmpcr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_CounterMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CKD_DIV(TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_ClockDivision)); + + tmpcr1 = TIMx->CR1; + + if(((TIMx) == TIM2) || ((TIMx) == TIM3) || ((TIMx) == TIM4)) + { + /* Select the Counter Mode */ + tmpcr1 &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)(TIM_CR1_DIR | TIM_CR1_CMS))); + tmpcr1 |= (uint32_t)TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_CounterMode; + } + + if(((TIMx) != TIM6) && ((TIMx) != TIM7)) + { + /* Set the clock division */ + tmpcr1 &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CR1_CKD)); + tmpcr1 |= (uint32_t)TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_ClockDivision; + } + + TIMx->CR1 = tmpcr1; + + /* Set the Autoreload value */ + TIMx->ARR = TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Period ; + + /* Set the Prescaler value */ + TIMx->PSC = TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Prescaler; + + /* Generate an update event to reload the Prescaler value immediatly */ + TIMx->EGR = TIM_PSCReloadMode_Immediate; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct : pointer to a TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef + * structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_TimeBaseStructInit(TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef* TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct) +{ + /* Set the default configuration */ + TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Period = 0xFFFF; + TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Prescaler = 0x0000; + TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_ClockDivision = TIM_CKD_DIV1; + TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_CounterMode = TIM_CounterMode_Up; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Prescaler. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2 to 11 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param Prescaler: specifies the Prescaler Register value + * @param TIM_PSCReloadMode: specifies the TIM Prescaler Reload mode + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_PSCReloadMode_Update: The Prescaler is loaded at the update event. + * @arg TIM_PSCReloadMode_Immediate: The Prescaler is loaded immediatly. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_PrescalerConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Prescaler, uint16_t TIM_PSCReloadMode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_PRESCALER_RELOAD(TIM_PSCReloadMode)); + + /* Set the Prescaler value */ + TIMx->PSC = Prescaler; + /* Set or reset the UG Bit */ + TIMx->EGR = TIM_PSCReloadMode; +} + +/** + * @brief Specifies the TIMx Counter Mode to be used. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3 or 4 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_CounterMode: specifies the Counter Mode to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CounterMode_Up: TIM Up Counting Mode + * @arg TIM_CounterMode_Down: TIM Down Counting Mode + * @arg TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned1: TIM Center Aligned Mode1 + * @arg TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned2: TIM Center Aligned Mode2 + * @arg TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned3: TIM Center Aligned Mode3 + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_CounterModeConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_CounterMode) +{ + uint16_t tmpcr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(TIM_CounterMode)); + + tmpcr1 = TIMx->CR1; + /* Reset the CMS and DIR Bits */ + tmpcr1 &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)(TIM_CR1_DIR | TIM_CR1_CMS))); + /* Set the Counter Mode */ + tmpcr1 |= TIM_CounterMode; + /* Write to TIMx CR1 register */ + TIMx->CR1 = tmpcr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Counter Register value + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2 to 11 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param Counter: specifies the Counter register new value. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Counter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Set the Counter Register value */ + TIMx->CNT = Counter; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Autoreload Register value + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2 to 11 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param Autoreload: specifies the Autoreload register new value. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetAutoreload(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Autoreload) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Set the Autoreload Register value */ + TIMx->ARR = Autoreload; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the TIMx Counter value. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2 to 11 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @retval Counter Register value. + */ +uint32_t TIM_GetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Get the Counter Register value */ + return TIMx->CNT; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the TIMx Prescaler value. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2 to 11 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @retval Prescaler Register value. + */ +uint16_t TIM_GetPrescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Get the Prescaler Register value */ + return TIMx->PSC; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or Disables the TIMx Update event. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2 to 11 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the TIMx UDIS bit + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_UpdateDisableConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the Update Disable Bit */ + TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_UDIS; + } + else + { + /* Reset the Update Disable Bit */ + TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CR1_UDIS); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Update Request Interrupt source. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2 to 11 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_UpdateSource: specifies the Update source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_UpdateSource_Regular: Source of update is the counter overflow/underflow + or the setting of UG bit, or an update generation + through the slave mode controller. + * @arg TIM_UpdateSource_Global: Source of update is counter overflow/underflow. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_UpdateRequestConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_UpdateSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_UPDATE_SOURCE(TIM_UpdateSource)); + + if (TIM_UpdateSource != TIM_UpdateSource_Global) + { + /* Set the URS Bit */ + TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_URS; + } + else + { + /* Reset the URS Bit */ + TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CR1_URS); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables TIMx peripheral Preload register on ARR. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2 to 11 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ARRPreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the ARR Preload Bit */ + TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_ARPE; + } + else + { + /* Reset the ARR Preload Bit */ + TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CR1_ARPE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the TIMx’s One Pulse Mode. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2 to 11 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OPMode: specifies the OPM Mode to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OPMode_Single + * @arg TIM_OPMode_Repetitive + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectOnePulseMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OPMode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_MODE(TIM_OPMode)); + + /* Reset the OPM Bit */ + TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CR1_OPM); + /* Configure the OPM Mode */ + TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_OPMode; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Clock Division value. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 9, 10 or 11 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_CKD: specifies the clock division value. + * This parameter can be one of the following value: + * @arg TIM_CKD_DIV1: TDTS = Tck_tim + * @arg TIM_CKD_DIV2: TDTS = 2*Tck_tim + * @arg TIM_CKD_DIV4: TDTS = 4*Tck_tim + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetClockDivision(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_CKD) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CKD_DIV(TIM_CKD)); + + /* Reset the CKD Bits */ + TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CR1_CKD); + /* Set the CKD value */ + TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CKD; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified TIM peripheral. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2 to 11 to select the TIMx peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the TIMx peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_Cmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the TIM Counter */ + TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_CEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the TIM Counter */ + TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CR1_CEN)); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Group2 Output Compare management functions + * @brief Output Compare management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Output Compare management functions + =============================================================================== + + =================================================================== + TIM Driver: how to use it in Output Compare Mode + =================================================================== + To use the Timer in Output Compare mode, the following steps are mandatory: + + 1. Enable TIM clock using RCC_APBxPeriphClockCmd(RCC_APBxPeriph_TIMx, ENABLE) function + + 2. Configure the TIM pins by configuring the corresponding GPIO pins + + 2. Configure the Time base unit as described in the first part of this driver, if needed, + else the Timer will run with the default configuration: + - Autoreload value = 0xFFFF + - Prescaler value = 0x0000 + - Counter mode = Up counting + - Clock Division = TIM_CKD_DIV1 + + 3. Fill the TIM_OCInitStruct with the desired parameters including: + - The TIM Output Compare mode: TIM_OCMode + - TIM Output State: TIM_OutputState + - TIM Pulse value: TIM_Pulse + - TIM Output Compare Polarity : TIM_OCPolarity + + 4. Call TIM_OCxInit(TIMx, &TIM_OCInitStruct) to configure the desired channel with the + corresponding configuration + + 5. Call the TIM_Cmd(ENABLE) function to enable the TIM counter. + + Note1: All other functions can be used separately to modify, if needed, + a specific feature of the Timer. + + Note2: In case of PWM mode, this function is mandatory: + TIM_OCxPreloadConfig(TIMx, TIM_OCPreload_ENABLE); + + Note3: If the corresponding interrupt or DMA request are needed, the user should: + 1. Enable the NVIC (or the DMA) to use the TIM interrupts (or DMA requests). + 2. Enable the corresponding interrupt (or DMA request) using the function + TIM_ITConfig(TIMx, TIM_IT_CCx) (or TIM_DMA_Cmd(TIMx, TIM_DMA_CCx)) + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel1 according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_OCInitStruct. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 9, 10 or 11 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure + * that contains the configuration information for the specified TIM + * peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC1Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity)); + /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)(~(uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC1E); + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC1M)); + tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_CC1S)); + + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode; + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC1P)); + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity; + + /* Set the Output State */ + tmpccer |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR1 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel2 according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_OCInitStruct. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4 or 9 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure + * that contains the configuration information for the specified TIM + * peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC2Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity)); + /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2E)); + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC2M)); + + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode << 8); + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2P)); + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity << 4); + + /* Set the Output State */ + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState << 4); + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR2 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel3 according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_OCInitStruct. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3 or 4 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure + * that contains the configuration information for the specified TIM + * peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC3Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity)); + + /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC3E)); + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC3M)); + + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode; + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC3P)); + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity << 8); + + /* Set the Output State */ + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState << 8); + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR3 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel4 according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_OCInitStruct. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3 or 4 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure + * that contains the configuration information for the specified TIM + * peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC4Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity)); + + /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC4E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC4E)); + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC4M)); + + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode << 8); + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC4P)); + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity << 12); + + /* Set the Output State */ + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState << 12); + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR4 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each TIM_OCInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param TIM_OCInitStruct : pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OCStructInit(TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct) +{ + /* Set the default configuration */ + TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode = TIM_OCMode_Timing; + TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState = TIM_OutputState_Disable; + TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse = 0x0000; + TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity = TIM_OCPolarity_High; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the TIM Output Compare Mode. + * @note This function disables the selected channel before changing the Output + * Compare Mode. + * User has to enable this channel using TIM_CCxCmd and TIM_CCxNCmd functions. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 9, 10 or 11 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_Channel: specifies the TIM Channel + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1 + * @arg TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2 + * @arg TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3 + * @arg TIM_Channel_4: TIM Channel 4 + * @param TIM_OCMode: specifies the TIM Output Compare Mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCMode_Timing + * @arg TIM_OCMode_Active + * @arg TIM_OCMode_Toggle + * @arg TIM_OCMode_PWM1 + * @arg TIM_OCMode_PWM2 + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectOCxM(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_OCMode) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + uint16_t tmp1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCM(TIM_OCMode)); + + tmp = (uint32_t) TIMx; + tmp += CCMR_OFFSET; + + tmp1 = CCER_CCE_SET << (uint16_t)TIM_Channel; + + /* Disable the Channel: Reset the CCxE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t) ~tmp1; + + if((TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_1) ||(TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_3)) + { + tmp += (TIM_Channel>>1); + + /* Reset the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC1M); + + /* Configure the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp |= TIM_OCMode; + } + else + { + tmp += (uint16_t)(TIM_Channel - (uint16_t)4)>> (uint16_t)1; + + /* Reset the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC2M); + + /* Configure the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCMode << 8); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare1 Register value + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 9, 10 or 11 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param Compare1: specifies the Capture Compare1 register new value. + * @retval None + + */ +void TIM_SetCompare1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare1) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Set the Capture Compare1 Register value */ + TIMx->CCR1 = Compare1; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare2 Register value + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4 or 9 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param Compare2: specifies the Capture Compare2 register new value. + * @retval None + + */ +void TIM_SetCompare2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare2) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Set the Capture Compare2 Register value */ + TIMx->CCR2 = Compare2; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare3 Register value + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3 or 4 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param Compare3: specifies the Capture Compare3 register new value. + * @retval None + + */ +void TIM_SetCompare3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare3) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Set the Capture Compare3 Register value */ + TIMx->CCR3 = Compare3; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare4 Register value + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3 or 4 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param Compare4: specifies the Capture Compare4 register new value. + * @retval None + + */ +void TIM_SetCompare4(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare4) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Set the Capture Compare4 Register value */ + TIMx->CCR4 = Compare4; +} + +/** + * @brief Forces the TIMx output 1 waveform to active or inactive level. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 9, 10 or 11 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC1REF + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC1REF. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ForcedOC1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction)); + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + /* Reset the OC1M Bits */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC1M); + /* Configure The Forced output Mode */ + tmpccmr1 |= TIM_ForcedAction; + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Forces the TIMx output 2 waveform to active or inactive level. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4 or 9 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC2REF + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC2REF. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ForcedOC2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction)); + + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + /* Reset the OC2M Bits */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC2M); + /* Configure The Forced output Mode */ + tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ForcedAction << 8); + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Forces the TIMx output 3 waveform to active or inactive level. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3 or 4 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC3REF + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC3REF. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ForcedOC3Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction)); + + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + /* Reset the OC1M Bits */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC3M); + /* Configure The Forced output Mode */ + tmpccmr2 |= TIM_ForcedAction; + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; +} + +/** + * @brief Forces the TIMx output 4 waveform to active or inactive level. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3 or 4 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC4REF + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC4REF. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ForcedOC4Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction)); + + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + /* Reset the OC2M Bits */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC4M); + /* Configure The Forced output Mode */ + tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ForcedAction << 8); + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR1. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 9, 10 or 11 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC1PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload)); + + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + /* Reset the OC1PE Bit */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC1PE); + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */ + tmpccmr1 |= TIM_OCPreload; + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR2. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4 or 9 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC2PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload)); + + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + /* Reset the OC2PE Bit */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC2PE); + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */ + tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCPreload << 8); + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR3. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3 or 4 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC3PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload)); + + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + /* Reset the OC3PE Bit */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC3PE); + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */ + tmpccmr2 |= TIM_OCPreload; + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR4. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3 or 4 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC4PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload)); + + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + /* Reset the OC4PE Bit */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC4PE); + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */ + tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCPreload << 8); + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Output Compare 1 Fast feature. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 9, 10 or 11 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable + * @arg TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC1FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast)); + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + /* Reset the OC1FE Bit */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC1FE); + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */ + tmpccmr1 |= TIM_OCFast; + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Output Compare 2 Fast feature. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4 or 9 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable + * @arg TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC2FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast)); + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + /* Reset the OC2FE Bit */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC2FE); + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */ + tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCFast << 8); + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Output Compare 3 Fast feature. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3 or 4 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable + * @arg TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC3FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast)); + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + /* Reset the OC3FE Bit */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC3FE); + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */ + tmpccmr2 |= TIM_OCFast; + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Output Compare 4 Fast feature. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3 or 4 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable + * @arg TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC4FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast)); + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + /* Reset the OC4FE Bit */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC4FE); + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */ + tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCFast << 8); + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF1 signal on an external event + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 9, 10 or 11 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ClearOC1Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear)); + + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + /* Reset the OC1CE Bit */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE); + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */ + tmpccmr1 |= TIM_OCClear; + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF2 signal on an external event + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4 or 9 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit. + + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ClearOC2Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear)); + + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + /* Reset the OC2CE Bit */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE); + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */ + tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCClear << 8); + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF3 signal on an external event + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3 or 4 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ClearOC3Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear)); + + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + /* Reset the OC3CE Bit */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE); + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */ + tmpccmr2 |= TIM_OCClear; + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF4 signal on an external event + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3 or 4 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ClearOC4Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear)); + + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + /* Reset the OC4CE Bit */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE); + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */ + tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCClear << 8); + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx channel 1 polarity. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 9, 10 or 11 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC1 Polarity + * This parmeter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC1PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity) +{ + uint16_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity)); + + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Set or Reset the CC1P Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC1P); + tmpccer |= TIM_OCPolarity; + /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx channel 2 polarity. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4 or 9 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC2 Polarity + * This parmeter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC2PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity) +{ + uint16_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity)); + + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Set or Reset the CC2P Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2P); + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCPolarity << 4); + /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx channel 3 polarity. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3 or 4 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC3 Polarity + * This parmeter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC3PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity) +{ + uint16_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity)); + + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Set or Reset the CC3P Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC3P); + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCPolarity << 8); + /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx channel 4 polarity. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3 or 4 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC4 Polarity + * This parmeter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC4PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity) +{ + uint16_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity)); + + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Set or Reset the CC4P Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC4P); + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCPolarity << 12); + /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the OCReference Clear source. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3 or 4 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCReferenceClear: specifies the OCReference Clear source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCReferenceClear_ETRF: The internal OCreference clear input is connected to ETRF. + * @arg TIM_OCReferenceClear_OCREFCLR: The internal OCreference clear input is connected to OCREF_CLR input. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectOCREFClear(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCReferenceClear) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(TIM_OCREFERENCECECLEAR_SOURCE(TIM_OCReferenceClear)); + + /* Set the TIM_OCReferenceClear source */ + TIMx->SMCR &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_SMCR_OCCS); + TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_OCReferenceClear; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel x. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 9, 10 or 11 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_Channel: specifies the TIM Channel + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1 + * @arg TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2 + * @arg TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3 + * @arg TIM_Channel_4: TIM Channel 4 + * @param TIM_CCx: specifies the TIM Channel CCxE bit new state. + * This parameter can be: TIM_CCx_Enable or TIM_CCx_Disable. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_CCxCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_CCx) +{ + uint16_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX(TIM_CCx)); + + tmp = CCER_CCE_SET << TIM_Channel; + + /* Reset the CCxE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~ tmp; + + /* Set or reset the CCxE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER |= (uint16_t)(TIM_CCx << TIM_Channel); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Group3 Input Capture management functions + * @brief Input Capture management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Input Capture management functions + =============================================================================== + + =================================================================== + TIM Driver: how to use it in Input Capture Mode + =================================================================== + To use the Timer in Input Capture mode, the following steps are mandatory: + + 1. Enable TIM clock using RCC_APBxPeriphClockCmd(RCC_APBxPeriph_TIMx, ENABLE) function + + 2. Configure the TIM pins by configuring the corresponding GPIO pins + + 2. Configure the Time base unit as described in the first part of this driver, if needed, + else the Timer will run with the default configuration: + - Autoreload value = 0xFFFF + - Prescaler value = 0x0000 + - Counter mode = Up counting + - Clock Division = TIM_CKD_DIV1 + + 3. Fill the TIM_ICInitStruct with the desired parameters including: + - TIM Channel: TIM_Channel + - TIM Input Capture polarity: TIM_ICPolarity + - TIM Input Capture selection: TIM_ICSelection + - TIM Input Capture Prescaler: TIM_ICPrescaler + - TIM Input CApture filter value: TIM_ICFilter + + 4. Call TIM_ICInit(TIMx, &TIM_ICInitStruct) to configure the desired channel with the + corresponding configuration and to measure only frequency or duty cycle of the input signal, + or, + Call TIM_PWMIConfig(TIMx, &TIM_ICInitStruct) to configure the desired channels with the + corresponding configuration and to measure the frequency and the duty cycle of the input signal + + 5. Enable the NVIC or the DMA to read the measured frequency. + + 6. Enable the corresponding interrupt (or DMA request) to read the Captured value, + using the function TIM_ITConfig(TIMx, TIM_IT_CCx) (or TIM_DMA_Cmd(TIMx, TIM_DMA_CCx)) + + 7. Call the TIM_Cmd(ENABLE) function to enable the TIM counter. + + 8. Use TIM_GetCapturex(TIMx); to read the captured value. + + Note1: All other functions can be used seperatly to modify, if needed, + a specific feature of the Timer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_ICInitStruct. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 9, 10 or 11 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_ICInitTypeDef structure + * that contains the configuration information for the specified TIM + * peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ICInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter)); + + if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_1) + { + /* TI1 Configuration */ + TI1_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); + /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ + TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); + } + else if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_2) + { + /* TI2 Configuration */ + TI2_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); + /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ + TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); + } + else if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_3) + { + /* TI3 Configuration */ + TI3_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); + /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ + TIM_SetIC3Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); + } + else + { + /* TI4 Configuration */ + TI4_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); + /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ + TIM_SetIC4Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each TIM_ICInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param TIM_ICInitStruct : pointer to a TIM_ICInitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ICStructInit(TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct) +{ + /* Set the default configuration */ + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel = TIM_Channel_1; + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Rising; + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection = TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI; + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler = TIM_ICPSC_DIV1; + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter = 0x00; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIM peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_ICInitStruct to measure an external PWM signal. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4 or 9 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_ICInitTypeDef structure + * that contains the configuration information for the specified TIM + * peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_PWMIConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct) +{ + uint16_t icoppositepolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Rising; + uint16_t icoppositeselection = TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + /* Select the Opposite Input Polarity */ + if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity == TIM_ICPolarity_Rising) + { + icoppositepolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Falling; + } + else + { + icoppositepolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Rising; + } + /* Select the Opposite Input */ + if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection == TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI) + { + icoppositeselection = TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI; + } + else + { + icoppositeselection = TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI; + } + if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_1) + { + /* TI1 Configuration */ + TI1_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); + /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ + TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); + /* TI2 Configuration */ + TI2_Config(TIMx, icoppositepolarity, icoppositeselection, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); + /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ + TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); + } + else + { + /* TI2 Configuration */ + TI2_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); + /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ + TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); + /* TI1 Configuration */ + TI1_Config(TIMx, icoppositepolarity, icoppositeselection, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); + /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ + TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the TIMx Input Capture 1 value. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 9, 10 or 11 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @retval Capture Compare 1 Register value. + + */ +uint32_t TIM_GetCapture1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Get the Capture 1 Register value */ + return TIMx->CCR1; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the TIMx Input Capture 2 value. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4 or 9 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @retval Capture Compare 2 Register value. + + */ +uint32_t TIM_GetCapture2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Get the Capture 2 Register value */ + return TIMx->CCR2; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the TIMx Input Capture 3 value. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3 or 4 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @retval Capture Compare 3 Register value. + */ +uint32_t TIM_GetCapture3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Get the Capture 3 Register value */ + return TIMx->CCR3; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the TIMx Input Capture 4 value. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3 or 4 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @retval Capture Compare 4 Register value. + */ +uint32_t TIM_GetCapture4(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Get the Capture 4 Register value */ + return TIMx->CCR4; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Input Capture 1 prescaler. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 9, 10 or 11 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture1 prescaler new value. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC)); + + /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */ + TIMx->CCMR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC); + /* Set the IC1PSC value */ + TIMx->CCMR1 |= TIM_ICPSC; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Input Capture 2 prescaler. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4 or 9 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture2 prescaler new value. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC)); + + /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */ + TIMx->CCMR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC); + /* Set the IC2PSC value */ + TIMx->CCMR1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPSC << 8); +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Input Capture 3 prescaler. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3 or 4 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture3 prescaler new value. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetIC3Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC)); + + /* Reset the IC3PSC Bits */ + TIMx->CCMR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_IC3PSC); + /* Set the IC3PSC value */ + TIMx->CCMR2 |= TIM_ICPSC; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Input Capture 4 prescaler. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3 or 4 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture4 prescaler new value. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetIC4Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC)); + + /* Reset the IC4PSC Bits */ + TIMx->CCMR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_IC4PSC); + /* Set the IC4PSC value */ + TIMx->CCMR2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPSC << 8); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Group4 Interrupts DMA and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts, DMA and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Interrupts, DMA and flags management functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified TIM interrupts. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2 to 11 to select the TIMx peripheral. + * @param TIM_IT: specifies the TIM interrupts sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg TIM_IT_Update: TIM update Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_Trigger: TIM Trigger Interrupt source + * @note + * - TIM6 and TIM7 can only generate an update interrupt. + * - TIM_IT_CC2, TIM_IT_CC3, TIM_IT_CC4 and TIM_IT_Trigger can not be used with TIM10 and TIM11 + * - TIM_IT_CC3, TIM_IT_CC4 can not be used with TIM9. + * @param NewState: new state of the TIM interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ITConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IT(TIM_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the Interrupt sources */ + TIMx->DIER |= TIM_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Interrupt sources */ + TIMx->DIER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_IT; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx event to be generate by software. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2 to 11 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_EventSource: specifies the event source. + * This parameter can be one or more of the following values: + * @arg TIM_EventSource_Update: Timer update Event source + * @arg TIM_EventSource_CC1: Timer Capture Compare 1 Event source + * @arg TIM_EventSource_CC2: Timer Capture Compare 2 Event source + * @arg TIM_EventSource_CC3: Timer Capture Compare 3 Event source + * @arg TIM_EventSource_CC4: Timer Capture Compare 4 Event source + * @arg TIM_EventSource_Trigger: Timer Trigger Event source + * @note + * - TIM6 and TIM7 can only generate an update event. + * - TIM9 can only generate an update event, Capture Compare 1 event, + * Capture Compare 2 event and TIM_EventSource_Trigger. + * - TIM10 and TIM11 can only generate an update event and Capture Compare 1 event. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_GenerateEvent(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_EventSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EVENT_SOURCE(TIM_EventSource)); + /* Set the event sources */ + TIMx->EGR = TIM_EventSource; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified TIM flag is set or not. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2 to 11 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_FLAG_Update: TIM update Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_Trigger: TIM Trigger Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1OF: TIM Capture Compare 1 overcapture Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2OF: TIM Capture Compare 2 overcapture Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3OF: TIM Capture Compare 3 overcapture Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4OF: TIM Capture Compare 4 overcapture Flag + * @note + * - TIM6 and TIM7 can have only one update flag. + * - TIM9 can have only update flag, TIM_FLAG_CC1, TIM_FLAG_CC2 and TIM_FLAG_Trigger, + * TIM_FLAG_CC1OF or TIM_FLAG_CC2OF flags + * - TIM10 and TIM11 can have only update flag, TIM_FLAG_CC1 or TIM_FLAG_CC1OF flags + * @retval The new state of TIM_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus TIM_GetFlagStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_FLAG) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_GET_FLAG(TIM_FLAG)); + + if ((TIMx->SR & TIM_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the TIMx's pending flags. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2 to 11 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_FLAG: specifies the flag bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg TIM_FLAG_Update: TIM update Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_Trigger: TIM Trigger Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1OF: TIM Capture Compare 1 overcapture Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2OF: TIM Capture Compare 2 overcapture Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3OF: TIM Capture Compare 3 overcapture Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4OF: TIM Capture Compare 4 overcapture Flag + * @note + * - TIM6 and TIM7 can have only one update flag. + * - TIM9 can have only update flag, TIM_FLAG_CC1, TIM_FLAG_CC2 and TIM_FLAG_Trigger flags + * TIM_FLAG_CC1OF or TIM_FLAG_CC2OF flags + * - TIM10 and TIM11 can have only update flag, TIM_FLAG_CC1 + * or TIM_FLAG_CC1OF flags + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ClearFlag(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEAR_FLAG(TIM_FLAG)); + + /* Clear the flags */ + TIMx->SR = (uint16_t)~TIM_FLAG; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the TIM interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2 to 11 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_IT: specifies the TIM interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_IT_Update: TIM update Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_Trigger: TIM Trigger Interrupt source + * @note + * - TIM6 and TIM7 can generate only an update interrupt. + * - TIM9 can have only update interrupt, TIM_FLAG_CC1 or TIM_FLAG_CC2, + * interrupt and TIM_IT_Trigger interrupt. + * - TIM10 and TIM11 can have only update interrupt or TIM_FLAG_CC1 + * interrupt + * @retval The new state of the TIM_IT(SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus TIM_GetITStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint16_t itstatus = 0x0, itenable = 0x0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_GET_IT(TIM_IT)); + + itstatus = TIMx->SR & TIM_IT; + + itenable = TIMx->DIER & TIM_IT; + if ((itstatus != (uint16_t)RESET) && (itenable != (uint16_t)RESET)) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the TIMx's interrupt pending bits. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2 to 11 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_IT: specifies the pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg TIM_IT_Update: TIM update Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_Trigger: TIM Trigger Interrupt source + * @note + * - TIM6 and TIM7 can generate only an update interrupt. + * - TIM9 can have only update interrupt, TIM_IT_CC1 or TIM_IT_CC2, + * and TIM_IT_Trigger interrupt. + * - TIM10 and TIM11 can have only update interrupt or TIM_IT_CC1 + * interrupt + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ClearITPendingBit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IT(TIM_IT)); + + /* Clear the IT pending Bit */ + TIMx->SR = (uint16_t)~TIM_IT; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx’s DMA interface. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3 or 4 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_DMABase: DMA Base address. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMABase_CR, TIM_DMABase_CR2, TIM_DMABase_SMCR, + * TIM_DMABase_DIER, TIM_DMABase_SR, TIM_DMABase_EGR, + * TIM_DMABase_CCMR1, TIM_DMABase_CCMR2, TIM_DMABase_CCER, + * TIM_DMABase_CNT, TIM_DMABase_PSC, TIM_DMABase_ARR, + * TIM_DMABase_CCR1, TIM_DMABase_CCR2, TIM_DMABase_CCR3, + * TIM_DMABase_CCR4, TIM_DMABase_DCR. + * @param TIM_DMABurstLength: DMA Burst length. + * This parameter can be one value between: + * TIM_DMABurstLength_1Byte and TIM_DMABurstLength_18Bytes. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_DMAConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_DMABase, uint16_t TIM_DMABurstLength) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(TIM_DMABase)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(TIM_DMABurstLength)); + /* Set the DMA Base and the DMA Burst Length */ + TIMx->DCR = TIM_DMABase | TIM_DMABurstLength; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx’s DMA Requests. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 6 or 7 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_DMASource: specifies the DMA Request sources. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMA_Update: TIM update Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_Trigger: TIM Trigger DMA source + * @param NewState: new state of the DMA Request sources. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_DMACmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_DMASource, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(TIM_DMASource)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the DMA sources */ + TIMx->DIER |= TIM_DMASource; + } + else + { + /* Disable the DMA sources */ + TIMx->DIER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_DMASource; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the TIMx peripheral Capture Compare DMA source. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3 or 4 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the Capture Compare DMA source + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectCCDMA(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the CCDS Bit */ + TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCDS; + } + else + { + /* Reset the CCDS Bit */ + TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CR2_CCDS); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Group5 Clocks management functions + * @brief Clocks management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Clocks management functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx internal Clock + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4 or 9 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_InternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + /* Disable slave mode to clock the prescaler directly with the internal clock */ + TIMx->SMCR &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_SMCR_SMS)); +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Internal Trigger as External Clock + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4 or 9 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ITRSource: Trigger source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @param TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal Trigger 0 + * @param TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal Trigger 1 + * @param TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal Trigger 2 + * @param TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal Trigger 3 + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ITRxExternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGER_SELECTION(TIM_InputTriggerSource)); + /* Select the Internal Trigger */ + TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIMx, TIM_InputTriggerSource); + /* Select the External clock mode1 */ + TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_SlaveMode_External1; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Trigger as External Clock + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4 or 9 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource: Trigger source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1ED: TI1 Edge Detector + * @arg TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1: Filtered Timer Input 1 + * @arg TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI2: Filtered Timer Input 2 + * @param TIM_ICPolarity: specifies the TIx Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling + * @param ICFilter : specifies the filter value. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x0 and 0xF. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_TIxExternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource, + uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t ICFilter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_ICPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(ICFilter)); + + /* Configure the Timer Input Clock Source */ + if (TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource == TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI2) + { + TI2_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI, ICFilter); + } + else + { + TI1_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI, ICFilter); + } + /* Select the Trigger source */ + TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIMx, TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource); + /* Select the External clock mode1 */ + TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_SlaveMode_External1; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the External clock Mode1 + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4 or 9 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler: The external Trigger Prescaler. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF: ETRP Prescaler OFF. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8. + * @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity: The external Trigger Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted: active low or falling edge active. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted: active high or rising edge active. + * @param ExtTRGFilter: External Trigger Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ETRClockMode1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, + uint16_t ExtTRGFilter) +{ + uint16_t tmpsmcr = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(ExtTRGFilter)); + + /* Configure the ETR Clock source */ + TIM_ETRConfig(TIMx, TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, ExtTRGFilter); + + /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ + tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; + /* Reset the SMS Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_SMCR_SMS)); + /* Select the External clock mode1 */ + tmpsmcr |= TIM_SlaveMode_External1; + /* Select the Trigger selection : ETRF */ + tmpsmcr &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_SMCR_TS)); + tmpsmcr |= TIM_TS_ETRF; + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the External clock Mode2 + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 9, 10 or 11 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler: The external Trigger Prescaler. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF: ETRP Prescaler OFF. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8. + * @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity: The external Trigger Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted: active low or falling edge active. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted: active high or rising edge active. + * @param ExtTRGFilter: External Trigger Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ETRClockMode2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, + uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint16_t ExtTRGFilter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(ExtTRGFilter)); + + /* Configure the ETR Clock source */ + TIM_ETRConfig(TIMx, TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, ExtTRGFilter); + /* Enable the External clock mode2 */ + TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_SMCR_ECE; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Group6 Synchronization management functions + * @brief Synchronization management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Synchronization management functions + =============================================================================== + + =================================================================== + TIM Driver: how to use it in synchronization Mode + =================================================================== + Case of two/several Timers + ************************** + 1. Configure the Master Timers using the following functions: + - void TIM_SelectOutputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TRGOSource); + - void TIM_SelectMasterSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_MasterSlaveMode); + 2. Configure the Slave Timers using the following functions: + - void TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource); + - void TIM_SelectSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_SlaveMode); + + Case of Timers and external trigger(ETR pin) + ******************************************** + 1. Configure the Etrenal trigger using this function: + - void TIM_ETRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, + uint16_t ExtTRGFilter); + 2. Configure the Slave Timers using the following functions: + - void TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource); + - void TIM_SelectSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_SlaveMode); + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Selects the Input Trigger source + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4 or 9 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_InputTriggerSource: The Input Trigger source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal Trigger 0 + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal Trigger 1 + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal Trigger 2 + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal Trigger 3 + * @arg TIM_TS_TI1F_ED: TI1 Edge Detector + * @arg TIM_TS_TI1FP1: Filtered Timer Input 1 + * @arg TIM_TS_TI2FP2: Filtered Timer Input 2 + * @arg TIM_TS_ETRF: External Trigger input + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource) +{ + uint16_t tmpsmcr = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(TIM_InputTriggerSource)); + + /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ + tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; + /* Reset the TS Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_SMCR_TS)); + /* Set the Input Trigger source */ + tmpsmcr |= TIM_InputTriggerSource; + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the TIMx Trigger Output Mode. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 6, 7 or 9 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_TRGOSource: specifies the Trigger Output source. + * This paramter can be one of the following values: + * + * - For all TIMx + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_Reset: The UG bit in the TIM_EGR register is used as the trigger output (TRGO). + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_Enable: The Counter Enable CEN is used as the trigger output (TRGO). + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_Update: The update event is selected as the trigger output (TRGO). + * + * - For all TIMx except TIM6 and TIM7 + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC1: The trigger output sends a positive pulse when the CC1IF flag + * is to be set, as soon as a capture or compare match occurs (TRGO). + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC1Ref: OC1REF signal is used as the trigger output (TRGO). + + * - For all TIMx except TIM6, TIM7, TIM10 and TIM11 + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC2Ref: OC2REF signal is used as the trigger output (TRGO). + + * - For TIM2, TIM3 and TIM4 + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC3Ref: OC3REF signal is used as the trigger output (TRGO). + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC4Ref: OC4REF signal is used as the trigger output (TRGO). + * + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectOutputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TRGOSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST5_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRGO_SOURCE(TIM_TRGOSource)); + + /* Reset the MMS Bits */ + TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CR2_MMS); + /* Select the TRGO source */ + TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_TRGOSource; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the TIMx Slave Mode. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4 or 9 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_SlaveMode: specifies the Timer Slave Mode. + * This paramter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_SlaveMode_Reset: Rising edge of the selected trigger signal (TRGI) re-initializes + * the counter and triggers an update of the registers. + * @arg TIM_SlaveMode_Gated: The counter clock is enabled when the trigger signal (TRGI) is high. + * @arg TIM_SlaveMode_Trigger: The counter starts at a rising edge of the trigger TRGI. + * @arg TIM_SlaveMode_External1: Rising edges of the selected trigger (TRGI) clock the counter. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_SlaveMode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(TIM_SlaveMode)); + + /* Reset the SMS Bits */ + TIMx->SMCR &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_SMCR_SMS); + /* Select the Slave Mode */ + TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_SlaveMode; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets or Resets the TIMx Master/Slave Mode. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4 or 9 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_MasterSlaveMode: specifies the Timer Master Slave Mode. + * This paramter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Enable: synchronization between the current timer + * and its slaves (through TRGO). + * @arg TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Disable: No action + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectMasterSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_MasterSlaveMode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_MSM_STATE(TIM_MasterSlaveMode)); + + /* Reset the MSM Bit */ + TIMx->SMCR &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_SMCR_MSM); + + /* Set or Reset the MSM Bit */ + TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_MasterSlaveMode; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx External Trigger (ETR). + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 9, 10 or 11 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler: The external Trigger Prescaler. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF: ETRP Prescaler OFF. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8. + * @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity: The external Trigger Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted: active low or falling edge active. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted: active high or rising edge active. + * @param ExtTRGFilter: External Trigger Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ETRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, + uint16_t ExtTRGFilter) +{ + uint16_t tmpsmcr = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(ExtTRGFilter)); + + tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; + /* Reset the ETR Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= SMCR_ETR_MASK; + /* Set the Prescaler, the Filter value and the Polarity */ + tmpsmcr |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler | (uint16_t)(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity | (uint16_t)(ExtTRGFilter << (uint16_t)8))); + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Group7 Specific interface management functions + * @brief Specific interface management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Specific interface management functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Encoder Interface. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3 or 4 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_EncoderMode: specifies the TIMx Encoder Mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_EncoderMode_TI1: Counter counts on TI1FP1 edge depending on TI2FP2 level. + * @arg TIM_EncoderMode_TI2: Counter counts on TI2FP2 edge depending on TI1FP1 level. + * @arg TIM_EncoderMode_TI12: Counter counts on both TI1FP1 and TI2FP2 edges depending + * on the level of the other input. + * @param TIM_IC1Polarity: specifies the IC1 Polarity + * This parmeter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling: IC Falling edge. + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising: IC Rising edge. + * @param TIM_IC2Polarity: specifies the IC2 Polarity + * This parmeter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling: IC Falling edge. + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising: IC Rising edge. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_EncoderInterfaceConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_EncoderMode, + uint16_t TIM_IC1Polarity, uint16_t TIM_IC2Polarity) +{ + uint16_t tmpsmcr = 0; + uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + uint16_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_MODE(TIM_EncoderMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_IC1Polarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_IC2Polarity)); + + /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ + tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Set the encoder Mode */ + tmpsmcr &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_SMCR_SMS)); + tmpsmcr |= TIM_EncoderMode; + /* Select the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 as input */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)(((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_CC1S)) & (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_CC2S))); + tmpccmr1 |= TIM_CCMR1_CC1S_0 | TIM_CCMR1_CC2S_0; + /* Set the TI1 and the TI2 Polarities */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC1P)) & ((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2P))); + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_IC1Polarity | (uint16_t)(TIM_IC2Polarity << (uint16_t)4)); + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx’s Hall sensor interface. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3 or 4 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the TIMx Hall sensor interface. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectHallSensor(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the TI1S Bit */ + TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_TI1S; + } + else + { + /* Reset the TI1S Bit */ + TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CR2_TI1S); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Group8 Specific remapping management function + * @brief Specific remapping management function + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Specific remapping management function + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIM9, TIM10 and TIM11 Remapping input Capabilities. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 9, 10 or 11 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_Remap: specifies the TIM input remapping source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM9_GPIO: TIM9 Channel 1 is connected to dedicated Timer pin(default) + * @arg TIM9_LSE: TIM9 Channel 1 is connected to LSE clock. + * @arg TIM10_GPIO: TIM10 Channel 1 is connected to dedicated Timer pin(default) + * @arg TIM10_LSI: TIM10 Channel 1 is connected to LSI clock. + * @arg TIM10_LSE: TIM10 Channel 1 is connected to LSE clock. + * @arg TIM10_RTC: TIM10 Channel 1 is connected to RTC Output event. + * @arg TIM11_GPIO: TIM11 Channel 1 is connected to dedicated Timer pin(default) + * @arg TIM11_MSI: TIM11 Channel 1 is connected to MSI clock. + * @arg TIM11_HSE_RTC: TIM11 Channel 1 is connected to HSE_RTC clock. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_RemapConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Remap) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_REMAP(TIM_Remap)); + + /* Set the Timer remapping configuration */ + TIMx->OR = TIM_Remap; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @brief Configure the TI1 as Input. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4, 9, 10 or 11 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling + * @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC1. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC2. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to TRC. + * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + */ +static void TI1_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0, tmpccer = 0; + + /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC1E); + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Select the Input and set the filter */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)(((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_CC1S)) & ((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_IC1F))); + tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICSelection | (uint16_t)(TIM_ICFilter << (uint16_t)4)); + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP)); + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC1E); + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TI2 as Input. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3, 4 or 9 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling + * @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC2. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC1. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to TRC. + * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + */ +static void TI2_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmp = 0; + + /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2E); + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + tmp = (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity << 4); + /* Select the Input and set the filter */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)(((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_CC2S)) & ((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_IC2F))); + tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICFilter << 12); + tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICSelection << 8); + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP)); + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(tmp | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2E); + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TI3 as Input. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3 or 4 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling + * @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC3. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC4. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to TRC. + * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + */ +static void TI3_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmp = 0; + + /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC3E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC3E); + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + tmp = (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity << 8); + /* Select the Input and set the filter */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)(((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_CC3S)) & ((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_IC3F))); + tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICSelection | (uint16_t)(TIM_ICFilter << (uint16_t)4)); + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC3E Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)(TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC3NP)); + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(tmp | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC3E); + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TI4 as Input. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 3 or 4 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling + * @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC4. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC3. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to TRC. + * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + */ +static void TI4_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmp = 0; + + /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC4E); + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + tmp = (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity << 12); + /* Select the Input and set the filter */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)(~(uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_CC4S) & ((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_IC4F))); + tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICSelection << 8); + tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICFilter << 12); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC4E Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)(TIM_CCER_CC4P | TIM_CCER_CC4NP)); + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(tmp | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC4E); + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer ; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_usart.c b/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_usart.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3da7fe8 --- /dev/null +++ b/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_usart.c @@ -0,0 +1,1432 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l1xx_usart.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 31-December-2010 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Universal synchronous asynchronous receiver + * transmitter (USART): + * - Initialization and Configuration + * - Data transfers + * - Multi-Processor Communication + * - LIN mode + * - Half-duplex mode + * - Smartcard mode + * - IrDA mode + * - DMA transfers management + * - Interrupts and flags management + * + * @verbatim + * + * =================================================================== + * How to use this driver + * =================================================================== + * 1. Enable peripheral clock using RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_USART1, ENABLE) + * function for USART1 or using RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USARTx, ENABLE) + * function for USART2 and USART3. + * + * 2. According to the USART mode, enable the GPIO clocks using + * RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd() function. (The I/O can be TX, RX, CTS, + * or and SCLK). + * + * 3. Peripheral’s alternate function: + * - Connect the pin to the desired peripherals' Alternate + * Function (AF) using GPIO_PinAFConfig() function + * - Configure the desired pin in alternate function by: + * GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF + * - Select the type, pull-up/pull-down and output speed via + * GPIO_PuPd, GPIO_OType and GPIO_Speed members + * - Call GPIO_Init() function + * + * 4. Program the Baud Rate, Word Length , Stop Bit, Parity, Hardware + * flow control and Mode(Receiver/Transmitter) using the SPI_Init() + * function. + * + * 5. For synchronous mode, enable the clock and program the polarity, + * phase and last bit using the USART_ClockInit() function. + * + * 5. Enable the NVIC and the corresponding interrupt using the function + * USART_ITConfig() if you need to use interrupt mode. + * + * 6. When using the DMA mode + * - Configure the DMA using DMA_Init() function + * - Active the needed channel Request using USART_DMACmd() function + * + * 7. Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. + * + * 8. Enable the DMA using the DMA_Cmd() function, when using DMA mode. + * + * Refer to Multi-Processor, LIN, half-duplex, Smartcard, IrDA sub-sections + * for more details + * + * @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l1xx_usart.h" +#include "stm32l1xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup USART + * @brief USART driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*!< USART CR1 register clear Mask ((~(uint16_t)0xE9F3)) */ +#define CR1_CLEAR_MASK ((uint16_t)(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | \ + USART_CR1_PS | USART_CR1_TE | \ + USART_CR1_RE)) + +/*!< USART CR2 register clock bits clear Mask ((~(uint16_t)0xF0FF)) */ +#define CR2_CLOCK_CLEAR_MASK ((uint16_t)(USART_CR2_CLKEN | USART_CR2_CPOL | \ + USART_CR2_CPHA | USART_CR2_LBCL)) + +/*!< USART CR3 register clear Mask ((~(uint16_t)0xFCFF)) */ +#define CR3_CLEAR_MASK ((uint16_t)(USART_CR3_RTSE | USART_CR3_CTSE)) + +/*!< USART Interrupts mask */ +#define IT_MASK ((uint16_t)0x001F) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup USART_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Initialization and Configuration functions + =============================================================================== + + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USART + in asynchronous and in synchronous modes. + - For the asynchronous mode only these parameters can be configured: + - Baud Rate + - Word Length + - Stop Bit + - Parity: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written + in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit. + Depending on the frame length defined by the M bit (8-bits or 9-bits), + the possible USART frame formats are as listed in the following table: + +-------------------------------------------------------------+ + | M bit | PCE bit | USART frame | + |---------------------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 0 | | SB | 8 bit data | STB | | + |---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 1 | | SB | 7 bit data | PB | STB | | + |---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 1 | 0 | | SB | 9 bit data | STB | | + |---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 1 | 1 | | SB | 8 bit data | PB | STB | | + +-------------------------------------------------------------+ + - Hardware flow control + - Receiver/transmitter modes + + The USART_Init() function follows the USART asynchronous configuration procedure + (details for the procedure are available in reference manual (RM0038)). + + - For the synchronous mode in addition to the asynchronous mode parameters these + parameters should be also configured: + - USART Clock Enabled + - USART polarity + - USART phase + - USART LastBit + + These parameters can be configured using the USART_ClockInit() function. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the USARTx peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: USART1, USART2 or USART3. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_DeInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + + if (USARTx == USART1) + { + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_USART1, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_USART1, DISABLE); + } + else if (USARTx == USART2) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART2, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART2, DISABLE); + } + else + { + if (USARTx == USART3) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART3, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART3, DISABLE); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the USARTx peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the USART_InitStruct . + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * USART1, USART2 or USART3. + * @param USART_InitStruct: pointer to a USART_InitTypeDef structure + * that contains the configuration information for the specified USART peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_Init(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00, apbclock = 0x00; + uint32_t integerdivider = 0x00; + uint32_t fractionaldivider = 0x00; + RCC_ClocksTypeDef RCC_ClocksStatus; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_BAUDRATE(USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate)); + assert_param(IS_USART_WORD_LENGTH(USART_InitStruct->USART_WordLength)); + assert_param(IS_USART_STOPBITS(USART_InitStruct->USART_StopBits)); + assert_param(IS_USART_PARITY(USART_InitStruct->USART_Parity)); + assert_param(IS_USART_MODE(USART_InitStruct->USART_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_USART_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl)); + +/*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------*/ + tmpreg = USARTx->CR2; + /* Clear STOP[13:12] bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_STOP); + + /* Configure the USART Stop Bits, Clock, CPOL, CPHA and LastBit ------------*/ + /* Set STOP[13:12] bits according to USART_StopBits value */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)USART_InitStruct->USART_StopBits; + + /* Write to USART CR2 */ + USARTx->CR2 = (uint16_t)tmpreg; + +/*---------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/ + tmpreg = USARTx->CR1; + /* Clear M, PCE, PS, TE and RE bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)CR1_CLEAR_MASK); + + /* Configure the USART Word Length, Parity and mode ----------------------- */ + /* Set the M bits according to USART_WordLength value */ + /* Set PCE and PS bits according to USART_Parity value */ + /* Set TE and RE bits according to USART_Mode value */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)USART_InitStruct->USART_WordLength | USART_InitStruct->USART_Parity | + USART_InitStruct->USART_Mode; + + /* Write to USART CR1 */ + USARTx->CR1 = (uint16_t)tmpreg; + +/*---------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration -----------------------*/ + tmpreg = USARTx->CR3; + /* Clear CTSE and RTSE bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)CR3_CLEAR_MASK); + + /* Configure the USART HFC -------------------------------------------------*/ + /* Set CTSE and RTSE bits according to USART_HardwareFlowControl value */ + tmpreg |= USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl; + + /* Write to USART CR3 */ + USARTx->CR3 = (uint16_t)tmpreg; + +/*---------------------------- USART BRR Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Configure the USART Baud Rate -------------------------------------------*/ + RCC_GetClocksFreq(&RCC_ClocksStatus); + if (USARTx == USART1) + { + apbclock = RCC_ClocksStatus.PCLK2_Frequency; + } + else + { + apbclock = RCC_ClocksStatus.PCLK1_Frequency; + } + + /* Determine the integer part */ + if ((USARTx->CR1 & USART_CR1_OVER8) != 0) + { + /* Integer part computing in case Oversampling mode is 8 Samples */ + integerdivider = ((25 * apbclock) / (2 * (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate))); + } + else /* if ((USARTx->CR1 & CR1_OVER8_Set) == 0) */ + { + /* Integer part computing in case Oversampling mode is 16 Samples */ + integerdivider = ((25 * apbclock) / (4 * (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate))); + } + tmpreg = (integerdivider / 100) << 4; + + /* Determine the fractional part */ + fractionaldivider = integerdivider - (100 * (tmpreg >> 4)); + + /* Implement the fractional part in the register */ + if ((USARTx->CR1 & USART_CR1_OVER8) != 0) + { + tmpreg |= ((((fractionaldivider * 8) + 50) / 100)) & ((uint8_t)0x07); + } + else /* if ((USARTx->CR1 & CR1_OVER8_Set) == 0) */ + { + tmpreg |= ((((fractionaldivider * 16) + 50) / 100)) & ((uint8_t)0x0F); + } + + /* Write to USART BRR */ + USARTx->BRR = (uint16_t)tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each USART_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param USART_InitStruct: pointer to a USART_InitTypeDef structure + * which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_StructInit(USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct) +{ + /* USART_InitStruct members default value */ + USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate = 9600; + USART_InitStruct->USART_WordLength = USART_WordLength_8b; + USART_InitStruct->USART_StopBits = USART_StopBits_1; + USART_InitStruct->USART_Parity = USART_Parity_No ; + USART_InitStruct->USART_Mode = USART_Mode_Rx | USART_Mode_Tx; + USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl = USART_HardwareFlowControl_None; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the USARTx peripheral Clock according to the + * specified parameters in the USART_ClockInitStruct . + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param USART_ClockInitStruct: pointer to a USART_ClockInitTypeDef + * structure that contains the configuration information for the specified + * USART peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_ClockInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_CLOCK(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_Clock)); + assert_param(IS_USART_CPOL(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPOL)); + assert_param(IS_USART_CPHA(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPHA)); + assert_param(IS_USART_LASTBIT(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_LastBit)); + +/*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------*/ + tmpreg = USARTx->CR2; + /* Clear CLKEN, CPOL, CPHA and LBCL bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)CR2_CLOCK_CLEAR_MASK); + /* Configure the USART Clock, CPOL, CPHA and LastBit ------------*/ + /* Set CLKEN bit according to USART_Clock value */ + /* Set CPOL bit according to USART_CPOL value */ + /* Set CPHA bit according to USART_CPHA value */ + /* Set LBCL bit according to USART_LastBit value */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_Clock | USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPOL | + USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPHA | USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_LastBit; + /* Write to USART CR2 */ + USARTx->CR2 = (uint16_t)tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each USART_ClockInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param USART_ClockInitStruct: pointer to a USART_ClockInitTypeDef + * structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_ClockStructInit(USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct) +{ + /* USART_ClockInitStruct members default value */ + USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_Clock = USART_Clock_Disable; + USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPOL = USART_CPOL_Low; + USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPHA = USART_CPHA_1Edge; + USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_LastBit = USART_LastBit_Disable; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified USART peripheral. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * USART1, USART2 or USART3. + * @param NewState: new state of the USARTx peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected USART by setting the UE bit in the CR1 register */ + USARTx->CR1 |= USART_CR1_UE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected USART by clearing the UE bit in the CR1 register */ + USARTx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR1_UE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the system clock prescaler. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * USART1, USART2 or USART3. + * @param USART_Prescaler: specifies the prescaler clock. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SetPrescaler(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Prescaler) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + + /* Clear the USART prescaler */ + USARTx->GTPR &= USART_GTPR_GT; + /* Set the USART prescaler */ + USARTx->GTPR |= USART_Prescaler; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's 8x oversampling mode. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * USART1, USART2, USART3. + * @param NewState: new state of the USART 8x oversampling mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * + * @note + * This function has to be called before calling USART_Init() + * function in order to have correct baudrate Divider value. + * @retval : None + */ +void USART_OverSampling8Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the 8x Oversampling mode by setting the OVER8 bit in the CR1 register */ + USARTx->CR1 |= USART_CR1_OVER8; + } + else + { + /* Disable the 8x Oversampling mode by clearing the OVER8 bit in the CR1 register */ + USARTx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR1_OVER8); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's one bit sampling method. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * USART1, USART2, USART3. + * @param NewState: new state of the USART one bit sampling method. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval : None + */ +void USART_OneBitMethodCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the one bit method by setting the ONEBITE bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_ONEBIT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the one bit method by clearing the ONEBITE bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR3_ONEBIT); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Group2 Data transfers functions + * @brief Data transfers functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Data transfers functions + =============================================================================== + + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART data + transfers. + + During an USART reception, data shifts in least significant bit first through + the RX pin. In this mode, the USART_DR register consists of a buffer (RDR) + between the internal bus and the received shift register. + + When a transmission is taking place, a write instruction to the USART_DR register + stores the data in the TDR register and which is copied in the shift register + at the end of the current transmission. + + The read access of the USART_DR register can be done using the USART_ReceiveData() + function and returns the RDR buffered value. Whereas a write access to the USART_DR + can be done using USART_SendData() function and stores the written data into + TDR buffer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Transmits single data through the USARTx peripheral. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * USART1, USART2 or USART3. + * @param Data: the data to transmit. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SendData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t Data) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_DATA(Data)); + + /* Transmit Data */ + USARTx->DR = (Data & (uint16_t)0x01FF); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the most recent received data by the USARTx peripheral. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * USART1, USART2 or USART3. + * @retval The received data. + */ +uint16_t USART_ReceiveData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + + /* Receive Data */ + return (uint16_t)(USARTx->DR & (uint16_t)0x01FF); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Group3 MultiProcessor Communication functions + * @brief Multi-Processor Communication functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Multi-Processor Communication functions + =============================================================================== + + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART + multiprocessor communication. + + For instance one of the USARTs can be the master, its TX output is connected to + the RX input of the other USART. The others are slaves, their respective TX outputs + are logically ANDed together and connected to the RX input of the master. + + USART multiprocessor communication is possible through the following procedure: + 1. Program the Baud rate, Word length = 9 bits, Stop bits, Parity, Mode transmitter + or Mode receiver and hardware flow control values using the USART_Init() + function. + 2. Configures the USART address using the USART_SetAddress() function. + 3. Configures the wake up methode (USART_WakeUp_IdleLine or USART_WakeUp_AddressMark) + using USART_WakeUpConfig() function only for the slaves. + 4. Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. + 5. Enter the USART slaves in mute mode using USART_ReceiverWakeUpCmd() function. + + The USART Slave exit from mute mode when receive the wake up condition. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sets the address of the USART node. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * USART1, USART2 or USART3. + * @param USART_Address: Indicates the address of the USART node. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SetAddress(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Address) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_ADDRESS(USART_Address)); + + /* Clear the USART address */ + USARTx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR2_ADD); + /* Set the USART address node */ + USARTx->CR2 |= USART_Address; +} + +/** + * @brief Determines if the USART is in mute mode or not. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * USART1, USART2 or USART3. + * @param NewState: new state of the USART mute mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_ReceiverWakeUpCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the USART mute mode by setting the RWU bit in the CR1 register */ + USARTx->CR1 |= USART_CR1_RWU; + } + else + { + /* Disable the USART mute mode by clearing the RWU bit in the CR1 register */ + USARTx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR1_RWU); + } +} +/** + * @brief Selects the USART WakeUp method. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * USART1, USART2 or USART3. + * @param USART_WakeUp: specifies the USART wakeup method. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_WakeUp_IdleLine: WakeUp by an idle line detection + * @arg USART_WakeUp_AddressMark: WakeUp by an address mark + * @retval None + */ +void USART_WakeUpConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_WakeUp) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_WAKEUP(USART_WakeUp)); + + USARTx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR1_WAKE); + USARTx->CR1 |= USART_WakeUp; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Group4 LIN mode functions + * @brief LIN mode functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + LIN mode functions + =============================================================================== + + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART LIN + Mode communication. + + In LIN mode, 8-bit data format with 1 stop bit is required in accordance with + the LIN standard. + + Only this LIN Feature is supported by the USART IP: + - LIN Master Synchronous Break send capability and LIN slave break detection + capability : 13-bit break generation and 10/11 bit break detection + + + USART LIN Master transmitter communication is possible through the following procedure: + 1. Program the Baud rate, Word length = 8bits, Stop bits = 1bit, Parity, + Mode transmitter or Mode receiver and hardware flow control values using + the USART_Init() function. + 2. Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. + 3. Enable the LIN mode using the USART_LINCmd() function. + 4. Send the break character using USART_SendBreak() function. + + USART LIN Master receiver communication is possible through the following procedure: + 1. Program the Baud rate, Word length = 8bits, Stop bits = 1bit, Parity, + Mode transmitter or Mode receiver and hardware flow control values using + the USART_Init() function. + 2. Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. + 3. Configures the break detection length using the USART_LINBreakDetectLengthConfig() + function. + 4. Enable the LIN mode using the USART_LINCmd() function. + +Note: +---- + 1. In LIN mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + - CLKEN in the USART_CR2 register, + - STOP[1:0], SCEN, HDSEL and IREN in the USART_CR3 register. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sets the USART LIN Break detection length. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * USART1, USART2 or USART3. + * @param USART_LINBreakDetectLength: specifies the LIN break detection length. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_LINBreakDetectLength_10b: 10-bit break detection + * @arg USART_LINBreakDetectLength_11b: 11-bit break detection + * @retval None + */ +void USART_LINBreakDetectLengthConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_LINBreakDetectLength) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_LIN_BREAK_DETECT_LENGTH(USART_LINBreakDetectLength)); + + USARTx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR2_LBDL); + USARTx->CR2 |= USART_LINBreakDetectLength; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART’s LIN mode. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * USART1, USART2 or USART3. + * @param NewState: new state of the USART LIN mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_LINCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the LIN mode by setting the LINEN bit in the CR2 register */ + USARTx->CR2 |= USART_CR2_LINEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the LIN mode by clearing the LINEN bit in the CR2 register */ + USARTx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR2_LINEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmits break characters. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * USART1, USART2 or USART3. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SendBreak(USART_TypeDef* USARTx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + + /* Send break characters */ + USARTx->CR1 |= USART_CR1_SBK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Group5 Halfduplex mode function + * @brief Half-duplex mode function + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Half-duplex mode function + =============================================================================== + + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART + Half-duplex communication. + + The USART can be configured to follow a single-wire half-duplex protocol where + the TX and RX lines are internally connected. + + USART Half duplex communication is possible through the following procedure: + 1. Program the Baud rate, Word length, Stop bits, Parity, Mode transmitter + or Mode receiver and hardware flow control values using the USART_Init() + function. + 2. Configures the USART address using the USART_SetAddress() function. + 3. Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. + 4. Enable the half duplex mode using USART_HalfDuplexCmd() function. + +Note: +---- + 1. The RX pin is no longer used + 2. In Half-duplex mode the following bits must be kept cleared: + - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register. + - SCEN and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART’s Half Duplex communication. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * USART1, USART2 or USART3. + * @param NewState: new state of the USART Communication. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_HalfDuplexCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the Half-Duplex mode by setting the HDSEL bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_HDSEL; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Half-Duplex mode by clearing the HDSEL bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR3_HDSEL); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup USART_Group6 Smartcard mode functions + * @brief Smartcard mode functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Smartcard mode functions + =============================================================================== + + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART + Smartcard communication. + + The Smartcard interface is designed to support asynchronous protocol Smartcards as + defined in the ISO 7816-3 standard. + + The USART can provide a clock to the smartcard through the SCLK output. + In smartcard mode, SCLK is not associated to the communication but is simply derived + from the internal peripheral input clock through a 5-bit prescaler. + + Smartcard communication is possible through the following procedure: + 1. Configures the Smartcard Prsecaler using the USART_SetPrescaler() function. + 2. Configures the Smartcard Guard Time using the USART_SetGuardTime() function. + 3. Program the USART clock using the USART_ClockInit() function as following: + - USART Clock enabled + - USART CPOL Low + - USART CPHA on first edge + - USART Last Bit Clock Enabled + 4. Program the Smartcard interface using the USART_Init() function as following: + - Word Length = 9 Bits + - 1.5 Stop Bit + - Even parity + - BaudRate = 12096 baud + - Hardware flow control disabled (RTS and CTS signals) + - Tx and Rx enabled + 5. Optionally you can enable the parity error interrupt using the USART_ITConfig() + function + 6. Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. + 7. Enable the Smartcard NACK using the USART_SmartCardNACKCmd() function. + 8. Enable the Smartcard interface using the USART_SmartCardCmd() function. + + Please refer to the ISO 7816-3 specification for more details. + +Note: +----- + 1. It is also possible to choose 0.5 stop bit for receiving but it is recommended + to use 1.5 stop bits for both transmitting and receiving to avoid switching + between the two configurations. + 2. In smartcard mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + - LINEN bit in the USART_CR2 register. + - HDSEL and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sets the specified USART guard time. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * USART1, USART2 or USART3. + * @param USART_GuardTime: specifies the guard time. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SetGuardTime(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_GuardTime) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + + /* Clear the USART Guard time */ + USARTx->GTPR &= USART_GTPR_PSC; + /* Set the USART guard time */ + USARTx->GTPR |= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)USART_GuardTime << 0x08); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART’s Smart Card mode. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * USART1, USART2 or USART3. + * @param NewState: new state of the Smart Card mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SmartCardCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the SC mode by setting the SCEN bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_SCEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the SC mode by clearing the SCEN bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR3_SCEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables NACK transmission. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * USART1, USART2 or USART3. + * @param NewState: new state of the NACK transmission. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SmartCardNACKCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the NACK transmission by setting the NACK bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_NACK; + } + else + { + /* Disable the NACK transmission by clearing the NACK bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR3_NACK); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Group7 IrDA mode functions + * @brief IrDA mode functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + IrDA mode functions + =============================================================================== + + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART + IrDA communication. + + IrDA is a half duplex communication protocol. If the Transmitter is busy, any data + on the IrDA receive line will be ignored by the IrDA decoder and if the Receiver + is busy, data on the TX from the USART to IrDA will not be encoded by IrDA. + While receiving data, transmission should be avoided as the data to be transmitted + could be corrupted. + + IrDA communication is possible through the following procedure: + 1. Program the Baud rate, Word length = 8 bits, Stop bits, Parity, Transmitter/Receiver + modes and hardware flow control values using the USART_Init() function. + 2. Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. + 3. Configures the IrDA pulse width by configuring the prescaler using + the USART_SetPrescaler() function. + 4. Configures the IrDA USART_IrDAMode_LowPower or USART_IrDAMode_Normal mode + using the USART_IrDAConfig() function. + 5. Enable the IrDA using the USART_IrDACmd() function. + +Note: +----- + 1. A pulse of width less than two and greater than one PSC period(s) may or may + not be rejected. + 2. The receiver set up time should be managed by software. The IrDA physical layer + specification specifies a minimum of 10 ms delay between transmission and + reception (IrDA is a half duplex protocol). + 3. In IrDA mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + - LINEN, STOP and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register. + - SCEN and HDSEL bits in the USART_CR3 register. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the USART’s IrDA interface. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * USART1, USART2 or USART3. + * @param USART_IrDAMode: specifies the IrDA mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_IrDAMode_LowPower + * @arg USART_IrDAMode_Normal + * @retval None + */ +void USART_IrDAConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IrDAMode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_IRDA_MODE(USART_IrDAMode)); + + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR3_IRLP); + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_IrDAMode; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART’s IrDA interface. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * USART1, USART2 or USART3. + * @param NewState: new state of the IrDA mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_IrDACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the IrDA mode by setting the IREN bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_IREN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the IrDA mode by clearing the IREN bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR3_IREN); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Group8 DMA transfers management functions + * @brief DMA transfers management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + DMA transfers management functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART’s DMA interface. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * USART1, USART2 or USART3. + * @param USART_DMAReq: specifies the DMA request. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg USART_DMAReq_Tx: USART DMA transmit request + * @arg USART_DMAReq_Rx: USART DMA receive request + * @param NewState: new state of the DMA Request sources. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_DMACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_DMAREQ(USART_DMAReq)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the DMA transfer for selected requests by setting the DMAT and/or + DMAR bits in the USART CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_DMAReq; + } + else + { + /* Disable the DMA transfer for selected requests by clearing the DMAT and/or + DMAR bits in the USART CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint16_t)~USART_DMAReq; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Group9 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Interrupts and flags management functions + =============================================================================== + + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to configure the USART + Interrupts sources, DMA channels requests and check or clear the flags or + pending bits status. + The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage + the communication: Polling mode, Interrupt mode or DMA mode. + + Polling Mode + ============= + In Polling Mode, the SPI communication can be managed by 10 flags: + 1. USART_FLAG_TXE : to indicate the status of the transmit buffer register + 2. USART_FLAG_RXNE : to indicate the status of the receive buffer register + 3. USART_FLAG_TC : to indicate the status of the transmit operation + 4. USART_FLAG_IDLE : to indicate the status of the Idle Line + 5. USART_FLAG_CTS : to indicate the status of the nCTS input + 6. USART_FLAG_LBD : to indicate the status of the LIN break detection + 7. USART_FLAG_NE : to indicate if a noise error occur + 8. USART_FLAG_FE : to indicate if a frame error occur + 9. USART_FLAG_PE : to indicate if a parity error occur + 10. USART_FLAG_ORE : to indicate if an Overrun error occur + + In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + - FlagStatus USART_GetFlagStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG); + - void USART_ClearFlag(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG); + + Interrupt Mode + =============== + In Interrupt Mode, the USART communication can be managed by 8 interrupt sources + and 10 pending bits: + + Pending Bits: + ------------- + 1. USART_IT_TXE : to indicate the status of the transmit buffer register + 2. USART_IT_RXNE : to indicate the status of the receive buffer register + 3. USART_IT_TC : to indicate the status of the transmit operation + 4. USART_IT_IDLE : to indicate the status of the Idle Line + 5. USART_IT_CTS : to indicate the status of the nCTS input + 6. USART_IT_LBD : to indicate the status of the LIN break detection + 7. USART_IT_NE : to indicate if a noise error occur + 8. USART_IT_FE : to indicate if a frame error occur + 9. USART_IT_PE : to indicate if a parity error occur + 10. USART_IT_ORE : to indicate if an Overrun error occur + + Interrupt Source: + ----------------- + 1. USART_IT_TXE : specifies the interrupt source for the Tx buffer empty + interrupt. + 2. USART_IT_RXNE : specifies the interrupt source for the Rx buffer not + empty interrupt. + 3. USART_IT_TC : specifies the interrupt source for the Transmit complete + interrupt. + 4. USART_IT_IDLE : specifies the interrupt source for the Idle Line interrupt. + 5. USART_IT_CTS : specifies the interrupt source for the CTS interrupt. + 6. USART_IT_LBD : specifies the interrupt source for the LIN break detection + interrupt. + 7. USART_IT_PE : specifies the interrupt source for theparity error interrupt. + 8. USART_IT_ERR : specifies the interrupt source for the errors interrupt. + + Note: Some parameters are coded in order to use them as interrupt source or + ---- as pending bits. + + In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + - void USART_ITConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT, FunctionalState NewState); + - ITStatus USART_GetITStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT); + - void USART_ClearITPendingBit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT); + + DMA Mode + ======== + In DMA Mode, the USART communication can be managed by 2 DMA Channel requests: + 1. USART_DMAReq_Tx: specifies the Tx buffer DMA transfer request + 2. USART_DMAReq_Rx: specifies the Rx buffer DMA transfer request + + In this Mode it is advised to use the following function: + - void USART_DMACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState); + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified USART interrupts. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * USART1, USART2 or USART3. + * @param USART_IT: specifies the USART interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_IT_CTS: CTS change interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_TXE: Tansmit Data Register empty interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_ERR: Error interrupt(Frame error, noise error, overrun error) + * @param NewState: new state of the specified USARTx interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_ITConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + uint32_t usartreg = 0x00, itpos = 0x00, itmask = 0x00; + uint32_t usartxbase = 0x00; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_CONFIG_IT(USART_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + usartxbase = (uint32_t)USARTx; + + /* Get the USART register index */ + usartreg = (((uint8_t)USART_IT) >> 0x05); + + /* Get the interrupt position */ + itpos = USART_IT & IT_MASK; + itmask = (((uint32_t)0x01) << itpos); + + if (usartreg == 0x01) /* The IT is in CR1 register */ + { + usartxbase += 0x0C; + } + else if (usartreg == 0x02) /* The IT is in CR2 register */ + { + usartxbase += 0x10; + } + else /* The IT is in CR3 register */ + { + usartxbase += 0x14; + } + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + *(__IO uint32_t*)usartxbase |= itmask; + } + else + { + *(__IO uint32_t*)usartxbase &= ~itmask; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified USART flag is set or not. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * USART1, USART2 or USART3. + * @param USART_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_FLAG_CTS: CTS Change flag + * @arg USART_FLAG_LBD: LIN Break detection flag + * @arg USART_FLAG_TXE: Transmit data register empty flag + * @arg USART_FLAG_TC: Transmission Complete flag + * @arg USART_FLAG_RXNE: Receive data register not empty flag + * @arg USART_FLAG_IDLE: Idle Line detection flag + * @arg USART_FLAG_ORE: OverRun Error flag + * @arg USART_FLAG_NE: Noise Error flag + * @arg USART_FLAG_FE: Framing Error flag + * @arg USART_FLAG_PE: Parity Error flag + * @retval The new state of USART_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus USART_GetFlagStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_FLAG(USART_FLAG)); + + if ((USARTx->SR & USART_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the USARTx's pending flags. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * USART1, USART2 or USART3. + * @param USART_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg USART_FLAG_CTS: CTS Change flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_LBD: LIN Break detection flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_TC: Transmission Complete flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_RXNE: Receive data register not empty flag. + * + * @note + * - PE (Parity error), FE (Framing error), NE (Noise error), ORE (OverRun + * error) and IDLE (Idle line detected) flags are cleared by software + * sequence: a read operation to USART_SR register (USART_GetFlagStatus()) + * followed by a read operation to USART_DR register (USART_ReceiveData()). + * - RXNE flag can be also cleared by a read to the USART_DR register + * (USART_ReceiveData()). + * - TC flag can be also cleared by software sequence: a read operation to + * USART_SR register (USART_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a write operation + * to USART_DR register (USART_SendData()). + * - TXE flag is cleared only by a write to the USART_DR register + * (USART_SendData()). + * @retval None + */ +void USART_ClearFlag(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_CLEAR_FLAG(USART_FLAG)); + + USARTx->SR = (uint16_t)~USART_FLAG; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified USART interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * USART1, USART2 or USART3. + * @param USART_IT: specifies the USART interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_IT_CTS: CTS change interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_TXE: Tansmit Data Register empty interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_ORE: OverRun Error interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_NE: Noise Error interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_FE: Framing Error interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt + * @retval The new state of USART_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus USART_GetITStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT) +{ + uint32_t bitpos = 0x00, itmask = 0x00, usartreg = 0x00; + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_GET_IT(USART_IT)); + + /* Get the USART register index */ + usartreg = (((uint8_t)USART_IT) >> 0x05); + /* Get the interrupt position */ + itmask = USART_IT & IT_MASK; + itmask = (uint32_t)0x01 << itmask; + + if (usartreg == 0x01) /* The IT is in CR1 register */ + { + itmask &= USARTx->CR1; + } + else if (usartreg == 0x02) /* The IT is in CR2 register */ + { + itmask &= USARTx->CR2; + } + else /* The IT is in CR3 register */ + { + itmask &= USARTx->CR3; + } + + bitpos = USART_IT >> 0x08; + bitpos = (uint32_t)0x01 << bitpos; + bitpos &= USARTx->SR; + if ((itmask != (uint16_t)RESET)&&(bitpos != (uint16_t)RESET)) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the USARTx’s interrupt pending bits. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * USART1, USART2 or USART3. + * @param USART_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_IT_CTS: CTS change interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt. + * + * @note + * - PE (Parity error), FE (Framing error), NE (Noise error), ORE (OverRun + * error) and IDLE (Idle line detected) pending bits are cleared by + * software sequence: a read operation to USART_SR register + * (USART_GetITStatus()) followed by a read operation to USART_DR register + * (USART_ReceiveData()). + * - RXNE pending bit can be also cleared by a read to the USART_DR register + * (USART_ReceiveData()). + * - TC pending bit can be also cleared by software sequence: a read + * operation to USART_SR register (USART_GetITStatus()) followed by a write + * operation to USART_DR register (USART_SendData()). + * - TXE pending bit is cleared only by a write to the USART_DR register + * (USART_SendData()). + * @retval None + */ +void USART_ClearITPendingBit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT) +{ + uint16_t bitpos = 0x00, itmask = 0x00; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_CLEAR_IT(USART_IT)); + + bitpos = USART_IT >> 0x08; + itmask = ((uint16_t)0x01 << (uint16_t)bitpos); + USARTx->SR = (uint16_t)~itmask; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_wwdg.c b/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_wwdg.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9a815d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/example/libstm32l_discovery/src/stm32l1xx_wwdg.c @@ -0,0 +1,307 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32l1xx_wwdg.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 31-December-2010 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Window watchdog (WWDG) peripheral: + * - Prescaler, Refresh window and Counter configuration + * - WWDG activation + * - Interrupts and flags management + * + * @verbatim + * + * =================================================================== + * WWDG features + * =================================================================== + * + * Once enabled the WWDG generates a system reset on expiry of a programmed + * time period, unless the program refreshes the counter (downcounter) + * before to reach 0x3F value (i.e. a reset is generated when the counter + * value rolls over from 0x40 to 0x3F). + * An MCU reset is also generated if the counter value is refreshed + * before the counter has reached the refresh window value. This + * implies that the counter must be refreshed in a limited window. + * + * Once enabled the WWDG cannot be disabled except by a system reset. + * + * WWDGRST flag in RCC_CSR register can be used to inform when a WWDG + * reset occurs. + * + * The WWDG counter input clock is derived from the APB clock divided + * by a programmable prescaler. + * + * WWDG counter clock = PCLK1 / Prescaler + * WWDG timeout = (WWDG counter clock) * (counter value) + * + * Min-max timeout value @32MHz (PCLK1): ~128us / ~65.6ms + * + * =================================================================== + * How to use this driver + * =================================================================== + * 1. Enable WWDG clock using RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG, ENABLE) function + * + * 2. Configure the WWDG prescaler using WWDG_SetPrescaler() function + * + * 3. Configure the WWDG refresh window using WWDG_SetWindowValue() function + * + * 4. Set the WWDG counter value and start it using WWDG_Enable() function. + * When the WWDG is enabled the counter value should be configured to + * a value greater than 0x40 to prevent generating an immediate reset. + * + * 5. Optionally you can enable the Early wakeup interrupt which is + * generated when the counter reach 0x40. + * Once enabled this interrupt cannot be disabled except by a system reset. + * + * 6. Then the application program must refresh the WWDG counter at regular + * intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using + * WWDG_SetCounter() function. This operation must occur only when + * the counter value is lower than the refresh window value, + * programmed using WWDG_SetWindowValue(). + * + * @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32l1xx_wwdg.h" +#include "stm32l1xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup WWDG + * @brief WWDG driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* ----------- WWDG registers bit address in the alias region ----------- */ +#define WWDG_OFFSET (WWDG_BASE - PERIPH_BASE) + +/* Alias word address of EWI bit */ +#define CFR_OFFSET (WWDG_OFFSET + 0x04) +#define EWI_BitNumber 0x09 +#define CFR_EWI_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CFR_OFFSET * 32) + (EWI_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* --------------------- WWDG registers bit mask ------------------------ */ + +/* CFR register bit mask */ +#define CFR_WDGTB_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFE7F) +#define CFR_W_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF80) +#define BIT_MASK ((uint8_t)0x7F) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup WWDG_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup WWDG_Group1 Prescaler, Refresh window and Counter configuration functions + * @brief Prescaler, Refresh window and Counter configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Prescaler, Refresh window and Counter configuration functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the WWDG peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_DeInit(void) +{ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG, DISABLE); +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the WWDG Prescaler. + * @param WWDG_Prescaler: specifies the WWDG Prescaler. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg WWDG_Prescaler_1: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/1 + * @arg WWDG_Prescaler_2: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/2 + * @arg WWDG_Prescaler_4: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/4 + * @arg WWDG_Prescaler_8: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/8 + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_SetPrescaler(uint32_t WWDG_Prescaler) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_WWDG_PRESCALER(WWDG_Prescaler)); + /* Clear WDGTB[1:0] bits */ + tmpreg = WWDG->CFR & CFR_WDGTB_MASK; + /* Set WDGTB[1:0] bits according to WWDG_Prescaler value */ + tmpreg |= WWDG_Prescaler; + /* Store the new value */ + WWDG->CFR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the WWDG window value. + * @param WindowValue: specifies the window value to be compared to the downcounter. + * This parameter value must be lower than 0x80. + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_SetWindowValue(uint8_t WindowValue) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_WWDG_WINDOW_VALUE(WindowValue)); + /* Clear W[6:0] bits */ + + tmpreg = WWDG->CFR & CFR_W_MASK; + + /* Set W[6:0] bits according to WindowValue value */ + tmpreg |= WindowValue & (uint32_t) BIT_MASK; + + /* Store the new value */ + WWDG->CFR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the WWDG Early Wakeup interrupt(EWI). + * @note Once enabled this interrupt cannot be disabled except by a system reset. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_EnableIT(void) +{ + *(__IO uint32_t *) CFR_EWI_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the WWDG counter value. + * @param Counter: specifies the watchdog counter value. + * This parameter must be a number between 0x40 and 0x7F (to prevent generating + * an immediate reset) + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_SetCounter(uint8_t Counter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTER(Counter)); + /* Write to T[6:0] bits to configure the counter value, no need to do + a read-modify-write; writing a 0 to WDGA bit does nothing */ + WWDG->CR = Counter & BIT_MASK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup WWDG_Group2 WWDG activation functions + * @brief WWDG activation functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + WWDG activation functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables WWDG and load the counter value. + * @param Counter: specifies the watchdog counter value. + * This parameter must be a number between 0x40 and 0x7F (to prevent generating + * an immediate reset) + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_Enable(uint8_t Counter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTER(Counter)); + WWDG->CR = WWDG_CR_WDGA | Counter; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup WWDG_Group3 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Interrupts and flags management functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the Early Wakeup interrupt flag is set or not. + * @param None + * @retval The new state of the Early Wakeup interrupt flag (SET or RESET) + */ +FlagStatus WWDG_GetFlagStatus(void) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + if ((WWDG->SR) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears Early Wakeup interrupt flag. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_ClearFlag(void) +{ + WWDG->SR = (uint32_t)RESET; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2010 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ -- 2.47.2